Motivation - Commercial Marine Supply Catalog

COMMERCIAL DOCK TERMINAL AND PORT SUPPLY
Olympia
Washington
ABOUT US
Motivation is a company that has been dedicated to
manufacturing high quality equipment to the commercial
dock, port and terminal industries. We have now become
a full service manufacturing and supply source to the
industry which we specialize in. We are now your “One
Stop Dock Shop” for all of your equipment and supply
needs. We also service and supply to industries such as
railroad, mining, commercial vessels, warehousing and
many others involved in heavy industry. We represent and
distribute the best products we feel are available to our
industry today. Whether you need a custom manufactured
item or simply a life jacket, we are here to serve you. We
offer only the best in customer service and quick response
to help you solve your problems or supply your needs.
Please give us a call today...

We Can Do It™
Our Bozzier City Facility has a 40,000 Warehouse and Manufacturing Facility along with a Fully Staffed
Sales and Customer Service Department. Motivation has Satellite Sales Offices Located in the North East.
1-877-811-DOCK (3625) • www.motivationdocksupply.com • 5020 Hazel Jones Rd. • Bossier City, LA 71111
2 STRETCHERS
JSA-300-B
JSA-300 JSA-300-PC
JSA-300-A
JSA-300-W
MIL-8131-WM
JSA-300-CS MIL-8131-W
MIL-7767
MIL-0452-W
Lightweight Basket Type Break Away Stretcher Without Leg Divider JSA-300-W Military Type II SS
Stretcher JSA-300 JSA-300-B Designed to accommodate most standard Plastisol Coated
16” x 72” full length backboards. Also
Nylon web straps at chest, abdomen, Designed to rescue injured persons from
available with Plastisol coating (JSA-
Basket Stretcher MIL-7767
thigh, and calf. Adjustable footrests for locations where lengthy foot travel is Constructed of lightweight ¾” stainless
vertical lifting. Frame is 5/8” steel tubing; mandatory. The stretcher breaks into 300-W PC). steel tubing. Built to U.S. Military Spec.
cross braces and runners 3/16” x 3/4” two halves which can be back-packed RR-L-1997 and MIL-L-37957. Without
flat steel. Basket is 18 gauge, 1” hexagon to the point of rescue and assembled in Splint Stretcher Kit JSA-333-A leg divider. Grey plastic coating. Plastic
mesh netting. seconds. It can be secured to a standard NOT PICTURED back support slats and plastic mesh liner.
DIMENSIONS: 80-1/2 “ L; 8 “ H back-pack for carrying. Three positive lock JSA-300 Series stretcher. Model shown DIMENSIONS: 84” L x 24” W x 7-1/2” H
Chest: 22-1/2 “ W; Abdomen 22 “ W; clamps secure two halves together. Four is JSA-300-A Stretcher. (Please specify WEIGHT: 32 lbs.
Thigh 21-1/2 “ W; Calf 20-1/2 “ W 60” web straps are standard. Stores in model stretcher when ordering). Kit also LOAD CAPACITY: 2500 lbs.
CARTON SIZE: 83” x 24” x 8” space 44” x 12” x 24”. includes two JSA-502 Safety Blankets
WEIGHT: 31 Ibs. WEIGHT: 34 Ibs. Can ship via UPS and one JSA-300-X Stretcher Bridle
LOAD CAPACITY: 1500 Sling. WEIGHT: 43 Ibs.
Military Type III S.S. Basket
Confined Space Stretcher Stretcher Break-Apart
Plastisol Coated Splint JSA-300-CS Rectangular Basket Stretcher MIL-0452
(Not Shown)
Stretcher JSA-300-PC The new 19” width Confined Space Splint MIL-8131-WM DIMENSIONS: 84” L x 24” W x 7-1/2” H
Same as the JSA-300 with plastisol Rescue Stretcher has been designed for Constructed of lightweight ¾” CARTON SIZE: 84” x 25” x 8”
coating to make it rust proof. Straps are rescues where space is confined. With stainless steel tubing. Plastisol coated LOAD CAPACITY : 2500 lbs.
included. Also available without leg divider steel, all-welded rigid construction, which or break‑apart. WEIGHT: 30 lbs.
(JSA-300 PCW) does not rely on the injured person to DIMENSIONS: 84” L x 23-1/2” W x 7” H
DIMENSIONS: 80-1/2 “ L; 8 “ H attain form or rigidity. Light in weight and CARTON SIZE: 84” x 25” x 8”
Chest: 22-1/2 “ W ample in size. The basket is 18 gauge, 1” WEIGHT: 32 lbs. Military Type III S.S. Basket
CARTON SIZE: 84” x 25” x 8” hexagon mesh netting. Nylon web straps LOAD CAPACITY: 2500 lbs. Stretcher Break-Apart Without
WEIGHT: 32 Ibs. for securing at chest, abdomen, thigh and Leg Divider MIL-0452-W
LOAD CAPACITY: 1500 lbs. calf. Supplemental accessories to facili- Military Basket Stretcher NOT PICTURED
tate special handling needs are available. DIMENSIONS: 84” L x 24” W x 7-1/2” H
MIL-8131-W
Lightweight Basket Type DIMENSIONS: 81-1/2” L x 18-3/8” W x Constructed of lightweight 3/4” stainless Carton Size: 84” x 25” x 8”
7-3/4” H WEIGHT: 23 lbs. Load Capacity : 2500 lbs.
Stretcher JSA-300-A LOAD CAPACITY: 1500 lbs.
steel tubing. Built to U.S. Military Spec.
Same as the JSA-300 with the addition of RR-L-1997 and MIL-L-37957. Avail- Weight: 30 lbs.
a plastic rack through back of trunk sec- able with or without leg divider, Plastisol
tion and a strap adjusted foot rest. coated or break-apart.
WEIGHT: 32 lbs. DIMENSIONS: 84” L x 24” W x 7-1/2” H
WEIGHT: 30 lbs.
LOAD CAPACITY: 2500 lbs.
1-877-811-DOCK (3625) THE ONLY CATALOG YOU NEED FOR COMMERCIAL DOCK, TERMINAL, PORT EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
Stretchers 3
JSA-555-NA
JSA-200
JSA-200-B
JSA-400
JSA-900
JSA-666
JSA-655-NA
Plastic Stretcher JSA-200 Flat Break-Away Stretcher JSA-900 Wall Mounted

Yellow high-density polyethylene shell, supported by a This flat break-away stretcher is easily separated without Aluminum Pole
stainless steel outer rail, permanently attached with moving the patient.
stainless steel semi-tubular rivets. Features molded DIMENSIONS: Open: 74” L x 17-1/2” W x 1-1/2” H
Stretcher Kit
runners, fully exposed outer rail, non-absorbent foam pad Folded: 44” L x 17-1/2” W x 2-3/4” H JSA-555-NA
secured to stretcher and four patient restraint straps. WEIGHT: 11 lbs. Can ship via UPS Consists of the JSA-
Ideal for unusually rugged rescue situations such as 501-NA stretcher,
the JSA-502 First
industrial, mining or construction. Patent Pending. Easy-Fold Aluminum Pole Stretcher Kit Aid Blanket and the
DIMENSIONS: 84-1/2” L x 24” W x 7-1/2” H
WEIGHT: 31 lbs.
JSA-655-NA JSA-503 Vinyl Sheet
Consists of the Junkin “Easy-Fold” Stretcher with housed in stretcher
LOAD CAPACITY: 1200 lbs. aluminum poles; First Aid Blanket JSA-502; Vinyl Sheet case JSA-500 which
JSA-503; all housed in 20 gauge steel stretcher case provides a definite
Break-Away Plastic Stretcher JSA-200-B JSA-600. May be wall mounted or has handle for easy location for storing
The same construction as JSA-200. Designed to rescue hand carrying. Component parts of both kits may be rescue equipment.
injured persons from locations where lengthy foot travel ordered separately by numbers indicated. All component parts
is mandatory. The stretcher breaks into two halves which DIMENSIONS: 47-3/4” H x 8-5/8” W x 6-1/2” D of the Stretcher Kit
can be back-packed to the point of rescue and assembled CARTON SIZE: 51” x 10” x 6” may be ordered sepa-
in seconds. Positive-locking quick-release pins secure two WEIGHT: 38 lbs. rately. Restrainer
halves together. Four straps are standard. Can ship via UPS Straps (JSA-504) are
DIMENSIONS: 84-1/2” L x 24” W x 7-1/2” H May be ordered as JSA-655-NA4 “Easy-Fold” Stretcher recommended for use
WEIGHT: 32 lbs. Kit containing two restrainer straps (JSA-504). Replace- in this kit. Straps are made of 2” nylon webbing with quick
LOAD CAPACITY: 1200 lbs. ment cover (JSA-601-B) available. release buckle for tension adjustment. The stretcher case
will house any M.C. Type Stretcher. Replacement cover
Aluminum Break-Apart Stretcher JSA-400 Easy-Fold Wheeled Stretcher Kit JSA-666 (JSA-501-B) available. Case (JSA-500) is constructed
Designed to gently maneuver stretcher under patient Consists of the JSA-602 Easy-Fold Wheeled Stretcher, of 20 gauge steel finished in white enamel, green cross.
without rolling or lifting. The immobilization of the patient the JSA-502 First Aid Blanket, the JSA-503 Vinyl Sheet Pre-punched holes in cabinet braces make for easy wall
in the position found, minimizes the risk of complicating and the JSA-36 Thirty-six unit first aid kit housed in the mounting. Continuous type hinges
the existing injuries. The center of the stretcher can be JSA-606 Aluminum Stretcher Case. All component parts with a simple hasp.
opened to allow the patient to be X-rayed while secured of the Stretcher Kit may be ordered separately. Case is DIMENSIONS: 92” H x 7” W x 6” D; Carton size: 93” x
on the stretcher. Features include sturdy, lightweight constructed of sturdy anodized aluminum with a green 7” x 9”
aluminum construction with an adjustable length and cross. Case is designed for wall mounting. WEIGHTS: JSA-500 Case Only: 38 lbs; JSA-555-NA:
three patient restraint straps. Folds for easy storing and DIMENSIONS: 39-1/2” H x 24-1/4” W x 9-1/4” D 57 lbs.
separates in half during application and removal. WEIGHT: 60 lbs. Can ship via UPS Can ship via UPS
DIMENSIONS: 66-1/4” L x 17-1/2” W x 2-5/8” H May be ordered as JSA-555-NA4 Stretcher Kit which
Folded Length: 49-1/2”; Folded Depth: 3-1/2”; also includes 2 restrainer straps (JSA-504).
Adjustable to 80”
WEIGHT: 21-1/2 lbs.
LOAD CAPACITY: 400 lbs.
YOUR ONE STOP DOCK SHOP WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM 1-877-811-DOCK (3625)

4 stretcher accessories
JSA-300-BR
JSA-300-4
JSA-302
JSA-300-X
JSA-303
JSA-301
JSA-504
JSA-503
JSA-506
JSA-507
JSA-508
JSA-601
JSA-602-B
Comfo-Pad JSA-302
Made of 1/2” foam rubber, sturdy nylon cover in orange Disposable Blanket JSA-506
color. Designed to fit all Junkin JSA 300 Splint Stretchers. Insulated to retain body heat and protect from cold
Provides added comfort for patient. Held in place with hook weather. Water resistant. Disposable to eliminate cleaning
and loop type fasteners and is easily removed for cleaning. and retrieval costs. Individually packed ready for use.
WEIGHT: 1 lb. Can ship via UPS Yellow color. May be ordered individually or
Stretcher Bridle Sling JSA-300-X 10 blankets to carton measuring 21” x 16”.
The JSA-300-X Stretcher Bridle Sling provides horizontal DIMENSIONS: 90” L x 60” W
or vertical lifting capacity of up to 2,000 lbs. Made of 1”
Flotation Stretcher Collar JSA-303 WEIGHT: 10 oz.
For use with all Junkin JSA-300 series Splint Stretchers
nylon webbing resistant to moisture and fungus rot with to provide flotation during patient handling in water. Easily
forged snap hooks and 3” ID forged steel suspension ring. attached with hook and loop type fasteners to any Stokes Vinyl Coated Nylon Carrying Case for
type stretcher. Flotation batsn are Dow Etha Foam® and JSA-601 Folding Stretcher JSA-507
Patient Restrainer Strap JSA-300-4 covered in orange colored nylon. Large enough to accommodate disposable Blanket, Sheet,
Standard length 5’. Extra length available. WEIGHT: 3 lbs. Can ship via UPS First aid Kit and other first-aid items. Shoulder strap for
ease of handling.
Wall-Mount Brackets JSA-300-BR 8 MIL. Vinyl Ground Sheet JSA-503
Brackets for mounting basket stretchers (JSA-300 Series, Durable construction with brass grommets at each corner. Disposable Pillow JSA-508
JSA-200 and Military Basket Stretcher). Made of durable waterproof vinyl. DIMENSIONS: 17” L x 23” W
DIMENSIONS: 76” L x 54” W
Vinyl Storage Cover JSA-301 Easy-Fold Wheeled Stretcher Bag
Junkin JSA-301 Vinyl Storage Cover, will accommodate any Patient Restrainer Strap JSA-504 JSA-602-B
Junkin Splint Stretcher and accessories. Zippered for easy Restrainer Strap for folding stretchers JSA-501 and JSA- Vinyl coated storage bag for use with JSA-602
access, complete with bracket for wall mounting. Dust and 601 has spring wire clamps for fast attachment to poles. and JSA-603 Easy-fold stretchers.
water resistant. Straps made of 2” nylon webbing one piece construction DIMENSIONS: 37” L x 22” W
WEIGHT: 7 lbs. fully adjustable with quick release type roller buckle. WEIGHT: 3 lbs.
RESCUE Equipment 5
JIM-BUOY®
JIM-BUOY®
Softee SPINE BOARD, Model #84

The first Spine Board designed with the patient’s
comfort given a conscientious consideration!
17 1/2” wide x 70 1/2” in height
A SOFT, RESILIENT SURFACE–Imparts a high degree of comfort at all areas of body contact
and captures the all important body heat of the chilled victim.
HEAD SECURITY–Foam pads below and on both sides of the head for maximum support that
are quickly and easily adjusted to fit the smallest head or a giant’s! Just loosen and position to fit
all sizes...removes with ease.
HEAD STRAPS–Forehead and chin straps with extra soft and comfortable pod...secures quickly
with Velcro closures.
BODY STRAPS–Extra wide, 2 1/2” all-nylon body and leg straps that feature a full 4,000 lb. test
breaking strength to assure years of substantial, safe and comfortable service. Shipped with straps
fully installed complete with Velcro closures.
RADIOPARENT DESIGN–The Jim Buoy Softee is radioparent–only the tie bars on sides are
Maximum comfort and security stainless steel.
are provided with foam pads and Model #84–Size: 17 1/2” x 70 1/2”. 1 per ctn,. shpg. wt. 25 lbs., UPS O.K.
nylon straps secured with Velcro
closures.
Half-round wooden skids aid

in transporting patient.
Model #79
JIM-BUOY® Model #80

RESCUE CAN, Model #81 & 82 JIM-BUOY®
(Model #82 pictured above)

Light-weight design provides less drag–bright International Orange
RESCUE TUBE, Model #79 & #80
color for high visibility. Both models feature bright International Orange vinyl
Features six conveniently located hand grips that are secure and comfortable to coating for best visibility and lightweight foam body for
grasp and help to calm the panicky swimmer in trouble. The tough Shark Skin handling comfort!
surface holds a film of water which lessens drag through the surf and permits it Model #79–Recommended for general use in swimming pools and lakes.
to actually glide on the water! Bright Day-Glo Orange helps to assure a more Features a huge section of resilient foam, 6” wide, 4” thick; and 49” long!
visible contact from guard station to station. Pocket Mask may be secured in Complete with an adjustable 2” wide nylon shoulder strap and plastic slide
recessed body cavity with quick-release Velcro strap, (Model #82 only). – no snaps, only a 2” loop near the floatation section.
Model #81, #82 (with Pocket Mask)–Size: 27 1/2” x 8 1/2”, includes handles 6”. Model #79–49”x 6” x 4”. 6 per ctn., shpg. wt. 12 lbs., UPS O.K.
1 per ctn., shpg. wt. 4 lbs., UPS O.K.
Model #80–3” x 36” size with soft, nylon security lines and one-piece
JIM-BUOY®
polypropylene body belt. All hardware is stainless steel with Coast Guard
approved government bronze snap hook – can’t rust or corrode. Super soft,
rounded body is coated with heavy marine vinyl for maximum durability.
RESCUE CAN RACK, Model #83 Model #80–36”x 6” x 2- 1/2” . 6 per ctn., shpg. wt. 16 lbs., UPS O.K.
Rugged, all stainless steel construction with pre-drilled mounting holes
for easy installation.
Model #83–Shpg. wt. 1 lb. when ordered packed with Model #81 or
#82 Rescue Buoy above.

6 First aid & fire blankets
Mine First Aid Station JSA-760
The First Aid Station contains all of the materials required to meet Federal
Coal Mine Health & Safety regulations. Price will vary according to contents
required. Consult your Junkin Price Schedule for prices of component materi-
als and stock numbers. Please order by complete kit
number with contents as listed or by individual component numbers if con-
tents are to differ from standard kit.
CONTENTS: (1) - Folding Backboard;
(1) - Easy-Fold Stretcher;
(24) - Triangular Bandages;
(8) - 4” Bandage Compresses;
(8) - 2” Bandage Compresses;
(12) - 1” Adhesive Compresses; JSA 36
(1) - Foille;
(2) - Tourniquets;
(12) - Ammonia Ampules;
(2) - Wool Blankets;
(1) - Vinyl Sheet;
(2) - Inflatable Arm Splints;
(2) - Inflatable Leg Splints;
(1) - Dust-tight 14 Ga. Aluminum
Case 40” x 18” x 8” With Green Cross.
WEIGHT: 72 lbs. JSA 16 JSA 24
CARTON SIZE: 42” x 20” x 9”
Industrial Unit First Aid Kits
Provide a practical solution to industrial first aid. Kits stocked with medical
supplies in sterile, waterproof poly sealed containers. Color coded for easy Industrial Unit First Aid Kits
identification of materials. Unit Packs for easy selection and re-ordering. Provide a practical solution to industrial first aid. Kits
Heavy metal case is water tight with hanger for wall mounting. stocked with medical supplies in sterile, waterproof poly
sealed containers. Color coded for easy identification of materials.
Unit Packs for easy selection and re-ordering. Heavy metal case is
water tight with hanger for wall mounting.
Fire Blanket Kit JSA-1000-W

Kit consists of Fire Blanket (JSA-1002) 62” x 82” Fire Resis-
tant Treated 100% Wool (weight 3-1/2 lbs.) and sturdy Steel
Cabinet (JSA-1000-CW) ready for wall mounting. Cabinet is
bright Red Enamel with White lettering. DIMENSIONS: 23-7/8”
L x 8-1/2” W x 6-1/2” H WEIGHT: 12 lbs. Can ship via UPS
Fire Blanket JSA-1002

100% processed wool—Treated with fire-resistant chemical.
Machine washable. Conforms to Federal Flammable Fabrics Act
CS-191-53. DIMENSIONS: Size: 62” x 84” WEIGHT: 3-1/2 lbs.
Fire Blanket Bag JSA-1003-B

Vinyl coated nylon case for JSA-1002 Fire Blanket.
WEIGHT: 2 lbs.
Fire Blanket and Bag JSA-1003

Consists of JSA-1002 Fire Blanket and JSA-1003-B Fire Blan-
ket Bag. DIMENSIONS: 20” L x 19” W WEIGHT: 5-1/2 lbs.
Rust Proof Fire Blanket Kit JSA-1006

Kit consists of JSA-1002 Fire Blanket and PVC Plastic Canister
complete with mounting brackets. Finished bright red and white
lettering. Blanket ejects at bottom when opened. Rust and
dust proof. Designed for use where corrosion and dust are a
problem. DIMENSIONS: Diameter: 8”, Height: 24”
WEIGHT: 14 lbs. Can ship via UPS
Wrap Around Fire Blanket Kit JSA-1010

Kit consists of Fire Blanket (JSA-1010-B) Fire Resistant Treat-
ed 100% Wool for maximum fire protection and sturdy 20 Ga.
Steel Cabinet (JSA-1010-CW) ready for wall mounting. Cabinet
is bright red enamel with white lettering. Viewing hole provided
to see if blanket is in place. The Wrap Around Fire Blanket Kit
is designed so a person can insert either arm through the rope
loop and, by rotating their body, completely wrap themselves in
the fire blanket. Blanket (JSA-1010-B) and Case (JSA-1010-
CW) may be ordered separately. Kit should be wall mounted 6”
to 8” from floor. Complete kit meets MIL-B-52309B.
DIMENSIONS: 70-1/2” H x 5-1/4” W x 5” H; Blanket: 62” x 82”
WEIGHT: 20 lbs. Can ship via UPS
Survival/first aid 7
Hard Shell Ring Buoys
First Aid Kits
BBP Protection & Clean-Up Kit

The complete Blood Born BBP Protection Pack #1405
Pathogens protection and 1 Control Gown
clean-up kit is “2 kits-in-1”. 1 Eye & Face Shield/Mask Combo
Safely clean up any biohaz- 1 Pair of Latex Gloves
ard spills with the clean-up 1 Biohazard Bag
2 Antiseptic Towelettes
pack. The BBP protection BBP Clean-Up Pack #1406
pack provides the PPE that 1 Absorbent Powder Packet
helps you comply with 1 Scoop & Spatula
OSHA guidelines. The 1 Surface Disinfectant Cloth
Complete Kit is individually 1 Biohazard Bag
packed in a high impact, 1 Unmarked Bag
mountable container. 10 Paper Towels
Complete BBP Kit #1404 1 Pair of Latex Gloves
BBP Protection Pack Refill #1405 2 Antiseptic Towelettes
BBP Clean-Up Pack Refill #1406

8 Survival/first aid
Survivor™ Ditch Bag
Fishing Kit
Rescue Ropes
Floating Knife
Hear-Me™ Rescue Whistle
Standard Yoke Vests
SAFETY VESTS, CONES AND FIRST AID 9
Safety Vests, Cones and First Aid

10 flares/signals
Para Red Rocket – MK8
White Collision Hand Flare – MK8
Red Hand FLare – MK8
Day/Night Signal – MK8
Lifesmoke – MK8
Miniflare Kit – MK8
flares/signals 11
Para Red Rocket – MK8
White Collision Hand Flare – MK8
Red Hand FLare – MK8
Day/Night Signal – MK8
Lifesmoke – MK8
Miniflare Kit – MK8

12 flares/signals
Single-Shot Linethrower
Poly-Bottle
Manoverboard 360
Buoysmoke - MK2
Pyrotechnic Distress Kits
LIFE JACKETS/WORK VESTS 13
Type I Offshore PFDs

14 LIFE JACKETS/WORK VESTS
Vinyl Dipped Type V Workvest
Rigger Series Type V PFDs
LIFE JACKETS/FLOAT COATS 15
Industrial PFDs
Bomber Jacket

16 LIFE JACKETS/FLOAT COATS
Bomber Jacket
Marine Safety Terms Flotation Device Classifications

and Acronyns Flotation Device Use Advantages
Off-Shore Best for all waters

Open or Rough Waters Will turn most unconscious
Inherent and Inflatable Coastal Cruising wearers face up
Type PDFs General Boating
Highly visible color
Inland waters or calm Comfortable

waters where fast Will turn most
Inherently Buoyant rescue is likely unconscious wearers
Type II PFDs Also suitable for open face up
Inflatable Type II PDF’s or rough waters
Inland waters or calm Generally the most comfort

waters where fast for continuous wear
Inherent and inflatable rescue is likely Many styles available
Type PFDs
Throwable in inland Does not have to be worn

waters up to 40 feet
Throwable Device
Special use - see Designed for

PFD label specific activities
Inherent and Inflatable
Type PFD’s
LIFE JACKETS/WORK VESTS 17
Imperial Inflatable PFDs Imperial PFD Manual, International Orange or Black– USCG Approved Type V*
Imperial PFD Auto, International Orange or Black – ASCG Approved Type V*
OSHA Compliant

18 Life Preservers
JIM--BUOY® Type l SOLAS 74 / 83 APPROVED
Life-Saving, 5 Second Floatation Recovery Time!
World’s t!
Rugged, Solid Foam Core Construction!
Space & Cost Savings Breakthrough with
Fines Youth Insert Collar!
The Jim Buoy Models#SO-1 and #SO-2 life preservers are designed and manufactured to strict
SOLAS and U.S.C.G. requirements and are made only from the finest materials available. Both mod-
els feature a completely punture-proof, 100% closed-cell foam core richly coated with Jim Buoy’s
finest marine vinyl and are equipped with all stainless steel or government bronze hardware for
longest possible life---truly an outstanding value!
Model #SO-1---Features Jim Buoy’s remarkable new LIFE-
SAVING design that enables an unconcious person to roll over,
face-up, with their mouth more than 4 3/4” above the water in
LESS THAN 5 SECONDS! Available with the unique Jim
Buoy youth insert collar in place, the #SO-1 is then approved for
children of 60 lbs. or more, yet easily converts for adult use in
less than 15 seconds! In practical use, valuable space and cost
savings become obvious as SOLAS and U.S.C.G. requirements
are greatly reduced from the present 10% child life preserver
requirement to as low as 2-3% [representing children under 60
lbs.]. Of course the Jim Buoy #SO-2 or similar SOLAS-U.S.C.G.
life preserver is required for children under 60 lbs.
Model # SO-1, Adult---11 1/2” x 22” x 5”, 6 per pack, ship. wt. 12 lbs., 4.58 cu. ft., SOLAS App.
#160.155/1/0, 160.055/168/0. (Specify youth insert collar if desired).
Model # SO-2, Child (60 lbs. or less)---12” x 15” x 4”, 6 per pack, ship. wt. 9 lbs., 2.5 cu. ft.,
SOLAS App. #160.155/2/0, 160.055/169/0.
JIM-- BUOY®
U.S. COAST GUARD APPROVED!

JIM-- BUOY® Donning Instruction
Life Preservers TYPE I, FOR ALL
VESSELS & MOTOR BOATS
Placards
Post in highly visible areas to insure
fast, correct preserver donning
Completely puncture-proof 100% closed-cell construction--- To order: Add the letter “X” after life
preserver model number; i.e. #SO-I-X,
Stainless steel or government bronze hardware throughout. #60I-X, etc. 6 per pack, ship. wt. 1 lb.
Dons easily with less confusion that other type life preservers.
Slide-thru belt is in ready at all times. Completely reversible JIM-- BUOY®
(front to back). Flat surface design requires less stowage
space-less tangle. New resilient CJ-16 Foam resists fuel, acid, Retroreflective Tape
fungus and is absolutely puncture-proof! Retroreflective Tape is required for
most commercial vessels.
Model #601, Adult-- To order: Add the letter “T” to the
24”x 12”x 3”, U.S.C.G. App. #160.055/115/0. 6 per pack, ship wt. 9 lbs. model number; i.e. #601-T
Model #603, Child--
17-1/2”x10”x 2-1/2”, U.S.C.G. App. #160.055/116/0. 6 per pack, ship wt. 7 lbs.
U.S.C.G. App.
JIM--BUOY®
Buoyant Boat Cushions #160.064/1228/1 JIM-- BUOY®
U.S.C.G. APPROVED,
TYPE IV, PFD!
Work
The SOFT one---Unicellular construction Vest
of the finest materials provide the greatest
comfort with real life saving buoyancy! TYPE V PFD
The TOUGH one--- Our finest exterior
vinyl coating resists most chemicals, fuels
The most comfortable work vest available yet it has
and weather extremes. Retains its beauty
enough buoyancy to protect any conscious person
and flexibility under constant use. 1” poly-
in case of an accident. 100% closed cell buoyancy
propylene webbing loops pass through the
foam, 2” thick, flexible and waterproof, never a
cushion body ---- can’t pull out!
problem of water absorption. Highly visible nylon
The CLEAN one---The smooth vinyl sur-
cover coated with urethane for added durability.
face and neat design stays cleaner longer
Non-metallic hardware eliminates possible spark-
and is easier to clean when soiled!
ing in dangerous gas emission situations.
Model #101-W, White or Model #101-O, Orange---15 1/2” x 15 1/2” x 2 1/2”
State COLOR choice when ordering. 6 per ctn., shpg. wt. 14 lbs.
Model #606---Packaged 6 per carton, weight 8 lbs.,
U.S.C.G. App. #160.053/97/0
IMMERSION SUITS 19
Imperial Immersion Suits

20 LIFE RAFTS
Award-Winning Coastal Compact TM
LIFE RAFTS 21
USCG/SOLAS OceanMaster™

22 LIFE RAFTS
Coastal Commander™
Offshore Commander™
LIFE RAFTS 23
USCG ShoreMasterTM IBA

24 LIFE RAFTS
USCG SeaMasterTM Coastal Liferaft
Weights and Dimensions Part Numbers
LIFE FLOATS & BUOYANT APPARATUSES 25
THE WORLD’S FINEST – U.S. COAST GUARD APPROVED!

JIM--BUOY®
CHECK THESE EXCLUSIVE JIM BUOY FEATURES
Tough resilient vinyl surface–easily boarded, com-

fortable in the water – no hard surfaces.
Lightweight yet easily exceeds the most severe
U.S.C.G. tests. Ease of handling is one of our most
valued features.
Less storage space required for equal raft capacity;
compare dimensions...you’ll be amazed!
No exposed metal hardware – all beckets secured inside
the float body.
Double webbing, sunlight or weather never reaches
supporting beckets.
Solid closed-cell plastic throughout; bullet holes
would have only a minimal effect on buoyancy. Will
1200 SERIES not rot or mildew.
LIFE FLOATS
Available with GRS!

This incorporates a Glass Reinforced Surface into the regular vinyl
surface and produces an almost impenetrable skin yet remains
slightly resilient. When ordering simply add GRS to the model No.,
i.e. No. 1208-GRS.
IMPORTANT: All rafts are now required to have

retroreflective tape per U.S.C.G. Requirement.
1600 SERIES
BUOYANT APPARATUS – BOX TYPE
PERSON APP. APP. SEC SHIP U.S.C.G

MODEL .
CAPACITY LENGTH WIDTH DIAM. WT. APPROVAL #
LIFE FLOATS 1206 6 50-1/2” 36-1/2” 8-1/2 23 160.027/79/2
1208 8 51” 37” 9” 25 160.027/75/2
1210 10 63” 37” 9” 30 160.027/76/2
1212 12 78” 37” 9” 38 160.027/80/2
1215 15 64” 48” 12-1/2” 50 160.027/77/2
1222 22 100” 48” 12-1/2” 70 160.027/78/2
BUOYANT 1612 12 48” 48” 9” 35 160.010/70/2

APPARATUS 1618 18 62” 48” 9” 45 160.010/71/2
BOX TYPE 1620 20 84” 48” 9” 55 160.010/72/2
BUOYANT 1410 10 51” 37” 9” 23 160.010/73/2

APPARATUS 1412 12 63” 37” 9” 28 160.010/74/2
1400 SERIES RECTANGULAR 1418 18 64” 48” 12-1/2” 48 160.010/75/2
BUOYANT APPARATUS – RECTANGULAR 1422 22 100” 48” 12-1/2” 68 160.010/76/2
BUOYANT
1308 8 51” 37” 9” 23 160.010/77/2
APPARATUS
RECTANGULAR 1310 10 63” 37” 9” 28 160.010/78/2
W/NET 1315 15 64” 48” 12-1/2” 48 160.010/79/2
PLATFORM 1322 22 100” 48” 12-1/2” 68 160.010/80/2
OFFICIAL U.S. COAST GUARD REQUIREMENTS

180.10–5 Requirements for vessels in ocean or coastwise service
180.10-5 (a) Except as otherwise provided in 180.10-5 (a) (2) For vessels operation not more
this section, vessels in ocean service shall carry than one mile from land, the Officer in Charge,
sufficient lifefloats for all persons on board, and Marine Inspection. May permit operation with
vessels in coastwise service shall carry suffi- reduced amounts of lifefloats or buoyant appara-
cient lifefloats or buoyant apparatus for all per- tus when in his opinion it is safe to do so. In per-
1300 SERIES son on board. mitting such reduction the Officer in Charge,
BUOYANT APPARATUS – RECTANGULAR W/NET PLATFORM Marine Inspection, shall consider the vessel, its
180.10-5 (a) (1) Vessels whose routes are scope of operation and the hazards of the route.
Jim Buoy Vinyl Repair Kits restricted to 20 miles from a harbor of safe
A 2 part patch with solvent for the careful handyman. Use for minor repairs on all Jim Buoy life
refuge shall carry lifefloats or buoyant apparatus 180-105(b) After July 1, 1968, all lifefloats and
rafts and ring buoys. Complete with patches, solvent and brush. #500 Repair Kit, 6 per carton.
for not less than 50 percent of all person on buoyant apparatus shall be international orange
board. in color.

26 PFD LIGHTS
See-Me™ Water-Activated Emergency Locator Lights
See-Me™ Water-Activated Safety Light

For Immersion Suits and PFDs
WAB-MX8 H20-Activated Vest Light
EPIRB 27
McMurdo Smartfind™/Smartfind Plus™ 406 EPIRB
McMurdo S4 SART

28 PERSONAL LOCATION BEACON
McMurdo Fastfind™ 210 GPS PLB
McMurdo Fastfind Max™/

Max-G™406 PLB
Man Overboard Poles/Mounts and Racks 29
JIM-- BUOY®
TheStraddler
Jim Buoy’s major advancement in man overboard float design assur-
ing the most secure mounting and fastest release. Model #924 and the
model #924-10 are now made with a unique urethane filled molded
float which straddles the backstay and provides the most dependable
positioning method yet devised. Utilizing two stainless steel clamping
devices (model #1124-X or #1124-Y) which attach to the backstay,
the Straddler is instantly ready for use by merely pulling a single key-
pin release. Model #924 14ft., Model #924-10 10ft..
les
po !
A ll U P S
Model #924–Straddler, flag and pole, 1 per ctn., 3-piece. Ship. wt. 12 lbs. c a n
Model #924-10–Straddler, flag and pole, 1 per ctn., 2-piece. Ship. wt. 10 lbs.
P.F.D. Light
NEW IMPROVED MODEL
The most reliable and least
expensive jacket light available. Not Retroflective tape,
a throwaway–simply replace the front and back
and on top
alkaline “D” cell every three years. edge ure
t sec
Easily attached with enclosed ---- Mos elease!
LER st r e
stainless steel clasp. STR
ADD ith faste flectiv
THE unting w Retroape, top
Model #450–PFD Light, complete with t m
mo botto
stainless steel clasp. Packed 24 per and
ctn., shpg. wt. 4 lbs. (When ordering
PDC Lights be sure to specify if model
holds
#452’D’ Ring Straps required.) lamp
Model #666–Retroreflective Tape Kit for Jim Buoy Model #601 Top c snugly
float ckstay dler
Kapok type jackets. Includes sets (124
to ba Stradantly
sq. in.) for 12 reversible jackets or 24 ler in s t
tradd is en
ue S y wh
non-reversible jackets. 6 kits, shpg. wt.
Uniq ve keeps read pin is
12 lbs. groo in when singlemoved
re
pole use.
Pat. Pend. not in
JIM--BUOY® MAN OVERBOARD POLE MOUNTS

Models #905, Semi-Automatic– Features stainless #1124 Series for
steel hardware, P.V.C. plastic and vinyl coated nylon Straddler only,
[see sketch at right]–
components. The combination of this Pole Mount
Attractive skin packaged
and Horseshoe Rack (shown below) fulfill the need card includes stainless
for a simple, fast and effective floatation-position steel clamps, vinyl coat-
indicator for the rescue vessel. Easy to use-Remove ed nylon sleeve for flag
“Pull To Release” pin and pole is immediately free- and P.V.C. plastic base.
standing, (pole lanyard should be attached to horse- Fits #924 and #924-10
shoe buoy and carefully arranged for non-fouling). models only
Adjust slide on webbing strap to prevent accidental #1124-Y–Fits 5/32” to 1/4”
release. dia. backstay.
#1124-X–Fits 5/16” to 3/8”
#905–Use with #950, 6 per ctn., ship. wt. 16 lbs. dia. backstay.
Packed 6 per ctn.,
ship. wt. 7 lbs..
JIM--BUOY® Semi-Automatic
Horseshoe Rack
100% Stainless Steel–An extremely safe and basically sim-
ple design that eliminates the chance of malfunction-where
a more costly, elaborate ejection system could become a
future liability, this Jim Buoy rack will provide years of reli-
able service. To use–Merely pull the pin
marked “Pull To Release” and the buoy is
free standing, to be pulled into the water by
the man overboard pole. Model #924-10
10’ Straddler
Model #1021, Horseshoe-ship. wt. 15 lbs.
Model #1041, Pony-Ship. wt. 15 lbs.
6 per ctn., may be packed with buoys for Model #924
shipment. 14’ Straddler
Model #950
To mount rack: Secure to outboard side of life line 11 1/2’
stanchion with release pin above top of stanchion.

30 Automatic Safety Lights
JIM-- BUOY®
Jim Buoy’s Man Overboard Light...
• Meets SOLAS 74/83 Requirements!
• U.S.C.G. Approved!
[#161.010/12/2 & #161.110/12/0]
• Automatic Flashing
Strobe Light!
Toughest construction - yet relatively small and lightweight! Made from
injection molded plastic that is almost indestructible.
#1820 Man Overboard Light - Merely pick it up and point; it starts
automatically - When the Man Overboard Light is thrown overboard the
light automatically commences to flash a bright, flashing strobe light visible
for miles! Not only a great aid for the searcher, but aids the person overboard
to find a life ring or horseshoe buoy. Features the most advanced solid state
circuit technology available today to provide years of reliable service.
Extensively tested to withstand 90-ft. drops into the ocean and 3-ft. drops
directly on the lens case onto cement! Additional tests were conducted by
subjecting it to the most extreme conditions of humidity, temperature and
exposure. In all tests the light continued to function perfectly. Simplified sys-
tem uses just 4 Alkaline ‘D’ batteries that are available everywhere and are
as easy to change as flashlight batteries (batteries not included).
#1821 Stainless Steel
Model #1820 --- Available in orange only. Boxed individually in a 6- Rack –
pack master carton; ship. wt. 13 lbs. ideal for handy light
storage at a very
nominal cost.
IMPORTANT: Latest Coast Guard regulations require that almost all
Model #1821– 6 per ctn.;
vessels carry either a fire flare or S.O.S. battery light with an S.O.S. flag.
ship. wt. 6 lbs.
JIM--BUOY®
Life Ring Racks JIM--BUOY®
#1121 – HORSE- #1122 - LIFE S.O.S. Flag

SHOE RACK RING RACK
Stainless Steel – fits all Stainless steel – fits all
horseshoe models. life rings. Complete with
Complete with two 8” two 8” OLO’s for easy
OLO’s for easy attach- attachment to either a
ment to either a life line or life line or stanchion.
stanchion.
Model #1122 – 6 per pack;
Model #1121–6 per pack; ship. wt. 8 lbs.
ship. wt. 8 lbs. #1851 S.O.S. Flag –
Made of plastic, com-
plete with zip lock stor-
age bag, has full
U.S.C.G. approval.
HARD SHELL RING BUOYS 31
U.S.
COAST HS-20 W
GUARD
APPROVED! HS-20 O
HS-24 W
HS-24 O
HS-30 W
HS-30 O

32 HARD SHELL RING BUOYS
JIM--BUOY®
TYPE IV PFD’S NOW AVAILABLE in 3 sizes

20”, 24” and 30” in both Orange and White.
SOLAS GRADE Life rings available in 30” size.
Features Include:
Manufactured to U.S.C.G. standards.
Rock-Hard cross link polyethylene
shell for added durability. SOLAS MODEL
HSO-30
Molded-In Rope Holes for easy rope
replacement. 3/8” Polypropylene rope
UV resistant.
Retroreflective Tape available, when ordering
add “T” to model number .
STANDARD LIFE RING SPECIFICATIONS

MODEL OUTSIDE COLOR PACK WEIGHT USCG
NUMBER DIAMETER PER CASE PER CASE APPROVAL NO.
HS-20 W 20” WHITE 6 22 lbs. 160.050/171/0
HS-20 O 20” ORANGE 6 22 lbs. 160.050/170/0
HS-24 W 24” WHITE 6 28 lbs. 160.050/173/0
HS-24 O 24” ORANGE 6 28 lbs. 160.050/172/0
HS-30 W 30” WHITE 6 35 lbs. 160.050/174/0
HS-30 O 30” ORANGE 6 35 lbs. 160.050/154/0
SOLAS GRADE LIFE RING SPECIFICATIONS

MODEL OUTSIDE COLOR PACK WEIGHT USCG
NUMBER DIAMETER PER CASE PER CASE APPROVAL NO.
160.050/155/0
HSO-30 30” ORANGE 6 35 lbs.
160.150/11/0
LIFE RINGS 33
JIM BUOY’S FINEST
JIM-- BUOY® SOLAS, JB, JBX SERI
ES !
NYLON VINYL SKIN ---Our most durable cover-combines beauty with utility!
URETHANE FOAM CORE ---Tough and highly resistant to gasoline,
oil and most chemicals!
ROPE NUT, SOLAS and JBX SERIES ---Eliminates unsightly knots
and makes future rope changes easy!
RECREATIONAL MODEL
Model #JB-19, (above), available in
TWO GREAT white and with beckets only.
SOLAS MODELS! USCG
Model No. USCG Model No. Ctn. Shipping
Model #JB-SO-30 for general application and w/ Beckets Approval No. w/o Beckets Approval No. Diam. Pack Weight
the heavier Model JB-SOH-30 (approx. 9 lbs.), JB-30 160.050/138/0 JBX-30 160.050/139/0 30” 6 33 lbs.
normally used in conjunction with launching JB-24 160.050/140/0 JBX-24 160.050/141/0 24” 6 21 lbs.
devices, water lights, etc. JB-20 160.050/142/0 JBX-20 160.050/143/0 20” 6 18 lbs.
JB-19 160.064/3192/0 n/a n/a 19” 6 14 lbs.
Model #JB-SO-30---30” diam., 6 per ctn., shpg. wt. 36 lbs.
Model #JB-SOH-30---30” diam., 6 per ctn., shpg. wt. 57lbs. To Order---Indicate COLOR choice by adding the letter “O” to model number for ORANGE or
the letter “W” for WHITE, (i.e., JBX-O-30). Note ---All sizes available with beckets (straps) or
USCG appr. nos.---JB SO-30: 160.050/135/0 & 160/150/6/0; JB SOH-30: 160.050/136/0 & 160.150/7/0
without beckets (grabline passing through holes in buoy body), except Model #JB-19.
JIM-- BUOY®
RingBuoys MARINE ENAMEL COATED and
CANVAS COVERED MODELS!
TWO LONG TIME FAVORITES! Both models feature a completely water-proof, non-absorbent
closed-cell inner core and are equipped with polypropylene grab lines!
C-SERIES, Canvas Covered --- Smoothly tailored, P-SERIES, Marine Enamel Coated --- Features NO -
heavy-duty canvas; machine stitched inside and SLIP rope band with inner molded tie sewn to the
out. Will not rot or show discoloration through polypropylene band. Excellent weather resistance
bleed. Cleans with soap and water. and completely mildew-proof. Colorful and de c o r a-
tive as well as a functional life saving device!
Model #C-17---17” dia., shpg. wt. 7 lbs. Model #P---17-17” dia., shpg. wt. 5 lbs.
Model #C-20--- 20” dia., shpg. wt. 8 lbs. Model #P---20-20” dia., shpg. wt. 6 lbs.
Model #C-25---25” dia., shpg. wt. 13 lbs. Model #P---25-25” dia., shpg. wt. 10 lbs.
All models packed 6 per carton
Add the following number for COLOR choice when ordering P-Series Buoys:
#352---White body with blue bands #241---White body with white bands
All models packed 6 per carton
PREMIUM
JIM-- BUOY®
LIFE RING RACK
JIM-- BUOY®
RingBuoyHangers TheRoughneck
COMMERCIAL QUALITY---- Features
ALWAYS READY IN AN EMERGENCY! heavy-duty, welded stainless steel con-
struction throughout for a life-time of
maintenance-free use. Its rugged beau-
ty will enhance any installation.
Available in three standard sizes with
pre-drilled holes for stanchion and life
line mounting (see sketch), as well as
cabin wall installations.
The ROUGHNECK offers both

vertical and horizontal mounting!
#1 & #2 --- Vertical
mount holes
Rail Mount
#3 & #4 --- #1123-20--- 20” dia., ship. wt. 4 lbs., 1/ctn.
Wall Mount #1123-24--- 24” dia., ship. wt. 10 lbs., 2/ctn.
Horizontal
mount #1123-30--- 30” dia., ship. wt. 14 lbs., 2/ctn.
holes ORDER #1123-X STAINLESS STEEL “U”-
Jim Buoy’s latest design in durable stainless steel #1123-X BOLTS BELOW FOR STANCHION LINE
We believe these are the finest stainless steel ring buoy mounts “U”-Bolt for MOUNTING:
available anywhere. Beautiful, graceful design adds permanent safe- stanchion
Model #1123-X---Stainless steel U Bolts
ty and stylish good looks to any ship. No wash away-easy access life line
design. Readily mounts to safety rail, stanchion or cabin wall. mounting. and nuts for stanchion and life line
mounting. 4 per skin pkg. card, 10 per
Model #804----12 pair per carton, shipping wt. 8 lbs. master ctn., ship. wt. 1 lb.

34 LIFE RINGS & HORSESHOE BUOYS
JIM--BUOY® RETROREFLECTIVE
TAPE AVAILABLE
FOR LIFE RINGS
When ordering liferings with
Retroreflective Tape, add “T” to
GO- 30 is available with black the lifering number; eg.,

bands and black rope at no #GO-X-30-T RETROREFLEC-
extra cost. TIVE TAPE KIT – JimBuoy
liferings may now be retrofitted
with (8pcs .2” x5 ” tape for each
buoy, 4 per side). Model #66 -Ship.
wt. 1lb., 1 per ctn.
Model #GO-30
CG #160.050/107/1
Model #GW-30
CG #160.050/107/1
30” dia., 6 per ctn.
‘NO-STRAP MODEL’
Ship. wt. 33 lbs. USCG-APPROVED
Manufactured with the same U.S. Coast Guard approved materi-
Model #GW-24 als as the ”G-Series” models but with the rope looped and secure-
CG #160.050/50/2 Not pictured ly bonded inside the molded core --- almost impossible to tear out!
Model #GO-24 Model #GW-20 No straps to wear or deteriorate and be cause of JimBuoy’s
CG #160.050/106/1 CG #160.050/48/2 unique design the rope stands out in ready p o s i t i o n to be more
24” dia., 6 per ctn. Model #GO-20
Ship. wt. 21 lbs.
easily grasped in the water.
CG #160.050/105/1
20” dia., 6 per ctn. Model #GO-X-30: 30” dia., 6 per ctn., wt. 33 lbs., CG #160.050/104/1
Model #GW-X-30: 30” dia., 6 per ctn., wt. 33 lbs., CG #160.050/104/1
Ship. wt. 18 lbs. Model #GW-X-24: 24” dia., 6 per ctn., wt. 21 lbs., CG #160.050/60/2
Model #GO-X-24: 24” dia., 6 per ctn., wt. 21 lbs., CG #160.050/103/1
JIM--BUOY® Model #GW-X-20: 20” dia., 6 per ctn., wt. 18 lbs., CG #160.050/61/2
United States Coast Model #GO-X-20: 20” dia., 6 per ctn., wt. 18lbs., CG #160.050/102/1
Guard Approved Life Rings
Manufactured under strict codes and supervision of the United States Coast M-- BUOY® LIFE RING RACKS
Guard---Solid, closed-cell plastic throughout-soft and resilient to the touch yet is
almost indestructible! The Sof-Tex surface resists weather and temperature extremes
and will not rot or mildew. DISPLAY
PACKAGED
Model #G-19-19” diam., 6 per ctn., shpg. wt. 14 lbs. Available in white only. U.S.C.G. DISPLAY
App. #160.064/185/0. JI PACKAGED Swimming
pool bracket---
ECONOMY MODEL, Catalina Series---Same appearance as Model #G-19 but lighter in Anodized aluminum---fits all life ring sizes.
weight and is not U.S. Coast Guard approved. Available in white only in 5 different diam- Includes 30’ or 60’ mildew resistant,
eter sizes: Marine life ring mount --- Easily acces- black U.V. polypropylene heaving
sible. Fits all life ring sizes. Includes two line with lemon foot anchor.
Model #‘s: ST-17”, #ST-20”, #ST-21”, #ST-25”, #ST-30”. anodized aluminum brackets. Model #800-30
Horseshoe Buoys
Model #803, 30’ lgth., 6 per ctn., shpg. wt. 7 lbs.
12 per ctn., shpg. wt. 4 lbs. Model #800-60,
60’ lgth., 6 per ctn., shpg. wt. 7 lbs.
Jim Buoy’s finest Horseshoe Buoy with built-in Sea Anchor–Extra strong vinyl coated
nylon cover with heavy-duty zipper. Will not rot or mildew. Stainless steel hardware
throughout.Built-in Sea Anchor slows buoy when blown in water... eliminates the need
for a separate drogue chute.
Model #1020- Horseshoe size, 6 per ctn., ship. wt. 18 lbs., U.S.C.G. App. #160.064/076/0
Model #1040- Pony size, 6 per ctn., ship. wt. 17 lbs., U.S.C.G. App. #160.064/228/0
Jim Buoy’s standard model Horseshoe Buoy, [picture above] - Features a
tough, yellow vinyl fabric with beaded edges over a closed-cell plastic core.
Will not rot or mildew. All hardware throughout is stainless steel.
Model #920- Horseshoe size, 6 per ctn., ship. wt. 18 lbs., U.S.C.G. App. #160.064/076/0
Model #940- Pony size, 6 per ctn., ship. wt. 17 lbs., U.S.C.G. App. #160.064/228/0
Buoy Racks
Model #918, Circle Horseshoe Rack–Sleek, new curved design features brightly
2 GREAT MODELS,
ALL U.S.C.G. APPROVED!
polished 1/4” welded stainless steel construction. Attached velcro security strap keeps
buoy snugly in place yet ready in an instant. Designed primarily for life line mounting.
#918- Horseshoe, 6 per ctn., ship. wt. 8 lbs.
Model #921/941, Rectangular Horseshoe
Rack–A favorite for many years; designed
to firmly hold and support buoy at base,
center and top. All polished 1/4” stainless
steel construction.
#941- Pony, 6 per ctn., ship. wt. 10 lbs.
#921- Horseshoe, 6 per ctn., ship. wt. 11 lbs.
REGULATORY BUOYS, CHANNEL MARKERS & River Buoys 35
AVAILABLE IN A WIDE RANGE OF SIZES

AND STYLES FOR ALMOST ANY
#4409
MARINE APPLICATION!
#4410
ED GE
DR
JIM-- BUOY®
#506 Dredge Buoy---
Complies with U.S.C.G.
Reg. 88.15. 3 mile visibility
with bright , white light. One
set (3) Alkaline D-cell bat-
teries warranted to last 1
year of continuos use
without change. Easy
#426 part assy. Size: Ballast,
22”, Buoy, 18” diam. x 24“
#425-R ht., Lightholder, 22” (light
#428-R #425 priced separately).
#410-X #410
#428-R–Where HUGE EXPOSURE is required! Giant a 71-1/2” height for use in extremely deep water anchor-
#410, Jim Buoy’s economy model–With 9” diam
15” diameter cylinder rises more than 40” above the ing where lengthy (heavy) anchor chains are required.
eter x 61-1/2” height has excess of 37” above the water
water line with jumbo 19” diameter base providing Model #410-X–Ship wt. 58 lbs., single pack.
line for good visibility. Designed to float upright with 35-
utmost stability. Overall height is 62-1/2”. Features pro- #4408, #4409, #4410, Jim Buoy’s “Fat Buoys”–
40 lbs. of chain or equivalent weight. If more internal
portionately large daymarks for maximum visibility. Requires 8 lbs. of chain or equivalent, urethane foam
ballast is required, please advise. The 1/2” galvanized
Designed to float upright with 35-40 lbs. of chain or filled. Hot-dipped 1/2” galvanized hardware. Same
eye bolt is totally recessed in the base. Tough CJ-37
equivalent weight. If more internal ballast is required, rugged construction as all Jim Buoy channel markers.
Rock hard outer shell assures greatest strength and
please advise. The 5/8” galvanized steel anchor eye bolt 12” diam. X 23” height, buoyancy 30 lbs.
durability. The polyurethane foam extends 8” above
is securely bonded-in. 2.3 lb. density polyurethane foam Model #4408, Can–White, ship wt. 16 lbs., 1 per ctn.
base for positive upright floatation. Jim Buoy’s
extends 8” above water line to insure permanent floata- Model #4409, Can–Green molded-in color. Ship wt. 16
Daymarks are available for this great new model–see
tion. lbs., 1 per ctn.
page 23 for details.
Model #428-R, Shipping wt. 65 lbs., single pack. #4410, Nun–Red, molded-in color. Ship wt. 16 lbs., 1 per
Model #410–Ship wt. 50 lbs., single pack, UPS O.K. carton.
#425, #425-R, #426 Series Buoys–Designed to float
upright with 35-40 lbs. of chain or equivalent weight. If #410-X, For deep water requirements–Same con-
more internal ballast is required, please advise. Full 12” struction and favorable pricing as the #410 but features
diameter cylinder rises 40” plus above the water line for
excellent visibility. The 13” diameter base assures com-
plete stability under all conditions. Closed-cell #425-#426 #410
polyurethane foam extends 8” above the water line.
Features 5/8” galvanized steel eye bolt at extreme bot- 1/8” ROCK
HARD SHELL
tom of the buoy; a larger diameter through-hole is pro-
41”
vided for near surface anchor use–special eyebolts with
swivels for this attachment may be found on page 25.
62 1/2”
FOAM LINE
#425-R, Regulatory Buoy–All white impregnated, mold-
ed-in color. May be ordered with standard Jim Buoy Vinyl WATER LINE
Daymarks–see page 23. Ship. wt. 25 lbs., single pack.

Model #425, Can–Green impregnated, molded-in color, REINFORCED
Ship. wt. 25 lbs., single pack. CONCRETE
BALLAST
Model #426, Nun–Available in red only, impregnated,
molded-in color. Ship. wt. 25 lbs. single pack. 5/8”
GALVANIZED
EYE BOLT

36 REGULATORY BUOYS, CHANNEL MARKERS & River Buoys
Featuring Jim Buoy’s exclusive
ROCK HARD SHELL!
The CJ-37 space age
shell that’s almost in-
destructible-resists the
Feature for feature, you’ll agree Jim Buoy offers more... hardest blows, acid &
weather extremes!
CJ-37 ROCK HARD OUTER SHELL–Almost indestructible!
TOTALLY INTERNAL BALLAST–No exposed concrete!
SYSTEM #10 VINYL DAYMARKS–Guaranteed 5 years!
#4408
GALVANIZED STEEL EYE BOLT–resists rust!
JIM BUOY #9000 LIGHT AVAILABLE ON ALL MODELS
(except #505 & #423-0)
#427-River
Buoy #505
#3000
Fast Water Buoy
Features tough CJ-37 Rock Hard outer shell
with solid urethane foam core. Large 24” diam.
base is 10” high. Riser is 12-1/2” diam. riser
height is 27” .Overall height of 37”. All standard
daymarks at no charge. Options available:
#427-R 1. Pickup eye
2. Extended 24” ballast
3. Regular dropped forged swivel
4. Radar Reflector
NEW Bigger Base 5. Lights
#423-O
single pack, options determine ship. wt., 40 lbs.
please inquire for complete info.
Easier to Deploy! #427

#427-N
#427 Series–Featuring the finest quality at super #427,Can–Green only,impregnated,molded-in color. Ship #505, Spar Buoy–Usually used where many buoys are
prices! All models provide outstanding visibility with their wt. 38 lbs.,single pack. required and price a prime consideration. Features the Jim
large 10” diameter cylinder rising 40” above the water line! #427-R Regulatory Buoy–All white, impregnated, molded Buoy CJ-37 Rock Hard outer shell and solid urethane
the huge 19” diameter base assures maximum stability in in color. May be ordered with Jim Buoy Vinyl Daymarks foam core. Size: 6 1/2 x 31”.
the most turbulent waters. All models are designed to float listed below. Ship wt. 38 lbs., single pack. Model #505–spar Buoy, ship wt. 6 lbs., single pack, UPS
upright with35–40 lbs, of chain or equivalent weight. If #427-N, Nun–Red only, impregnated, molded-in color. O.K.
more internal ballast is required please advise. The unit Ship wt. 38 lbs., single pack. #423-O, Barrier Float–Solid high density polystyrene
utilizes Jim-Buoy’s tough 1/10” CJ-37 Rock Hard outer #427, River Buoy–May be ordered with Jim Buoy vinyl foam body coated with white marine enamel. Available
shell for years of rugged service. Daymarks listed below. Ship wt. 38 lbs., single pack. with orange vinyl bands and “SWIM AREA” decal only.
#427, River Buoy–Readily adapts for use in swiftest Features 1/2” galvanized steel eye bolt securely molded-
waters when equipped with the special off-set galvanized Note: All #427 series buoys will ship UPS! in. Rope hole is reinforced with PVC pipe passing through
steel eye bolt. at water line.
#423-O–Ship wt.38 lbs., 3 per pack.
JIM-- BUOY®
Vinyl Daymarks
For all Jim Buoy Regulatory Buoys
REGULATORY BUOYS, MODELS #410, #410X, #425R, #427R, #428R, #3000 CHANNEL MARKERS
CONTROLLED EXCLUSION DANGER-
AREA AREA HAZARD
#425 CAN #426 NUN
37”
42”
SLOW 5 MPH KEEP OUT REEF ROCKS OR RESTRICTED UPSTREAM UPSTREAM

NO WAKE NO BOATS DANGER UNDERWATER TRAVEL GREEN ON RED ON RIGHT
IDLE SPEED NO SWIMMING ROCKS OBSTRUCTION LEFT
SLOW NO WAKE SWIM AREA STUMP
SKI AREA HAZARD
DAM SHOALS 21”
FISHING DANGER DAM
NO FISHING AHEAD
1/2”
NO SKIING
OVER 200 ADDITIONAL SYMBOLS AVAILABLE – NO CHARGE
Markers and River Buoys 37
FEATURES JIM-BUOY’S LARGEST FLOATATION BASE!

HUGE FLOATATION BASE -- 12” high x 30” diameter size
assures upright floatation under severe conditions!
2” WIDE ALUMINUM BAND -- Protects base of buoy from
jet-skis and boat crashes (optional*).
CJ-37 ROCK HARD OUTER SHELL -- Resists the hardest
blows--almost indestructible!
SYSTEM #10 VINYL DAYMARKS -- Available in a multitude
of shapes and daymarks and guaranteed a full 5 years!
Jim Buoy’s all new Sombrero Buoy is designed to be used where maximum stability
and buoy strength are of prime importance. With the addition of the 2” wide aluminum
No. 2022-Riser 10” x 39”
Above Water Line 45” protection band (optional*) on the top edge of the jumbo flotation base, the Sombrero
Buoy can withstand jet-skis and boat crashes that might otherwise permanently damage
or tip over a standard buoy. In addition to positive, upright floatation, the large 12”
high x 30” diameter base provides greater visibility because it naturally floats higher in
12” the water! A galvanized external ballast** may be ordered for some models -- other
ballasts are internal, however (some weights may be necessary to add to the chains if a
shallow condition exists). All colors are impregnated and molded into the tough CJ-37
Rock Hard outer shell for years of rugged maintenance free
service. Eye bolts and metal components are galvanized steel
for greater strength and resistance to rust and corrosion.
30”
JIM-BUOY®
* OPTIONAL, 2” ALUMINUM PROTECTION
BAND -- Easily installed to the top edge of
the floatation base. Add the letter “E” to model
number when ordering -- may also be pur-
chased and added at later date.
No. 2019-Riser 12” x 24” No. 2027-Riser 18” x 50”

Above Water Line 30” Above Water Line 56”
Red Nun No. 2026-
Riser 12” x 41”
Above Water Line 47”
No. 2024-Riser 12” x 41”

Above Water Line 47” ** A galvanized ballast may
be ordered for some mod-
els, if required add the letter
“B” to the model number
when ordering.
No. 2025-Riser 12” x 41”
No. 2020-Riser 9” x 74” No. 2028-Riser 15” x 50”

Above Water Line 80” Red Nun No. 2018-Riser Above Water Line 56” No. 2021-Riser 10” x 39”
12” x 24” Above Water Line 45”
NOTE THE LARGE ASSORTMENT OF SHAPES AND DAYMARKS AVAILABLE
Please use designated Model Numbers on each illustration when ordering Red Nun No. 2023-Riser
(see page 9 for complete #10 Daymark information). 10” x 39”

38 Buoy Accessories
* NEWEST FEATURES TO PROVIDE

OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE! JIM-- BUOY®
6” Diam.
Ring
Concave
Star Plate
JIM-- BUOY®
#1
DO-IT-YOURSELF
SYSTEM #10 DAYMARKS
Mooring
Now Available for user application–
It’s easy to apply and
features the same long-
System
lasting, self-adhesive A REAL
3 vinyl that is furnished PROBLEM
on all Jim Buoy SOLVER! Model #4000
single pack
Regulatory Buoys. Now you can moor to the top ring shpg. wt. 5 lbs.
Order standard wording safely! The large 5/8” x 6” diameter
and symbols shown on ring fits securely in the slotted opening of the star plate and
page 9 or inquire for is held in a fixed, UPRIGHT position by constant tension
pricing and delivery on from the chain weight. In this manner it is always ready for
JIM-- BUOY® special wording and a quick and easy tie up! The rugged 1/4” x 6” diameter
symbols. concave star plate is designed to fit the top of your buoy
Tide and prevent “pull through”.

Visible Inspection----Routine inspection is a must for all
Masters mooring systems and the Jim Buoy #1 System provides

easy and visible inspection at ALL points of wear. All parts
are hot-dipped galvanized steel construction. Note: Our
ANCHORING SYSTEM for current model fits only buoys with 3” or larger inner tube
CHANNEL MARKERS diameters.
and REGULATORY BUOYS
Designed for use where minimum drift JIM--BUOY®
anchoring is required---The new Jim Buoy
Tide master Anchoring System will help to
4
stabalize and maintain position for all Jim
Buoy Channel Markers and Regulatory
Paint,Hardware,etc.
Buoys with minimum drift to either side dur- SELF-RIGHTING FEATURE
ing tidal movement and current flow. All Jim Buoy Regulatory Buoys and Channel Markers are available with additional internal ballast if
How it works: The unique design, (see desired----at no extra charge. Please inquire when placing your order. Important: Where deep water
anchoring or heavy mooring lines are required, DO NOT use the models with extra internal ballast as the
sketch) incorporates a stainless steel cable
added weight will submerge your buoy to an undesirable depth.
(1), that is attached to the buoy anchor (2),
and then passes through the stainless steel
bracket/ pulley assembly hooked to the base MOORING ANCHORS (Concrete)
of the buoy (3). The other end of the cable is Complete with hot-dipped galvanized eye and available in the following weights:
Model #4100 -- 45 ----45 lbs. Model #4100 --180 ----180 lbs.
fastened to a 40 lb. counterweight (4). During Model #4100 --90 -----90 lbs. Model #4100 -- 300 ----300 lbs.
actual use,the counterweight shifts up and
down in respone to tidal movements and cur-
rent flow and the buoy’s position remains rel-
STAINLESS STEEL HARDWARE
Counters the effect of excessive pollution and abrasive salt water and helps to insure the longest possible
atively unaffected. Please call for complete service with minimum maintainance. The following sizes are currently available:
details and pricing information. Model #4401---1/2” diam. shaft with eye, swivel and cotter-keyed nut.
Model #4403---5/8” diam. shaft with eye, swivel and cotter-keyed nut.
Counterweight shifts All Regulatory Buoys and Channel Markers are also available with stainless steel rod and eye
up and down to main-
tain buoy position 1
during tidal changes.
HOT-DIPPED GALVANIZED STEEL HARDWARE
Model #300 ---- Includes complete stainless steel Installation hardware for most Jim Buoy Regulatory Buoys, Channel Markers, etc.
suspension system with bronze pulleys and Model#4200---Thimble, 5/16” diam. Model #4202---Swivel, 1/2” diam.
attachment arm with 3 heavy-duty nylon thimbles Model#4201---Cable Clamp, 5/16” diam. Model #4203---Shackle, 5/8” diam.
to prevent electrolysis at all connections and a 40
lb. counterweight. Also included and charged by
the foot is the 1/8” diam. #316 alloy, stainless steel
cable. The length of cable required is determined
by the depth of the water at the highest tide plus 4
feet. Cal-June, inc. will cut and swage loops on
both ends of the cable for easy attachment at no
charge.
2
Barrier Systems, Sign Buoys & Pick-Up Buoys 39
JIM-- BUOY®
JIM-- BUOY® Mast Buoys

( TALL BUOYS)
Model #423-0,12” x 36”

This is a completely formidable system for use under the most adverse condi- barrier float economy
tions. It features the Jim Buoy #1100 yellow rope floats with Rock Hard Shell model. Continuous rope
and the Jim Buoy #425-R Regulatory Buoy. With a 12” diameter and almost passes through buoy, no
4 feet above the water line, these regulatory buoys and the bright yellow rope need for shackles.
floats make this Jim Buoy barrier system extremely visible at long range. See Model # 423-0, 3 per ctn.,
pages 22 and 23 for additional information. ship. wt. 38 lbs.
JIM-- BUOY®
Sign Rope
Buoys
An entire line of signs to shout your message
at the cost of simple rope floats!
Highly visible–permanently maintains an A
Available in
upright position by weight of 5/16” cable (see
below). Tough yet resilient, 100% closed-cell Deluxe and
B Economy Models
construction–can’t absorb water.
in 4ft. to
C 8 ft. lengths!!
WATER LINE 5/16” CABLE D

#1500–Shaped like a stop sign and appears as a continuous
line of stop signs around your restricted area. 16” tall by
11” wide and 1” thick. Designed to be spaced 6 ft. apart on
5/16” steel cable (see below). A, B, & C, Jim Buoy Economy Models–Available
in three lengths, Solid foam white float for maxi-
mum buoyancy with hot-dipped galvanized eye.
WATER LINE 5/16” CABLE Assorted color bands.
#1704, 4 ft., ship. wt. 3 lbs.
#1706, 6 ft., ship. wt. 4 lbs.
#1505–71/4” diam. by 3” thick. Designed to be #1708, 8 ft., ship. wt. 4 lbs.
spaced 4 ft. apart on 5/16” cable (see below).
#1509–Steel cable 1/4” diam. with 1/16” vinyl D, Jim Buoy’s finest–
covering for hand protection. Cable may be
Three beautiful models designed for the discrimi-
nating yachtsman. Features a tough fiberglass
sized to your needs and equipped with cable #1500 and #1505 must be ordered with specified mes- pole with a rock hard outer shell float,[urethane
clamps and thimbles for end loops for easy sage. foamfilled].
installation at a nominal cost. Model #1500-12 per pack, ship. wt. 7 lbs., white or orange.
Model #1505-12 per pack, ship. wt. 5 lbs., white or orange #1714, 4 ft.,ship. wt. 6 lbs
Model #1509-Steel cable with fittings-sized to order on request. #1716, 6 ft.,ship. wt. 6 lbs
#1718, 8 ft.,ship. wt. 6 lbs
All units above 2 per ctn.
Trip Line & Anchor Marker Buoy JIM-- BUOY®

4 ft. and 6 ft. models only will UPS
Wherever anchors are used this buoy is required gear. As the

anchor is dropped , the tripline Anchor Buoy with it’s 100ft. JIM-- BUOY®
PICK UP BUOYS
line goes with it One end of the buoy line is attached to the
trip shackle of the anchor; the buoy rises to the surface,
unwinding as it rises. At the surface it is tied off in the cleat
that is built into the buoy-marking the anchor spot and ready
to trip the anchor when needed.
Model 1204
The buoy is manufactured of the toughest resilient foam Poly Bagged
available, bright orange in color complete with 100 ft. of packed 6 per carton
black weather-resistant line of 800 lbs. breaking strength. Features polypropylene rope through solid foam float.
with assorted band colors. Hot-dipped galvanized
thimble.
Model #1203, 6 per carton, Shipping wt. 3 lbs.

40 Marine Products for Special Applications
18”
Boom Buoys
JIM--BUOY® JIM--BUOY® Excell
en
Visibil t
ity
An Inexpensive Yet Positive Barrier System! Hippo Buoys

When you really want to send a
Excellent visibility–Full 10ft. long x 10” diameter buoys message CLEARLY... the HUGE 8
feature Jim Buoy’s finest, brilliant white rock-hard outer- ft. tall x 18” wide diameter Hippo
shell with 100% foam-fill for maximum buoyancy. Thru- Buoy gets the job done! Features a
tube opening allowance for up to 3/4” line or cable. rock-hard outer shell with urethane
foam-filled inner floatation. Avail- 8’
Bright orange foam pads furnished between buoy able with most regulatory symbols,
ends help prevent finger injury. including orange-diamond with
Oil Boom Installation–When pulled tight, cross, circles, plus letters and num-
bers up to 14” high!
it is an excellent oil boom! Note: Ballast tube and buoy shipped
separately, To assemble, just attach
Model #1710–Please call for quotation for the ballast tube to base of buoy with
your particular application. nuts and washers provided.
Model #524–1 unit, packed in 2 ctns,

shipping weight, 120lbs.
KEEPS BOATS OUT! 5’
JIM--BUOY®
Day Mark Signals
JIM-- BUOY®
Float-Free #1902
Link, Painter Cage

COMPLIES WITH
U.S.C.G. REQUIRE- #1901
MENTS
EFF. 9/20/83
Contact your local
U.S.C.G. office for
complete information.
#504
#501
#1903
Model #501–Available in 6-10 man, 11-20 man and 21 or more man size. Each unit
contains 1 stainless steel cage. 100 ft. of black 5/16” polypropylene rope (1,600 lb. #1900
test) and wire link. All wire links tagged to identify raft size it is legal for. Rope
ends tagged as to their use. when ordering, specify sizes: 6-10 man, 11-20 man, or
21 or more man.
All units manufactured from heavy-duty vinyl coated nylon fabric
#501-12 per case, ship. wt. 38 lbs. UPS OK.
with galvanized framing. Fully collapsible when stored. Simplicity of
design offers rapid and rigid display when required.
Model #504–Fits any stack of four rafts or any stack which equals a capacity of 21
man or more. Each unit contains 1 stainless steel cage, 100 ft. of black 7/16” #1900---Ball shape, 24” dia., 6/pack, ship. wt. 9 lbs.
polypropylene rope (3,000 lb. test) and 1 wire link. #1901---Cone shape, 24” x 24”, 6/pack, ship. wt. 9 lbs.
#1902---Double cone shape, 24” x 48”, 6/pack, ship. wt. 9 lbs.
Model #504-6 per case, ship. wt. 38 lbs. UPS OK.
#1903---Cylinder shape, 24” x 48”, 6/pack, ship. wt. 9 lbs.
All models available in Black only.
Mooring & Drum Buoys 41
JIM-- BUOY® #1 Mooring

TWO DISTINCTIVE LINES... System
LATEST DESIGN Moor to the Top Ring
Safely! Ring locks in
FEATURES! Star Plate assembly
and stays upright
for easy tie on!
See page 11
for details–
#4400
#4401
#4402
JIM-- BUOY® #4403-T ---
PREMIUM MARK V Reeving Buoy
The Jim Buoy Premium Mark V utilizes one of the toughest
plastics available today...CJ-37. This fantastic plastic provides a
ROCK HARD outer shell of a nominal 1/8” thickness that is
absolutely seamless and almost indestructible! The core is 2 lb. JIM BUOY’S PREMIUM MARK V #4404
high density polyurethane foam. All eye bolts are perma- ROCK HARD SHELL!
nently bonded inside the buoy during the molding cycle, thus The CJ-37 space aged outer shell is almost inde-
preventing wear and eventual loss of floatation. structible–resists the hardest blows, acids and
weather extremes!
EYE BOLT
MOLDED-IN &
BONDED
#4304-T –
NEW – Drum Buoy

“DRUM” BUOY SELECTION CHART
Model Diam. Swivel Buoyancy Pack Ship. wt.
& Eye (+ or -5)
4304 30” 5/8” 240 lbs. 1 33 lbs. Same great features as the Premium Mark V.
Plus... HEAVY DUTY...Greater Stability in the
4304-T 30” 3” tube 230 lbs. 1 30 lbs.
PREMIUM MARK V SELECTION CHART water...Keeps mooring line dry. Also available
Model Diam. Swivel
& Eye
Buoyancy
(+ or -5)
Pack Ship. wt. with through hole that will accommodate our
4400 12” 1/2” 22 lbs. 4 26 lbs.
#1 mooring system.
4401 15” 1/2” 46 lbs. 4 42 lbs.
4402 18” 1/2” 90 lbs. 1 14 lbs. Jim Buoy Racing Pylon
4402-T 18” 2” tube 87 lbs. 1 13 lbs. A strikingly beautiful deep water buoy extending 12
4403 24” 5/8” 209 lbs. 1 27 lbs. feet above the water line for maximum visibility.
4403-T 24” 2” tube 196 lbs. 1 24 lbs. Multi-colored flags measure 8’x 18”. Utilizes the
4404 30” 5/8” 400 lbs. 1 47 lbs. 22” x 44” “Fatboy” jumbo buoy. 2-piece fiberglass
4404-T 30” 2” tube 396 lbs. 1 47 lbs. #424-P
flag pole collapses for convenient storage.
Model #424-P–1 per double carton. Shipping weight 21 lbs.

42 Mooring Buoys
DELUXE SERIES
The high density foam assures
JIM--BUOY® lasting durability. All hardware is
hot-dipped galvanized medium
carbon steel. Eye bolts are molded
into buoy, resulting in no loss
of floatation, Rubber bumpers
give added protection in contact,
(not available on models #420
and #421). All buoys are coated
with CJ-19, an exterior coating
that resists extreme weathering,
most chemicals and fuels.
#421
#420
#422
#423
MOORING BUOY RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION
#424-T --- Reeving Buoy
Jim Buoy Racing Pylon

A strikingly beautiful deep water
buoy extending 12 feet above the
5/8” CHAIN
water line for maximum visibility.
Multi-colored flags measure 8’
x 18”. Utilizes the 22” x 44”
“Fatboy” jumbo buoy. 2-piece
fiberglass flag pole collapses for
All Mooring convenient storage.
Buoys IMPORTANT: For proper installation length of anchor chain or cable is of critical impor-
tance. High tide plus 6 feet for each 5 feet of depth. Always use equal metal in contact to
Model #424-P–1 per double carton.
Shipping weight 21 lbs.
available in prevent excessive abrasion. Always use swivel to prevent fouling of anchor line. Use 5/8”
swivel for 5/8” anchor line. Anchor blocks should weigh approximately one half the buoy-
single pack!
ancy of the buoy.
DELUXE SERIES SELECTION CHART EYE BOLT

MOLDED-IN & B
Swivel Buoy- BONDED
Model Diam. Ht. Pack Ship. Wt.
& Eye ancy
#420 10” 16” 3/8”
* 25 lbs. 6 14 lbs.
#421 12” 12” 1/2” 30 lbs. 6 30 lbs.
#422 12” 24” 1/2” 62 lbs. 6 42 lbs.
#423 12” 36” 1/2” 126 lbs. 3 38 lbs.
#424 22” 44” 5/8” 414 lbs. 1 18 lbs.
#424 #424-T 22” 44” 2” tube 414 lbs. 1 21 lbs.
*Furnished with shackle and swivel combination.

Mooring symbol information: Blue vinyl band complies with uniform state waterway marking system.
Reflectorized white bands permissible–available on special request.
Deep water usage: Models #424 and #424-T both have a diameter of 22” and a length of 44” which
assures adequate buoyancy in high tide swings or deep anchorage.
Life Ring Cabinets 43
JIM-BUOY® Stainless S
teel Fitting
s
Provides years of retained-new condition in a beautiful white,
plastic cabinet! Available for: 24” and 30” diameters.
Totally encloses a 24” or 30”

life ring including a 60 ft. life
line and a lemon foot anchor.
Unbreakable polycarbonate
window with stainless steel
hinge and fittings.
Model #5050--
Cabinet only, fits 24” buoy, 1per pack.
Ship. wt. 8 lbs. Cabinet size 27” diam.
x 5”deep.
Model #5070--
Cabinet only, fits 30” buoy, 1per pack.
Ship. wt. 14 lbs. Cabinet size 34”
diam. x 6” deep.
JIM-BUOY®
Safety Station
Life Ring Cabinet and
Ring Buoy Combination
for 24” & 30” Buoys---
Includes cabinet above with
Jim Buoy GW-24” or GW-
30” life ring, 60 ft. heavy
line and lemon foot anchor,
all mounted inside cabinet
and shipped as a single unit.
Model #5050A--
1 set per pack, 24“ size,
ship wt. 15 lbs.
Model #5070A--
1 set per pack, 30”
size, ship wt. 25 lbs.

44 BUOY LIGHTS
JIM-BUOY®
No. 9000-X, No. 9000-XSB
Pat. Pend.
FLASHES EVERY NIGHT UP TO

1 YEAR with 1 MILE VISIBILITY!*
*Guaranteed Under Normal Use, #9000-X
HOW IT WORKS---
All functions are electronically controlled by 3 Alkaline “D” cell batteries
(batteries not included), remaining off during daylight and automatically
turning on at night. On flashing models, the bright, pulsating light flashes 40
milliseconds per flash and 30 flashes per minute (Available 60 flashes per
minute) and is visible for up to 1 mile (Model No.). 9000-X & 9000-XSB).
Both flashing models are guaranteed from date of purchase to last a year
without battery or bulb change! Steady Burn Model No. 9000-XSB will
last up to 1-1/2 months without a battery or bulb change.
SUPERIOR DESIGN FEATURES---
It’s a handy lighting system that is totally water-proof. It features a rugged,
plastic housing with an almost indestructible polycarbonate lens and is
impervious to the most severe weather conditions, salt water
corrosion and requires little or no maintenance under normal
use.
Lights Available for Buoys and Floats---Most Jim-Buoy
Channel Markers, River/Mooring Buoys and Rope Floats
may be ordered with any of the No. 9000 Series Lights.
U.S. Coast Guard Compliant---Models No. 9000-X and
No. 9000-XSB comply with USCG Rule 88.15 for dredge
and pipeline applications (USCG Rule 24 for towing or
pushing and USCG Rule 22).
Convenient Size and Low Cost---Now it’s possible to place
lights in many areas that in the past might have been imprac-
tical; here are just a few ideas we have...
• Commercial Fishing---Long-Liners, Crab Pots, Lobster Traps, etc. Individually boxed,
• Aquaculture Ponds---Amber preferred. suitable for display.
• Marine Industry/Boating---Buoys, Barriers, Rope Floats, etc.
• Highway Maintenance/Safety---Barricades, Traffic Cones, etc.
• Home, Farm & Auto---Roadway Guide Lights, Garden Areas,
Outbuildings, Emergency Flare/Signal Devices, etc.
A Model No. 9000-X---Flashing Light, up to 1 mile visibility, req.

C
B 3 Alkaline “D” cell batteries*. 6/ctn. ship wt. 9 lbs.
Model No. 9000-XSB---Steady Burn Light, up to 1 mile
JIM-BUOY® visibility, req. 3 Alkaline “D” cell batteries*. 6/ctn. ship wt. 9 lbs.
All models available with White, Red, Green or Amber
colors, please specify when ordering.
LIGHTHOUSE BUOYS #9000-1,
Stainless steel
A portable, miniature lighthouse *Batteries not included. mounting rack.
on land or sea! Visible for up to #9000-2,
Theft deterrent cable.
1 mile utilizing the Jim Buoy No.
9000 Light. Available with tough,
vinyl coated foam float for use in
water or may be secured on
land. Easy assembly.
(A) Model #9000-4--4’ tall, 1 piece con-
struction, ship wt. 4 lbs., single pack.
(B) Model #9000-6--6’ tall. 2 piece con-
struction, ship wt. 4 lbs., single pack.
Secure to a depth of 15” for land use.
(C) Model #9000-12--12’ tall. 3 piece con- AVAILABLE FOR MOST
struction, ship. wt. 5 lbs., single pack. Locate lobster traps, Fits to barricades Completely water- OF OUR BUOYS
Secure to a depth of 18” for land use. crab pots, etc. (with optional stainless proof, use to attract AND FLOATS!
Order float #9000-3 rack) and traffic cones. fish.
BOS’N CHAIRS, SEA ANCHORS, SAFETY HARNESSES 45
JIM--BUOY® Use only Model #929 as a storm sea anchor

Bos’n Chairs JIM--BUOY®
TROLLING
Sea Anchors
NOT FOR
STORM USE TROLLING
STORM
SEA ANCHOR
U.S. Coast Guard

Model #202
Approved Sea Anchor, 36”
The Roughneck...
x 72”
Jim Buoy’s newest and finest!
Manufactured from vinyl covered
heavy nylon. Unmatched strength and
durability–will not rot or mildew.
Stainless steel or galvanized fittings,
FREE Tool Pouch! nylon webbing. Finest available.
Both models furnished with a handy tool
pouch made of vinyl coated nylon with Model #929 -- U.S.C.G. Approval
#160.019/15/0
easy-access semi-rigid opening.
Horsehoe SEA
Features 2-1/2” wide Sea Anchor ANCHOR
nylon webbing support OIL CAN
straps (4,000 lb. breaking Vinyl coated nylon trolling sea anchor with 1” polypropylene
strength), vinyl coated shroud lines [except #925]. Easily collapsed for storage. 1 gallon size,
nylon back support and galvanized
adjustable nylon crotch MODEL NO. DIA. INCHES WT. LBS. PER PACK steel. U.S.C.G.
and back-to-chest straps.
925 10 4 12 approved con-
926 18 5 6 struction. To be
Fits long or short torsos in 927 24 6 6
used with 36”
complete security and allows both arms to be 928 30 8 6
Sea Anchor.
929 36 16 2
free to work in comfort. Vinyl seat is extra soft (No. 925 for use with Horseshoe Buoy) Model #929X.
and resilient for greatest comfort and durability.
Stainless steel hardware throughout.
Model #202- Single pack, shipping weight 6 lbs.
Model #201, Standard Design– Features soft, resilient
sponge seat beautifully vinyl coated for long wear with
5/8” inner base. Safe 2 1/2” wide polypropylene
webbing for tremendous strength. Stainless steel
hardware throughout with brass screws.
Model #201-6 per carton, shipping weight 28 lbs. JIM-- BUOY®
Safety Harnesses All harnesses individually
ALL HARNESSES EQUIPPED boxed suitable for display.
WITH CARABINER SNAPS
Child Size To 10 Years
Complete safety for chil-
Trans-Pac dren up to 10 years of age.
Light weight comfort. All
Captain’s Harness hardware stainless steel or
bronze. Straps are extra
long to fit all sizes–cut off
excess length and seal ends
with glue or heat to prevent
Brilliant yellow polypro- fraying.
pylene webbing. Wide 2-
1/2” main belt with 1” leg
straps–easily removed when
Economy Crew Model not required. Tested to our
max. 1100 lbs., actually will Buckles in Rear
WIDE, WIDE, FULL 2-1/2” MAIN BELT – just test to much higher
right firmness – with comfort. Light weight, no strength! All hardware
stainless steel throughout,
heavy hardware on chest. Smooth flat stainless steel completely non-magnetic. Model #722
D-Rings and Slides are minimum weight. Fits all – Complete with 10’ lanyard 12 per ctn.
Shpg. wt. 8 lbs.
100% adjustment, easily centered chest straps – no with 2 snaps for on-deck
off-shoulder problems. Complete with Braided movement. Designed to secure child from front and keep head upright.
Nylon Lanyard and heavy carabiner snap. All com- Must be worn with main belt high under armpits. Complete
Model #822–12 per ctn., wt. 17 lbs with lanyard and snap.
ponents seven times required safety factor. All hard-
ware is completely non-magnetic.
Model #922–12 per ctn., shpg. wt. 15 lbs.

46 Fall Protection
Approvals and Standards
What is OSHA? ANSI Z359 Standard for Personal Fall Arrest
OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration) rules and regulations are enforceable by The ANSI Z359 Accredited Standards Committee completed work on a new series of fall
law. Non-compliance with OSHA rules and regulations can result in stiff penalties and protection standards that became effective on November 24, 2007. The new standards replace
abatement periods. the previous ANSI Z359.1-1992 (R1999). The new Fall Protection Code includes:
What is ANSI? • ANSI Z359.0-2007...... Definitions
ANSI (American National Standards Institute) is a voluntary standardization system and does not • ANSI Z359.1-2007......Fall Arrest Systems, Subsystems and Components
possess the ability to enforce its standards. ANSI facilitates development of national standards • ANSI Z359.2-2007......Minimum Requirements for a Comprehensive, Managed Fall
by establishing consensus among manufacturers and consumers. Many of OSHA's regulations Protection Program
are adopted from ANSI standards. • ANSI Z359.3-2007......Work Positioning and Travel Restriction Systems, Subsystems
What is CSA? and Components
The Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Technical Committee Z259 sets standards for fall • ANSI Z359.4-2007......Assisted-Rescue and Self-Rescue Systems, Subsystems and Components
protection equipment and practices. The CSA Certification and Test Division is responsible for
testing and certifying products to the CSA Z259 product standards. Other certification CSA Z259 Fall Protection Standards
organizations, including the Safety Equipment Institute, also certify fall protection equipment to Z259.10-06 Full Body Harnesses
the CSA Z259 standards. Products that are certified to the Z259 fall protection standards carry • Revisions became effective in June, 2007
compliance markings of the certifying agency, for example: or CSEI. All Canadian Provinces • All CSA compliant harnesses will now have a capacity up to 175 kg (386 lb)
and Territories require that fall protection equipment must be certified by a recognized • Harnesses will be equipped with a built-in fall arrest indicator
third-party organization in compliance with Canadian standards (or meet equivalent levels of • New labeling has been added which replaces the “A” indicator marking
protection approved by the legislative authority). • New requirements have been included for integral connection to other components
of a fall protection system
Harness Sizing • The previous classifications system (Classes A, D, E, L and P) remains the same
Z259.11-05 Lanyards and Energy Absorbers

• Revisions became effective in September, 2007
• Energy absorbers and lanyards have been placed in one standard
• A heavyweight classification of energy absorbers, Class E6, has been added for workers with an
all-up weight of 90 kg (200 lb) to 175 kg (386 lb). Class E4 energy absorbers are intended for
general use by workers whose weight lies between 45 kg (100 lb) and 115 kg (254 lb)
• Positioning and fall arrest lanyards have been placed in one standard
• Final strength and elevated temperat
CANADIAN STANDARDS UNDER THE CSA Z259

FALL PROTECTION SERIES
• CAN/CSA Z259.10-06 ......... Full Body Harnesses
• CAN/CSA Z259.11-05 ......... Energy Absorbers and Lanyards
• CAN/CSA Z259.12-01 ......... Connecting Components for Personal Fall Arrest Systems
Attachment points • CAN/CSA Z259.13-04 ......... Design of Active Fall Protection Systems
Fall arrest systems are an assembly of components • CAN/CSA Z259.2.1-1998 .... Fall Arresters, Vertical Lifelines and Rails
and subsystems, including the necessary connectors, • CAN/CSA Z259.2.2-1999 .... Self-Retracting Devices for Personal Fall Arrest Systems
used to arrest the user in a fall from a working height • CAN/CSA Z259.2.3-1999 .... Descent Control Devicesure test requirements for energy absorbers
and suspend the user until rescue can be effected. have been revised to better reflect operating conditions
Suspension Systems permit workers to sit and

work safely while elevated. The system is designed OSHA REGULATIONS UNDER TITLE 29
to raise or lower, and support a worker at an
elevated work station. This system alone cannot be OF THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
relied upon to provide proper fall arrest protection. OSHA’s Occupational Safety and Health OSHA’s Safety and Health Standards for
Standards for General Industry Construction
Restraint Systems are an assembly of components Subpart D, Walking/Working Surfaces Subpart E, Personal Protective Equipment
and subsystems, including the necessary connectors, • Fixed Ladders, Ladder Safety Devices............ 1910.27 (d) (5) • Safety Belts, Lifelines and Lanyards ....................... 1926.104
used to: (a) stabilize and partially support the user at • Safety Requirements for Scaffolding, • Safety Requirements for Scaffolding,
an elevated work location and allow free use of both Boatswain’s Chairs ......................................... 1910.28 (j) (4) Boatswain’s Chairs ................................................. 1926.105
hands; (b) restrict the user’s motion so as to prevent Subpart F Subpart L, Scaffolding
reaching a location where a fall hazard exists. • Powered Platforms and Building Maintenance ........ 1910.66 • Boatswain’s Chairs .........................................1926.450–454
• Personal Fall Arrest Systems..................1910.66, Appendix C • Aerial Lift Platforms............................... 1926.453 (b) (2) (v)
Personnel-Riding Systems provide a quick means Subpart R Subpart M, Fall Protection
of raising a user out of, or lowering a worker into, a • Agricultural Operations.......................................... 1910.267 • Scope, Application and Definitions ........................ 1926.500
working en vi ron ment. The system supports full • Telecommunications .............................................. 1910.268 • Duty to Have Fall Protection................................... 1926.501
body weight for a short period of time, but should • Electric Power Generation, • Scope, Application and Definitions ........................ 1926.502
not be used for suspension. A retrieval system by Transmission and Distribution ............................... 1910.269 • Duty to Have Fall Protection................................... 1926.503
itself may not provide all the protection a worker Subpart R, Scaffolding
requires. Fall arrest and/or restraint systems may • Fall Protection........................................................ 1926.750
also be required. Subpart M, Ladders............................................ 1926.1053
Fall Protection 47
Anchorage Connectors

48 Fall Protection
TechnaCurv® Full Body Harness
Fall Protection 49
TechnaCurv Full Body Harness

50 Fall Protection
TechnaCurv Full Body Harnesses
Fall Protection 51
TechnaCurv Full Body Harnesses

52 Fall Protection
Workman® Harness
Fall Protection 53
Thermatek® Harnesses

54 Fall Protection
Shock-Absorbing Lanyards
Fall Protection 55
Shock-Absorbing Lanyards

56 Fall Protection
Restraint Lanyards
Fall Protection 57
Fall Protection Kits

58 Fall Protection
Self-Retracting Lanyards
Fall Protection 59

60 Fall Protection
Fall Protection 61
Confined Space Equipment

62 Fall Protection
Horizontal Lifeline Stanchions
Fall Protection 63
Ladder Climbing Equipment

64 Fall Protection
Calculating Total Fall Distance
Fall Protection 65
Rescue Equipment: Cradles, Ladder & Etrier

66 Air-Purifying Respirators/ Industrial
About Respirators
Air-Purifying Respirators/ Industrial 67
Half-Mask Respirators
Completely
Latex-Free!


Full-Mask Respirators
Full-Facepiece Respirators

Full-Facepiece Respirators
Powered Air-Purifying Respirators (PAPRs)

74 Air-Line Respirators
PremAire® Cadet Escape Respirator – Combination Supplied-Air Respirator with Escape Cylinder
Applications
Chemical and petrochemical
Hazardous materials
Confined space entry
Firefighting operations
Air-Line Respirators 75
Duo-Twin™ Respirators and Duo-Flo™ Respirators

76 Air-Line Respirators
Abrasi-Blast™ Supplied-Air Respirator
Air-Line Respirators 77
Constant Flow Air-Line Respirator

78 Head Protection
Standards for Industrial Head Protection
Head Protection 79
V-Gard® Protective Caps and Hats
CAPS
white blue yellow orange red
green gray hi-viz orange hi-viz yellow-green bright lime green
dark blue gold robin’s egg blue brown silver
tan black light buff purple pink
HATS
white blue yellow orange red
green gray hi-viz orange hi-viz yellow-green bright lime green

80 Head Protection
V-Gard Protective Caps and Hats
Head Protection 81
V-Gard Protective Caps and Hats

82 Head Protection
Freedom Series™ V-Gard Protective Caps and Hats
Head Protection 83
NFL V-Gard Protective Caps
Support
Your Team!

84 Head Protection
Skullgard® Protective Caps and Hats
Head Protection 85
Specialty V-Gard Caps

86 Head Protection
Comfo Cap® Protective Caps
Head, Face and hearing Protection 87
Accessories for Protective Caps and Hats

Frames for Faceshields

88 Head and Face Protection
Accessories for Protective Caps and Hats – Frames and Headgear for Faceshields
Welding shields 89
Accessories for Protective Caps and Hats – Welding Adapter Kits

90 Head and Face Protection
Accessories for Protective Caps and Hats – Seasonal Accessories for Protective Caps and Hats
Seasonal – Winter Liners
Head and Hearing Protection 91
Accessories for Protective Caps and Hats – Passive Helmet-Mounted Hearing Protectors

92 Hearing Protection
Hearing Protection – Passive Hearing Protection
Pro Line of Electronic Hearing Protection

The line features advanced electronics with a very good
price-to-performance ratio.
Built-in features, such as FM and CutOff are optional.
Hearing Protection 93
Hearing Protection – Passive Hearing Protection Headband Models

94 Eye Protection
Eye Protection – Sightgard Goggle Line
Eye Protection 95
Eye Protection – Sightgard® Line of Protective Eyewear

Sightgard Industrial Protective Eyewear is designed for protection against impact hazards and/or flying particles, dust, sparks, and glare. Sightgard Industrial Protective Eyewear provides excellent side- and front-impact protection while
still being comfortable to wear. Approvals All Sightgard Industrial Protective Eyewear meet ANSI/ISEA Z87.1 impact requirements. Select eyewear meet CSA Z94.3 (indicated by *).
Vista Protective Eyewear

Easy-Flex Protective Eyewear Voyager Protective Eyewear Alpine Protective Eyewear
Aurora Protective Eyewear
Sierra Protective Eyewear

Arctic Elite Protective Eyewear
Pyrenees Eyewear Arctic Protective Eyewear
Pyrenees Magnifying
Bifocal Eyewear
For close work indoors or out, magnifying bifocal glasses have magnification
Sierra Small Faces
molded in. Vision is magnified only when looking down.
Protective Eyewear
Easy-Flex™ Protective Eyewear Aurora™ Protective Eyewear Alpine™ Protective Eyewear

• 99% UV protection • 9-base curved lens • Lightweight
• Polycarbonate lenses for high-impact protection • Spring-comfort adjustable nose bridge • 8 base curved lens
• Temples and frame flex to fit a wide variety of faces • Soft-end temples • Comfortable to wear
• Hard-coated lenses • Vertical temple adjustment • Available in clear, gray, amber and indoor/outdoor lens
• A choice of clear, gray, amber, “180 blue” mirror and • Anti-fog replaceable lens (blue Aurora Protective • Anti-fog lens available
“sky orange” mirror lenses Eyewear With black frame. Alpine Protective Eyewear
Easy-Flex Protective Eyewear Aurora Protective Eyewear Alpine, clear lens 10041818
Easy-Flex, clear lens, blue-gray frame 10070917 Clear anti-fog lens 10026005 Alpine, clear anti-fog lens 10041819
Easy-Flex, gray lens, blue-gray frame 10070918 Gray anti-fog lens 10026006 Alpine, gray lens 10041820
Easy-Flex, amber lens, blue-gray frame 10070919 Amber anti-fog lens 10026007 Alpine, light gold indoor/outdoor lens 10041823
Easy-Flex, “180 blue” mirror lens, blue-gray frame 10070920 Blue mirror anti-fog lens 10026008
Easy-Flex, “sky orange” mirror lens, metallic sand frame 10070921 Clear lens in deluxe eyewear pouch with spare Sierra™ Protective Eyewear
Gray and Amberlens, cleaning cloth–Fire Service • Full eye protection
Pyrenees™ Protective Eyewear logo on lens and pouch 10034931 • Integrated side shields
• Dual injection soft tip temples • Anti-fog lens (on some models)
• Available in several frame and lens colors Voyager™ Protective Eyewear • Vented brow guard
• Full side protection • Full protection at a great price • Tuff-Stuff™ scratch-resistant lens coating
• Available in magnified versions • One-piece wrap around polycarbonate lens • Adjustable temples
Pyrenees Eyewear • 99% UV protection • Teal green, black, blue or red/white/blue nylon frame
Pyrenees, black frame, clear lens 10033716* • Anti-fog lenses available • Clear, gray, indoor/outdoor light gold mirror, or amber lens available
Pyrenees, black frame, gray lens 10033717* • Wide field of vision Sierra Protective Eyewear
Pyrenees, black frame, amber anti-fog lens 10033740* • A choice of clear, gray and indoor/outdoor mirrored lenses Sierra, teal frame, clear anti-fog lens 697505*
Pyrenees, black frame, clear anti-fog lens 10033718* Voyager Protective Eyewear Sierra, black frame, clear lens 697550*
Pyrenees, black frame, gray anti-fog lens 10033719* Voyager, clear lens* 10065848 Sierra, black frame, clear anti-fog lens 10018662*
Pyrenees Magnifying Bifocal Eyewear Voyager, clear anti-fog lens* 10065849 Sierra, black frame, gray lens 10010570*
Description Clear Lenses/Gray Lenses Voyager, gray lens (UV 400 lens)* 10065850 Sierra, black frame, gray anti-fog lens 10010572
MAG Series bifocal, 1.5 diopter 10068832* 10077554* Voyager, indoor/outdoor mirrored lens* 10065892 Sierra, blue frame, clear lens 10023610
MAG Series bifocal, 2.0 diopter 10065847* 10075555* *Meets CSA Z94.3. Sierra, red/white/blue frame, clear anti-fog lens 10012843
MAG Series bifocal, 2.5 diopter 10068833* 10075556* *Meets CSA Z94.3.
*Meets CSA Z94.3. Arctic™ Elite Protective Eyewear
• Soft tip temples • Padded nose bridge Sierra Small Faces Protective Eyewear
Vista™ Protective Eyewear • Lightweight • A notch above the standard Arctics • Suitable for small adult faces and for children
• 99% UV protection Arctic Elite Protective Eyewear • Tuff-Stuff™ anti-scratch lens coating
• Polycarbonate lens for high impact protection Arctic Elite, clear anti-fog lens 10038845 • Adjustable temples
Vista Protective Eyewear Arctic Elite, gray anti-fog lens 10038846 • High optical quality
Vista, clear lens, metal gray temple 10070914 Arctic Elite, light gold indoor/outdoor lens 10059671 Sierra Small Faces Protective Eyewear
Vista, gray lens, metal gray temple 10070915 Arctic™ Protective Eyewear Sierra, small faces, clear lens 10018440
Vista, Indoor/Outdoor mirrored lens, brown copper temple 10070916 • Stylish cat’s eye look
• Full protection at a great price • Built-in side impact
• One-piece lens • Tuff-Stuff™ anti-scratch lens coating
• Choice of clear, gray and indoor/outdoor lenses • Available with clear protection or graytinted lens/frame
Arctic Protective Eyewear
Arctic, clear lens 697514
Arctic, gray lens 697515
Arctic, blue-mirrored lens 10008179

96 rain wear/safety wear
rain wear/safety wear 97





106 FOOT WEAR
FOOT WEAR 107
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE CHART

E - Excellent G - Good F - Fair P - Poor
TRACKTION™ PAC TECHNOLOGY
Acetaldehyde
RUBBER NEOPRENE PVC
F E G
LaCrosse is the exclusive provider of the Tracktion™ technology, which performs Acetic Acid F E G
on both hard and soft surfaces. The outsole features carbide-tipped studs Acetone E E G
Acrylonitrile F G P
that extend from the rubber lugs to securely grip snow and ice. The studs Ammonia Anhydrous F G G
retract back into the lug outsole when on hard surfaces. It remains flexible Ammonium Hydroxide E E G
Ammonium Sulfate G E G
in temperatures to -60F. In addition, Tracktion also provides protection Amyl Acetate E E G
from salt, oils, creosote and diesel fuels, making it popular with utility Amyl Alcohol F F G
Animal Fats G E E
and railroad workers. Without a doubt, Tracktion stands alone in the Aniline P G G
world of industrial footwear. Battery Acid F E G
Benzaldehyde P F G
Benzene F G F
QUAD COMFORT® TECHNOLOGY Benzyl Alcohol
Benzyl Chloride
P
P
F
G
P
E
Why Quad Comfort®? Quad Comfort® features four layers of cushioning Butane P F F
for day-long comfort and reduced foot fatigue. Key to Quad Comfort Butter F G F
Buttermilk F E G
technology is the Quad-Core™ insole board with EVA-filled cutouts Butyl Acetate F E E
that cushion the foot at precise, weight-bearing pressure Butyl Alcohol F F G
Calcium Chloride E E G
points. They come with the famous LaCrosse 30-day Calcium Hypochlorite E E G
Comfort Guarantee. If your customer doesn’t find them the Carbolic Acid G E G
Carbon Disulfide E F E
most comfortable work boots they’ve ever worn, they have Carbon Tetrachloride F F G
30 days to tell us and we’ll give them a full refund. Carbonic Acid P G F
Castor Oil F E G
Your customer simply returns the boots to us with Caustic Potash E E G
the original sales receipt and it’s done. Simple as that. Chlorox G E G
Citric Acid G E E
Copper Chloride E E E
ALPHA™ TECHNOLOGY Copper Sulfate
Cyclohexane
F
F
G
G
G
G
LaCrosse is the inventor of Alpha Technology, a quantum leap in Diesel Fuel P G P
rubber boot manufacturing. By combining high quality rubber with Diethanolamine P G G
Ehtyl Acetate F G G
naturally insulating neoprene, the boot can be more lightweight, Ethyl Alcohol F F F
comfortable, breathable and scent-free. A fleece lining is warm, soft Ethylene Glycol G E E
Ethyl Formate G E G
and allows easy on/off. Formic Acid E E E
Alpha Upper Chemical Resistance for styles 0042 6040, 0042 Furfural F G G
Gasoline (cracked) P E F
6010, 0042 6030, 426005, 426015, 426025, 426035. Gasoline (SR) P E F
Test Performed: Chemical Penetration. Test Method Used: ASTM Glycerine E E G
Hexane F G F
F 903. Testing These Industry Chemicals: Acetone, Ammonium Hyrdobromic Acid G E G
Hydroxide, Ammonium Sulfate (30%), Aniline, Benzene, Bromine, Hydrochloric Acid F G G
Hydroflouric Acid P P G
Butyl Alcohol, Carbon Disulfide, Clorox, Diesel Fuel, Ethyl Alcohol, Hydrogen Peroxide G G E
Ethylene Glycol, Formic Acid, Gasoline (Unleaded), Hydrochloric Acid Hydrogen Sulfide F G G
Isopropyl Alcohol G E G
(70%), Hydrofluoric Acid, Hydrogen Peroxide, Methyl Ethyl Ketone, Lactic Acid E E E
Naphtha, Nitric Acid, Oleic Acid, Phosphoric Acid, Sodium Hydroxide Linseed Oil F E G
Methyl Acetate F G F
(30%), Sulfuric Acid (30%), Toluene, Xylol fide. Methyl Alcohol G E E
Methyl Ethyl Ketone F G P
Milk E E E
Mineral Oil P E G
Naphta P E F
Nitric Acid F G G
Nitrobenzene P F P
Perchlorethylene P F P
Perchloric Acid F G G
Phosphoric Acid 20% F E G
Potassium Hydroxide G E G
Propyl Acetate F G F
Propyl Alcohol G E E
Sodium Chloride G E G
Sodium Hydroxide G E G
Stearic Acid E E E
Sulfuric Acid F G G
Tannic Acid E E E
Toluene P F P
Toluol P G P
Trichlorethylene F G F
Triethamolamine F G G
Trinitrotoluene P F G
Turpentine P E G
Xylol P G P
LaCrosse assumes no responsibility for the suitability
of an end user’s product selection for a specific ap-
plication. Upon request, we will provide samples to
aid the user in determining suitability.

108 FOOT WEAR
FOOT WEAR 109

110 FOOT WEAR
FOOT WEAR 111

112 FOOT WEAR
FOOT WEAR 113

114 FOOT WEAR
FOOT WEAR 115

116 FOOT WEAR
FOOT WEAR 117

118 FOOT WEAR
FOOT WEAR 119
c
h
e g
f
a d
b
l
i k m
a. Brawny™ Knee HUNTING SOCKS h. Quad Comfort® WORK SOCK n
• Merino wool mid-weight (75% Merino wool), 23% stretch nylon, 2% Lycra® • 70% Merino wool, 28% stretch nylon, 2% Lycra®
• Extra cushion in heel and toe reduces impact • Welt top keeps sock up
• Ventilation channels help feet breathe and stay cool • Extra cushion in heel and toe reduces impact
• Antimicrobial for odor control • Antimicrobial for odor control
• Lin-toe is seamless to reduce irritation STYLE # SIZE COLOR WEIGHT HEIGHT TYPE
STYLE # SIZE COLOR WEIGHT HEIGHT TYPE H601004 S, M, L, XL Khaki Mid Crew Merino Wool
H601015 M, L, XL Forest Green Mid 15” Merino Wool i. Quad Comfort® ST WORK SOCK
b. Brawny™ Crew HUNTING SOCKS • 80% Comfortrel® polyester, 18% stretch nylon, 2% Lycra®
• Merino wool mid-weight (70% Merino wool), 28% stretch nylon, 2% Lycra® • Welt top keeps sock up
• Extra cushion in heel and toe reduces impact • Extra cushion in heel and toe reduces impact
• Lin-toe is seamless to reduce irritation • Ventilation channels help foot breathe and keep cool
STYLE # SIZE COLOR WEIGHT HEIGHT TYPE STYLE # SIZE COLOR WEIGHT HEIGHT TYPE
H601001 M, L, XL Forest Green Mid Crew Merino Wool H601005 S, M, L, XL Light Grey Light Crew Comfortrel®
c. Youth Brawny™ HUNTING SOCKS j. Wader Sock
• Merino wool mid-weight (70% Merino wool), 28% stretch nylon, 2% Lycra® • 75% Merino wool, 15% stretch nylon, 5% Thermolite®, 5% acrylic
• Extra cushion in heel and toe reduces impact • Welt top keeps sock up
• Lin-toe is seamless to reduce irritation • Thermolite® in foot bottom for warmth
STYLE # SIZE COLOR WEIGHT HEIGHT TYPE STYLE # SIZE COLOR WEIGHT HEIGHT TYPE
H601018 Youth M, Forest Green Mid Crew Merino Wool H601003 M, L, XL Charcoal Heavy 23” Merino Wool
d. Alphaburly® HUNTING SOCKS k. Phoenix Sock FIRE SOCK
• 58% Comfortrel® wool, 20% stretch nylon, 10% Merino wool, 10% polypropylene, 2% nylon • 70% Comfortrel® polyester, 28% stretch nylon, 2% Lycra®
• Extra cushion in heel and toe reduces impact • Welt top improves the ability to stay up
• Antimicrobial for odor control • Ventilation channels helps foot breathe and keep cool
STYLE # SIZE COLOR WEIGHT HEIGHT TYPE • Flame retardant
H601002 M, L, XL Grey Light Weight Over Calf Comfortrel® • Antimicrobial for odor control
e. Fang™ HUNTING SOCKS STYLE # SIZE COLOR WEIGHT HEIGHT TYPE
• 60% Comfortrel® polyester, 25% stretch nylon, 12% acrylic, 13% Lycra® H601008 S, M, L, XL Black Lightweight 15” Comfortrel®
• Welt top keeps sock up l. Recec Pac Sock
• Extra cushioning in heel and toe reduces impact • 70% Merino wool, 27% nylon, 3% Lycra®
•Antimicrobial for odor control • Welt top improves the ability to stay up
STYLE # SIZE COLOR WEIGHT HEIGHT TYPE • Extra cushion in heel and toe reduces impact
H601011 M, L, XL Green Light Weight 15” Comfortrel® • Antimicrobial for odor control
f. Extreme HUNTING SOCKS STYLE # SIZE COLOR WEIGHT HEIGHT TYPE
• 50% Merino wool, 25% polypropylene, 23% stretch nylon, 2% Lycra® H601020 S, M, L, XL Grey Mid Crew Merino Wool
• Welt top keeps sock up m. Hunt Pac Sock
• Extra cushion in heel and toe reduces impact • 40% Thermolite® polyester, 30% Comfortrel® polyester, 28% nylon, 2% Lycra®
• Antimicrobial for odor control • Welt top improves the ability to stay up
STYLE # SIZE COLOR WEIGHT HEIGHT TYPE • Extra cushion in heel and toe reduces impact
H601014 S, M, L, XL Grey/Black Heavy Crew Merino Wool • Antimicrobial for odor control
H601017 M, L, XL Grey/Black Heavy 15” Merino Wool STYLE # SIZE COLOR WEIGHT HEIGHT TYPE
g. Iceman™ COLD WEATHER SOCKS H601019 M, L, XL Forest Green Light Crew Thermolite
• 70% acrylic, 18% Merino wool, 12% stretch nylon n. Sock Liner
• Y heel improves fit • 65% Neofil Polypropylene, 35% stretch nylon
• Lin-toe is seamless to reduce irritation • Y heel improves fit
• Antimicrobial for odor control • Lin-toe is seamless to reduce irritation
STYLE # SIZE COLOR WEIGHT HEIGHT TYPE • Antimicrobial for odor control
H601009 S, M, L, XL Grey/Brown Heavy 15” Acrylic STYLE # SIZE COLOR WEIGHT HEIGHT TYPE
H601006 M, L, XL White Light Crew Neofil
H601007 M, L, XL Black Light Crew Neofil
sock sizing chart
STYLE SMALL MEDIUM LARGE X-LARGE
mens N/A 5 - 8.5 9 - 12 12.5 - 15
WOMENS 4-6 6.5 - 10 10.5 - 12 N/A
YOUTH N/A 12 - 2.5 3 - 6 N/A

120 VHF TRANSCEIVER
iM88 IS
INTRINSICALLY SAFE (IS) VHF TRANSCEIVER
FCC APPROVED FOR MARINE AND LAND MOBILE USE
Tough construction, superior waterproofing
The IC-M88 IS is built tough to withstand hazardous and unhospitable environments at sea and on land.
Even if the IC-M88 IS is dropped into water, complete waterproofing* will protect it from harm. The APPROVED
compact and durable body meets military specifications (MIL-STD). * Equivalent to JIS waterproof grade
7. (1m depth for 30 minutes)
Waterproof speaker-mic, HM-138 IS
An optional waterproof speaker-microphone, the HM-138 IS, provides reliable operation,
even with the IC-M88 IS securely on your belt.
22 programmable channels for land use
The IC-M88 IS has 22 programmable channels reserved for Land use (146–174MHz). Wide/narrow 1m depth for 30 minutes
channel spacing is programmable for each channel, and CTCSS and DTCS signaling is built-in. *
Appropriate license will be required. Li-Ion battery for extra long battery life With the FM approved,
1700mAh Li-Ion battery pack, get up to 20 hours of talk time* without “memory effect”. A 6 unit rapid
charger is optional.*Typical operation; Tx:Rx:Stand-by duty ratio = 5:5:90
Simple operation
6 clearly labelled buttons on the front panel and the volume/power knob maximize simplicity of operation.
Even when wearing gloves, the large buttons are easy to operate. A large, clear LCD with backlighting
and backlit buttons make night time operation simple.
Additional features
• Auto WX scan and WX Alert function (U.S.A. version only)
• Simple Up/Down switches for operating channel selection
• Instant access to Ch. 16 and Ch. 9 (or call channel)
• Simple add/delete TAG
scanning operation
• Powerful 5W output
• 2 Step power saver
• 4 Level battery indicator
• The self check function
checks internal temperature,
connected battery voltage
(over voltage detection),
and water intrusion
Supplied accessories:
(* Varies according to version.)
• Battery pack • Swivel belt cli
• Battery charger • Antenna, FA-S59V
• AC adapter* • Hand strapp
OPTIONS
LC-M88 LEATHER CASE BC-119N DESKTOP CHARGER CP-17L LIGHTER CABLE WITH NOISE MB-86 SWIVEL BELT CLIP
BP-227FM BATTERY PACK + AD-100 CHARGER ADAPTER FILTER Swivel belt clip. The same as that supplied.
7.2V/1700mAh Li-Ion battery pack. Provides + BC-145A/E/V AC ADAPTER OPC-515L DC POWER CABLE MB-98 BELT CLIP
15 hours operating time* (approx. at 5 Watts). For rapid charging of battery pack. An AC For use with the battery charger, BC-152 or Alligator type belt clip.
Same as supplied. Operating temp. range: adapter is supplied depending on version. BC-119N, instead of the AC adapter. (12–16 V
–20°C to +60°C; –4°F to +140°F Charging time: 2.5–3 hours. DC required) MB-96 LEATHER BELT HANGER
* Tx (Hi): Rx: standby=5:5:90 BC-121N MULTI-CHARGER Swivel type belt hanger for use with MB-86.
OPC-656 DC POWER CABLE
BC-152 DESKTOP CHARGER + AD-100 CHARGER ADAPTER For use the BC-121N with a DC power supply. MB-96F LEATHER BELT HANGER
+ BC-147A/E AC ADAPTER + BC-124 AC ADAPTER (12–16V DC required) Fixed type belt hanger for use with MB-98.
Regularly charges the BP-227FM in 9-10 For rapid charging of up to 6 battery packs (Six HM-138 IS SPEAKER-MICROPHONE
hours. Same as supplied. AD-100s required). Charging time: 2.5–3 hrs. Full sized, waterproof construction corre- OPTIONAL HEADSETS AVAILABLE,
sponds to JIS grade 7 (1 m/30 min.). But are not IS rated.
CP-17L CIGARETTE
BC-121N HM-138 IS
+AD-100
(6 pcs.)
LC-M88 BP-227FM BC- BC-124 BC-119N+AD-100+BC-145
vhf marine transceiver 121
iC-M88
VHF MARINE TRANSCEIVER
1m depth for 30 minutes
Not Just Another Marine Radio!

Tough construction, Waterproof speaker-microphone,
superior waterproofing HM-138
The IC-M88 is built tough to withstand hazardous and An optional waterproof speaker-microphone, the
unhospitable environments at sea and on land. Even if HM-138, provides reliable operation, even with the
the IC-M88 is dropped into water, complete waterproof- IC-M88 securely on your belt.
ing* will protect it from harm. The compact and durable 22 programmable channels
body has been tested to the military specifications for land use
(MIL-STD).* Equivalent to JIS waterproof grade 7. The IC-M88 has 22 programmable channels reserved
(1m depth for 30 minutes) for Land usem(146–174MHz). Wide/narrow channel
Simple operation spacing is programmable formeach channel, and
6 clearly labelled buttons on the front panel and the CTCSS and DTCS signaling is built-in. *Appropriate
volume/power knob maximize simplicity of operation. license will be required.
Even when wearing gloves, the large buttons are easy Additional features
to operate. A large, clear LCD with backlighting and • Auto WX scan and WX Alert function
backlit buttons make night time operation simple. (U.S.A. version only)
Li-Ion battery for extra long battery life • Simple Up/Down switches for operating
With the standard 1700mAh Li-Ion battery pack, the channel selection
BP-227, you can get up to 15 hours of talk time* without • Instant access to Ch. 16 and Ch. 9 (or call channel)
worrying about ‘memory effect’ on batteries. An optional • Simple add/delete TAG scanning operation
AA alkaline battery case, BP-226, provides a convenient • Powerful 5W output
back up and great reassurance in an emergency. * • 2 step power saver
Typical operation; Tx:Rx:Stand-by duty ratio = 5:5:90 • 4 level battery indicator
• The self check function checks internal temperature,
connected battery voltage (over voltage detection), and
water intrusion
Supplied accessories: • Battery charger • Swivel belt clip • Hand strap

• Battery pack • AC adapter* • Antenna, FA-S59V (* Varies according to version.)
OPTIONS Some options may not be available in some countries. Please ask your dealer for details.
BP-226 BATTERY CASE BC-119N DESKTOP CHARGER CP-17L CIGARETTE LIGHTER MB-86 SWIVEL BELT CLIP
Battery case for AA (LR6)×5 alkaline cells. + AD-100 CHARGER ADAPTER CABLE WITH NOISE FILTER Swivel belt clip. The same as that supplied.
Water resistant, equivalent to JIS Grade 4. + BC-145A/E/V AC ADAPTER OPC-515L DC POWER CABLE MB-98 BELT CLIP
BP-227/BP-227FM BATTERY PACK For rapid charging of battery pack. An AC For use with the battery charger, BC-152 or Alligator type belt clip.
7.2V/1700mAh Li-Ion battery pack. Provides 15 adapter is supplied depending on version. BC-119N, instead of the AC adapter. (12–16 V
hours operating time* (approx. at 5 Watts). Same Charging time: 2.5–3 hours. DC required) MB-96N LEATHER BELT HANGER
as supplied. Operating temp. range: –20°C to BC-121N MULTI-CHARGER Swivel type belt hanger.
+60°C; –4°F to +140°F
OPC-656 DC POWER CABLE
+ AD-100 CHARGER ADAPTER For use the BC-121N with a DC power supply. MB-96F LEATHER BELT HANGER
* Tx (Hi): Rx: standby=5:5:90
+ BC-157 AC ADAPTER (12–16V DC required) Fixed type belt hanger for use with MB-98.
BC-152 DESKTOP CHARGER For rapid charging of up to 6 battery packs (Six HM-138 SPEAKER-MICROPHONE
+ BC-147A/E AC ADAPTER AD-100s are required). Charging time: 2.5–3 Full sized, waterproof construction corre-
Regularly charges the BP-227, BP-227FM in hours. sponds to JIS grade 7 (1 m/30 min.).
9-10 hours. Same as supplied.
BC-121N HM-138 MB-86

+AD-100
(6 pcs.)
BP-226 BP-227 BC-147A/E BC-152 BC-157 BC-119N+AD-100+BC-145

122 SURVIVAL CRAFT 2-WAY VHF RADIO
iC-gm1600
GMDSS Portable for
Survival Craft
• Meets the strict environmental requirements for survival craft radio

The IC-GM1600 meets temperature, thermal shock, vibration and drop resistant (from 1 m height) requirements. After
passed those environmental tests, the IC-GM1600 sustains 1m depth waterproof construction specified with IMO
resolutions A.809(19), A.694(17) and IEC 61097-12.
• Optional high capacity Lithium battery, BP-234, has superior low temperature characteristics
Provides more than 8 hours operating time even at –20°C (Duty cycle: Tx: Rx: Stand-by = 6: 6: 48)
• Large keypad with positive button action
• Wide viewing angle LCD display
• “Speed water removal” system removes water from the speaker grill
• Other features
• One touch access to Channel 16 and call channel
• Highly visible yellow colored body
• Bright LED indicator on the top of panel
• Optional VOX headset for on-board use Supplied accessories: (* Depending on version)
• Battery pack, BP-224 • Battery charger, BC-158
• AC adapter, BC-147A/E* • Belt clip, MB-103Y
OPTIONS
• Antenna, FA-S61V • Hand strap
BATTERY PACKS REGULAR CHARGER RAPID CHARGER MULTI CHARGER
AD-109 � � BC-124
BC-147A/E BC-145A/E
� BC-121N+AD-109
(6 pcs.)
BP-234 BP-224/BP-225 BC-158 � BC-119N
<For survival craft> <For on-board use> <For on-board use> <For on-board use>
BP-234 9.0V/3300mAh LITHIUM BATTERY PACK BC-158 DESKTOP CHARGER BC-119N DESKTOP CHARGER BC-121N MULTI-CHARGER + AD-109 CHARGER ADAPTER
Large capacity non-rechargeable battery pack. + BC-147A/E AC ADAPTER + AD-109 CHARGER ADAPTER + BC-124 AC ADAPTER
<For on-board use> Regularly charges the BP-224 in 8–12 + BC-145A/E AC ADAPTER For rapid charging of up to 6 BP-224 battery packs (Six AD-109s
BP-224/BP-225 Ni-Cd BATTERY PACKS hours and the BP-225 in 12–18 hours. For rapid charging of battery pack. are required). Charges the BP-224 in 1.5–2.0 hours the BP-225
BP-224 : 7.2V/750mAh. Same as supplied. Same as supplied. Charges the BP-224 1.5–2.0 hours 2.2–2.8 hours.
BP-225 : 7.2V/1100mAh. and the BP-225 2.2–2.8 hours.
HEADSETS and ADAPTER CABLE SPEAKER-MICROPHONE BELT CLIPS LEATHER BELT HANGERS <For on-board use>
POWER SUPPLY CABLES
CP-17L CIGARETTE LIGHTER
CABLE WITH NOISE FILTER
OPC-515L DC POWER CABLE
For use with the BC-119N with an
external DC power supply. (12–16
V DC required)
OPC-1392 OPC-656 DC POWER CABLE
HS-95 � MB-103Y � MB-86 MB-96N
HM-125 For use with the BC-121N with a
<For on-board use> <For on-board use> MB-103Y : Alligator type belt clip. MB-96F : Fixed type belt hanger. DC power supply. (12–16V DC re-
HS-94 EARPHONE-HEAD HEADSET HM-125 Same as supplied. quired)
Use with MB-103Y.
HS-95 BEHIND-THE-HEAD HEADSET Full sized, submersible con- MB-86 : Swivel belt clip. Prevents acci- MB-96N : Swivel type belt hanger.
HS-97 THROAT MICROPHONE struction corresponds to IPX7 dental dropping from your belt.
Swivel joint of the MB-
+ OPC-1392 HEADSET ADAPTER CABLE (1 m depth /30 min.).
86 is supplied.
For VOX hands-free operation. These headsets
are not waterproof.
VHF MARINE TRANSCEIVER 123
IC–M304
SUBMERSIBLE COMPACT BODY WITH LARGE LCD AND POWERFUL AUDIO
Color versions:
• Black • Super white • Gray
• Hand microphone • DC power cable
• Mounting bracket kit
Compact and submersible Favorite channel function

Equivalent to IPX7 (1m depth for 30 minutes, except cables). Offers quick channel selection from the microphone up/down buttons.
Large easy-to-see LCD AquaQuake draining function

Shows full size channel number with 4-step backlighting. The vibrating “buzz” sound clears water away from the speaker grill.
Built-in DSC Weather channel with weather alert

For distress calls, or for position request/position report. Listen for important weather broadcasts.
New Force5Audio™ speaker Dualwatch and Tri-watch functions

Delivers impressive audio output with powerful bass. Monitors Ch.16 and/or call channel, while using another channel.
OPTIONS
• HM-164B/164SW/164G HAND MICROPHONE • MB-92 DUST COVER
Black, super white and gray are available. Protects the IC-M304 from dust and strong sunlight ®
Same as supplied. when the radio is not in use .
• MB-69
FLUSH MOUNT KIT
For flush-mounting the
IC-M304 to a flat sur-
face such as an instru-
ment control panel. 1m depth for 30 minutes
MB-69 MB-92

124 VHF MARINE TRANSCEIVER
IC–M504
THE SUBMERSIBLE PLUS MARINE VHF WITH CLASS D
Also
available in
a “rear-mic”
version
IPX8 Submersible PLUS

(1.5m depth for 30 minutes)
The IC-M504 withstands submersion in up to 1.5m depth of water
for 30 minutes. It is equivalent to the IPX8 standard. All products
are rigorously checked to pass the quality test at the factory.
Large LCD with dot-matrix characters 1.5m depth for 30 minutes

The IC-M504 has a 168-character, full dot-matrix display that al-
lows you to easily view a variety of information, such as GPS data,
DSC emergency data, etc. The large buttons and knobs provide ®
user friendly operation.
VHF MARINE TRANSCEIVER 125
IC–M504
Excellent audio output power
The extra large speaker is mounted into a wellspaced housing,
producing greater sound than the specified 4.5W output power. You
VHF MARINE TRANSCEIVER can get clear and loud reception without requiring repetition of the
message, even over the engine or other background noise.
THE SUBMERSIBLE PLUS MARINE 25W hailer/RX speaker and auto foghorn
When connected to a hailer horn or external speaker on the deck or
VHF WITH CLASS D tower, you can make an announcement on-board from the micro-
phone. The RX speaker function, “receiver- repeater”, allows you to
ITU Class D DSC monitor the received audio. Four foghorn patterns are also available for
The IC-M504 has built-in Class D DSC, which enables you to the automatic foghorn.
constantly monitor channel 70. This functionality provides users at sea Rear panel microphone version*
with the peace of mind that they can call for help by pressing the With this version, the microphone connector is drawn from the rear
“Distress” button if the need arises. panel and a 6.1m (20ft) microphone extension cable is supplied to
Position Request and Position Report allow you clean and neat panel installation. * Ask your dealer for details
Over and above the DSC, your own and other ships’ position data can Other features
be exchanged with the position request or position report functions. • Dual/tri-watch function for monitoring Ch.16 and/or call channel
The received position information can be transferred to external • Instant access to Ch. 16 and call channel
navigation equipment*. In addition, the polling (request/reply) function • 7 levels adjustable backlit display and keypad
checks whether a specific ship is within the communications range. * • Convenient “TAG” scanning function
External GPS receiver and navigation equipment which accepts • Optional Voice Scrambler, UT-112 for private communication
NMEA 0183 format is required. • Weather channels with weather alert function
Superior receiver performance • Black or gray color versions
The IC-M504 has excellent receive specifications of 80dB (typical) for
intermodulation rejection and adjacent channel selectivity, and 0.22μV Optional fully integrated
(typical) high sensitivity. The IC-M504’s superior receiver provides
excellent resistance to intermodulation and allows you to catch a weak COMMANDMICIII™
signal between strong stations. Full control 2nd station capability
The COMMANDMICIII™ is a remote control for the
OPTIONS Some options may not be available in some countries. Please ask your dealer for details. IC-M504 that may be positioned up to 18.3m (60ft) away
HM-162B HM-162SW HM-162B/SW REMOTE-CONTROL MICROPHONE from the IC-M504. All functions, including distress call,
(Black) (Super white) Size (W×H×D): 65.5×150×38 mm; 219⁄32×529⁄32×11⁄2 in.
Weight (approx.;except cables): 385g ; 13.6oz DSC, and foghorn, are available. The COMMANDMICIII™
Supplied accessories : may also be used as an intercom with the IC-M504.
• 6.1m (20ft) of cable, OPC-1540, with external Multi-function "Jog" dial
speaker terminal
• Microphone hanger A newly designed multi-function Jog dial gives you quick
• Mounting base for cable connector and easy access to many M504 settings, including operat-
COMMANDMIC and FORCE5AUDIO are registered ing channel, volume, squelch, menu settings and more.
trademarks of Icom Inc. (Japan) in the U.S.A. Other features
• Full dot-matrix LCD with 7-step dimmer setting
• 2.8W (typical) external speaker terminal
• Submersible PLUS (1.5m depth for 30 minutes)
• Extra large 45mm (d) speaker for superior audio
MB-75 MB-75 FLUSH MOUNT Supplied accessories:
KIT • Hand microphone • DC power cable
For flush-mounting the IC- • Spare fuses • Mounting bracket kit
M504 to a flat surface,
such as a control panel.
UT-112 VOICE SCRAMBLER UNIT

Provides up to 32 codes for private communication.
OPC-1541 EXTENSION CABLE FOR HM-162B/SW
6.1m (20ft) extension cable for use with COMMAND-
MICIII™.
Rear panel view

NMEA In DC power
NMEA out connector
External SP
Hailer
Foghorn
Backlit keypad and “Distress” button on

Jog dial the back of the unit
Optional COMMANDMICIII™, HM-162SW
▲

126 vhf marine transceiver
IC–M604
VHF MARINE
TRANSCEIVER
1m depth for 30 minutes
vhf marine transceiver 127
IC–M604
continuously monitors Ch. Front and rear panel
70. The 10-keypad allows
microphone connection
simple and efficient
The speaker microphone can be detached from the
VHF MARINE TRANSCEIVER operation of the DSC
emergency functions, vital
front panel and can be connected to the rear panel
without any modification. An optional 6.1m (20ft)
Superior receiver performance for your safety at sea.
microphone extension cable, OPC-1000, is available.
The IC-M604 has excellent receive specifications* Position request
which allow a weak signal a better chance of being RX speaker function
and position report The RX speaker function, “receiver-repeater” allows
heard when louder signals are around it. The powerful Over and above the DSC,
5.0W (typical) audio output from the front facing you to monitor the received radio audio from a hailer
your own and other ships’ horn on the deck or tower. You can also make an
speaker further increases the audibility and quality of position data can be
received calls. * More than 80dB for intermodulation announcement on-board from the microphone.
exchanged with the position
rejection and adjacent channel selectivity, and 0.22μV Favorite channel function
request or position
(typical) high sensitivity. This function allows quicker channel selection. Set the
report functions.
Large LCD with dot-matrix characters “TAG” channel to the channels used most often.
The received position
The large full dot-matrix display is designed for When pushing the up/down buttons on the speaker
information can be
optimum readability in any lighting condition. With the microphone, only tagged channels are selected and
transferred to external GPS
extra large font, the channel number is maximized on untagged channels are skipped. The “TAG” scanning
or navigation equipment*.
the display and upper and lower case characters can function detects only tagged channels.
In addition, the polling
be easily read. (request/reply) function Other features
30 Watt 2-way hailer capability checks whether a specific • Dual/tri-watch function for monitoring Ch.16 and/or
When connected to an external hailer horn, ship is within the communi- call channel
communication with other boats, deck or dock hands cations range. * NMEA • 7 levels adjustable backlit display and keypad
is easy. The built-in 30W amplifier increases your talk 0183 format is required. • Optional voice scrambler, UT-112 for private
power making your message loud and clear. Four communication
Improved GPS • Weather channels with weather alert function
foghorn patterns are also available. information • AquaQuake draining function emits a vibrating
Submersible construction indication sound and clears water away from the speaker grill
(1m depth for 30 minutes) When connecting to an
The IC-M604, including the supplied microphone, external GPS receiver, the
withstands submersion in up to 1.0m depth of water GPS information indication
for 30 minutes. It is equivalent to IPX7 waterproofing.* function shows course and OPTIONAL FULLY
(* except cables) speed data as well as INTEGRATED
Built-in ITU Class-D DSC position, date and time on
No matter what channel you’re tuned to, a separate the display.
and independent receiver inside the M604
PLEASE CALL
• Hand microphone
• Mounting bracket kit
• DC power cable FOR MORE
DETAILS
OPTIONS Some options may not be available in some countries. Please ask your dealer for details.
HM-162B HM-162SW MB-75 MB-75 FLUSH MOUNT

(Black) (Super white) KIT
For flush-mounting the IC-
M604 to a flat surface,
such as a control panel.
UT-112 UT-112 VOICE SCRAM-

BLER UNIT
Provides up to 32 codes
for private communication.
HM-162B/SW REMOTE-CONTROL MICROPHONE HM-126RB/RG SPEAKER MICROPHONE

Size (W×H×D): 65.5×150×38 mm; 219⁄32×529⁄32×11⁄2 in. Same as supplied.
Weight (approx.;except cables): 385g ; 13.6oz OPC-1000 MICROPHONE EXTENSION CABLE
Supplied accessories : 6.1m (20ft) extension cable with mounting base for Backlit keypad
• 6.1m (20ft) of cable, OPC-1540, with external speaker use with rear panel microphone connection. and rotary dial
terminal • Microphone hanger HM-157B/SW REMOTE-CONTROL MICROPHONE
• Mounting base for cable connector COMMANDMICII™ is also available.
OPC-1541 EXTENSION CABLE FOR HM-162B/SW OPC-999 EXTENSION CABLE FOR HM-157B/W
6.1m (20ft) extension cable for use with COMMAND- 6.1m (20ft) of extension cable for use with COM-
MICIII™. Up to 2 OPC-1541 can be connected. MANDMICII™. Up to 2 OPC-999 can be connected. “Distress” button on
COMMANDMIC and FORCE5AUDIO are registered trademarks of Icom Inc. (Japan) in the U.S.A. the back of the unit

128 PORTABLE & CRANE RADIO
Portable Radio Plug and Play
application with M504
Headset
Piratecom’s Portable Radio Headset (Part# R40BHP) is
“rear-mic” version
designed to allow users to clearly hear and communicate
over any VHF/UHF or working radio utilizing our high
quality noise canceling microphone.
Our equipment is rugged; designed to be water, oil and
grease resistant for survivability and durability in the
most demanding situations.
Radio headsets are available for a wide rang of VHF/UHF
radios with radio connectors for most major manufactur-
ers (including ICOM, Motorola, Kenwood,
Vertex/Standard).
Key Features:
• Under hard-hat rugged headset
• Brake away waterproof connector from headset to radio
jumper cable
• Push to transmit button incorporated in the headset for ease
of operation
• Jumper interface cable from headset to radio (allows for
flexibility to use one headset with multiple radios by changing
only the jumper) Piratecom’s Portable Radio Headset (Part#
Headset Part # R40BHP Specific jumper part # provided upon
R40BHP) is designed to allow users to clearly hear and
receipt of radio type.
communicate over any VHF/UHF or working radio Radio Specific Jumper Part # Jxy Example: Photo jumper part # for
utilizing our high quality noise canceling microphone. x = radio manufacturer
the M88 radio is JI5.
• Noise cancelling microphone y = radio connector type
Crane Operator Hands Free Radio Kit

Piratecom’s crane kit (part# X1CRANE) is designed to allow crane operators to communicate over any VHF or working radio hands free.
We utilize a custom engineered interface to allow the operator to transmit over working radios using a remote mounted push-to-transmit
(PTT) foot peddle while providing hearing protection exceeding OSHA requirements.
Our equipment is rugged; designed to be water, oil and grease resistant for survivability and durability in the most demanding situations.
Crane Kit (X1CRANE) includes:
• Under Hardhat Headset (X40BH) The M504“front mic” version can be “modified” to
• One headset carrying bag accept the Piratecom Crane Kit however the radio
• Engineered radio modification PTT for interface to customers specific radio choice needs to go back to Piratecom for this to work. The
• Headset interface cable to radio M604 will accept the Crane Radio Kit!
• Push to transmit foot switch interface cable
• Push to transmit foot switch
Key Features:
• Noise cancelling microphone
• Shielded cabling
• Rugged stainless steel headset
• Rugged waterproof headset cable
• Flexibility to work with any marine radio
- Dependant on radio types. Radio may need to be sent to
Piratecom for modification.
- Radio supplied/selected by customer or dealer.
Under Hardhat Headset Radio supplied/selected

(P/N: X40BH) by cutomer or dealer
HIGH WATER NOTIFICATION 129
CVD-2000 Cellular Autodialer

Wireless security alarm systems for easy voice alarming
Automatically calls
you when there is
rising water at
your dock or on
board your vessel.
• Alarm notification anywhere there is You Set The Water Sensor

cell phone service
• Fast, simple installation
Desired Level Included.
• No cell phone contract required for Notification Specify Length
• Includes up to 400 minutes of
prepaid cellular service
NOTE: Landline (non-cellular) version also available
• Weather resistant enclosure included
Description Specifications
Perfect for Residential, Commercial or Industrial Communications: Standard cellular phone w/AT&T wireless service
applications, the CVD-2000PS Cellular Autodialer is Power: AC adapter included (Optional rechargeable 12VDC battery)
designed for direct, immediate notification of emergency Number of Inputs: Four
Activation Dry contact: NO or NC, momentary or continuous
situations. Because the cellular autodialer doesn’t require Voltage: 0 to +V (NC) or +V to 0 (NO), 5-28 VDC
a land line, you can install it wherever it is needed and call Phone Number Storage: Up to 8
out using a cellular connection. The compact and rugged Maximum Digits: 28 (including up to 10 pauses)
Cellular Autodialer is easy to install and configure. The Enclosure Dimensions (LxHxD): 14x14x8in (35.5x35.5x20.3cm)
Weight: 17.0 lb (7.7 kg)
Cellular Autodialers operate on AC power, but are
rechargeable battery capable for remote monitoring
locations where power is not available. The cellular
autodialer includes everything you need to start using the Options and Accessories
system, including the AD200-4 autodialer, cellular phone,
400 prepaid minutes good for one year, and AC adapter,
so you can rest assured that if something happens, you
CVD-2000PS Cellular Autodialer w/service
Includes the AD200-4 autodialer, cellular phone, 400 prepaid
will be notified. Note: Prepaid service is through AT&T minutes good for one year, and AC adapter.
Wireless. The cellular autodialer only works where AT&T
provides wireless service. CVD-2000P Cellular Autodialer w/o service
The CVD-2000PS Cellular Autodialers are easy to Includes the AD200-4 autodialer, cellular phone, and AC
program via the on-board keypad, LCD display, and built- adapter. Requires purchase of a cellular plan and SIMM card.
in speaker. Any NO (normally open) or NC (normally Recommended for non-US clients.
closed) contact or low voltage input may be used to
trigger the cellular autodialers, including float switches,
00-010 12V 5AH Rechargeable Battery
Approximate battery life under normal conditions, 12 hrs.
door switches, water sensors, and motion detectors.
Cellular Autodialer Applications BC100 Smart Charger
Applications for the CVD-2000PS cellular autodialer
include monitoring construction sites, lift stations, remote SP101 Solar Panel (2 W, 80mA min.)
water pumping sites, docks, boats any site without land lines, SP102 Solar Panel (5 W, 300mA min.)
and many others.
130 gas detectors
gas detectors 131

132 gas detectors
ALTAIR® 5 Multigas Detector
gas detectors 133
ALTAIR 4 Multigas Detector

134 gas detectors
SOLARIS® Multigas Detector
gas detectors 135
SIRIUS® PID Multigas Detector

136 gas detectors
ORION® Multigas Detector
gas detectors 137
ORION® plus Multigas Detector

138 gas detectors
Combustible Gas Detectors
gas detectors 139
ALTAIR Maintenance-Free Single-Gas Detector

140 CASES
1200 Case
Interior Dimensions:
9.25" x 7.12" x 4.12" (23.5 x 18.1 x 10.5 cm)
• Watertight, crushproof, and dust proof
• Easy open Double Throw latches
• Open cell core with solid wall
design - strong, light weight
• O-ring seal
• Automatic Pressure Equalization Valve
• Stainless steel hardware
• Pick N Pluck™ with convoluted lid foam
• Lifetime Guarantee of Excellence
1080 HardBack™ Case

12.80” x 9.80” x 1.70” (32.5 x 24.9 x 4.3 cm)
• Fits notebook computers up to 12.3” L x 9.3” W x 1.5” D
• Download the 1080 Laptop Fit Guide to view the current 1450 Case
laptops that will fit into the 1080 HardBack™ Case. • Watertight, crushproof, and dust proof
• Pick N Pluck™ with convoluted lid foam • Easy open Double Throw latches
• Easy snap anodized aluminum latch • Open cell core with solid wall design - strong, light weight
• O-ring seal • O-ring seal
• Vent with Gore-Tex® membrane for auto pressure balance • Automatic Pressure Equalization Valve
• Comes in two attractive color combinations - charcoal grey • Comfortable rubber over-molded handle
with silver latches or black with black latches • Stainless steel hardware and padlock protectors
• Lifetime Guarantee of Excellence • Pick N Pluck™ with convoluted lid foam
• Watertight, crushproof, and dust proof • Personalized nameplate service available
1495CC1 Laptop Case

18.87" x 13.12" x 3.81" (47.9 x 33.3 x 9.7 cm)
• Fits up to 17" laptops
• 3 dial combination lock included
• Nylon padded computer sleeve and accessories pouch
• Lid organizer, shock absorbing tray, and
padded shoulder strap
• Fold down overmolded handle
• Automatic Pressure
1090 HardBack™ Case Equalization Valve
• Stainless steel padlock protectors
• Fits notebook computers up to 14.4" x 11.1" x 1.7" • Personalized nameplate
• Download the 1090 Laptop Fit Guide to view the current laptops service available
that will fit into the 1090 HardBack™ Case. • Lifetime Guarantee of Excellence
• Pick N Pluck™ with convoluted lid foam • Watertight, crushproof, and
• Easy snap anodized aluminum latch dust proof
• O-ring seal
• Vent with Gore-Tex® membrane for auto pressure balance
1600 Case
21.43" x 16.50" x 7.87" (54.4 x 41.9 x 20 cm)
PELICAN LEGENDARY LIFETIME GUARANTEE OF EXCELLENCE • Open cell core with solid wall design - strong, light weight
Pelican guarantees its products for a lifetime against breakage or defects in
workmanship. Pelican cases are guaranteed to be watertight to a depth of
3.3 feet (1 meter) for 30 minutes (IP 67) unless otherwise stated if properly • O-ring seal
closed with undamaged o-ring in place. Pelican’s liability is limited to the • Comfortable rubber over-molded handle
case and not its contents. This guarantee does not cover the lamp or batteries
(rechargeable or alkaline) for lights. Any liability, either expressed or implied, • Stainless steel hardware and padlock protectors
is limited to replacement of the product. This guarantee is void if the Pelican • 2 level Pick N Pluck™ with convoluted lid foam
™ product has been abused beyond normal and sensible wear and tear. This • Personalized nameplate service available
guarantee does not cover shark bite, bear attack or damage caused by
children under five. • Lifetime Guarantee of Excellence
CASES 141
1495CC2 Laptop Case

18.87" x 13.12" x 3.81" (47.9 x 33.3 x 9.7 cm)
• Fits up to 17" laptops
• 3 dial combination lock included
• Lid organizer and padded shoulder strap
• Fold down overmolded handle
• Stainless steel padlock protectors
• Personalized nameplate service available
1430 Top Loader Case

13.56" x 5.76" x 11.70" (34.4 x 14.6 x 29.7 cm)
• Unique top loading design
• Open cell core with solid wall design - strong, light weight
• O-ring seal
• Comfortable rubber over-molded handle
• Stainless steel hardware and padlock protectors
• 3 level Pick N Pluck™ with convoluted lid foam
1500 Case
16.75" x 11.18" x 6.12" (42.5 x 28.4 x 15.5 cm)
• Open cell core with solid wall design - strong,
light weight
• O-ring seal
• Automatic Pressure Equalization Valve 1600EMS Case
• Comfortable rubber over-molded handle • 1600 Case customized for EMS personnel
• Stainless steel hardware and padlock protectors • Multi layer lid organizer with numerous clean pockets - find
• Pick N Pluck™ with convoluted lid foam everything right away
• Personalized nameplate service available • Lid organizer clear cover with Velcro® fasteners - keep supplies
• Lifetime Guarantee of Excellence in place during transport
• Padded dividers with adjustable walls for customizing
compartments to any size -provides extra protection and
1510LOC Laptop Overnight Case inventory management.
Interior Dimensions: • Automatic Pressure Equalization Valve
19.75" x 11.00" x 7.60" (50.1 x 27.9 x 19.3 cm) • Stainless steel padlock protectors 1510 Carry On Case
• FAA maximum carry on size • Lifetime Guarantee of Excellence Interior Dimensions:
• 2 in 1 protection: detachable computer sleeve and • Watertight, crushproof, and dust proof 19.75" x 11.00" x 7.60" (50.1 x 27.9 x 19.3 cm)
accessories pouch • CONTENTS NOT INCLUDED • FAA maximum carry on size
• Fits notebook computers up to 14.4" x 11.1" x 1.7" • Retractable extension handle
• Retractable extension handle
• Strong polyurethane wheels with stainless steel bearings • Strong polyurethane wheels with stainless steel bearings
• Easy open Double Throw latches • Easy open Double Throw latches
• Open cell core with solid wall design - strong, light weight • Open cell core with solid wall design - strong, light weight
• O-ring seal • O-ring seal
• Automatic Pressure Equalization Valve • Automatic Pressure Equalization Valve
• Comfortable rubber over-molded top and side handles • Comfortable rubber over-molded top and side handles
• Stainless steel hardware and padlock protectors • Stainless steel hardware and padlock protectors
• Personalized nameplate service available • Pick N Pluck™ with convoluted lid foam
• Lifetime Guarantee of Excellence • Personalized nameplate service available
• Watertight, crushproof, and dust proof • Lifetime Guarantee of Excellence
*This case has internal wheel and/or handle wells that will
reduce usable area. Please review for each application. • Watertight, crushproof, and dust proof
*This case has internal wheel and/or handle wells that will reduce usable
area. Please review for each application.

142 RUGGEDIZED SHIPPING CASES
Transport and protect big equipment in our
Large, X-Large, or XX-Large Ruggedized
Shipping Cases. These cases are light-
weight, shockproof, watertight, dustproof,
heat, and chemical-resistant, which make
them extremely tough and offer ultimate
protection that will move your equipment
from point A to point B without a scratch.
MOBILE TOOL CHEST 143
The U.S. Army tasked Pelican with building a mobile tool chest to house tools for its maintenance engineers. Rapid
deployment to harsh environments is common; arriving with your tools intact and fully functional is mission critical. Over
a two year period of intensive design, research and testing, Pelican Products built the world’s toughest mobile tool chest for
use by the U.S. Armed Services. Over 70 tests were required, including water submersion, extreme temperature tests and
drop tests from five feet fully loaded. The 0450 passed all of them. The 0450 Mobile Tool Chest: now ready for civilian use.
TOOL PALLET SOLUTION
Horizontal
tool pallet
1: HEAVY
DUTY
BUTTRESS
HINGES purchased
separately
Vertical
tool pallet
2: AUTO
PRESSURE
EQ VALVES
1
2
3: TWO WAY HANDLES
4: STABLE,
WIDE TRACK
3
MOBILITY
4
GRADUATED
DEFLECTOR RIBS
SECURE STACK DESIGN 5
TROLLY HANDLE AND
WHEEL SYSTEM
* Foam and tools

not included
6: HYBRID
DOUBLE 6
THROW PELICAN LEGENDARY LIFETIME GUARANTEE OF EXCELLENCE
BUTTERFLY Pelican guarantees its products for a lifetime against breakage or defects in workmanship. Pelican cases are guaranteed
to be watertight to a depth of 3.3 feet (1 meter) for 30 minutes (IP 67) unless otherwise stated if properly closed with
LATCHES undamaged o-ring in place. Pelican’s liability is limited to the case and not its contents. This guarantee does not cover
the lamp or batteries (rechargeable or alkaline) for lights. Any liability, either expressed or implied, is limited to
5: REMOVABLE DRAWERS replacement of the product. This guarantee is void if the Pelican™ product has been abused beyond normal and
sensible wear and tear. This guarantee does not cover shark bite, bear attack or damage caused by children under five.

144 VERTICAL STORAGE TANKS
Vertical Storage Tanks
Vertical storage tanks are
most frequently used for
bulk storage and mobile
nursing applications.
Norwesco vertical tanks fea-
ture tie-down slots, built-in
graduated gallon indicators,
an offset fill-opening and a
self-vented, slosh-proof lid.
Gallon Diameter Overall Fill Outlet/Drain Premium Weight Heavy Weight

Capacity Height Opening Specification Part No. Part No.
White Blue
25 ¤ 18" 29" 5" ¾" 41867 —
50 ¤ 18" 53" 5" ¾" 41865 —
65 ¤ 23" 43" 8" 1¼" 45192 —
75 ¤ 23" 49" 8" 1¼" 41863 —
100 ¤ 28" 43" 8" 1¼" 41861
105 ¤ 23" 63" 8" 2" 40803 ––
150 30" 56" 8" 1¼" 41859 —
165 31" 56" 16" 2" 40281 —
200 30" 72" 8" 2" 41856 —
210 32" 67" 16" 2" 47401 ––
250 30" 89" 8" 2" 41854 —
300 36" 79" 16" 2" 40213 —
305 46" 50" 16" 2" 40302 —
500 48" 73" 16" 2" 40148 40150
550 67" 44" 16" 2" 40023 —
750 48" 103" 16" 2" 40606 —
850 48" 118" 16" 2" 42214 —
1000 64" 80" 16" 2" 40152 40154
1100 87" 53" 16" 2" 40070 40081
1100 G 87" 53" 16" 2" 42591 42593
1500 64" 116" 16" 2" 40144 40146
1550 87" 67" 16" 2" 40235 40236
1550 G 87" 67" 16" 2" 42595 42597
1700 87" 74" 16" 2" 40010 40012
2000 64" 152" 16" 2" 47109 47564
2100 87" 89" 16" 2" 40178 40241
2100 102" 69" 16" 2" 41399 —
2500 95" 91" 16" 2" 40051 40052
2500 102" 79" 16" 2" 42382 42384
3000 91" 119" 16" 2" 45081 —
3000 95" 109" 16" 2" 40754 40755
3000 102" 93" 16" 2" 45246 42380
4000 102" 125" 16" 3"/2" 40312 —
4200 102" 131" 16" 3"/2" 41403 —
5000 102" 152" 16" 3"/2" 40164 40166
5500 138" 92" 16" 3"/2" 45086 —
5800 141" 98" 16" 3"/2" 40071 —
6000 102" 182" 16" 3"/2" 40226 40233
6100 119" 140" 16" 3"/2" 40659 40661
6500 120" 147" 16" 3"/2" 42315 42317
6500 119" 150" 16" 3"/2" 40224 40232
7800 119" 176" 16" 3"/2" 40663 40665
8400 119" 188" 16" 3"/2" 42060 42062
9000 141" 146" 16" 3"/2" 40543 40231
10000 141" 160" 16" 3"/2" 40545 40353
12000 141" 193" 16" 3" * 40539 40541
15000 141" 244" 16" 3" * 41334 41336
¤ May ship UPS Oversize G=Gusset Top *316 Stainless Steel Bolted Fitting
PICKUP TRUCK, FLat bottom and pco TANKS 145
Pickup Truck Tanks

Designed to fit full-size,
American made pickups,
the 325 and 425 sizes have low profiles for better rear vision. They feature fill openings offset to the side of the tank for safety
and easy access. A tough circular design adds strength. The 210 gallon tank fits both “mini” pickups and full-size models.
Depending on which way the tank is turned, the bottom width can be either 39" or 48".
Gallon Top Width Bottom Width Overall Fill Outlet/Drain Premium Weight
Capacity or Diameter or Diameter Height Opening Specification Part No.
White
210 60"/51" 48"/39" 29" 8" 2" 40300
325 62" 49" 33" 8" 2" 40160
425 65" 49" 39" 8" 2" 40102
PCO Tanks
Flat Bottom Utility Tanks A multi-purpose tank, the PCO is well suited for nursery,
Like the PCO tank, the Flat Bottom Utility tank can be used agricultural and lawn care applications. These tanks feature
for many applications. It is the perfect choice when looking self-supporting legs and do not require any saddles or steel
for a tank to put in the bed of a pickup truck. The tank may supports. Flat spots are molded into both ends to provide
be used with or without bands. mounting areas for agitation equipment.
Gallon Width Overall Length Fill Premium Weight
Gallon Width Overall Length Fill Outlet/ Premium Weight Capacity Height Opening Part No.
Capacity Height Opening Drain Part No. White
Specification White 30 ¤ 19" 23" 25" 5" 41254
50 ¤ 19" 23" 38" 8" 1" 42341 50 ¤ 19" 22" 38" 8" 40664
100 ¤ 27" 29" 43" 8" 1" 42343 100 ¤ 30" 28" 38" 8" 40668
150 36" 29" 48" 8" 1" 42345 150 36" 28" 48" 8" 40669
200 36" 38" 48" 8" 1" 42347 200 36" 37" 48" 8" 41413
¤ May ship UPS Oversize 300 36" 37" 69" 16" 41381
¤ May ship UPS Oversize
A
Flat Bottom Utility Tank Bands
Tank Size A B C No. of Part No.
(Gallon) Bands
50 19" 18½" 23" 2 optional 63551
100 24" 25" 29½" 2 optional 63552
B 150 24" 34½" 39" 2 optional 63553
C 200 33" 34½" 39" 2 optional 63554
YOUR ONE STOP DOCK NOTE: Tank availability may WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM

SHOP
PLEASE 1-877-811-DOCK
vary according to manufacturing location. Please contact Norwesco Customer Service or your Norwesco (3625)
distributor for specific details.
Tank dimensions and capacities may vary slightly and are subject to change without notice.
146 mini bulk tanks & below ground holding tank
Mini Bulk Tanks

Norwesco mini bulk tanks are most frequently used for
chemical dispensing. The tanks can be mounted on forklift
accessible pads for ease of movement. A 2" polypropylene
fitting is installed directly across from the fill-opening.
Gallon Diameter Overall Fill Outlet/ Premium Weight
Capacity Height Opening Drain Part No.
Specification White
120 38" 31" 5" 2" 40318
220 42" 44" 5" 2" 40320
Below Ground Holding Tank

The 2500 is the largest capacity below
ground storage tank made today. Gallon Manhole Part
Capacity Length Width Height Diameter No.
Typically used to store water–both
potable and non-potable–it can also
be used as a large capacity septic tank. 2500 158" 98" 53" 1-20" 42119
The end ribs will accept fittings up to For installation details, please visit www.norwesco.com.
4" in size. Integral columns in the tank
give it excellent structural strength. 2500 Below Ground Holding
Elliptical Tanks
Designed for larger volume applicator needs, the Norwesco
elliptical tanks feature a low profile design and a low center of
750 Gallon Elliptical Tank gravity for excellent visibility in the field and increased stability
when towed. A deep sump permits complete drainage and the
tanks feature an 8"or 16" fill-opening. Please refer to information
below for steel supports.
Gallon Width Overall Height Length Sump Fill Outlet/Drain Premium Weight
Capacity Including Depth Opening Specification Part No.
Sump White
200 40" 30" 66" ¾" 8" 1¼" & 1¼" 41252
Skid not
300 48" 36" 70" 3" 16" 1¼" & 1¼" 40327
500 57" 44" 82" 5" 16" 1¼" & 1¼" 40328 included
750 69" 48" 88" 3" 16" 2" 40329 with tank.
1000 78" 55" 90" 3" 16" 2" 40330 See below
1600 * 78" 54" 138" 2½" 16" 2" 47111 for skids.
2550 ** 88" 82" 142" 9" 16" 3" 47677
* Includes 1 stainless steel baffle ** The 2550 requires support bands
E
E
Elliptical Tank Skids (See dimensional drawings at left.)
Tank Size Tank A B C D E F Part No.
(Gallon) Part No.
200 41252 4" 24" 52" 57" 2" x 68" 8" 63015
F
300 40327 4" 34" 46¼" 54¼" 2" x 76" 8" 63016
A B
F 500 40328 4" 34" 60" 68" 2" x 94" 8" 63018
C A
C
D
B
750 40329 4" 38" 69½" 78" 2" x 112" 8" 60371
D 1000 40330 4" 46" 60" 72" 2" x 130" 8" 60372
2550* 47677 –– –– –– –– –– –– 67456
* Band only, no skid. The 2550 requires 4 support bands, part #67456.
Replacement bands and hardware are available. Please contact Norwesco Customer Service for details.
PLEASE NOTE: Tank availability may vary according to manufacturing location. Please contact Norwesco Customer Service or your Norwesco distributor for specific details.
water tanks 147
Black or Dark Green Water Tanks

Our water tanks are manufactured using resins that meet
FDA specifications to ensure safe storage of potable
water. The black or green color limits light penetration,
which reduces the growth of waterborne algae. These
tanks are rated at 8 pounds per gallon, which means that
they are for WATER STORAGE ONLY! They should not
be used for chemicals, fertilizers or any other product.
Where applicable, the tanks will carry the NSF approval.
Please contact your distributor for more specific
information regarding NSF approval.
Gallon Diameter Overall Fill Bottom Top

Capacity Height Opening Fitting Fitting
305 46" 50" 16" 2" 1½"
550 67" 44" 16" 2" 1½"
1000 64" 80" 16" 2" 1½"
1100 87" 53" 16" 2" 1½"
1350 71" 88" 16" 2" 1½"
1500 95" 58" 16" 2" 1½" Please refer to
1550 87" 67" 16" 2" 1½" www.norwesco.com
2500 95" 91" 16" 2" 1½" for part numbers
2500 102" 79" 16" 2" 1½" and tank availability
locations.
3000 95" 109" 16" 2" 1½"
3000 102" 93" 16" 2" 1½"
5000 102" 152" 16" 2" 1½"
5000 Peanut Can 119" 112" 16" 2" 1½"
5000 Tuna Can 141" 86" 16" 2" 1½"
10,000 * 141" 160" 16" 2" –
*Includes one bottom fitting only.
Standard Fittings: Bottom Fitting–One 2" Part No. 60405; Top Fitting–One 1½" Part No. 60124
Specialty Water Tanks
2400 Gallon Horizontal Box Tank 1250 and 1500 Gallon Low Profile Tank
Horizontal Box Tank Low Profile Water Tank

The low profile design of this tank makes it ideal for use on The 1250 and 1500 gallon low profile tanks may be used
trailers or in the back of a truck. The slosh reduction ribs for storage or transport. They are an excellent choice when
provide excellent structural support. It can also be used as a height limitations are a factor and are the perfect height for
stationary water storage tank. putting under your cottage or cabin.
Gallon Width Overall Length Fill Outlet/Drain Premium
Capacity Height Opening Specification Weight Gallon Width Overall Length Fill Outlet/Drain Premium
Part No. Capacity Height Opening Specification Weight
White Part No.
2400 90" 53" 150" 16" 2" 40912 1250 81" 38" 130" 16" 2" 40756
1500 81" 44" 130" 16" 2" 41392

148 Water tanks & Containment Basins/Tanks
Free Standing Water Tank & Water Tank With Frame
These tanks have been specifically designed with residential and commercial applications in mind. The dimensions of the
250, 300, 375 or 400 gallon allow it to fit through a conventional doorway. The design of the freestanding/self-supporting
tanks eliminate the need for a steel support frame. The 375 comes standard with a steel support frame.
300 and 400 Gallon Free 375 Gallon Free Standing

Standing Tank Water Tank with Frame
Free Standing Water Tank Water Tank With Frame

Gallon Width Overall Length Fill Outlet/Drain Premium Gallon Width Overall Length Fill Outlet/Drain Premium
Capacity Height Opening Specification Weight Capacity Height Opening Specification Weight
Part No. Part No.
White White
250 29" 40" 62" 16" 1¼" 42337 375 30" 61" 62" 16" 1¼" 40480
300 29" 48" 62" 16" 1¼" 41869
400 29" 65" 62" 16" 1¼" 41247
Containment Basins/Tanks
Be kind to the environment and limit your liability by using
a Norwesco polyethylene containment tank. Federal, state
and local agencies are enforcing stringent rules and regu-
lations regarding spills, leaks and overflows from primary
containment tanks. These spills can be hazardous and costly
and with that in mind, we have designed our containment
basins and tanks to meet your containment needs. Our
containment basins and tanks are impact and corrosion
resistant and are molded as a one-piece, seamless unit. The
250, 500 and 1300 gallon sizes are “basin style”; the 1350 is
an open top tank and the 2800 “Tank In A Tank” is molded
with a dome that can be cut off to enable it to be used as a
containment tank. Required containment capacity may vary
depending on application and location.
Gallon Width/ Overall Length Fill Premium Color

Capacity Diameter Height Opening Weight
Part No.
250 68" 11" 92" –– 42114 Black
500 80" 19" 92" –– 42051 Black
1300 97" 22" 175" –– 42195 Black
1350 87" Diameter 53" –– –– 42052 White
2800* 102" Diameter 104" –– 16" 42222 White
*Tank In A Tank.
1300 Gallon Containment Basin
250 Gallon Containment Basin
cone bottom tanks 149
500 Gallon Cone 1600 Gallon Cone 3000 Gallon Cone

Bottom Tank Bottom Tank Bottom Tank with
with Polyethylene Stand with Polyethylene Stand Heavy Duty Steel Stand
Cone Bottom Tanks
Norwesco offers a full range of cone bottom tanks designed for a variety of applications. The conical bottoms enable
quick and complete drainage. As with all Norwesco tanks, the cone bottom tanks are molded of rugged, high density
polyethylene and are both impact and chemical resistant. Please refer below for polyethylene or steel stands.
Gallon Diameter Overall Slope Fill Outlet/Drain Premium Weight Heavy Weight
Capacity Height Opening Specification Part No. Part No.
White Blue
175 w/stand* 43" 49"/9"† 30˚ 16" 2" 60113 —
300 w/stand* 49" 61"/9"† 30˚ 16" 2" 62343 —
310 w/stand* 43" 72"/9"† 30˚ 8" 2" 62441 —
500 w/stand* 49" 87"/9"† 30˚ 16" 2" 40289 —
750 72" 56" 20˚ 16" 2" 40811 —
750 w/stand* 73" 67"/11"† 20˚ 16" 2" 40809 —
1050 72" 75" 20˚ 16" 2" 40356 —
1050 w/stand* 73" 86"/11"† 20˚ 16" 2" 40359 —
1600 88" 84" 30˚ 16" 2" 40817 40819
1600 w/stand* 89" 96"/11"† 30˚ 16" 2" 40813 40815
2500 95" 105" 30˚ 16" 2" 40066 40129
2500 w/stand* 96" 116"/10"† 30˚ 16" 2" 40672 40674
3000 95" 123" 30˚ 16" 2" 40170 40172
3000 w/stand* 96" 134"/10"† 30˚ 16" 2" 40797 40799
3000 15˚ slope** 91" 120" 15˚ 16" 3"/2" 45141 —
5500 119" 148" 30˚ 16" 3"/2" 40549 40316
6000 102" 195" 15˚ 16" 3"/2" 40931 40933
7500 141" 149" 30˚ 16" 3"/2" 40551 40409
*Polyethylene stand **Stand not available for this tank †Distance from bottom of cone to ground
Heavy Duty Steel
Cone Bottom Stands
Norwesco heavy duty cone
bottom stands are
Polyethylene Cone
manufactured from struc-
Bottom Stands E
A tural steel Eand offer a full
Maintenance free, light-
dish for uniform support.
B
weight Norwesco polyethyl
An optional top band is
C
ene stands offer unequaled- B C
E available for the 2500/3000
corrosion resistance.
D steel stand when additional
D
support is needed.
Tank Size A B C D
(Gallon) Tank Size A B C D E Part No.
175 — 31½" 8" 43" (Gallon)
300 –– 32" 8" 49" 2500/3000 (30˚) — 36" 11" 96" 11" 60059
310 –– 31½" 8" 43" 5500 — 45" 11" 119" 12½" 60358
500 –– 32" 8" 49" 6000 — 25" 13" 102" 12¹⁄8" 62473
750 –– 34" 10" 73" 7500 — 49" 11" 140" 10¾" 61860
1050 –– 34" 10" 73" 2500/3000 (30˚) Optional — — — — 60359
1600 –– 46" 10" 89" Top Band
2500/3000 (30˚) –– 47" 10" 96" Assembly

150 Bolted Ball Valves & Compact Bolted Ball Valves
• Manufactured from glass re-inforced polypropylene for strength and
COMPACT BOLTED BOLTED BALL VALVE

A durability – will never rust or corrode.
• Self-aligning ball rotates freely against Teflon® seats.
• Unique body-to-flange design allows for low torque on/off operation.
• Viton O-ring stem seal and EPDM O-ring body seal.
• Available with blue Norwesco handle or blank yellow handle.
• Pressure rated at 125 PSI @ 70˚F.
B • All valves tested by air pressure under water.
Recommended Operating Pressure:

½" thru 3" – 100 PSI @ 0°F • 125 PSI @ 70°F • 70 PSI @ 150°F
4" – 70 PSI @ 0°F • 90 PSI @ 70°F • 50 PSI @ 150°F
C
Item Code Description Blue Handle Yellow Handle Standard
Part No. Part No. Packaging
A ½" Full Port 60540 61115 24
A ¾" Full Port 60541 61116 24
A 1" Standard Port 60542 61117 24
A 1" Full Port 60543 61118 24
A 1¼" Standard Port 61734 61119 24
A 1¼" Full Port 60527 61120 24
A 1½" Full Port 60526 61121 24
D D 1½" Full Port Nozzle 60544 61125 12
A 2" Standard Port 60529 61122 24
C 2" Standard Port M x F 62046 – 24
D 2" Standard Port Nozzle 60545 61126 12
B 2" Full Port 60528 61123 12
C 2" Full Port M x F 61876 – 12
D 2" Full Port Nozzle 60546 61127 9
B 3" Full Port 61720 61124 8
C 3" Full Port M x F 62047 – 8
E E 4" Full Port 62787 62788 4
Compact Bolted Ball Valves

F • Male pipe thread end flange and cam action coupler end flange eliminate the need for
additional fittings.
• Manufactured from glass re-inforced polypropylene for strength and durability – will never
rust or corrode.
G • Viton O-ring stem seal and EPDM O-ring body seal.
• Pressure rated at 125 PSI @70˚F.
• All valves tested by air pressure under water.
Recommended Operating Pressure: 100 PSI @ 0°F • 125 PSI @ 70°F • 70 PSI @ 150°F
H Item Code Description Blue Handle Yellow Handle Standard
F 2" Full Port M x F 62286 62308 12
G 2" Full Port F x F 62287 62309 12
H 2" Full Port M x M Coupler 62288 62310 12
I 2" Full Port F x M Coupler 62314 62313 12
Ball Valves 151
Single Union Ball Valves
SINGLE UNION
• Manufactured from polypropylene.
• Teflon® seats. A
• EPDM O-rings (viton kits available).
• All valves tested by air pressure under water.
Item Code Description Part No. Standard
Packaging
A ½" Single Union 60409 24
A ¾" Single Union 60410 24
A 1" Single Union 60411 24 B
A 1¼" Single Union 60412 12
A 1½" Single Union 60413 12
A 2" Single Union 60414 12
A 3" Single Union 60415 4
B 1" 45˚ Nozzle Valve 60479 24
Multi-Port Ball Valves
MULTI-PORT
• Manufactured from polypropylene.
• Teflon® seats.
• EPDM O-rings (viton kits available).
• All valves tested by air pressure under water. C
• Three position settings: bottom-to-right, bottom-to-left or off.
Item Code Description Part No. Standard
Packaging
C ¾" True Union (Full Port) 60417 24
D 2" Multi-port (Standard Port) 60418 12
Stainless Steel Ball Valves

• Manufactured from 316 stainless steel.
• Full port construction.
• Water, oil and gas rated to 1000 PSI.
• Locking handle.
• Teflon® seats and seals.
• Polished stainless steel ball for precise operation.
STAINLESS
• Tested by air pressure under water.
Recommended Operating Pressure: 1,000 PSI @ -20°F • 1,000 PSI @ 100°F • 200 PSI @ 350°F
Item Code Description Part No.
E " Full Port 60480 E
E ½" Full Port 60481
E ¾" Full Port 60482
E 1" Full Port 60483
E 1¼" Full Port 60484
E 1½" Full Port 60485

152 FLANGES
Flange Ball Valves / Fittings
• Quick and easy assembly. No pipe tape or sealant necessary.
• Positive seals.
• Easy on/off hose connections.
• 360˚ orientation.
• Valves and fittings are manufactured from glass re-inforced polypropylene for strength and durability – will never rust
or corrode.
FLANGE
VALVE
BALL
VALVE
Valves
• Viton O-ring stem seal and EPDM O-ring body seal.
A • All valves tested by air pressure under water.
Item Code Description Blue Handle Yellow Handle Standard

A 1" Full Port Flange x Flange (4 bolt) 63027 63028 24
A 2" Full Port Compact Flange x Flange (4 bolt) 63122 63123 12
A 3" Full Port Flange x Flange (6 bolt) 63124 63125 8
GASKET CLAMP
Stainless Steel
Worm Screw Hose Clamps For Flange Fittings
Item Code Description Part
No.
B 1" 62932
B B 2" 62933
B 3" 62934
EPDM Flange Gasket

For Flange Fittings
C Item Code Description Part
No.
C 1" 62935
C 2" 61574
C 3" 61575
LIDS, TANK REPAIR KITS & ACCESSORIES 153
High Density Polyethylene Lids
POLYETHYLENE
Description Item Part No. A
Code
16" Lid and ring with 4" center lid/air vent 60038
16" Lid with 4" center lid/air vent A 60011
16" Lid and ring with blue snap-in vent B 63485
16" Ring only 60012
16" Lid, ventless with ring 60367 B
16" Lid, ventless C 60365
Ethafoam gasket for 16" non-hinged lid 62941
4" Lid (air vent assembly for 16" lid (60038 and 60011) 60019
LID
Blue snap-in vent for 16" lid (63483 and 63485) 63539 C
8" Lid, ring and air vent 60032
8" Lid with air vent D 60002
8" Ring only (for 60002 lid) 60003
Snap on air vent for 8" lid only (60002) 61727
8" Lid with blue snap-in vent E 63480 D
Blue snap-in vent for 8" lid (63480) 63482
5" Lid with ball check air vent (for tanks manufactured prior to 2/1/00) F 60322
5" Lid with ball check air vent (for tanks manufactured after 2/1/00) G 63484
5" Lid with 2" FPT (does not include vent cap) 63264 E
EPDM gasket for 5" lid, 60322, 63264 or 63484 60366
2" MPT vent cap with poly screen 63266 F
18" lanyard for 8" lid and 16" non-hinged lid (tethers lid to tank) 62531
Stainless steel screw for 8" and 16" rings 60081
Strainer basket for 16" fill-opening (7" depth) 67374 G
Hinged Lid
This lid is manufactured from a co-polymer material for strength, durability and excellent chemical resistance. Our unique
locking tab allows you to easily slip a padlock through it and secure your lid from theft or spills. The lid is interchangeable with
a standard 16" lid and ring assembly if you choose to replace your existing lid.
• Easy open/close – opens a full 180 degrees. • Unique locking tab.
• Comes complete with a baffle vent assembly, allowing for • All parts of lid may be ordered as repair parts
adequate venting when bottom filling your tank.
HINGED LID
Description Part No.
Complete lid assembly 62532
Hinged Lid Repair Parts

16" hinged lid with vent assembly, without ring 62826
16" hinged ventless lid, with ring 63390
Vent assembly 62827
Ring assembly 62828
Hinge assembly 62829
EPDM O-ring for lid 62830
Neoprene O-ring for ring 62831
Polyethylene Tank Repair Kits

The tank repair kit (welding gun and rod) includes a specially formulated welding
Poly Welding wire containing co-polymers and adhesives. Wire may be used to effectively repair
Gun
linear polyethylene. Easy to use and requires only 110 volt power. The poly patch kit
is ideal for repairing pinholes, hairline cracks and holes up to ½" in diameter. For best
Poly welding gun & rod 60221
results, surface to be repaired should be above 32˚F. This kit consists of epoxy, a small
Poly welding rod 30' 61879
Poly patch kit 67412
brush to apply the epoxy, a small piece of sandpaper to "roughen" the area to be
patched, a piece of mastic to temporarily fill the hole/crack and a piece of fiberglass.
Accessories
Stainless steel screw for 8" and 16" rings 60081
18" Lanyard for 8" lid and 16" non-hinged lid (tethers lid to tank) 62531
Strainer basket for 16" fill-opening (7" depth) 67374
Lanyard Strainer Basket

154 POLYPROPYLENE BULKHEAD FITTINGS
BULKHEAD
FITTING
A B
C D E
Polypropylene Bulkhead Fittings / EPDM Or Viton Gaskets
Norwesco’s polypropylene fittings come standard with an EPDM gasket. Viton gaskets are available as an option when EPDM
may not be suitable for your application. The 2" stainless steel bulkhead fitting comes standard without a gasket.
Description Hole Size Part No. Item Code
Required in Tank
for Installation
½" Heavy duty double threaded polypropylene fitting 1⁄ " 62834 A
¾" Double threaded polypropylene fitting 1⁄ " 60401 A
EPDM gasket for ½" and ¾" (62834 and 60401) 60402
Type B Viton gasket for ½" and ¾" (62834 and 60401) 60360
¾" Heavy duty double threaded polypropylene fitting 1⁄" 62798 A
EPDM gasket ¾" (62798) 62799
Type B Viton gasket for ¾" (62798) 62800
1" Double threaded polypropylene fitting 2¼" 60427 A
1¼" Double threaded polypropylene fitting 2¼" 60403 A
1¼" Anti-vortex polypropylene fitting 2¼" 63065 D
EPDM gasket for 1" and 1¼" (60427, 60403 and 63065) 60404
Type B Viton gasket for 1" and 1¼" (60427, 60403 and 63065) 60361
Anti-vortex adapter for 1¼" (60403) 62398
1½" Double threaded polypropylene fitting 3" 60124 A
Siphon tube, 1½" x 12" long 63279
2" Double threaded polypropylene fitting 3" 60405 A
2" Double threaded 316 stainless steel fitting, less gasket 3" 61767
EPDM gasket for 1½" and 2" (60124, 60405, 63481 and 61767) 60406
Type B Viton gasket for 1½" and 2" (60124, 60405, 63481 and 61767) 60523
2" Standard duty double threaded polypropylene fitting 3" 63481 E
(Maximum tank wall thickness = / ")
2" Heavy duty double threaded polypropylene fitting with siphon tube 3¼" 60337 B
EPDM gasket for 2" (60337) 60336
Type B Viton gasket for 2" (60337) 60008
Siphon tube, 2" short 60335
Siphon tube, 2" x 12" long 63262
2" MPT vent cap with poly screen 63266
2" MPT vent cap, anti-vortex, without screen 63316
Anti-vortex adapter for 2" bulkhead fitting 62399
2" Polypropylene dust plug 60021
3" Double threaded polypropylene fitting (hex nut as shown in photo C) 4½" 62299
3" Double threaded polypropylene fitting with 2” reducer and siphon tube 4½" 60339 C
EPDM gasket for 3" (62299 and 60339) 60331
Type B Viton gasket for 3" (62299 and 60339) 60351
2” Polypropylene reducer for 3" 60330
Siphon tube, 3" short 60327
Siphon tube, 3" x 12" long 63263
4" Double threaded polypropylene fitting (hex nut as shown in photo C) 5¾" 62171
EPDM gasket for 4" (62171) 62785
Type B Viton gasket for 4" (62171) 62786
Siphon tube for 4" 62714
BOLTED FITTINGS 155
Bolted Fittings
STAINLESS STEEL FITTING BOLTED FITTING

Polypropylene Bolted Fittings / EPDM or Viton Gaskets (Require two gaskets.)
Bolted polypropylene fittings are equipped with 316 stainless steel bolts and come standard with
EPDM gaskets. Viton gaskets are available as an option for the fittings.
Description Part No. Item Code
¾" Polypropylene bolted fitting with ss bolts and EPDM gaskets 60502 A
1" Polypropylene bolted fitting with ss bolts and EPDM gaskets 60505 A
EPDM gasket for ¾" and 1" 60498
Type B Viton gasket for ¾" and 1" 60355
1½" Polypropylene bolted fitting with ss bolts and EPDM gaskets 60513 A
2" Polypropylene bolted fitting with ss bolts and EPDM gaskets 60516 A
EPDM gasket for 1½" and 2" 60497
Type B Viton gasket for 1½" and 2" 60356
3" Polypropylene bolted fitting with ss bolts and EPDM gaskets 62471
EPDM gasket for 3" 62048
Type B Viton gasket for 3" 60602 A
Stainless Steel Double Threaded Bolted Fittings

Bolts are threaded into the back plate of the fitting so there are no welds or bolt holes that can
be potential points of leakage. These fittings come standard without a gasket (with the exception
of the 4") and require a single gasket that is installed on the inside of the tank. Available gaskets
are cross-linked polyethylene, EPDM or Viton (4" fitting comes standard with a cross-linked
polyethylene gasket).
Description Part No. Item Code
½" 316 Stainless steel double threaded bolted fitting less gasket 63216 B
¾" 316 Stainless steel double threaded bolted fitting less gasket 63035 B
1" 316 Stainless steel double threaded bolted fitting less gasket 62948 B
EPDM gasket for ½", ¾" & 1" (1 required) 63205
Type B Viton gasket for ½", ¾" & 1" (1 required) 63224
Cross-linked polyethylene gasket for ½", ¾" & 1" (1 required) 62950
1¼" 316 Stainless steel double threaded bolted fitting less gasket 63036 B
Cross-linked polyethylene gasket for 1¼" (1 required) 63041
1½" 316 Stainless steel double threaded bolted fitting less gasket 63037 B
EPDM gasket for 1¼" and 1½" (1 required) 63426
Cross-linked polyethylene gasket for 1½" (1 required) 63042
2" 316 Stainless steel double threaded bolted fitting less gasket 63038 B
EPDM gasket for 2" (1 required) 63206
Type B Viton gasket for 1¼", 1½" and 2" (1 required) 63225
Cross-linked polyethylene gasket for 2" (1 required) 62848
3" 316 Stainless steel double threaded bolted fitting less gasket 63039 C B
Type B Viton gasket for 3" (1 required) 63226
4" 316 Stainless steel 8-bolt double threaded bolted fitting with gasket 63069
Stainless Steel Single Threaded Bolted Fittings

2" 316 Stainless steel single threaded bolted fitting less gasket 62847
EPDM gasket for 1¼", 1½" and 2" (1 required) 63206
Type B Viton gasket for 1¼", 1½" and 2" (1 required) 63225
3" 316 Stainless steel single threaded bolted fitting, anti-vortex, less gasket 63233
Type B Viton gasket for 3" (1 required) 63226
C

156 Diesel Caddy, Fuel Pal & Gas Kart
Gas Caddy 157

158 Oil Drains
Caddy Accessories & Oil Drains 159

160 Spill Containment, Steps, Battery Boxes & Tanks
Todd Double Drum Containment Vessel Todd Battery Boxes
The perfect solution Rugged, seamless,
A B
for storing your heavy wall molded
chemical drums. polyethylene.
Constructed of heavy Superior chemical
duty polyethylene resistance, maintains
that will resist rust, impact properties
dents, automotive down to -40°F. Full
fluids and other flow ventilation C
ensures adequate D
chemicals. Designed
so that hazardous spills can be safely contained in pallet basin, not on cooling. Available in black only.
your floors or in the soil. Pallets hold two 55 gallon drums. Convenient A) 8D High Battery Box: Product Number: 90-2170
forklift entry. Designed for in-plant use, not for transport. Complies OD: 24 1/2"D, 15"W, 14 1/2"H; ID: 21 1/2"D, 11 1/2"W, 11"H
with Federal Regulation 40CFR-264.175. 55” L, x 28”W x 17” H B) 4D Battery Box: Product Number: 90-2138
Color: Black OD: 25"D, 13"W, 13 1/2"H; ID: 20 1/2"D, 9 1/2"W, 11 1/2"H
Product Number: SP1006HA C) 8D Low Battery Box: Product Number: 90-2169
OD: 25"D, 15"W, 12"H; ID: 21 1/2"D, 11 1/2"W, 9 1/2"H
Todd 4 Drum Containment Pallet D) Double Battery Box: Product Number: 84-1480
Holds four 55 gallon OD: 17 1/2"D, 13"W, 11"H; ID: 16"D, 11"W, 8"H
drums. Designed so 8D High Double Battery Box for 2 High D Batteries (Not shown):
that hazardous spills Product Number: 91-2339
are safely contained OD: 28"D, 24 1/2"W, 14 1/2"H; ID: 24 1/2"D, 21"W, 12 1/2"H.
in pallet basin, not on Golf Cart Battery Box (Not shown): Product Number: 00-1480
your floors or in soil. OD: 17 1/2"D, 13"W, 14"H; ID: 16"D, 11"W, 11"H.
Convenient fork lift Todd Water and Holding Tanks
entry. Designed for One piece molded durable polyethylene, these tanks comply with U.S.
in-plant use, not for FDA regulation 21 CFR 177.1520 (c) 3.1 and 3.2. Translucent for
transport. Complies with Federal Regulation 40CFR-264.175. 54”L, visible content level. All openings are female NPT (National Pipe
54" W, 14 1/2" H Threads) Plugs are included to convert to either water or holding tank.
Product Number: SP1003HA Instructions are included.
Todd Industrial Steps

Constructed of
durable black
polyethylene, The
Todd Industrial
Steps are
lightweight, water
proof and
chemical resistant.
Optional handrails
are available for
the 2 and 3 step NOT FOR USE WITH GASOLINE.
models.
Single Step: 91-2333R, 19 1/4"D, 15 1/2"W, 12"H Gallons L W H Tank Product No.
Double Step: 91-2334R, 21 3/4"D, 20 14"W, 17 1/4"H 3 14" 11" 8" 85-1859WH
Double Step Handrail (not shown): 91-2348, 18 1/4"D, 50 1/4"H 6 16" 12" 6 1/2" 85-1531WH
Triple Step: 91-2335R, 31 3/4"D, 20 1/4"W, 26"H 9 17" 14" 10" 85-1667WH
Triple Step Handrail: 91-2349, 30"D, 59"H
13 24" 10" 14" 85-1626WH
Quad Step (not shown): 93-2336R, 36"D, 20"W, 32"H
15 25" 11" 15" 94-1627WH
Quad Step Handrail (not shown): 93-2352, 35"D, 66"H
20 30" 16" 10" 85-1666WH
25 37" 17 1/2" 10" 85-1532WH
35 36" 15 1/2" 16" 85-1525WH
55 54 1/2” 13" 20" 85-1533WH
Oil Drain Accessories 161

162 STORAGE
Hard Tops
Convenient “roll-top” covers slide up and out of the way to allow quick access to drum pumps and funnels.
Meets . Helps meet new Stormwater Management

.
HardTop P1 Plus HardTop P2 Plus HardTop P4 Plus
#9640 #9612 #9636
36” x 36” x 66” 671/4” x 41 1/4” x 74” 64 1/2” x 62” x 79”
Load Capacity: 800 lb. Load Capacity: 4,500 lb. Load Capacity: 9,000
Containment Capacity: 64 gal. Containment Capacity: 66 gal. Containment Capacity: 75 gal.
Global Funnel
Securely fits nearly every 55 gallon tighthead steel or polyethylene drum manufactured
throughout the world. Its unique bottom design fits tightly on drums with varying
diameters. The horseshoe design feature allows installation of a PopUp Fill Gauge to allow
accurate monitoring of liquid levels inside the drum. This prevents any messy overfilling.
Funnel with Hinged Cover & Spout #0499
PopUp Fill Gauge (fits 3/4” Bung Hole) #9985
Safety Cabinets for flammable liquid

These safety cabinets are constructed of 18-gauge steel. Their sides, top, bottom and doors are doubled walled
with a 1 1/2” air space between walls. Both vents, with 2” threaded fittings, have fire baffle and cap. Cabinets
come in a yellow high gloss powder finish with red warning. Included with cabinet are grounding attachment,
3-point key lock and 2” raised, leakproof door sill. Each shelf is adjustable, supported by 4 brakets and can support
350 pounds. Cabinets meet NFPA Code 30 and OSHA requirements.
30 gallon flammable liquid safety cabinet
43” x 18” x 44” #1932
43” x 18” s 65” #1947
31 1/4” x 31 1/4” x 65” #1962
POST AND WALL PROTECTORS 163
Post Protectors
Post covers put an end to dents, scratches and constant upkeep. Its one-piece,
lightweight design makes installation quick and easy. Simply slide over existing
posts. No tools or hardware required. These high-visibility, yellow polyethylene
sleeves have a UV inhibitor in its resin that resists the degrading effects of
sunlight for years of service.
For posts 4” diameter; 52” height #1525
How to measure your post for a Post Protector

Steel pipe used for bollards is measured by the inside diameter. Therefore, the bollard’s outside diameter is 1/2” to 5/8”
larger than its inside diameter. To purchase the correct post sleeve:
1. Measure exact post circumference with flat tape.
2. Divide circumference by 3.14 to get the diameter of the post in inches.
3. In ordering information, find the most suitable post diameter range.
Corner & Wall Protectors

Stop costly damages to facility corners
and walls with our Corner and Wall
Protectors. Increase your plant’s safety
and reduce facility maintenance costs
with these safety yellow, polyethylene
protectors. They maintain their appear-
ance by resisting dents, scratches and
other damage without constant upkeep.
Hardware kit is included for quick and
easy installation to any wall surface. Wall Protector Corner Protector
2” x 6” x 48” #1522 5 3/4” x 5 5/8” x 42” #1523

164 SPILL CONTROL
SpillPallet P1 Plus
SPCC and EPA Container Storage
for use with drums. Nearly 50% lower than standard spill pallets, drum handling is
safe and less strenuous. Its removable grates feature a non-slip surface.
Dimensions: 40” x 40” x 12”
Containment Capacity: 62 gal.
no drain #9606
with drain #9607
SpillPallet Economy Models
meet and Uniform Fire Code Spill Containment

.
2-Drum Pallet
53” x 29” x 16 1/2”

no drain #2504U
with drain #2505U
4-Drum Pallet
53” x 53” x 11 1/4”

no drain #1112
with drain #1113
SPILL CONTROL 165
275 Containment Sump

Complete indoor or outdoor containment for 275 gallon oval tanks. This sump’s rugged, all polyethylene
Meets and helps comply with SPCC and NPDES, 40 CFR 122.26
(1999).
Dimensions: outside - 84 1/2” x 43 3/4” x 29”

inside top - 80” x 29”
no drain #2800
with drain #2801
#2810
550 Containment Sump

This sump provides economical secondary containment for 500 and 550 gallon fuel or oil tanks. Its 100%
Meets .
Dimensions: outside - 87” x 62 1/4” x 32 3/4”
3/4” x 47 3/4”
no drain #2823
with drain #2820
Utility Trays
12” x 48” x 4 3/4” #1031U

24” x 48” x 4 3/4” #1032
30” x 48” x 4 3/4” #1033U
24” x 36” x 4 3/4” #1034U
36” x 36” x 4 3/4” #1035
40” x 48” x 4 3/4” #1036U

166 SPILL KITS
Breg Box
The Breg Box is designed to hold spill kits or other vehicle and facility emergency
response gear. It is easily attached to most surfaces for use in vehicles, warehouses,
spill stations or fuel islands. Use it in stationary response centers. Its hinged lid
provides easy access and can be locked. Any Breg vehicle spill kit will fit inside.
Breg Box & Kit #90406BB
Breg Box #2537
Yellow Canvas Bags

A high visibility yellow canvas bag provides a durable option for
our vehicle spill kits. Its rugged canvas construction with top
zipper allows easy access. The bag can be stored virtually
anywhere or hung by its handles.
Yellow Canvas Bag #4775
Cab Mount Container

Another spill kit option from Breg. If you’re short on space in your truck cab,
mount this durable spill kit on the outside so it doesn’t use up valuable space
in your cab or sleeper. Mount it in your facility for quick and easy access. The
hard container protects the contents of the kit and has a lockable cap. Kit
includes snakes, mats and personal protection equipment.
Cab Mount Container & Kit #9003CABM

Cab Mount Container #2522
Oily Waste Cans

These 14 gallon, high density, polyethylene Oily Waste Cans offer fire safe temporary storage of
solvent, waste rags, shavings and other materials subject to spontaneous combustion. These
cans will not rust or dent and are resistant to most chemical compounds. They feature a self
closing lid with foot lever. In compliance with OSHA 29 CFR 1910.108 and OSHA 20 CFR
1910.106. Available in red or yellow.
Red #937-FL Yellow #937-FLY
SPILL CONTROL 167
NEW! SpillPallet P3 Plus

Handles up to three (3) 55 gallon drums. This pallet has a 66 gallon sump capacity. Nearly 50% lower than
standard spill pallets, making drum handling safer and less strenuous. Removable grates feature a non-slip
surface. Meets .
Dimensions: 83” x 34 1/2” x 8 3/4”
no drain #9626
with drain #9627
NEW! SpillPallet P4 Nestable

This low-profile, nestable spill pallet reduces shipping costs and storage space. Its large 66 gallon sump captures
including acids and corrosives. Having such a low profile, this pallet makes drum handling safer and easier. The
SPCC, EPA and Uniform Fire
.
Dimensions: 51” x 51” x 10”
no drain #1230
with drain #1231

168 SPILL CONTROL
Non-Skid Industrial Rug
under or around machinery and other hard to reach places. They are great to reduce tracking of dirty fluids from
plant to office aresas. Non-Skid Rugs are made of polypropylene with a vinyl acetate film backing in a dark gray
color. The product will absorb hydrocarbons, water and non-aggressive chemicals.
Non-Skid Industrial Rug , 36” x 50’ #4000
Rhino Rugs
Tough as a rhino’s skin, these sorbent Rhino Rugs keep plant walkways clean and safe. Made of needle punched
these hardy rugs can also be cut to fit in, under or around machinery and other hard to reach places. They’ll
confine and absorb annoying drips and leaks. Rhino Rug is a universal sorbent that will absorb hydrocarbons
hide dirty footprints.
Double Weight 36” x 100’ #4001

Single Weight 36” x 200’ #4002
Drip Pad
Our drip pad is the answer to catching and absorbing common leaks and drips. These durable fabric and mesh
casings are designed to hold Oil-Only Pillows. Insert a pillow in the drip pad and when fully saturated, dispose
slides smoothly on paved surfaces for easy retrieval.
Drip Pad #4069

Case of 16 Oil-Only Pillows #6002
SPILL CONTROL 169
3B Putty & Plugs
Case of 12, 1/2 #9029-12

#9029-6
Bag of 9 Wooden Plugs, 3 sizes #9032
GreaseFeast™
GreaseFeast is a concentrated biocleanser. It uses the
combined actions of naturally occuring bacteria to
dissolve and biologically consume grease and oil.
Unlike dangerous caustic chemicals or ineffective
soaps, GreaseFeast provides safe and effective results
and turns grease and oil into the harmless end prod-
ucts of carbon dioxide and water. The bacteria are
non-toxic, non-corrosive and non-pathogenic to
humans. Use GreaseFeast on numerous applications including mechanical
parts, ship bilges, engines, automobiles and in industrial applications.
1 gallon Container #4014
1 quart Container #4015
Loose Sorbents
EZ-Sorb™
Loose ,heavy, granular texture material made of recycled cellulose. EZ-Sorb™ is
approved for incineration.
40 lb. Bag EZ-Sorb™ #4007
80 lb. in 30 gal. Poly Drum with scoop #4007-30
SpongeDry™
Loose, lightweight with a high sorbency, SpongeDry™ is made of recycled cellulose.
SpongeDry™ is approved for incineration.
25 lb. Bag SpongeDry™ #4008
75 lb. in 30 gal. Poly Drum with scoop #4008-30

170 SPILL CONTROL
Drainseal Plus
Drainseal Plus protects drains and can be left outside for extended periods of time. Stops spills from entering drains
with its urethane bottom layer and its reinforced PVC top layer provides protection from UV exposure and vehicular
traffic. Excellent for use in parking areas, loading docks and other areas with high traffic. Bright yellow in color to
help identify protected drains.
18” x 18” #2166
24” x 24” #2167
36” x 36” #2160
42” x 42” #2161
48” x 48” #2162
54” x 54” #2163
Economy Pop-Up Pools

Simply give these pop-up pools a quick shake and they will instantly expand and are ready for response to any
emergency spill. Its unique foam ring rises with the level of liquid to raise sidewalls. Its compact size allows easy
storage and doesn’t take up much space. All polyethylene construction offers excellent chemical resistance includ-
ing diesel fuel, antifreeze, acids, caustics and corrosives. Helps minimize environ-
mental damage and related clean-up costs. Excellent for response to damaged
saddle tanks and cross-over lines, hazmat spills, leaking containers, machinery and
piping. Reusable after proper decontamination. Sidewalls raise to 12 inches.
66 gallon, Containment Pool #8068

150 gallon, Containment Pool #8153
Breg Spill Basin

This self-inflating spill basin helps prevent environmental damage due to spills or leaks from truck fuel tanks. It’s
compact yet captures and contains fuel leaking from a truck’s punctured fuel tank or ruptured fuel transfer hose.
Helps avoid possible environmental pollution damage resulting from an accidental fuel spill and the potential
litigation from a spill. Made of tough, urethane-coated nylon, this 40” diameter spill containment device has
2” thick and 8” high walls. Will compress into a mere 12”x8”x6” package.
crew-type release valve automatically expands to full size. No need for
CO2 cartridges or air pumps to inflate the basin. Holds 43 gallons of fluid.
Conveniently slips under truck’s fuel tanks to quickly contain and collect
the leaking fuel. Packaged in a clear, vinyl zipper bag for quick retrieval.
43 gallon, Breg Spill Basin #4043
SPILL CONTROL 171
Drain Protector Mats

These mats are constructed of a solid, tacky polyurethane with no fillers that deliver a tough, durable seal using
either side. After using, simply wash, replace plastic film and return to the container until further use is needed.
Drain seal mats are compatible with a wider range of chemicals and substances than rubbers and plastics. It is
often more suitable when coming into contact with certain solvents, oils and chemicals.
18” x 18” #1213

24” x 24” #1217
36” x 36” #1218
42” x 42” #1216
48” x 48” #1219
GutterGuards
Keep sediment and other debris out of curb inlets with GutterGuards. Made of 100% recycled material, these
guards are reusable. Just remove, clean and store properly until needed again. They are built to allow water to
pass through overflow ports during major rainfall events. No
stakes, weights or hardware required for installation. Simply
place in front of curb inlet assuring at least 12” overlap on
each side. Helps comply with NPDES, 40 CFR 122.26 (1999)
and TMDL requirements.
9” x 8’ #9320
9” x 10’ #9321
9” x 12’ #9322
InletGuards
Protect drains and inlets without lifting any grates. InletGuards keep dirt, sediment, trash and debris out of drains.
The low profile design and built in magnets can be driven over and are unobtrusive to traffic and personnel. To
reuse just remove, shake off excess dirt, silt and sediment and put
back in place or store properly. Heavy-duty, reinforced material
allows up to 192 gal/ft2/min through drains. Grate-Only model with
overflow port, sediment model.
2’ x 2’ (with overflow port) #9160

2’ x 3’ #9161
2’ x 4’ #9162
Curb Style Also Available.

172 Informational Plaques
DISCHARGE OF OIL PROHIBITED Oil Discharge Plaque
THE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT PROHIBITS
THE DISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO OR UPON THE
Meets Federal Standards.
NAVIGABLE WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES, OR THE WATERS Required on all boats 26 feet and over
BE
OF THE CONTIGUOUS ZONE, OR WHICH MAY AFFECT NATURAL
RESOURCES BELONG TO, APPERTAINING TO, OR UNDER THE EX- with enclosed engine compartment.
CLUSIVE MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY OF THE UNITED STATES.
Adhesive backing, Easy to apply.
COMPLIANT
IF SUCH DISCHARGE CAUSES A FILM OR DISCOLORATION OF THE
SURFACE OF THE WATER OR CAUSES A SLUDGE OR EMULSION White text on black background.
BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER. VIOLATORS ARE
SUBJECT TO SUBSTANTIAL CIVIL PENALTIES AND/OR Measures 8” x 5”
CRIMINAL SANCTIONS INCLUDING FINES AND IMPRISONMENT.
THE DISCHARGE OF PLASTIC OR GARBAGE MIXED WITH PLASTIC INTO ANY WATERS IS
PROHIBITED. THE DISCHARGE OF ALL GARBAGE IS PROHIBITED IN THE NAVIGABLE Pollution Control Plaque
WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES AND, IN ALL OTHER WATERS, WITHIN THREE NAUTICAL
MILES OF THE NEAREST LAND. Do your part to prevent pollution from boats!
THE DISCHARGE OF
DUNNAGE, LINING, AND
OTHER UNGROUND
GARBAGE MAY BE
OTHER GARBAGE GROUND
TO LESS THAN ONE INCH
Comply with federal rules now requiring all boats over 26 feet to display
PACKING MATERIALS THAT
FLOAT IS PROHIBITED WITH
DISCHARGED BEYOND
12 NAUTICAL MILES FROM
MAY BE DISCHARGED
BEYOND THREE
overboard discharge laws. Don’t risk potential criminal and civil fines!
25 NAUTICAL MILES FROM
THE NEAREST LAND.
THE NEAREST LAND. NAUTICAL MILES OF
THE NEAREST LAND. Adhesive backing, Easy to apply.
A PERSON WHO VIOLATES THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS IS LIABLE FOR A CIVIL PENALTY
OF UP TO $25,000. A FINE OF UP TO $50,000 AND IMPRISONMENT FOR UP TO FIVE
Black text on white background. Measures 9-1/4” x 4-1/2”
YEARS FOR EACH VIOLATION. REGIONAL, STATE, AND LOCAL RESTRICTIONS ON GARBAGE
DISCHARGES ALSO MAY APPLY.
THE DISCHARGE OF ALL GARBAGE INTO No Dumping Plaque

THE GREAT LAKES OR THEIR CONNECTING OR Keep your boat in compliance
TRIBUTARY WATERS IS PROHIBITED.
A PERSON WHO VIOLATES THE ABOVE
Federal rules require all boats on the Great Lakes over 26 feet in length to
REQUIREMENT IS LIABLE FOR A CIVIL PENALTY display an adequate number of “No Dumping” laws.
OF UP TO $25,000, OR A CRIMINAL FINE OF Adhesive backing, Easy to apply.
UP TO $50,000, AND IMPRISONMENT FOR
UP TO FIVE YEARS FOR EACH VIOLATIONS. Black text on white background. Measures 9” x 4”
Drug Plaque
WARNING
NO ILLEGAL DRUGS
Avoid the risk of arrest and seizure
The United States Coast Guard maintains a zero tolerance drug policy. It’s
ALLOWED ABOARD THIS VESSEL IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE UNITED STATES recommended for all commercial vessels!
COAST GUARD ZERO TOLERANCE POLICIES.
____________________________________________________ Adhesive backing, Easy to apply.
Black text on yellow background. Measures 6-3/4” x 4”
FEDERAL LAWS PROVIDING FOR THE SEIZURE AND FORFEITURE OF VESSELS CARRYING ILLEGAL DRUGS.
EVEN IN TRACE AMOUNTS, ARE 19 U.S.C. 1585A, 21 U.S.C. 881 AND 49 U.S.C. 782.
ARRESTS OF INDIVIDUALS ARE MADE UNDER 21 U.S.C. 844, 21 U.S.C. 852 AND 21 U.S.C. 953.
Injury Report Plaque

REPORT ALL INJURIES Injury Report Plaque
UNITED STATES LAW, 46 UNITED STATES CODE
10603, REQUIRES EACH SEAMAN ON A FISHING Now required on some boats by the United States Coast Guard.
VESSEL, FISH PROCESSING VESSEL, OR FISH Adhesive backing, Easy to apply.
TENDER VESSEL TO NOTIFY THE MASTER OR Black text on white. Measures 8-5/8” x 5-7/8”
INDIVIDUAL IN CHARGE OF THE VESSEL OR TO
THEIR AGENT OF THE EMPLOYER REGARDING ANY
ILLNESS, DISABILITY, OR INJURY SUFFERED BY
THE SEAMAN WHEN IN SERVICE TO THE VESSEL
NOT LATER THAN SEVEN DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON
WHICH THE ILLNESS, DISABILITY, OR INJURY AROSE.
General Alarm Plaque

ATTENTION GENERAL ALARM Keep your boat in compliance
Required on some commercial vessels by the United
WHEN ALARM SOUNDS States Coast Guard, these non-corrosive, molded plastic
plaques are easy to mount on almost any clean surface.
GO TO YOUR STATION Adhesive backing, Easy to apply.
Red text on white. Measures 13” x 4”
Informational Plaques 173
Caution
CAUTION. Close WARNING NOT TO BE USED
seacock’s when BACKING BOAT DOWN HARD WITH PEDESTAL
MAY FORCE WATER INTO GENERATOR
Close Seacocks boat is unattended. IF NOT IN OPERATION
When Boat is unattended Not to be used
Measures 4” x 2” WARNING. Backing boat down hard with pedestal.
Caution White on Red or may force water into generator if Measures 3-1/4” x 1”
Close Seacocks Black on Yellow not in operation. Black on Yellow
NOTICE
When Boat is unattended Measures 4-1/4” x 1-1/4”
Black on Yellow BEFORE STARTING ENGINE
OPERATE BLOWER 5 MIN.
WARNING
WARNING. To minimize shock and fire hazard.
1. Turn off shoreline breaker at A.C. switching panel before NOTICE. Before Starting
TO MINIMIZE SHOCK AND FIRE HAZARD: Engine Operate Blower
1. TURN OFF SHORELINE BREAKER AT connecting or disconnecting shoreline cord set.
A.C. SWITCHING PANEL BEFORE 2. Connect shoreline cord set at boat first. 5 Min.
CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING
3. Disconnect shoreline cord set at shore outlet first. Measures 3-1/4” x 1”
SHORELINE CORD SET. Black on Orange
2. C ONNECT SHORELINE CORD SET AT 4. Secure receptacle covers when not in use.
BOAT FIRST.
3. D ISCONNECT SHORELINE CORD SET AT Measures 3-3/4” x 3-1/4” White on Red SEAT NOT TO BE USED
SHORE OUTLET FIRST.
4. S ECURE RECEPTACLE COVERS WHEN WHEN BOAT IS UNDER POWER
NOT IN USE.
Seat not to be used when
WARNING boat is under power.
DANGER Leaking Fuel is a Fire Hazard
Inspect System at least Annually
Measures 3-3/8” x 1”
Black on Yellow
TRANSOM DOOR MUST BE CLOSED
SLING
AND SECURE WHEN ENGINE IS RUNNING
WARNING. Leaking fuel is a fire haz-

DANGER. Transom door ard. Inspect system at least annually.
must be closed and secure Measures 4” x 2” White on Red SLING
when engine is running. Measures 3” x 1”
Black on White
Measures 4-3/8” x 1-3/8”
DANGER
White on Red
WARNING AVOID PERSONAL INJURY
KEEP AWAY WHEN
Discharging of waste within the 3 DO NOT SWIM BEHIND BOAT WHILE ENGINES ARE RUNNING
miles U.S. coastal limit is prohibited DANGER. Avoid Personal

by federal law. Shut off valve must be
ENGINES OR GENERATOR ARE RUNNING. Injury. KEEP AWAY when
secured closed within U.S. Waters. SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH MAY OCCUR engines are running.
Discharging of waste within
FROM THE PROP OR ASPHYXIATION FROM Measures
3-1/4” x 1-1/4”
the 3 mile U.S. coastal limit is CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING. White on Red
prohibited by federal law. Shut
off valve must be secured closed
within U.S. Waters. WARNING.
Measures 3-1/2” x 1-1/2” DO NOT SWIM BEHIND BOAT WHILE Caution
Disconnect shore water
White on Red ENGINES OR GENERATOR ARE RUNNING. When Boat is unattended
WARNING SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH MAY OCCUR or occupant sleeping
DO NOT USE GASOLINE FROM THE PROP OR ASPHYXIATION CAUTION. Disconnect shore
WITH ALCOHOL ADDITIVES FROM CARBON MONOXIDE POISONING. power when boat is unattended
WARNING. Do not use gasoline with Measures 8” x 5” or occupant is sleeping.
alcohol additives. Measures 4-1/4” Black on Orange Measures 4” x 2”
x 1-1/4” Black on Yellow Black on Yellow
174 SPILL CONTROL
Basic Sponge™
the all-purpose absorbent product. It will handle most common industrial fluids, water, oil,
super absorbent fibers for maximum absorbency. Can be wrung out to reclaim fluid and
incinerated with low ash. Basic Sponge™ does not float on water.
Basic Pillows
fluids, paint, alcohol - just about anything! Place these under machines to absorb leaks and drips. The pillows are
Item # Description Size Qty/Case Gal/Case

2001 Pillow 17”x17” 18 27.5
2015A Pillow 18”x24” 15 34.3
Basic Mini-Pillow & Mini-Pillow in a Pan

Mini Pillows are made with the same quality and durability as their larger cousin. They catch drips and leaks where
poly pan. The mini-pillow fits snugly in the pan and when it’s fully saturated, simply discard it and replace with a
new one.
2002 Pillow-in-a-Pan 10”x10”, 10” 20/10 12
2003 Mini-Pillow 8”x11” 30 17.5
Basic Snakes & Booms

Basic Snakes and Booms are designed with a “hairy” skin that draws the fluid to the center so it won’t leak out.
The durable fabric and hand sewn seams keep them from snagging and tearing due to rough environments.

2007 Tube 3”x48” 20 25
2007A Tube 3”x48” 40 50
2008 Tube 3”x18” 30 12.8
2009 Boom 4”x10’ 4 20.5
SPILL CONTROL 175
MRO Economy Mats & Rolls

These gray mats and rolls are made of standard meltblown polypropylene. The fibrous texture
grabs fluids and brings them into the center of the mat. These products are treated to absorb
Item # Description Size Qty/Case Gal/Case water based fluids and oils.
5409 Single Weight Mat 15”x18” 200 21.2
5410 Double Weight Mat 15”x18” 100 21.2
5411 Double Weight Roll 30”x150’ 1 38.3
MRO Fine Fiber Rolls

surface they’re placed on. This line absorbs non-aggressive fluids such as water, glycols and hydraulic fluid. Rolls
30” rolls perforated 17” x 7 1/2”, 15” rolls perforated 17” x 15”.
54122 Double Weight Roll 15”x150’ 2 48
MRO DuraMat
Made of spunbond and fine fiber polypropylene, this mat has 2 separate surface
textures. One side is slick and abrasion resistant and the other is soft and super
absorbent. DuraMAT can be used for virtually any in-plant application. Once this
mat is slightly saturated it takes on a gripping characteristic. Dimpled.
MRO CamoRoll
MRO Folded Roll

This roll is pre-folded and can be used like a snake when folded or like a mat or roll when unfolded. It is perforated
every 17” and has a spunbond outer covering that resists abrasions and absorbs quickly. Dimpled and perforated
at 18” x 5 1/2”.
5750 Double Weight Mat 15”x150’ 1 6.8

176 SPILL CONTROL
Oil-Only Sponge™
Breg’s Oil-Only line is identified with a blue logo on the product. This line is designed to
absorb hydrocarbons such as oil, gasoline, diesel fuel and kerosene while repelling water.
These products float in water, even when fully saturated. All of our oil-only pillows, snakes
and booms have a loop or eyelet for easy retrieval and deployment.
Oil-Only Pillows, Mini-Pillows & Mini-Pillow in a Pan

These pillows are filled with highly absorbent polypropylene fibers. They
absorb oils and fuels while floating. Deploy them on a body of water, in rinse
tanks or in oil-water separators. The 17”x17” pillow is divided into three
sections to maintain even distribution of the filler and to maximize absorbtion.
6002 Pillow 17”x17” 16 21.6
6004 Mini-Pillow 8”x11” 30 12.8
6019 Pillow in a Pan 10”x10”/10” 20/10 12
Oil-Only Snakes & Booms

Use oil-only snakes around machinery and equipment for everyday maintenace or in tandem with Booms in an

6003 Snake 3”x48” 12 12.9
6005 Mini-Snake 3”x18” 30 12.8
6006 SNAKEBoom 4”x10’ 3 17.3
Oil-Only WaterBROOM™
Our WaterBROOM™ is designed to absorb and contain hydrocarbons on water surfaces for prolonged periods of
PVC coated skin is extremely durable and UV resistant. WaterBROOM™ has unique male and female couplings that
connect to prevent gapping.
6001 WaterBROOM 5”x10’ 2 16
SPILL CONTROL 177
Oil-Only LandSHARK
For use on land or water. The LandSHARK is made of a durable polypropylene casing with polypropylene filler. Great
for controlling groundwater runoff! These booms have rope loops at each end that support nearly 70 lbs. when fully

6008 LandSHARK 5”x10’ 4 28.8
Oil-Only BilgeBOOM
Perfect for sumps and bilges, this small boom will fit into difficult to reach places and is easily retrieved by loops
on each end. BilgeBoom absorbs petroleum based fluids such as diesel fuel, engine oil, gasoline and transmission
fluids but repels water. Made with a double skin, this boom wont tear or shed its filler. Each BilgeBoom absorbs 1

6015 BilgeBOOM 4”x19” 10 10
Oil-Only Non-Shed Booms

Ideal for use on water, these booms soak up petroleum based fluids and repel water. The double wall casing insures
booms together to form any length using their heavy duty snaps and rings. Floats even when fully saturated.

6016 WhaleBOOM 8”x10’ 4 58
6018 SHARKBoom 5”x10’ 4 28

178 SPILL CONTROL
Oil-Only Economy Mats & Rolls
These white mats and rolls have a fibrous texture that draw hydrocarbon-based fluids
into the center of pad or roll while repelling water.
Oil-Only Blanket Mat

Oil-Only Blanket Mats provide larger sorption surface area for quick and efficient
clean up. These white mats have a fibrous texture that draw oils into the center
of the pad and repels water simultaneously.

7303 Double Weight Mat 30”x36” 50 50
Oil-Only Fine Fiber Rolls

Fine Fiber polypropylene is a soft, super absorbent fiber. These
composites absorb quickly, remove sheen from plant floors and
grip the surface they’re placed on. A thin layer on each side is
thermally bonded to the standard meltblown polypropylene.
This line absorbs oil-only while repelling water. Dimpled and
perforated. Choose from one 30” roll or two 15” rolls. 30” rolls
perforated 17” x 7 1/2”, 15” rolls perforated 17” x 15”.
Oil-Only Static Resistant Mats & Rolls

Some spills require special attention to the type of sorbent used. These oil-only,
static resistant mats and roll resist flammability and static charge build up.
Packaged in a conductive plastic bag to dissipate static electricity.
Starts absorbing immediately!

7400/50 Double Weight Mat 15”x18” 50 26.5
SPILL CONTROL 179
Oil-Only DuraMat

Oil-Only SMF Rolls
mat. Dimpled and perforated.


Oil-Only Top Mop

Keep the tops of your 55 gallon drums clean. This double weight mat is die-cut for an exact fit on the drum. Will
absorb any oil that drips from a pump or is spilled when filling the drum. 1 bung hole cut out. Dimpled.
7014 Double Weight Mat 22” Dia. 25 7.5

180 SPILL CONTROL
Universal Sponge™
Breg’s Universal line is identified with a red logo on the product. This line is designed to absorb aggresive chemicals
such as acids and caustics. The polypropylene filler has been treated with a surfactant that allows the filler to absorb
aggressive and non-agressive fluids. The skin is a hairy, needle punched polypropylene that provides terrific wicking
action. When you’re not sure of the fluid don’t take chances!
Universal Pillows & Mini-Pillows

5001 Pillow 17”x17” 16 16
5021 Mini Pillow 8”x11” 30 9.1
Universal Snakes
fast absorbency. They can easily be molded and shaped to fit around machinery.
5003 Snake 3”x48” 12 12
Uni-Boom
Similar to our universal snakes, the UniBoom has a hairy skin that provides fast absorbency when dealing with

5004 Uni-Boom 4”x10’ 3 12
SPILL CONTROL 181
Universal Straight Meltblown Mats

These mats are yellow in color to signal caution. Universal mats
will absorb all types of fluids from common industrial fluids to
hazardous fluids such as acids and caustics. 30” rolls perforated
17” x 7 1/2”, 15” rolls perforated 17” x 15”.
Universal Fine Fiber Rolls

quickly and remove the sheen off surfaces. These mats and rolls will absorb most aggressive fluids and
non-aggressive fluids.

Universal Top Mop

aggressive fluids that drip from pumps or are spilled when filling. 1 bung hole cut out.
5008 Double Weight Mat 22” Dia. 25 7.5

182 Spill Kits
Clear, Vinyl Zipper Bags allow you to see the contents of your kit for fast access in emergency situations!
Large Vinyl Zipper Bag Kits

15”x18”x6”, Clear, Vinyl Zipper Bag
Medium Vinyl Zipper Bag Kits

Small Vinyl Zipper Bag Kits

9 1/2”x3”, Clear, Vinyl Zipper Bag
Mixed Fluids Kit

Large Vinyl Zipper Bag Kits
Mixed Fluids Kit

Medium Vinyl Zipper Bag Kits
15”x18”x4”, Clear Vinyl Zipper Bag
SPILL KITS 183
Mixed Fluids Oil-Only Universal

for oils, solvents and water for oil, repels water for aggressive chemicals
#9040LGVZB #9003LGVZB #9004LGVZB
Contents: Contents: Contents:
3 Basic Snakes #2007 3 Oil-Only Snakes #6003 3 Universal Snakes #5003
30 Oil-Only Mats #7301 30 Oil-Only Mats #7301 30 Universal Mats #5309
1 1 1 Goggles #3409
1 Set of 9 Plugs #9032 1 Set of 9 Plugs #9032 1 Pair of Silver Gloves #3408
1 Goggles #3409 1 Goggles #3409 1 Hazmat Disposal Bags #4501
1 Pair of Gloves #3401 1 Pair of Gloves #3401
2 Disposal Bags #4500 2 Disposal Bags #4500
#9040MDVZB #9003MDVZB #9004MDVZB
1 1 1 Goggles #3409
#9040SMVZB #9003SMVZB #9004SMVZB

1 1 1 Goggles #3409
#90406
Contents:
3 Basic Snakes #2007
Your “First Line of Defense” is a Breg Spill Kit. It
20 Oil-Only Mats #7301 stands ready to help you be in control. Breg offers
10 Universal Mats #5309 a wide variety of spill kits in stock for immediate
1
1 Set of 9 Plugs #9032
shipment to you.
1 Goggles #3409
1 Pair of Gloves #3401
2 Disposal Bags #4500
#904061
Contents:
2 Basic Snakes #2007
10 Oil-Only Mats #7301
10 Universal Mats #5309
1
1 Set of 9 Plugs #9032
1 Goggles #3409
1 Pair of Gloves #3401
2 Disposal Bags #4500

184 SPILL KITS
Perfect for facility spill clean ups! Whether you’re looking to clean up small or extra large spills!
6.5 Gallon Pail

White with Blue Screw-Top Lid
20 Gallon Lab Pack

Yellow with Screw-Top Lid
30 Gallon Drum
Yellow with Screw-Tip Lid
55 Gallon Drum
Blue with Lever-Locking Lid
65 Gallon Overpack
SPILL KITS 185

for oils, solvents and water for oil, repels water for aggresive chemicals
#9040-6.5 #9003-6.5 #9004-6.5
20 Basic Mats #5409 20 Oil-Only Mats #7301 20 Universal Mats #5309
1 Goggles #3409 1 Goggles #3409 1 Goggles #3409
1 Pair of Gloves #3401 1 Pair of Gloves #3401 1 Pair of Silver Gloves #3408
1 Disposal Bags #4500 1 Disposal Bag #4500 1 Hazmat Disposal Bags #4501
1 1 1 2.5 lb. Spill-X-A #2536
1 Set of 9 Plugs #9032 1 Set of 9 Plugs #9032
#9040-20 #9003-20 #9004-20
2 Basic Pillow #2001 2 Oil-Only Pillows #6002 2 Universal Pillows #5001
1 Basic SnakeBoom #2009 1 Oil-Only Snake Boom #6006 1 Uni-Boom #5004
2 Disposal Bags #4500 2 Disposal Bags #4500 2 Hazmat Disposal Bags #4501
#9040-30 #9003-30 #9004-30

#9040-55 #9003-55 #9004-55

4 Basic SnakeBoom #2009 4 Oil-Only LandSHARK #6008 4 Uni-Boom #5004
#9040-65 #9003-65 #9004-65


186 SPILL KITS
Perfect for facility spill clean ups! For large spills, mobile kits or to store near battery storage!
95 Gallon Overpack
Great for outdoor use! This extra large drum

holds sorbents for the largest spills.
Caddy Spill Kits

In a large, gray, caddy kart.
Mobile! Quickly roll sorbents directly

to the spill. Available in oil-only or
universal only.
With Spill-X-A
With Baking Soda
SPILL KITS 187

for oils, solvents and water for oil, repels water for aggresive chemicals
#9040-95 #9003-95 #9004-95
6 Basic Pillows #2001 6 Oil-Only Pillows #6002 6 Universal Pillows #5001
#9003Caddy #9004Caddy
Contents: Contents:
10 Oil-Only Mini-Pillows #6004 10 Universal Mini-Pillows #5021
5 Oil-Only Snakes #6003 4 Universal Snakes #5003
2 Oil-Only Snake Boom #6006 2 Uni-Boom #5004
30 Oil-Only Mats #7302 30 Universal Mats #5310
50 Wipes 2
2 1 Emergency Response Guide
1 Emergency Response Guide 1 Goggles #3409
1 Goggles #3409 2 Pair of Gloves
2 Pair of Gloves #3401 2 Hazmat Disposal Bags #4501
2 Disposal Bags #4500 2 Cable Ties
2 Cable Ties
DISPOSAL NOTICE:
Contents:
Proper storage and disposal guidelines should be followed whenever
2 Universal Snakes #5003
using SPONGE™ sorbent products. The handling, storage and
disposal of this product may be governed by state, local and/
1 Goggles #3409
1 Pair of Silver Gloves #3408
1 2.5 lb. Spill-X-A #2536
disposal of the product when saturated as well as compliance with
1 Broom/Dustpan #2005
or other qualified personnel for disposal treatment or spill saturated 5 Hazmat Disposal Bags #4501
product.
Contents:
2 Universal Snakes #5003
1 Goggles #3409
1 Pair of Silver Gloves #3408
1 1 lb. Baking Soda #4050
1 Broom/Dustpan #2005
5 Hazmat Disposal Bags #4501

188 SPILL KITS
OPA ‘90 Spill Kits
OPA ‘90 Emergency Spill kits handle on-deck oil spills as required by OPA
territory waters to have oil discharge removal equipment on board for

on-deck oil spills. Vessels with an overall length of 400 feet or less must be
able to contain and remove on-deck spills of at least 7 barrels (294 gallons).
Vessels over 400 feet have an increased requirement of 12 barrels (504
gallons).
OPA ‘90 specifies the following equipment:

Sorbents, Non-Sparking Hand Scoops and Shovels, Buckets, Container
Suitable for Holding Recovered Waste, Emulsifiers for deck cleaning,
Breg kits are in total compliance with the U.S. Department of
Equipment for vessels carrying oil.
California waters (CA Senate Bill 1644).
SPILL KITS 189
OPA ‘90 - 12 Barrel Kit #9050.12

Contents:
4 95 Gallon Polyethylene, Yellow Overpacks
2 6.5 Gallon Polyethylene Buckets
56 Oil-Only Pillows, 17”x17”
66 Oil-Only Snakes, 3”x48”
20 Oil-Only Booms, 5”x10’
1000 Oil-Only Mats, 15”x18”
2 Polyethylene Scoops, Non-Spark
2 Shovels, Non-Spark
1 Non-Sparking Pump
5 Tychem QC Coveralls
5 Pairs of Safety Goggles
6 Pairs of Nitrile Gloves
5 Face Masks
30 Disposal Bags
30 Vinyl Ties 8”
OPA ‘90 - 7 Barrel Kit #9050.7

Contents:
3 95 Gallon Polyethylene, Yellow Overpacks
2 6.5 Gallon Polyethylene Buckets
40 Oil-Only Pillows, 17”x17”
30 Oil-Only Snakes, 3”x48”
12 Oil-Only Booms, 5”x10’
600 Oil-Only Mats, 15”x18”
2 Poly Scoops, Non-Spark
2 Shovels, Non-Spark, 12”x10”x39”
1 Non-Sparking Pump
5 Tychem QC Coveralls
5 Pairs of Safety Goggles
5 Pairs of Nitrile Gloves
5 Respirator Masks
1 Biosolve
20 Disposal Bags, 36”x50”x6 mil.
20 Vinyl Ties 8”

190 Pumps Categories and uses
lightweight pumps 191

192 general purpose pumps
GENERAL PURPOSE PUMPS 193

194 HIGH-PRESSURE PUMPS
multi-purpose pump 195

196 trash pumps
trash pumps 197

198 DIAPHRAGM PUMP
SUBMERSIBLE WATER PUMPS 199

200 WATER PUMP SPECIFICATIONS
DeWatering
LIGHTWEIGHT GENERAL PURPOSE HIGH PRESSURE
Model WX10K1A WX15AX2 WB20XK2 WB30XK2 WH15XK1 WH20XK1A
Honda 4-stroke, GX25 GXH50 GX120 GX160 GX120 GX160
single cylinder, air cooled engine OHV OHV OHV OHV OHV OHV
Displacement 25cc 49cc 118cc 163cc 118cc 163cc
Compression ratio 8.0:1 8.0:1 8.5:1 8.5:1 8.5:1 8.5:1
Honda Oil Alert® N/A Std Std Std N/A N/A
Pump type Lightweight Lightweight General Purpose General Purpose High Pressure High Pressure
Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal
Self-priming Self-priming Self-priming Self-priming Self-priming Self-priming
Volute Aluminum Aluminum Rigid Mounted Rigid Mounted Rigid Mounted Rigid Mounted
Cast Iron Cast Iron Cast Iron Cast Iron
Impeller Aluminum Aluminum Cast Iron Cast Iron Cast Iron Cast Iron
Mechanical Seal Carbon/Ceramic Carbon/Ceramic Silicone Carbide/ Silicone Carbide/ Carbon/Ceramic Carbon/Ceramic
(Pump case/impeller) Silicone Carbide Silicone Carbide
Priming time 80 sec. at 16.4 ft. 120 sec. at 16.4 ft. 110 sec. at 16.4 ft. 150 sec. at 16.4 ft. 40 sec. at 16.4 ft. 60 sec. at 16.4 ft.
Drive system Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct
Discharge capacity 37 gal/min 72 gal/min 152 gal/min 275 gal/min 115 gal/min 134 gal/min
Suction port diameter 1.0” NPT 1.5” NPT 2” NPT 3” NPT 1.5” NPT 2” NPT
Discharge port diameter 1.0” NPT 1.5” NPT 2” NPT 3” NPT 1.5” NPT 2” NPT
Total head lift 118 ft. 125 ft. 92 ft. 85 ft. 127 ft. 141 ft.
Suction head lift 26 ft. 26 ft. 26 ft. 26 ft. 26 ft. 26 ft.
Maximum pressure 51 psi 54 psi 40 psi 37 psi 55 psi 61 psi
Solids handling N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Dimensions (LxWxH) 12.8” x 8.7” x 11.8” 12.8” x 10.8” x 14.8” 17.9” x 14.4” x 16.5” 20.1”x 15.2” x 17.9” 16.3” x 14.2” x 15.9” 16.7” x 14.8” x 15.9”
Dry weight 13.4 lbs. 19.8 lbs. 46 lbs. 60 lbs. 48.5 lbs. 51.8 lbs.
3-Year Limited Residential and • • • •
Commercial Warranty
Construction Construction Multi-Purpose Multi-Purpose
TRASH TRASH DIAPHRAGM DIAPHRAGM
Model WT20XK3A WT30XK3A WT40XK2A WDP30XK1AT WMP20XA
Honda 4-stroke, GX160 GX240 GX340 GX120 GX160
single cylinder, air cooled engine OHV OHV OHV OHV OHV
Displacement 163cc 242cc 337cc 118cc 163cc
Compression Ratio 8.5:1 8.2:1 8.0:1 8.5:1 8.5:1
Honda Oil Alert® STD STD STD STD STD
Pump type Trash Trash Trash Multi-Purpose
Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Diaphragm Centrifugal
Self-priming Self-priming Self-priming Self-priming Self-priming
Volute Rigid Mounted Rigid Mounted Rigid Mounted Rigid Mounted
Cast Iron w/ Cast Iron w/ Cast Iron w/ N/A Fiberglass Reinforced
Stainless Wear Plate Stainless Wear Plate Stainless Wear Plate Polyester
Impeller Conical Cast Iron Conical Cast Iron Conical Cast Iron N/A Fiberglass Reinforced
Polyester
Mechanical seal Silicone Carbide/ Silicone Carbide/ Silicone Carbide/ N/A Carbon/Ceramic
(Pump case/impeller) Silicone Carbide Silicone Carbide Silicone Carbide
Priming time 70 sec. at 16.4 ft. 100 sec. at 16.4 ft. 160 sec. at 16.4 ft. 20 sec. at 20.0 ft. 65 sec. at 16.4 ft.
Drive system Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct
Discharge capacity 187 gal/min 319 gal/min 433 gal/min 80 gal/min 220 gal/min
Suction port diameter 2” NPT 3” NPT 4” NPT 3” NPT 2” NPT
Discharge port diameter 2” NPT 3” NPT 4” NPT 3” NPT 2” NPT
Total head lift 98 ft. 89 ft. 85 ft. 50 ft. 105 ft.
Suction head lift 26 ft. 26 ft. 26 ft. 24 ft.** 26 ft.
Maximum pressure 42 psi 39 psi 37 psi N/A 45 psi
Solids handling 13/16 inches 1 1/16 inches 1 1/16 inches 2.4” N/A
Dimensions (LxWxH) 24.4” x 18.1” x 18.3” 26.0” x 19.5” x 20.3” 28.9” x 21.1” x 22.2” 31.5” x 30.5” x 25.7”* 20.5” x 15.7” x 17.7”
Dry weight 104 lbs. 132 lbs. 172 lbs. 163 lbs. 56 lbs.
3-Year Limited Residential and
Commercial Warranty * With handlebar over engine **16 ft dry, 24 ft primed
WATER PUMP SPECIFICATIONS 201
Submersible
Model WSP33K1AA WSP53AA WSP73AA WSP50AA WSP100AA
Pump Type Submersible Submersible Submersible Submersible Submersible
Standard Standard Standard Trash pump Trash pump
Starting Type Automatic Automatic Automatic Automatic Automatic
Casing Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Motor (HP) 1/3 1/2 3/4 1/2 1
Voltage 115 115 115 115 115
Starting amps 10 36 48 34 47
Running amps 4 9 12.2 8.3 11.1
Duty Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous
Motor insulation Class F Class F Class F Class F Class F
Overheat protection Built-In Thermal Built-In Thermal Built-In Thermal Built-In Thermal Built-In Thermal
Automatic Reset Automatic Reset Automatic Reset Automatic Reset Automatic Reset
Discharge capacity 40 gal/min 70 gal/min 74 gal/min 110 gal/min 150 gal/min
Max. head (feet) 25 44 54 32 42
Port diameter ( inches) 1.25 FNPT 1.5 FNPT † 1.5 FNPT † 2.0 FNPT 2.0 FNPT
Maximum psi 11 psi 19 psi 23 psi 14 psi 18 psi
Solids handling 0.375” 0.375” 0.375” 2.0” 2.0”
Impeller Glass-filled Noryl Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Single Channel Single Channel
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Seals Mechanical Upper Seal Tandem Mechanical Tandem Mechanical Tandem Mechanical Tandem Mechanical
Lip Lower Seal Carbon/Ceramic- Carbon/Ceramic- Carbon/Ceramic- Carbon/Ceram- Carbon/Ceram-
upper SIC/SIC-lower upper SIC/SIC-lower upper SIC/SIC-lower upper SIC/SIC-lower
Cord length (feet) 20 50 50 25 25
Cord type Heavy-Duty 115V Heavy-Duty 115V Heavy-Duty 115V Heavy-Duty 115V Heavy-Duty 115V
Dimensions (WxH) 6.4” x 10.3” 8.3” x 17.2” 8.3” x 17.2” 9.0” x 21.5” 9.0” x 22.8”
Pump diameter 6.4” 8.3” 8.3” 9.0” 9.0”
Dry weight (lbs.) 11 lbs. 27 lbs. 27 lbs. 36 lbs. 41 lbs.
WMP20XA Approved Pumping Applications

Industrial Chemicals
Acetic Acid, 20% Ethylene Glycol Magnesium Nitrate Potassium Sulfate Sodium Sulfate
Aluminum Sulfate Fatty Acids Magnesium Sulfate Soaps (neutral) Stearic Acid
Ammonium Nitrate Ferric Nitrate Maleic Acid Sodium Acetate Sulfuric Acid, 0-29%
Ammonium Sulfate Ferric Sulfate Nickel Chloride Sodium Bicarbonate Tartaric Acid
Barium Sulfate Ferrous Sulfate Nickel Sulfate Sodium Bisulfate Vinegar
Borax (Sodium Borate) Formaldehyde, 40% Oleic Acid Sodium Carbonate, 10% Water (clear)
Calcium Chloride* Glycerine (Gycerol) Phosphoric Acid, 0-80% Sodium Chlorate Water (salt)
Citric Acid Lactic Acid Potassium Carbonate Sodium Chloride Zinc Sulfate
Copper Sulfate Lead Acetate Potassium Chloride Sodium Nitrate
Detergents (general) Magnesium Chloride Potassium Nitrate Sodium Silicate
*Temperature does not exceed 27°C (80°F).
Agricultural Chemicals
Aatrex Banvel Dual Lasso Phosphoric Round-Up
Amiben Basagran Eradicane URAN Solutions Acid Solutions Sutan
Ammonium Thiosulfate Bicep Extrazine Modown Poly-N Treflan
Avenge Bladex Larsban N-Serve 24 Ranger Vernam
• Do not use the WMP20XA for pumping liquids for human consumption.
• After each use, drain the pump housing into a suitable container and flush with fresh water.
• The temperature operating range of the pump is between -7 and 54°C (20 and 130°F).
† 2” adaptor included

202 PUMP ACCESSORIES
Motivation has Honda Pumps

and accessories in stock
generators 203

204 SUPER QUIET SERIES
DELUXE SERIES 205

206 ECONOMY SERIES
INDUSTRIAL SERIES 207

208 SUPER QUIET
SPECIFICATIONS EU1000iA2 EU2000iA Companion† EU3000isA EU6500isA
Engine Honda GXH50 Honda GX100 Honda GX200 Honda GX390
Single cylinder, Single cylinder, Single cylinder, Single cylinder,

overhead valve, air-cooled overhead cam, air-cooled overhead valve, air-cooled overhead valve, air-cooled
Displacement 50cc 98.5cc 196cc 389cc
AC output 120V 1000W max. (8.3A) 120V 2000W max. (16.7A) 120V 3000W max. (25A) 120/240V
900W rated (7.5A) 1600W rated (13.3A) 2800W rated (23.3A) 6500W max. (54.1/27.1A)
5500W rated (45.8/22.9A)
Receptacles B C / F, J† C, F C, F, H
DC output 12V, 96W (8A) 12V, 96W (8A) 12V, 144W (12A) N/A
Starting system Recoil Recoil Recoil, electric Recoil, electric
Fuel tank capacity 0.6 gal. 1.1 gal. / .95gal.† 3.4 gal. 4.5 gal.
Run time per tankful 3.8 hrs. @ rated load, 4hrs. @ rated load, 7.2 hrs. @ rated load, 4.7 hrs. @ rated load,
8.3 hrs. @ 1/4 load 15.0 hrs. @ 1/4 load 20.0 hrs. @ 1/4 load 14.0 hrs. @ 1/4 load
Dimensions (L x W x H) 17.7” x 9.4” x 15.0” 20.1” x 11.4” x 16.7” 25.8” x 18.9” x 22.4” 33.5” x 26.4” x 27.5”
Noise level 59 dB @ rated load 59 dB @ rated load 58 dB @ rated load 60 dB @ rated load
53 dB @ 1/4 load 53 dB @ 1/4 load 49 dB @ 1/4 load 53 dB @ 1/4 load
86 LwA†† 89 LwA†† 90 LwA†† 91 LwA††
Dry weight 29 lbs. 46.3 lbs. / 45.9 lbs.† 134 lbs. 253 lbs.
FEATURES EU1000iA2 EU2000iA / EU3000isA EU6500isA

EU2000iA Companion†
Honda OHV engine • • • •
Electric start/Remote start option •
Oil Alert® • • • •
Auto Throttle®
Eco-Throttle™ • • • •
(load dependent operation)
Electronic ignition • • • •
Simultaneous AC/DC use • • •
Circuit breakers Electronic Electronic Electronic Electronic
Fuel gauge • •
i-Monitor •
Wheel kit standard •
Automatic voltage regulator
CycloConverter™
Inverter • • • •
One switch for engine/fuel valve on/off • • • •
Full tubing frame for protection •
USDA-qualified spark arrester/muffler • • •
Fully enclosed for quieter operation • • •
120/240V selector switch
GFCI/neutral bond
Residential warranty 2 Years 2 Years 2 Years 2 Years
Commercial warranty 1 Year 1 Year 1 Year 1 Year
† indicates a specification for EU2000iA Companion model only. Receptacle Key RECEPTACLE DESCRIPTION PLUG # RECEPTACLE DESCRIPTION PLUG #
††LwA is an international noise level measurement that uses a weighing factor B 15A 125V Duplex 5-15P D 20A 125V GFCI Duplex 5-20P
to reflect noise “tonality” in addition to the sound power (dBA) level. C 20A 125V Duplex 5-15P or 5-20P E 20A 125V Locking Plug L5-20P
DELUXE 209
SPECIFICATIONS EM3800SXA EM5000SXK2A EM5000isAB EM6500SXK1A

Engine Honda GX240 Honda GX340 Honda GX340 Honda GX390
Single cylinder, overhead Single cylinder, Single cylinder, Single cylinder,
valve, air-cooled overhead valve, air-cooled overhead valve, air-cooled overhead valve, air-cooled
Displacement 242cc 337cc 337cc 389cc
120/240V 120/240V 120/240V 120/240V
AC output 3800W max. (31.6/15.8) 5000W max. (41.7/20.8A) 5000W max. (41.7/20.8A) 6500W max. (54.1/27.1A)
3300W rated (27.5/13.7A) 4500W rated (37.5/18.8A) 4500W rated (37.5/18.8A) 5500W rated (45.8/22.9A)
Receptacles C(2), F, G C(2), F, H C, F, H C(2), F, H
DC output 12V, 100W (8.3A) 12V, 100W (8.3A) N/A 12V, 100W (8.3A)
Starting system Recoil, electric* Recoil, electric* Recoil, electric* Recoil, electric*
Fuel tank capacity 6.6 gal. 6.6 gal. 4.5 gal. 6.6 gal.
Run time per tankful 10.4 hrs. @ rated load, 8.3 hrs. @ rated load, 5.7 hrs.@ rated load, 5.3 hrs. @ rated load,
15.6 hrs. @ 1/2 load 11.9 hrs. @ 1/2 load 15.2 hrs. @ 1/4 load 10.0 hrs. @ 1/2 load
Dimensions (L x W x H) 41.9” x 27.2” x 29.2” 41.9” x 27.2” x 29.2” 31.9” x 26.4” x 27.2” 41.9” x 27.2” x 29.2”
Noise level 71 dB @ Rated Load 72 dB @ rated load 68 dB(A) @ rated load, 75 dB @ rated load
100 LwA†† 104 LwA†† 62 dB(A) @ 1/4 load 105 LwA††
98 LwA††
Dry weight 192 lbs. 223 lbs. 217 lbs. 227 lbs.
FEATURES EM3800SXA EM5000SXK2A EM5000isAB EM6500SXK1A

Electric start/Remote start option • • • •
Auto Throttle® • • •
Eco-Throttle™ (load dependent operation) •
Simultaneous AC/DC use • • •
Circuit breakers • • Electronic •
Fuel gauge • • • •
i-Monitor •
Wheel kit standard • • • •
Automatic voltage regulator • • •
CycloConverter™
Inverter •
One switch for engine/fuel valve on/off
Full tubing frame for protection • • •
USDA-qualified spark arrester/muffler • • • •
Fully enclosed for quieter operation
120/240V selector switch • • • •
GFCI/neutral bond
Receptacle Key RECEPTACLE DESCRIPTION PLUG # RECEPTACLE DESCRIPTION PLUG #

F 30A 125V Locking Plug L5-30P H 30A 125/250V Locking Plug L14-30P
* requires optional battery
G 20A 125/250V Locking Plug L14-20P I 50A 125/250V Locking Plug CS6365
J 20A 125V Single 5-20P

210 ECONOMY
SPECIFICATIONS EP2500CX EG3500XK1A EG5000XK1A
Engine Honda GX160 Honda GX240 Honda GX340
Single cylinder, Single cylinder, Single cylinder,

overhead valve, overhead valve, overhead valve,
air-cooled air-cooled air-cooled
Displacement 160cc 242cc 337cc
AC output 120V 120/240V 120/240V
2500W max. (20.8A) 3500W max. (29.2/14.6A) 5000W max. (41.7/20.8A)
2300W rated (19.2A) 3000W rated (25.0/12.5A) 4500W rated (37.5/18.8A)
Receptacles C C, E, F, G C, E, F, H
DC output N/A N/A N/A
Starting system Recoil Recoil Recoil
Fuel tank capacity 3.83 gal. 1.6 gal. 1.9 gal.
Run time per tankful 10.2 hrs. @ rated load, 3.2 hrs. @ rated load, 2.4 hrs. @ rated load,
15.3 hrs. @ 1/2 load 5.1 hrs. @ 1/2 load 3.6 hrs. @ 1/2 load
Dimensions (L x W x H) 23.5” x 17.1” x 17.2” 25.8” x 18.1” x 18.1” 25.8” x 18.9” x 19.1”
Noise level 69 dB @ rated load 72 dB @ rated load 76 dB @ rated load
96 LwA†† 101 LwA†† 104 LwA††
99 lbs. 118 lbs. 147 lbs.
Dry weight
FEATURES EP2500CX EG3500XK1A EG5000XK1A

Honda OHV engine • • •
Electric start/Remote start option
Oil Alert® • • •
Auto Throttle®
Eco-Throttle™ (load dependent operation)
Electronic ignition • • •
Simultaneous AC/DC use
Circuit breakers • • •
Fuel gauge •
i-Monitor
Wheel kit standard
CycloConverter™
Inverter
Full tubing frame for protection •
USDA-qualified spark arrester/muffler • • •
120/240V selector switch • •
GFCI/neutral bond
Residential warranty 2 Years 2 Years 2 Years
Commercial warranty 1 Year 1 Year 1 Year
** with hanger RECEPTACLE DESCRIPTION PLUG # RECEPTACLE DESCRIPTION PLUG #

F 30A 125V Locking Plug L5-30P H 30A 125/250V Locking Plug L14-30P
G 20A 125/250V Locking Plug L14-20P I 50A 125/250V Locking Plug CS6365
INDUSTRIAL 211
SPECIFICATIONS EB3000cKAG EB3800XA EB5000XK2A Honda GX390
Engine Honda GX200 Honda GX240 Honda GX340 Single cylinder,
Single cylinder, Single cylinder, Single cylinder, overhead valve,
overhead valve, overhead valve, overhead valve, air-cooled
air-cooled air-cooled air-cooled 389cc
Displacement 196cc 242cc 337cc 120/240V
AC output 120V 120/240V 120/240V 6500W max. (54.1/27.1A)
3000W max. (25.0A) 3800W max. (31.6/15.8) 5000W max. (41.7/20.8A) 5500W rated (45.8/22.9A)
2600W rated (21.7A) 3300W rated (27.5/13.7A) 4500W rated (37.5/18.8A) C(2), F, H
Receptacles D, F C(2), F, G C(2), F, H N/A
DC output 12V, 144W (12A) N/A N/A Recoil
Starting system Recoil Recoil Recoil 6.6 gal.
Fuel tank capacity 2.7 gal. 6.6 gal. 6.6 gal. 5.3 hrs. @ rated load,
Run time per tankful 6 hrs. @ rated load, 10.4 hrs. @ rated load, 8.3 hrs. @ rated load, 10 hrs. @ 1/2 load
9.39 hrs. @ 1/2 load 15.6 hrs. @ 1/2 load 11.9 hrs. @ 1/2 load 41.9” x 27.2” x 29.2”
Dimensions (L x W x H) 17.3” x 15.7” x 18.9” 41.9” x 27.2” x 29.2” 41.9” x 27.2” x 29.2” 75 dB @ rated load
71 dB @ rated load 72 dB @ rated load 105 LwA††
Noise level 68 dB @ rated load
97 LwA†† 100 LwA†† 104 LwA†† 220 lbs.
Dry weight 68.4 lbs. 185 lbs. 214 lbs.
FEATURES EB3000cKAG EB3800XA EB5000XK2A EB6500XA

Electric start/Remote start option
Auto Throttle® • • •
Eco-Throttle™ (load dependent operation)
Simultaneous AC/DC use
Circuit breakers • • • •
Fuel gauge • • • •
i-Monitor
Wheel kit standard • • •
CycloConverter™ •
Inverter
Full tubing frame for protection • • • •
USDA-qualified spark arrester/muffler • • • •
120/240V selector switch • • •
GFCI/neutral bond GFCI ONLY • • •
††LwA is an international noise level measurement that uses Receptacle Key RECEPTACLE DESCRIPTION PLUG # RECEPTACLE DESCRIPTION PLUG #
a weighing factor to reflect noise “tonality” in addition to the B 15A 125V Duplex 5-15P D 20A 125V GFCI Duplex 5-20P
sound power (dBA) level. C 20A 125V Duplex 5-15P or 5-20P E 20A 125V Locking Plug L5-20P

212 GENERATOR ACCESSORIES
GENERATOR ACCESSORIES 213

214 GENERATOR ACCESSORIES
GENERATOR ACCESSORIES 215

216 scale and rust removal
Aurand is the manufacturer of fine reli-
able tools, for surface preparation, scale
and rust removal.
Aurand has manufactured exclusively in the USA
since 1937. Our fine quality tools can be used as a
concrete grinders, scarifiers, paint chippers, deck
scaler and paint remover. The US Navy, US Coast
Guard, and other mariners have used our products
for years and dutifully named them “Rust Hogs”.
Here is small list of possible applications for using
our fine quality tools.
Remove non skid surfaces, paint, epoxy,
stain, urethane or adhesive from:
• Ship and barge decks
• Oil platform surfaces
• Marine towing equipment
• Parking lot line removal
Our tools are designed specifically for removing almost any type of scale or rust • Bridge structures
from almost any hard surface. The possible applications are endless. • Basements, patios floors & balconies
• Retaining walls
• Swimming pool surfaces
ELECTRIC Specialty clean-up jobs:
PNEUMATIC • Mortar and cement smatterings
• Stains from garage floors
AND GASOLINE • Graffiti

• Stain and soot from fireplace fire box
POWERED. Removal of paint, rust and scale from:

• Ship and barge decks
• Oil platform surfaces
• Marine towing equipment
• Bridge structures
• Large pipes
• Tanks and valves (interior and exterior)
• Beams and girders
Possible applications include:
• Railroad cars
• Off shore platforms
• Ships and barges
• Bridges
• Industrial screen cleaning at chemical plants
scale and rust removal 217
Aurand manufactures two sizes of electric powered tools for your specific purpose.
The “K” series tool is a small lightweight tool suitable for handwork and our “M” se-
ries tool is a larger tool suitable for heavy duty or floor work. See the chart below to
determine which tool fits your particular application:
Model Clearing Area Power Supply Horsepower Weight Removal Rate
(lbs) (Sq. ft. per hour)
K7-1* 5” Wide 115V ¼ 9 50-75
K7-2* 5” Wide 230V ¼ 9 50-75
K7-1E* 8” Wide 115V ¼ 11 65-90
K7-2E* 8” Wide 230V ¼ 11 65-90
M5-1* 8” Wide 115V ½ 21 70-100
M5-2* 8” Wide 230V ½ 21 70-100
M5-1E* 12” Wide 115V ½ 27 100-150
M5-2E* 12” Wide 230V ½ 27 100-150
W1E 5” Wide 115V 2 97 250-350
*Denotes dust containment attachment available
Aurand manufactures two sizes of pneumatic powered tools for your specific
purpose. The “K” series tool is a small lightweight tool suitable for handwork
and our “M” series tool is a larger tool suitable for heavy duty or floor work.
See the chart below to determine which tool fits your particular application:
KP5* 5” Wide 42CFM/ ¾ 6 50-75
70-100 PSI
KP5E 8” Wide 42CFM/ ¾ 8 65-90
70-100 PSI
MP6* 8” Wide 42CFM/ 2.5 17 70-100
70-100 PSI
MP6E* 12” Wide 42CFM/ 2.5 23 100-150
70-100 PSI
*Denotes dust containment attachment available
Cutter Bundles
With our long-lasting user replaceable cutter bundles you can use our tools as
a concrete grinder, scarifier, paint chipper and deck scaler while producing the
highest output of your maintenance crews.
Wire Brushes
Aurand “M” Series tools can be fitted with a wire brushes for light scale and clean up applications.
Aurand manufactures a gas powered line removal tool to compliment its electric powered mate the
W1E. Designed for heavy-duty parking lot and roadway clean up this tool strips an impressive 250
to 350 square feet per hour!
W1G* 5” Wide Gas 5 92 250-350

218 solar Marine light
SL60
2nm Solar Marine Light Bird deterrent spike
This equipment complies with requirements
of the U.S. Coast Guard in 33 CFR part 66 Large internal
solar module
LED lens and Sealite’s 360°
Omnidirectional LED Reflector
(US Pat. No. 6,667,582. AU Pat. No. 778,918)
Automatic night activation
Lens and base moulded

from UV stabilised LEXAN®
Shown with optional Battery access via sealed polycarbonate
200mm OD base pattern compartment
The Sealite Advantage Internal user-replaceable battery in

sealed compartment (IP68 rating)
The Sealite SL60 is the most popular and versatile 2nm

without the need for external devices solar marine light available. Made from tough, durable
polycarbonate and using the latest high-intensity
LED’s, no expense has been spared in the design and
compartment
development of this lantern. The SL60 can be installed
in minutes, and requires no operator intervention.
The flash-characters are easily adjusted on-site by the

user, and the lantern. has a permanent ON/OFF switch
for easy storage.
During daylight hours the solar module will charge the

battery, and the lantern will automatically begin
operation at dusk – once the ambient light threshold
drops sufficiently.
The SL15, SL60 and SL70 lanterns are the only compact
marine lanterns available with a sealed battery
compartment, allowing the battery to be replaced
after years of service – don’t throw the light away at
the end of the battery service life.
The unit is sealed using polycarbonate bonding

compounds similar to those used by major automobile
manufacturing companies.
The SL-CGC 60W, an enhanced

version of the SL60, is United
States Coast Guard approved
for use on Class ‘C’ structures.
6 Ultra-High SL60’s marking gas transfer lines, Guajira Peninsula, Colombia
Intensity LEDs
Available in Red,
Green, White,
Yellow & Blue
Please call for
more details.
SL60 installed on scientific buoy, USA
solar Marine light 219
SL15 Bird deterrent spike

1nm Solar Marine Light
This equipment complies with requirements LED lens and Sealite’s 360°
of the U.S. Coast Guard in 33 CFR part 66 Internal solar module Omnidirectional LED Reflector
(US Pat. No. 6,667,582. AU Pat. No. 778,918)
The Sealite Advantage Automatic night

• Red, green, yellow, white or blue
• Available in any of 15 standard activation
IALA lash characteristics (custom
characteristics available on request)
• User - replaceable battery in sealed
battery compartment
• Completely sealed and self -
contained using ultrasonic
Lens and base Internal user-replaceable
welding techniques
moulded from UV battery in sealed
• Installs in minutes and operates
maintenance-free for up to five years stabilised LEXAN® compartment (IP68 rating)
• IP68 waterproof polycarbonate
SL15 marina lights, Vigo, Spain
The Sealite SL15 1nm compact LED light is exceptional value and incorporates some of the most advanced technology available. In the tradition
of Sealite lanterns, the SL15 is designed to be maintenance-free and have a service life of over 5 years.
The SL15 can be installed in minutes, and requires no operator intervention. The flash-characters are factory-set, and the unit is supplied ready for immediate
installation.
During daylight hours the solar module will charge the battery, and the lantern will automatically begin operation at dusk – once the ambient light threshold
drops sufficiently.
The SL15 features the Sealite LED 360° Omnidirectional Reflector, which increases the intensity and uniformity of the horizontal output. The tough polycarbonate lens
is specifically designed for use with LEDs, and incorporates an environment-friendly spike – deterring unwelcome bird life.
The unit is sealed using an advanced ultrasonic weld, enabling a rugged and completely waterproof seal capable of prolonged and deep immersion (IP68).
The SL15 is also available with an optional ON/OFF switch for temporary installations such as worksites.
4 Ultra-High User-replaceable battery in

sealed compartment
Intensity LEDs
Available in Red,
Green, White,
Yellow & Blue
Please call for
more details. SL15 with optional ON/OFF switch
(SL15-SW)

220 solar Marine light
SLC310
Compact 3nm
Solar Marine Lantern 20 ultra-high LED lens and Sealite’s 360°
This equipment complies with intensity LEDs Omnidirectional LED Reflector
requirements of the U.S. Coast Guard (US Pat. No. 6,667,582. AU Pat. No. 778,918)
in 33 CFR part 66 High visibility
IALA colours
4 x 2watt multicrystalline solar

modules, ensuring maximum light
collection to charge the battery
200mm OD base
pattern for ease of
Available with internal
installation
GPS synchronisation
Internal 7.5Ah battery (IP68)
The SLC310 is a robust completely self-contained 3nm Solar LED Marine Lantern designed to fit directly onto
The Sealite Advantage existing 200mm OD industry standard mounts.
The unit is made from cast aluminium, subject to 7-stage powder-coating in high visibility IALA colours for daytime recogni-
tion. Four (4) premium-grade solar modules are integrated into the assembly, and mounted to collect sunlight at all angles.
immediate installation on
existing structures The SLC310 is IP68 waterproof - designed specifically to endure a wide range of harsh marine environmental
conditions including continual immersion.
The solar array charges an internal 7.5Ah battery during

daylight hours, and at dusk the light will automatically
begin operation.
support frame
The unit is capable of producing any of 256 IALA
recommended flash characters - field-adjustable
without the need for ancillary equipment.
The tough polycarbonate lens is specifically designed for

adjustable without the need for use with LEDs, and incorporates an environment-friendly
external devices spike - deterring unwelcome bird life.
Optional GPS Synchronisation

Sealite’s SLC310 is also available with optional GPS synchronisation enabling users to clearly mark channels, ports,
rivers and entrances, marinas, aquaculture installations and exclusion zones with independent lanterns which flash in
synchronisation. When lanterns flash in synchronisation, they can be clearly distinguished from other navaids and
confusing background lighting.
20 Ultra-High
Intensity LEDs
Available in Red,
Green, White,
Yellow & Blue
Please call for
more details.
Convenient user-replaceable
battery
PORTABLE BARGE LIGHT KIT 221
Long Lasting Run Time Moulded

one-piece handle
Up To 45 Nights 1watt ultra-high

Automatic night intensity LED
activation
New Meets UL 1104
Applicable Sections
Produ ct for a 3nm Barge Light Sealite
world-class
sectored LED
lens to suit UL
Convenient 1104 certified
ON/OFF configurations
switch
Internal
user-replaceable
or rechargeable
battery
The Sealite BargeSafe™ range of LED barge lights are certified to UL 1104 with
>3nm visible range.
The LED barge light is one of the most advanced in its class, and incorporates a host of
The Sealite Advantage innovative features designed to make the unit extremely user-friendly.
UL 1104 certified The world-class LED lens is designed by Sealite and achieves precise intensity and
sectoring requirements from a single LED light source. This design helps achieve a lower
LED technology operational current compared with alternate LED barge lights - making the unit ultra
efficient and offering a battery run time of up to 45 nights.
Precise light sectoring achieved via
Sealite’s world-class in-house designed lens The light will run from a 6v or 12v dry-cell, or can be supplied with an advanced
rechargeable battery pack and charge controller. Advanced onboard circuitry
3nm visible range incorporates a DC/DC converter which will maintain the required light source intensity
over varying battery voltage.
Robust
The barge light casing and handle are injected moulded from UV-stabilised
Installs in seconds polycarbonate – offering enormous impact resistance and long operational life. The
Low power consumption casings are coloured for easy identification of light output colour.
A magnetic base provides strong fixing in position to the barge deck.
Lightweight

222 Tough Lighting Tools
Nemo Dive Series
Pelican
Pelican Pelican Pelican Nemo™
Pelican Nemo™ 2410
Nemo™ Nemo™ Nemo™
1900 2000 2010 2400
Pelican
Nemo™
Personal Lights 4300
StealthLite™
2400
Tracker™ MityLite™
2140 2300 Photoluminescent
MityLite™ 2400PL
1900 SabreLite™
PeliLite™ PocketSabre™ 2000
MityLite™ 1800 1820
2340
Photoluminescent StealthLite™
Rechargeable
Tacitical Lights 2000PL 2450
MityLite™
StealthLite™ 2430
Photoluminescent 2410 Recoil
2410PL LED™
Heavy Duty Light M6 PMS
2320 3320
SPECIALTY
LIGHTS
Heads Up Lights M10
8040 M11
Rechargeable
Tacitical LED Lights 8050
M6 2330
KingLite™ LED
4000 PM6 3330 NEW
NEW 8060 LED NEW
NEW
HeadsUp™
Lite 2670 M6 3W LED 7060 LED
Light Kit 2390 LED Photoluminescent
2360 LED 3700PL
Big Ed™ 3700
LED Recoil Lights
L4
1830LED L1
1930LED
HeadsUp™ SabreLite™
Lite 2600 L1 LED Light and
Atachment System 2020 Recoil
1945 Mini Flasher™ Photoluminescent SabreLite™ LED™
2130 LED VB3™ 2010PL 2010 Recoil
2220LED LED™
2365 LED BigEd™
Rehargeable
HeadsUp™Lite 3700 Photoluminescent
2620 3750PL
PELICAN LEGENDARY LIFETIME GUARANTEE OF EXCELLENCE
Pelican guarantees its products for a lifetime against breakage or defects in BigD™
Little Ed™ 3610 workmanship. Pelican cases are guaranteed to be watertight to a depth of Rehargeable
Recoil LED™ 3850
3.3 feet (1 meter) for 30 minutes (IP 67) unless otherwise stated if properly
closed with undamaged o-ring in place. Pelican’s liability is limited to the
case and not its contents. This guarantee does not cover the lamp or batteries
(rechargeable or alkaline) for lights. Any liability, either expressed or implied, StealthLite™
HeadsUp™Lite Rechargeable
2640 is limited to replacement of the product. This guarantee is void if the Pelican 2460 Recoil LED™
Photoluminescent ™ product has been abused beyond normal and sensible wear and tear. This
3610PL guarantee does not cover shark bite, bear attack or damage caused by
children under five.
Remote Area
Lighting Systems
HeadsUp™Lite
2680 Recoil
LED™
Little Ed™
Rechargeable
3660 Recoil
HeadsUp™ LED™ 9450
Lite 2610 LED
9460 9470
9430
HeadsUp™Lite
2690 Recoil
LED™
LED Lamp Module Recoil LED™ Lamp Module Submersible Rechargeable Extreme Sport Dive Light
Lights_Chart 2.qxd:Layout 1 10/18/09 8:07 AM Page 1
Light Specifications & Features 223
CAT NO. BATTERIES WEIGHT WITH LENGTH (CM) TESTED LUMEN VALUE WATTS BATTERY COLOR
BATTERIES (KG) BURN TIME
1900 2 AAA Alkaline (included) 1.6 oz. (0.05) 4.09" (10.4) 7 1.1 2 hrs.
2140 2 AAA Alkaline (included) 1.8 oz. (0.05) 3.5" (8.9) 8 1.2 3 hrs.
2300 2 AA Alkaline (included) 3.4 oz. (0.1) 5.62" (14.3) 8 1.8 4 hrs.
2340 2 AA Alkaline (included in select packaging) 3.5 oz. (0.1) 6.25" (15.9) 8 1.8 4 hrs.
1800 2 C Alkaline (not included) 7.8 oz. (0.22) 6" (15.2) 15 2.2 8 hrs.
1820 2 C Alkaline (included in select packaging) 8.3 oz. (0.24) 5.83" (14.8) 15 2.2 8 hrs. -
2000 3 C Alkaline (not included) 12.8 oz. (0.36) 7.79" (19.8) 33 3.3 5 hrs.
2450 4 AA NiMH (included) 7.8 oz. (0.22) 6.5" (16.5) 28 2.6 4 hrs.
2320 2 CR123 Lithium (included) 5.6 oz. (0.16) 5.51" (14) 74 7.8 1 hrs.
3320 2 CR123 Lithium (included) 3.45 oz. (0.1) 5.27" (13.4) 74 7.8 1 hrs.
8040 4 C Alkaline (not included) 18.4 oz. (0.52) 11.25" (28.6) 72 4.8 8 hrs.
8050 4 C NiCad (included) 17.92 oz. (0.51) 11.25" (28.6) 151 9.12 2 hrs.
2330 2 CR123 Lithium (included) 5.5 oz. (0.16) 5.51" (14) 41 1 40 hrs.
2360 2 AA Alkaline (not included) 4.6 oz. (0.13) 6.1" (15.5) 100 2.5 2.5 hrs.
2390 2 CR123 Lithium (included) 5.6 oz. (0.16) 5.31" (13.5) 180 (new higher lumens) 3 5 hrs.
3330 2 CR123 Lithium (included) 3.45 oz. (0.1) 5.27" (13.4) 41 1 40 hrs.
7060 1 3.7v, 2200mAh Lithium-Ion (included) 10.4 oz. (0.29) 8.65" (22) 130 4.4 1.5 hrs.
8060 4 C SIZE NiMH (included) 23.2 oz. (0.66) 12.67" (32.2) 190 3.7 6 hrs.
1830 3 AAAA Alkaline (included) 1.2 oz. (0.03) 6.2" (15.7) 8 0.7 50 hrs.
1930 4 LR 44 Alkaline (included) 0.9 oz. (0.03) 2.64" (6.7) 9 0.2 130 hrs.
2010 3 C Alkaline (not included) 13.4 oz. (0.38) 8.11" (20.6) 65 (new higher lumens) 1 50 hrs.
2020 3 C Alkaline (not included) 14.7 oz. (0.42) 8.75" (22.2) 74 (new higher lumens) 1 6 hrs.
2130 2 L1154 Alkaline (included) 0.5 oz. (0.01) 1.73" (4.4) 4.7 0.5 130 hrs.
2220 2 CR2032 Lithium (included) 1 oz. (0.03) 3.5" (8.9) 6 0.6 100 hrs.
2365 2 AA Alkaline (not included) 9.3 oz. (0.26) 21.92" (55.7) 45 1 15 hrs.
2410 4 AA Alkaline (included) 7.3 oz. (0.21) 7" (17.8) 84 (new higher lumens) 1 32 hrs.
2460 4 AA NiMH (included) 7.8 oz. (0.22) 7" (17.8) 40 (new higher lumens) 1 32 hrs.
3610 4 AA Alkaline (included) 10.5 oz. (0.3) 7.51" (19.1) 84 (new higher lumens) 1 32 hrs.
3660 4 AA NiMH (included) 10.56 oz. (0.3) 7.51" (19.1) 40 (new higher lumens) 1 32 hrs.
2600 4 AA Alkaline (included) 9.7 oz. (0.27) 3.81" (9.7) 25 4.5 (primary), 3 (back-up) 3 hrs. (primary), 5 hrs. (back-up)
2610 3 AAA Alkaline (included) 3.2 oz. (0.09) 1.49" (3.8) 3.0 (low), 9.0 (high) 0.135 (low), 0.405 (high) 150 hrs. (low), 80 hrs. (high)
2620 3 AAA Alkaline (included) 4.8 oz. (0.14) 2.16" (5.5) 9.0 (low), 14.0 (high) 0.405 (low), 1.53 (high) 80 hrs. (low), 3 hrs. (high)
2640 4 AA Alkaline (included) 10.9 oz. (0.31) 2.63" (6.7) 9.0 (low), 21.0 (high) 0.54 (low), 3.48 (high) 50 hrs. (low), 3 hrs. (high)
2670 3 AAA Alkaline (included) 4.8 oz. (0.14 kg) 2.5" (6.3 cm) 22.0 0.5 11 hrs.
2680 4 AA Alkaline (included) 9.7 oz. (0.27) 4.64" (11.8) 73 (new higher lumens) 1 33 hrs.
2690 3 AAA Alkaline (included) 4.1 oz. (0.12) 2.81" (7.1) 60 1 10 hrs.
3700 4 C Alkaline (not included) 20.32 oz. (0.58) 7" (17.8) 48 7.2 (primary), 4.5 (back-up) 2.5 hrs. (primary), 4 hrs. (back-up)
3750 4 C NiCad (included) 20.48 oz. (0.58) 7" (17.8) 72 8.2 (primary), 3.5 (back-up) 2 hrs. (primary), 5 hrs. (back-up)
3850LA 1 Sealed Lead Acid (included) 62.08 oz. (1.76) 8.5" (21.6) 600 24 (primary), 11 (back-up) 1 hrs. (primary), 2 hrs. (back-up)
3850N 6 D NiMH (included) 56.1 oz. (1.59) 9.5" (24.1) 600 24 (primary), 11 (back-up) 1.5 hrs. (primary), 2.5 hrs. (back-up)
1900N 2 AAA Alkaline (included) 1.6 oz. (0.05) 4.09" (10.4) 7 1.1 2 hrs.
2000N 3 C Alkaline (not included) 12.8 oz. (0.36) 7.79" (19.8) 33 3.3 5 hrs.
2010N 3 C Alkaline (not included) 13.4 oz. (0.38) 8.11" (20.6) 65 1 50 hrs.
2400N 4 AA Alkaline (included) 7.1 oz. (0.2) 6.49" (16.5) 25 3.2 4 hrs.
2410N 4 AA Alkaline (included) 7.3 oz. (0.21) 7" (17.8) 84 1 32 hrs.
4300N 8 C Alkaline (not included) 36.64 oz. (1.04) 7.5" (19) 276 13.8 4 hrs.
4000 8 D Alkaline (not included) 74.08 oz. (2.1) 9.37" (23.8) 251 14.4 12 hrs.
9430 12V Rechargeable, Sealed (included) 22.05 lbs. (10) 32" (82)* 1000 (low), 2000 (high) 24 15 hrs. (low), 8 hrs. (high)
9450B 1 Rechargeable Sealed Lead Acid (included) 46 lbs. (20.87) 83" (210)* 1280 (high) 16 17 hrs. (low), 9 hrs. (high)
9460 12V Rechargeable, Sealed (included) 50.71 lbs. (23) 71" (180)* 2000 (low), 4000 (high) 48 (24 per head) 14 hrs. (low), 7 hrs. (high)
9470 12V Rechargeable, Sealed (included) 88.18 lbs. (40) 73" (185)* 4000 (low), 8000 (high) 96 (24 per head) 14 hrs. (low), 7 hrs. (high)
*Extended height

224 Marine LIGHTING
OUTDOOR LIGHTING—Floodlighting—Haline Series (HQ)
Haline Series Specification
Haline Series is a general purpose lightweight weatherproof and rugged floodlight. Available in a
500W - 120V &1500W - 240V quartz lamp. Luminaire shall be completely pre-wired for ease of
installation.
Basic Product Description

One piece lightweight durable finned die cast aluminum housing and lens frame with a high tempera-
ture silicone gasket that seals out moisture and dust. A stainless steel positive latch (500W) and two
stainless steel screws (1500W) secure the hinged lens frame to the housing. Haline Series is finished in
an all weather bronze polyester powder coating. All hardware is stainless steel. Various mounting
positions are available - pole top, wall/pole mounting, and cross arm brackets. A 1/2” threaded die
cast mounting arm is standard. A spring loaded socket with silver plated contacts guarantee long
operating life.
Reflector Assembly
The combination of a one piece alzak finished aluminum reflector and a tempered clear glass lens
provides a uniform wide beam distribution.
Suitable for wet locations
Lamp included 500 W
A
8-7/8”
B
6-3/8”
1500 W 14-1/2” 9-1/4”
Effective Projected Area A

EPA = 0.39 SQ. FT. (500W)
EPA = 1.0 SQ. FT. (1500W)
WEIGHT = 6 lbs (500W) 7 lbs (1500W) B
Accessories/Mounting Brackets, see

Accessory Page
MARINE & HAZARDOUS LIGHTING

Hazardous Star Flood (SFAHZ)
Hazardous Star Flood Specification
Hazardous Star Flood is a U.L. 844 Class I Division 2 listed hazardous location floodlight. Suitable for
offshore oil and natural gas rigs, platforms and tankers. Available in 250 to 400 watt mogul base high
pressure sodium lamp (SFAHZ Type B), 1000 watt mogul base high pressure sodium (SFAHZ Type C) and
Type B Type C
400 watt mogul base metal halide or mercury vapor lamp (Type B). Available with (specify) 120, 208, 240,
277, 480 volt or 4MT(120, 208, 240, 277V) 60Hz ballast. The floodlight shall be completely pre-wired and B and C suitable for wet locations
factory assembled. Lamp not included
Copper free cast aluminum lamp and ballast housing. Hinged copper free cast aluminum lens frame with Effective Projected Area
stainless steel slotted hex head captive screws. Front opening for easy relamping. Floodlight is finished in all EPA = 3.02 SQ. FT.
weather bronze bronze polyester powder coat finish. Floodlight shall include a sturdy two hole mounting WEIGHT = 50-70 lbs
yoke formed of high strength non-corrosive copper free aluminum. Wiring compartment access through
lens door. Adjustable knuckle (2” to 2-1/2” pipe - 2-3/8” to 2-7/8” O.D.) mounting is available. All stainless 22-5/8” 9-1/4”
steel hardware. The tempered clear glass lens is thermal shock and impact resistant. Porcelain lamp grip
socket with nickel plated spring loaded center contact eliminates lamp loosening. Optional shock absorbing
socket. 3”
19-1/4”
Ballast Characteristics
The SFAHZ floodlight shall contain a U.L. recognized High Power Factor, constant wattage auto-transformer
type ballast and start and operate the lamp down to -20oF (-30oC) for metal halide and -40oF (-40oC) for 7-1/2”
high pressure sodium. For availability of 220/240V 50Hz ballasts - consult factory.
Reflector Assembly 3-1/8”
Copper free cast aluminum hinged lens frame with silicone gasket provides easy front access to lamp. A
precision formed anodized finished reflector provides a wide beam distribution. 2”
9/16” dia. hole (2)
Accessories/Mounting Brackets, see

Accessory Page
Marine LIGHTING 225

Marine Star Flood (SFM)
Marine Star Flood Specification
Marine Star Flood is U.L. 595 Marine Listed and Coast Guard approved, suitable for salt water
environment for marine locations. Available in a 70 to 150 watt mogul base high pressure sodium
lamp, 175 to 250 watt mogul base metal halide (SFM, Type A). Available with (specify) 120, 208, 240,
277, 480 volt or 4MT(120, 208, 240, 277V) 60Hz ballast. The floodlight shall be completely pre-wired
and factory assembled.

Copper free cast aluminum lamp and ballast housing. Hinged copper free cast aluminum lens frame
with stainless steel slotted hex head captive screws. Front opening for easy relamping. Floodlight is
finished in all weather bronze polyester powder coat finish. Floodlight shall include a sturdy two hole
mounting yoke formed of high strength
non-corrosive copper free aluminum (SFM contains a degree aiming quadrant with positive reposition-
ing stop). SFM wiring compartment access on bottom of ballast housing. SFAM wiring compartment
access through lens door. Adjustable knuckle (2” pipe - 2-3/8” O.D. on SFM and 2” to 2-1/2” pipe -
2-3/8” to 2-7/8” O.D. on SFAM) mounting is available. All stainless steel hardware. The tempered clear
glass lens is thermal shock and impact resistant. Porcelain lamp grip socket with nickel plated spring
loaded center contact eliminates lamp loosening. Optional shock absorbing socket available.
The SFM floodlight shall contain a U.L. recognized High Power Factor ballast (see note below) and start
and operate the lamp down to -20oF (-30oC) for metal halide and -40oF (-40oC) for high pressure
sodium. Mercury vapor lamps may be used in 175 and 250 watt metal halide SFM Type A fixtures. For
availability of 220/240V 50Hz ballasts - consult factory.
Reflector Assembly
Copper free cast aluminum hinged lens frame with silicone gasket provides easy front access to lamp.
A precision formed anodized finished reflector provides a wide beam distribution.

Marine Star Flood (SFAM)
22-5/8” 9-1/4”
Marine Star Flood Specification
3”
Marine Star Flood is U.L. 595 Marine Listed and Coast Guard approved, suitable for salt water
19-1/4” environment for marine locations. Available in 1000 watt mogul base high pressure sodium lamp
(SFAM, Type C), or 1000 watt mogul base metal halide lamp (SFAM, Type D). Available with (specify)
120, 208, 240, 277, 480 volt or 4MT(120, 208, 240, 277V) 60Hz ballast. The floodlight shall be
7-1/2”
completely pre-wired and factory assembled.
3-1/8”
Suitable for 2”
wet locations 9/16” dia hole (2)
Copper free cast aluminum lamp and ballast housing. Hinged copper free cast aluminum lens frame
Lamp not included with stainless steel slotted hex head captive screws. Front opening for easy relamping. Floodlight is
finished in all weather bronze polyester powder coat finish. Floodlight shall include a sturdy two hole
Type C mounting yoke formed of high strength non-corrosive copper free aluminum SFAM wiring compart-
1000 watt High Pressure Sodium ment access through lens door. Adjustable knuckle 2” to 2-1/2” pipe - 2-3/8” to 2-7/8” O.D. on
SFAM) mounting is available. All stainless steel hardware. The tempered clear glass lens is thermal
Effective Projected Area shock and impact resistant. Porcelain lamp grip socket with nickel plated spring loaded center
EPA = 3.02 SQ. FT. WEIGHT = 50-70 lbs Max. contact eliminates lamp loosening. Optional shock absorbing socket available.
29-1/8” 11”
3”
The SFAM floodlight shall contain a U.L. recognized High Power Factor, constant wattage
23-1/4” auto-transformer type ballast and start and operate the lamp down to -20oF (-30oC) for metal halide
and -40oF (-40oC) for high pressure sodium. Mercury vapor lamps may be used in 400 watt metal
7-1/2”
halide SFAM Type B fixtures and 1000 watt metal halide SFAM Type D fixtures. For availability of
220/240V 50Hz ballasts - consult factory.
3-1/8”
Suitable for 2”
Reflector Assembly
wet locations 9/16” dia hole (2)
Copper free cast aluminum hinged lens frame with silicone gasket provides easy front access to lamp.
Lamp not included A precision formed anodized finished reflector provides a wide beam distribution.
Type D
1000 watt Metal Halide (Mercury Vapor)
Effective Projected Area
EPA = 4.4 SQ. FT. WEIGHT = 80 lbs Max.

226 Marine LIGHTING
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING—Industrial Star Bay 18
21/23 (ISB) Industrial Star Bay Specification
Industrial Star Bay 21/23 versatile high bay luminaire shall consist of a 21” (metal halide) or 23”
(high pressure sodium) aluminum reflector, two piece heavy duty die cast aluminum ballast
housing, designed for most industrial applications. Ballast mounted directly to the ballast
housing for cooler operation. Available in 1000 watt high pressure sodium lamp and 1000 watt
metal halide lamp. Available with (specify) 120, 208, 240, 277, 480 volt or 4MT
(120,208,240,277V) 60Hz ballast. Luminaire shall be completely pre-wired.

ISB shown with Luminaire is finished in white powder polyester finish with 3/4” threaded hub on top of pendant
optional downlight adapter. The pendant slide on adaptor assures plumb alignment for swivel pendant and
Lamp not included pre-wired power hook mounting. Labor saving combination through wire and outlet box slide on
adaptor has keyhole slots for direct to junction box installation. Porcelain socket will contain a
lamp grip, nickel plated spring loaded center contact, eliminating lamp loosening.
The Industrial Star Bay shall contain a long lasting, suitable for 55oC ambient temperature, U.L.
ISB shown with recognized High Power Factor, auto-transformer type ballast. Will start metal halide lamps at
optional bottom -20oF (-30oC) and -40oF (-40oC) for HPS. Mercury vapor lamps may be used in 1000 watt metal
enclosure halide fixtures. For availability of 220/240V 50Hz ballasts - consult factory.
WEIGHT = 15-28 lbs
Reflector Assembly
10-1/2”
10-1/2”
13-5/16” A heavy duty spun aluminum anodized finished reflector. Provides IES type IV medium or type V
13-5/16”
wide beam distribution for illumination without glare, shadowing, or stark contrasts.
27-1/2”
28-3/4” max 27-1/2” max max
24-1/4” min 23” min
21” 23” 23”

Metal Halide High Pressure Sodium
Accessories/Mounting Brackets,
see Accessory Page
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING Indoor Crane Light (ICL)

Indoor Crane Light Specification
Indoor Crane Light shall consist of a 16” diameter aluminum reflector, shock absorbing lampholder assembly mounted
to a cast aluminum pendant mount. The ballast is mounted in a Type 3 enclosure with multiple trade size knockouts
and flanged brackets for remote mounting. Available in 150 to 400 watt high pressure sodium lamp and up to 400
watt metal halide lamp. Available with (specify) 120, 208, 240, 277, 480 volt or 4MT (120,208,240,277V) 60Hz ballast.

Luminaire, junction box and shock mount have a natural aluminum finish. Luminaire is pigtailed out through the
pendant hanger casting, porcelain socket will contain a lamp grip, nickel plated spring loaded center contact, eliminat-
ing lamp loosening. Lamp not included
Ballast Characteristics WEIGHT = 15-28 lbs

The Indoor Crane Light shall be supplied with a long lasting, suitable for 55oC ambient temperature, U.L. recognized
High Power Factor, auto-transformer type ballast for remote mounting. Will start metal halide lamps at -20oF (-30oC)
and -40oF (-40oC) for HPS. For availability of 220/240V 50Hz ballast - consult factory.
Reflector Assembly 21-5/8”

A heavy duty spun aluminum anodized finished reflector with rolled bottom edge for extra strength. Provides an I.E.S.
17-3/8”
Type V wide beam distribution for illumination without glare, shadowing, or stark contrasts. Ventilated neck provides a
chimney effect air flow, reducing adherence of airborne particles. Equipped with a shock absorbing lampholder mount
to prevent excessive lamp failures.
16”
see Accessory Page
Marine LIGHTING 227
INDUSTRIAL LIGHTING—Prism Bay 16 (ESB)

Prism Bay 16 Specification
Prism Bay 16 versatile high bay luminaire shall consist of a 16” acrylic reflector/refractor, two piece heavy duty
die cast aluminum ballast housing, designed for most industrial and commercial applications. Ballast mounted
directly to the ballast housing for cooler operation. Available in 150 to 400 watt high pressure sodium lamp or
175-400 watt metal halide lamp. Available with (specify) 120, 208, 240, 277, 480 volt or 4MT
(120,208,240,277V) 60Hz ballast. Luminaire shall be completely pre-wired.

Luminaire is finished in white powder polyester finish with 3/4” threaded hub on top of pendant adapter. The
pendant slide on adapter assures plumb alignment for swivel pendant and pre-wired power hook mounting.
Lamp not included Labor saving combination through wire and outlet box slide on adaptor has keyhole slots for direct to junction
Shown with optional box installation. Porcelain socket will contain a lamp grip, nickel plated spring loaded center contact, eliminat-
WEIGHT = 15-28 lbs full wire guard ing lamp loosening.
The Prism Bay shall contain a long lasting, suitable for 40oC ambient temperature, U.L. recognized High Power
23” 23” Factor, auto-transformer type ballast. Will start metal halide lamps at -20oF (-30oC) and -40oF (-40oC) for
HPS. Mercury vapor lamps may be used in 175-400 watt metal halide fixtures. For availability of 220/240V
50Hz ballasts - consult factory.
16”
3-5/16” Reflector/Refractor Assembly
The acrylic seamless reflector/refractor provides a IES type V wide beam distribution. For polycarbonate
Form AO & FL 16-1/4” reflector/refractor, consult factory. The refractor can be supplied open or enclosed. A flat acrylic clear lens is
Form AC also available.
For 175W & 250W metal Halide lamps form AC only
OUTDOOR LIGHTING—Security Lighting—Star Flood Small (SF)

Star Lite Specification
Star Lite features an economically efficient light source that has extra ruggedness required in many security installations. Available in 50
to 150 watt high pressure sodium lamp and 50 to 175 watt metal halide lamp. Available with (specify) 120, 208, 240, 277 volt (for
480V - consult factory), or 4MT (120,208,240,277V) 60Hz ballast. Luminaire shall be completely pre-wired for ease of installation.

One piece aluminum ballast/lamp housing and wiring compartment is finished in all weather bronze polyester powder coating. Gasketed
one piece vandal resistant injection molded polycarbonate lens and retaining ring for ease of relamping. Porcelain socket, nickel plated
Suitable for wet locations screw shell with lamp grips and spring loaded center contact eliminates lamp loosening. All exposed hardware is stainless steel.
Lamp not included
WEIGHT = 20-27 lbs The Star Lite shall contain a long lasting, U.L. recognized High Power Factor (HPF) ballast. Will start lamps at -20oF (-30oC) for metal
4-7/8”
halide and -40oF (-40oC) for high pressure sodium. Mercury vapor lamps may be used in 175 watt metal halide fixtures. For availability
12-3/8”
of 220/240V 50Hz ballasts - consult factory.
Reflector Assembly
12”
Prismatic hinged one piece injection molded lens and lens ring provides easy lamp access. An anodized aluminum finished reflector
provides an I.E.S. type V wide beam distribution (type III is available, see ordering example).
OUTDOOR LIGHTING—Security Lighting—Star Light Series (SGL)

Star Lite Specification
Star Lite features an economically efficient light source that has extra ruggedness 16-1/4”
required in many security installations. Available in 50 to 150 watt high pressure 9-3/4”
sodium lamp and 50 to 175 watt metal halide lamp. Available with (specify) 120, 208,
240, 277 volt (for 480V - consult factory), or 4MT (120,208,240,277V) 60Hz ballast. 10-3/4”
Luminaire shall be completely pre-wired for ease of installation. 14-3/4”
One piece aluminum ballast/lamp housing and wiring compartment is finished in all
weather bronze polyester powder coating. Gasketed one piece vandal resistant 10-1/2”
injection molded polycarbonate lens and retaining ring for ease of relamping. Porcelain 6-1/8” 3-1/8”
socket, nickel plated screw shell with lamp grips and spring loaded center contact 2”
eliminates lamp loosening. All exposed hardware is stainless steel.
9/16” dia. hole (2)
The Star Lite shall contain a long lasting, U.L. recognized High Power Factor (HPF) ballast. Will start lamps at -20oF Suitable for wet locations
(-30oC) for metal halide and -40oF (-40oC) for high pressure sodium. Mercury vapor lamps may be used in 175 watt Lamp not included
metal halide fixtures. For availability of 220/240V 50Hz ballasts - consult factory.
Effective Projected Area
Reflector Assembly
EPA = 1.5 SQ. FT.
Prismatic hinged one piece injection molded lens and lens ring provides easy lamp access. An anodized aluminum
WEIGHT = 27-30 lbs
finished reflector provides an I.E.S. type V wide beam distribution (type III is available, see ordering example).

228 Marine LIGHTING
OUTDOOR LIGHTING—Security Lighting—Wall Pak
Wall Pak (WPLD)
Wall Pak Specification
Wall Pak combines all the design features required for commercial lighting for parking
areas, walkways, loading platforms and recreational areas. Shall accommodate a 35 to
150 watt medium or mogul base high pressure sodium lamp, or 50 to 175 watt medium
or mogul base metal halide lamp. Available with (specify) 120, 208, 240, 277 volt (for
480 volt - consult factory) or 4MT (120, 208, 240 or 277V) 60 Hz. Luminaire shall be
completely pre-wired.

One piece die cast aluminum lamp and ballast housing with high impact, heat resistant,
prismatic borosilicate glass diffuser housed in a die cast aluminum hinged lens frame.
This design provides easy lamp access and secures to the housing with 2 stainless steel
screws. A one piece silicone gasket completely seals the housing and lens frame locking
out moisture and dust. WPM is finished in all weather bronze polyester powder coating.
Lamp included
The housing is supplied with 1/2” top and side entry threaded hub for thru wire
installation. Easily installs over standard 4” junction box.
Ballast Characteristics WEIGHT = 35 lbs

Three types of U.L. recognized ballasts are available. Normal Power Factor (NPF) and
High Power Factor (HPF) reactor in 120 volt only and High Reactance (HX-HPF)
auto-transformer in all voltages and operate lamp down to -20oF (-30oC) for metal halide 12-3/4” 17”
and -40oF (-40oC) for high pressure sodium. For availability of 220/240V 50Hz ballasts -
consult factory.
Reflector Assembly 9”
The combination of a one-piece faceted anodized aluminum reflector and the
prismatic borosilicate glass diffuser provides a uniform wide beam distribution.
Optional polycarbonate shield and stainless steel wire guard are available.
Caution
For mounting on non-combustable surfaces only.
OUTDOOR LIGHTING—Security Lighting—Wall Pak

Wall Pak (WPM)
Wall Pak Specification
Wall Pak wall mounted luminaire combines all the design features required for
commercial lighting for parking areas, walkways, loading platforms and recreational area.
Shall accommodate a 400 watt mogul base high pressure sodium lamp, or 400 watt
mogul base metal halide lamp. Available with (specify) 120, 208, 240, 277 volt
(for 480 volt - consult factory) or 4MT (120, 208, 240 or 277V) 60 Hz. Luminaire
shall be completely pre-wired.

One piece die cast aluminum lamp and ballast housing with high impact, heat resistant,
prismatic borosilicate glass diffuser housed in a die cast aluminum hinged lens frame.
This design provides easy lamp access and secures to the housing with 2 stainless steel
screws. A one piece silicone gasket completely seals the housing and lens frame locking Lamp included
out moisture and dust. WPLD is finished in all weather bronze polyester powder coating.
The housing is supplied with 1/2” top and side entry threaded hub for thru wire WEIGHT = 17-22 lbs
installation. Easily installs over standard 4” junction box.
All ballasts are U.L. recognized high power factor constant wattage auto-transformer 7-1/4” 13”
(CWA) and it shall start and operate the lamp down to -20oF (-30oC) and -40oF (-40oC)
for high pressure sodium. Mercury vapor lamps may be used in 400 watt metal halide
fixtures. For availability of 220/240V 50Hz ballasts - consult factory.
9”
Reflector Assembly
The combination of a one-piece faceted anodized aluminum reflector and the
prismatic borosilicate glass diffuser provides a uniform wide beam distribution.
Optional polycarbonate shield and stainless steel wire guard are available.
Caution
For mounting on non-combustable surfaces only.
Marine LIGHTING 229
Star Quartz (SQ)

Star Quartz Specification
Star Quartz general purpose floodlight is ideally designed for illumination of
buildings, signs, parking lots and security areas. Available in a 500 or 1500
watt quartz lamp. Luminaire shall be completely pre-wired for ease of
installation.

One piece lightweight durable finned die cast aluminum housing and lens
frame with a silicone gasket that seals out moisture and dust. Two positive
latches assure maximum weather protection. Star Quartz has a natural
aluminum finish, with stainless steel exposed hardware. Various mounting
positions are available - pole top, wall/pole mounting, and cross arm brackets
are available. A 1/2" threaded die cast mounting is standard. A spring loaded
socket with silver plated contacts and Teflon insulated leads guarantee long
operating life.
Reflector Assembly
The combination of a three anodized finished aluminum reflector and a
tempered clear glass lens provides a uniform wide beam distribution.
Temporary Construction Light

Standard Features • Toolless re-lamping.
• Great for temporary construction sites. • Wiring junction box and hook included.
• Great for temporary construction sites. • Expandable bottom plated steel wire guard.
• Toolless re-lamping. • 400 watt coated metal halide lamp included.
• Wiring junction box and hook included. • 400 watt metal halide multi-tap ballast.
The Star Bay shall contain a long lasting, suitable for 55°C ambient temperature, U.L. recognized High Power Factor,
auto-transformer type ballast. Will start metal halide lamps at -20°F (-30"C) and -40°F -40°C) for HPS. Mercury vapor
lamps may be used in 175-400 watt metal halide fixtures.
Optional Features
• 3 CPLG (specfy voltage) - 3' cord with twist-lock plug.
Lamp included
Economy Low Bay (ELB)

Economy Low Bay Specification
Economy low bay luminaire shall consist of a two piece heavy duty die cast aluminum housing designed for most
industrial applications. Ballast mounted directly to the ballast housing for cooler operation. Available in 150 to 400
watt high pressure sodium lamp and 175 to 400 watt metal halide lamp. Available with (specify) 120, 208, 240, 277,
480 volt, or 4MT (120,208,240,277V) 60Hz ballast. Luminaire shall be completely pre-wired for ease of installation.

Luminaire is finished in white powder polyester finish with 3/4" threaded hub on top of pendant adapter. The
pendant slide on adapter assures plumb alignment for swivel pendant and pre-wired power hook mounting. Labor
saving combination through wire and outlet box slide on adapter has key hole slots for direct to junction box
installation. Porcelain socket, nickel plated screw shell with lamp grips and spring loaded center contact eliminates
lamp loosening.
Economy Low Bay shall contain a long lasting, suitable for 40°C ambient temperature, U.L. recognized High Power
Factor (HPF) auto-transformer type ballast. Will start lamps at -20°F (-30°C) for metal halide and -40°F (-40°C) for
high pressure sodium. Mercury vapor lamps may be used in 175-400 watt metal halide fixtures. For availability of
220/2 40V, 50Hz ballast - consult factory.
Reflector Assembly
A heavy duty spun aluminum anodized reflector combined with a one piece injection molded prismatic acrylic
reflector offers a low glare wide beam type V distribution (type II is available, see ordering example). Polycarbonate
refractor is also available.

230 CHAIN
System 4, High Test Chain (Grade 43)
Drum
s Roun d Pails Square Pails
• Uses: Designed for use in load binding, towing, • Proof tested
logging and other applications requiring high strength • Packaging: Drums (order unit is “feet”), pails and
• Standard Material: Carbon steel refill reels to fit Campbell merchandisers (order unit
• Standard Finish: Bright (BRT) and Galvanized(GALV); is “each”)
Zinc Plated (Z.P.) available in drums, pails and reels • Do not use for overhead lifting
• Hallmarking: “C4” or “M4”
Drums, Marine Alloy Trawl Chain (Order Unit is "Feet")
Long Link
Midlink
• Made of high strength, heat treated alloy steel • Proof tested
Drums • Designed for use with the larger nets in the • Special heat treatment for the trawling industry
trawling industry • Packaged in drums, Order unit is "feet"
• Grade 80 strengths
Nominal Dimensions (in. and mm)
Trade Inside Dimensions Bright Working
Size Length Width Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Feet/ Lb/ Links/
in. mm in. mm in. mm No. 020418 lb kg drum 100' foot
1
⁄2 13 Long link 3.15 80 .97 24 0407512 190452 12000 5443 300 190 --
5
⁄8 16 Long link 3.71 94 1.00 25 0407612 190469 18100 8210 150 315 --
These items 3
⁄4 19 Long link 3.99 101 1.29 33 0407712 190476 28300 12837 100 480 --
are made to
order.
7
⁄8 22 Midlink 4.00 102 1.15 29 0406812 190445 34200 15513 80 650 --
System 7, Transport Chain (Grade 70)
Drums Half Drums Round Pails SquarePails
• Uses: For use in load binding, towing and logging • Hallmarking: "C7" or "M7"
• Can be used in accordance with Department of • Proof tested
Transportation regulations • Packaging: Drums and half drums (order unit is
• Standard Material: Heat treated carbon steel "feet"), pails (order unit is "each")
• Standard Finish: Zinc electroplate with yellow • Do not use for overhead lifting
chromate conversion coating
WARNING TO PREVENT THE POSSIBILITY OF SERIOUS BODILY INJURY:

DO NOT EXCEED the working load limits for chain or components. DO NOT USE for overhead lifting or hoisting. DO NOT USE if the chain or components are visibly distored or worn.
CHAIN 231
Drums, Marine, Proof Coil Chain (Order Unit is "Feet")

• An excellent low-carbon steel • Standard finish: Hot Dipped
chain made with a shorter link Galvanized (GALV)
length than standard proof coil • Proof tested
• Packaging: Drums (order unit is “feet”)
Drums Trade Mat. Inside Dimensions Working
Size Dia. Length Width Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Feet/ Lb/ Links/
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm No. 020418 lb kg drum 100' foot
Hot Dipped Galvanized
1
⁄4 7 .28 7 1.00 25 .50 13 0128132 170645 1300 590 800 73 12
5
⁄16 8 .34 9 1.10 28 .50 13 0128232 170652 1900 862 550 102 11
3
⁄8 10 .41 10 1.23 31 .62 16 0128332 170669 2650 1202 400 160 9.7
1
⁄2 13 .53 13 1.50 38 .81 21 0128432 170676 4500 2041 200 277 7.8
Self-colored
1
⁄4 7 .28 7 1.00 25 .50 13 0128102 182969 1300 590 800 73 12
These items 5
⁄16 8 .34 9 1.10 28 .50 13 0128202 182976 1900 862 550 102 11
are made to
order.
3
⁄8 10 .41 10 1.23 31 .62 16 0128302 182983 2650 1202 400 160 9.7
Drums, Mooring Chain (Order Unit is "Feet")

• An excellent low-carbon steel chain with a long
link design for mooring applications
• The longer link allows the use of a shackle any-
where in the length of chain, not just at end links
• Greater Working Load Limit than Proof Coil
• Standard finish: Hot Dipped Galvanized (GALV)
• Packaging: Drums (order unit is “feet”)
Drums • Proof tested

Trade Mat. Inside Dimensions Hot Dipped Galvanized Working
3
⁄8 10 .39 10 1.58 40 .59 15 0129332 152108 3700 1678 400 134 --
1
⁄2 13 .51 13 2.05 52 .83 21 0129432 152092 6000 2721 200 230 --
5
⁄8 16 .63 16 2.52 64 .94 24 0129532 152078 9000 4082 150 340 --
3
⁄4 20 .79 20 3.00 76 1.16 29 0129632 152085 13500 6123 100 510 --
Drums, BBB Chain (Order Unit is "Feet")

• Made especially for windlass or pocket wheel
applications, low carbon steel
• Packaged in drums, Order unit is "feet"
• Standard finish: Self-colored (S.C.)
• Proof tested
Trade Mat. Inside Dimensions Working
Self-colored
9
⁄16 14 .59 15 1.58 40 .78 20 0150902 058493 5875 2665 200 350 7


232 Chain
System 8, Cam-Alloy Chain (Grade 80)
• Uses: Specifically recommended for overhead lifting
• Standard Material: Alloy steel, heat treated
• Standard Finish: Bright (BRT)
• Hallmarking: "C8" or "CA8" and traceability code• Proof tested
• Packaging: Continuous lengths in drums (order unit is "feet")
Trade Mat. Inside Dimensions Drum Working
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm No. 020418 lb kg Drum 100 ft. ft.
7
⁄32 5.5 .22 6 .69 18 .30 8 0400312 063312 2100 970 800 43 17.5
5
⁄16 8 .32 8 .94 24 .46 12 0400512 063367 4500 2000 500 92 12.8 Drums
1 26 1.00 25 2.80 71 1.40 36 0401612 063510 47,700 21,600 100 965 4.3
1
1
⁄4 32 1.25 32 3.50 89 1.75 44 0402012 063534 72,300 32,800 60 1525 3.5
System 10, Cam-Alloy Chain (Grade 100)

• Standard Material: Type 316L Stainless
• Hallmarking: 316
• Proof tested
• Uses: Food processing, chemical and marine
• Packaging: Bulk. Order unit is "feet"
applications, wherever non-magnetic, electrically
• Do not use for overhead lifting
welded corrosion resistant chain is needed
9
⁄32 7 .29 7 .87 22 .41 10 0405212 182204 4300 1950 500 74 13.8
3
⁄8 10 .40 10 1.22 31 .57 14 0405412 182211 8800 4000 500 148 10.0
Drums
1
⁄2 13 .52 13 1.58 40 .75 19 0405512 182228 15,000 6800 300 250 7.8
5
⁄8 16 .64 16 1.93 49 .87 22 0405612 182235 22,600 10,300 200 379 6.5
3
⁄4 20 .80 20 2.42 61 1.09 28 0405712 182242 35,300 16,000 100 598 5.5
7
⁄8 22 .88 22 2.70 68 1.28 32 0405812 063497 42,700 19,400 100 775 4.4
Stainless Steel Chain •applications,

Uses: Food processing, chemical and marine
wherever non-magnetic, electrically
• Hallmarking: 316
• Proof tested
welded corrosion resistant chain is needed • Packaging: Bulk. Order unit is "feet"
• Standard Material: Type 316L Stainless • Do not use for overhead lifting
Nominal Dimensions (in. and mm) These items are

Trade Mat. Inside Dimensions Bright cut to order.
Size Dia. Length Width Cat. UPC No. Working Load Limit Lb per Links /
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm No. 020418 lb kg 100 ft. ft. Working load limits
5
⁄32 4 .156 4 .77 19 .28 7 0192411 177422 500 226 21 15.6 (WLL) shown are room
temperatures. Reduce
3
⁄16 5 .196 5 .91 23 .34 8 0192711 176043 930 422 41 13.2
WLL by 15% for
1
⁄4 7 .250 6 1.00 25 .43 11 0192911 176050 1570 712 75 12.0 temperatures up to
5
⁄16 8 .312 8 1.03 26 .49 12 0193111 176067 2400 1089 95 11.7 250°F, 25% between
3
⁄8 10 .394 10 1.22 31 .51 13 0193311 176074 3550 1610 138 9.8 250°F and 800°F,
33% between 800°F
Nominal Dimensions (in. and mm) and 1000°F, 50%
Trade Mat. Inside Dimensions Bright Working Reel between 1000°F and
Size Dia. Length Width Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Feet/ Lb/ Width 1200°F, and 60%
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm No. 020418 lb kg Reel Reel in. between 1200°F and
5
⁄32 4 .156 4 .77 19 .28 7 0190424 205552 500 226 50 10.4 3.5 1400°F.

CHAIN 233
Drums, Tuna Net Chain (Order Unit is "Feet")

• Made of high strength, heat treated steel
• Designed for sinker lines and bridles in purse seining
• Hot dipped Galvanized (GALV)
• Proof tested
Drums

Trade Mat. Inside Dimensions Hot Dipped Galvanized Working
3
⁄8 10 .39 10 1.36 34 .57 14 0514632 175480 5600 2550 400 155 9.75
7
⁄16 12 .47 12 1.37 35 .75 19 0514732 064241 7500 3410 300 217 8.75
1
⁄2 13 .50 13 1.70 43 .75 19 0514832 064272 9600 4360 200 238 7.75
5
⁄8 16 .63 16 1.93 49 .87 22 0514932 177507 13500 6140 150 375 6.25
Drums, Dock Fender Chain (Order Unit is "Feet")

• High tensile chain holds thick rubber fenders to
dock sides
• Galvanized
Drums

Nominal Mat. Inside Dimensions Hot Dipped Galvanized Working
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm No. 020418 lb kg drum 100 foot
5
⁄8 16 .66 16 3.75 95 .90 23 0516531 181887 12500 5860 -- 320 -- These
items are
3
⁄4 19 .78 20 3.75 95 1.13 29 0516631 181894 22300 10100 -- 446 -- made to
1 25 1.00 26 4.13 105 1.38 35 0516831 181917 40000 18200 -- 614 -- order
Beacon Fishing Chain • Uses: Designed to accommodate all types of chain

needs in the trawling and marine industry
• Standard Material: Heat treated carbon steel
• Hallmarking: "CB" and a Lighthouse Beacon
• Proof tested
• Packaging: Drums (order unit is "feet")
• Do not use for overhead lifting
Drums
3
⁄8 10 .39 10 1.58 40 .59 15 0520612 064302 6600 2990 200 134 7.6
1
⁄2 13 .51 13 2.05 52 .83 21 0520812 064319 11,300 5130 200 230 5.9
5
⁄8 16 .63 16 2.52 64 .94 24 0521012 064326 15,800 7167 200 340 4.8


234 WIRE ROPE CLIPS, THIMBLES, CABLE PULLERS
Wire Rope Clips and Thimbles
Warning; To prevent injury: D
• Do Not use on coated cable. If used on coated B
cable, remove the coating from the assembly area

• Follow assembly instructions 323 C 3300
Dimensions Bagged Tagged Case
Figure Size A (Cable Size) B C D Cat. UPC No. Cat. UPC No. Shelf Case Weight
No. in mm Description Finish in mm in mm in mm in mm No. 020418 No. 020418 Pack Pack lb kg
3300 ⁄16 1 Wire Rope Clips

1
Galv
1
⁄16 1 1 25
1
⁄2 13 - - - - T7670409 192586 10 100 4 2
3300 ⁄32- ⁄8 2-3 Wire Rope Clips ⁄32- ⁄8 ⁄2

3 1 3 1 1
Galv. 2-3 1 25 13 - - - - T7670419 201691 10 100 4 2
3300
3
⁄16 5 Wire Rope Clips Galv
3
⁄16 5 1 ⁄16 27
1 9
⁄16 14 - - - - T7670429 201707 10 100 8 4
3300
1
1
⁄4 6 1 ⁄2
1
38
11
⁄16 17 - - - - T7670439 201714 10 100 14 6
3300
5
5
⁄16 8 1 ⁄2
1
38
11
⁄16 17 - - - - T7670449 201721 10 100 20 9
3300
3
3
⁄8 10 2 51
7
⁄8 22 - - - - T7670459 201738 10 100 20 9
3300
1
1
⁄2 13 2 ⁄2
1
64 1 25 - - - - T7670479 201745 5 50 16 7
3300
5
5
⁄8 16 2 ⁄4
3
70 1 ⁄16 30
3
- - - - T7670489 201752 5 50 13 6
3300
3
3
⁄4 19 3 ⁄16 78
1
1
11
⁄32 34 - - - - T7670499 180460 5 50 30 14
323 ⁄32- ⁄8 2-3 Wire Rope Thimbles ⁄32-1⁄8 1 ⁄4

3 1 3 3
Galv. 2-3 - - - - 44 - - T7670609 201769 10 100 3 1
323
3
⁄16 5 Wire Rope Thimbles Galv
3
⁄16 5 - - - - 1 ⁄4
3
44 - - T7670619 201776 10 100 3 1
323
1
1
⁄4 6 - - - - 1 ⁄8
7
48 - - T7670629 201783 10 100 3 1
323
5
5
⁄16 8 - - - - 2 ⁄32 53
3
- - T7670639 201790 10 100 7 3
323
3
3
⁄8 10 - - - - 2 ⁄4
1
57 - - T7670649 201806 10 100 8 4
323
1
1
⁄2 13 - - - - 2 ⁄2
1
64 - - T7670659 201813 5 50 6 3
323
5
5
⁄8 16 - - - - 2 ⁄8
7
73 - - T7670669 201820 5 50 17 8
3300
1
⁄8 3 Wire Rope Clips (2) w/Thimble (1) Galv
1
⁄8 3 1 ⁄2
1
38
1
⁄2 13 1 ⁄4
3
44 B7675109 166846 - - 10 100 18 8
3300
3
3
⁄16 5 1 ⁄16 27
1 9
⁄16 14 1 ⁄4
3
44 B7675119 166853 - - 10 100 19 9
3300
1
1
⁄4 6 1 ⁄2
1
38
11
⁄16 17 1 ⁄8
7
48 B7675129 166860 - - 10 100 20 9
Note: All bagged items have one product per bag, except where noted.
Cable Pullers
• Campbell’s cable pullers feature double drive ratchet
wheels, easy let-down releases and aircraft-type, 3/16”
galvanized cables
• Built-in safety handle is designed to bend if recom-
mended working load limit is exceeded
• All cable pullers packaged one per carton in attractive
full color box that gives full operating instructions
• Caution: Do not use cable pullers to lift people or
to lift loads over people.
6312035 6312036
Cat. UPC No. Draw Weight

No. 020418 Description/Working Load Limit ft. m lb kg
6312035 162701
1
⁄2 Ton Lift, 1 Ton Pull Cable Puller, Imported 10
1
⁄2 3.2 8 4
6312036 162718 1 Ton Lift, 2 Ton Pull Cable Puller, Imported 6 1.8 9 4

load binders, double clevises 235
Load Binders
• Uses: To tighten chain, typically for cargo
securement. Meets U.S. D.O.T. 393.100 -
393.102 requirements for use with chain
6203603, 6207504,
6203205, 6207805, Lever Type: Allows for quicker application
6203604, 6207803
of load
6203605 Ratchet Type
Lever Type Ratchet Type: Allows for easier adjustment
of tension and greater range of take-up
Working Load
Cat. UPC No. For Chain Size & Type Take-Up Lb Limit
No. 020418 in. mm System Description Packaging in. mm Each lb kg
6203205 178658
1
⁄4 7 Sys. 3 & 4 Doub. Swivel 4/ctn. 2
3
⁄4 70 3 2600 1179
Lever, Red, Imported
6203603 086441
5
⁄16 8 Sys. 7 Doub. Swivel 4/ctn. 4
1
⁄2 114 8
1
⁄2 5400 2450
3
⁄8 10 Sys. 4 Lever, Red, Domestic
6203604 087162
5
⁄16 8 Sys. 7 Doub. Swivel 4/ctn. 4
1
⁄2 114 8
1
⁄2 5400 2450
3
⁄8 10 Sys. 4 Lever, Red, Imported
6203605 190247
3
⁄8 10 Sys. 7 Lever Load Binder, Bulk 4
1
⁄2 114 8
1
⁄2 9200 4170
1
⁄2 13 Sys. 4 Domestic
6207504 086472
5
⁄16 8 Sys. 7 Ratchet, Red Bulk 8 203 9
1
⁄2 5400 2450
3
⁄8 10 Sys. 4 Imported
6207803 189425
3
⁄8 10 Sys. 7 Ratchet, Bulk 8 203 10 9200 4170
1
⁄2 13 Sys. 4 Imported
6207805 086489
3
⁄8 10 Sys. 7 Ratchet, Red Bulk 8 203 10 9200 4170
1
⁄2 13 Sys. 4 Domestic
Double Clevises
• Forged steel
• For use with Proof Coil or High Test chain
• Standard Finish: Galvanized to ASTM A-153
specifications or Zinc plate finish
• Order unit is “each”
Zinc Plate, Bulk Galvanized, Bulk Dimensions Pieces Weight Working

For Chain Size Cat. UPC No. Cat. UPC No. A B C D Per Per Box Load Limit
in. mm x in. mm No. 020418 No. 020418 in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm Box lb kg lb kg
1
⁄4 7
5
⁄16 8 T5423300 191534 3643300 175978
7
⁄16 11 1 ⁄16
1
27 2
1
⁄2 64
3
⁄8 10 10 3 2 3900 1769
3
⁄8 10 - - T5423301 191541 3643301 175985
1
⁄2 13 1 ⁄16
5
33 2 ⁄32
27
72
7
⁄16 11 10 6 3 5400 2449
7
⁄16 10
1
⁄2 13 T5423302 204869 3643302 175992
5
⁄8 16 1 ⁄8
5
41 3 ⁄8
5
92
9
⁄16 14 5 6 3 9200 4173


236 clevises
275-G, Jaw & Eye Swivels
Drop-Forged Carbon Steel - Galvanized
• Standard Material: Drop-forged carbon steel
• Standard Finish: Galvanized to ASTM A-153 speci-
fication
• Design Factor: 5 to 1
• Other Features: Meets Federal Specification
RR-C-271 Type VII, Class 3
Working Dimensions Weight/

Size Cat. UPC No. Load Limit A B C K L N P R 100
in. mm No. 020418 lb kg in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
1
⁄4 6 3640435 069994 850 386 1
1
⁄4 32
3
⁄4 19 ⁄4
3
19
1
⁄2 13 3
5
⁄32 80
3
⁄4 19
1
⁄4 6 2
7
⁄16 62 21 10
5
⁄16 8 3640535 070006 1250 567 1 ⁄8
5
41
3
⁄4 19 1 25
1
⁄2 13 3 ⁄4
3
95
13
⁄16 21 ⁄16
5
8 2 ⁄8
7
73 32 15
3
⁄8 10 3640635 070013 2250 1021 2 51 1 25 1 ⁄41
32
11
⁄16 17 4 ⁄8
5
117 1 ⁄16
1
27
3
⁄8 10 3 ⁄2
1
89 71 32
1
⁄2 13 3640835 070020 3600 1633 2
1
⁄2 64 1 ⁄41
32 1 ⁄2
1
38
3
⁄4 19 6 ⁄8
1
156 1 ⁄8
3
35
1
⁄2 13 4 ⁄16
11
119 122 55
5
⁄8 16 3641035 070037 5200 2359 3 76 1 ⁄8
5
41 1 ⁄4
3
44
15
⁄16 24 7 ⁄8
3
187 1 ⁄2
1
38
5
⁄8 16 5 ⁄2
1
140 228 104
3
⁄4 19 3641235 070044 7200 3266 3
1
⁄2 89 1 ⁄4
3
44 2 51 1 ⁄8
1
29 8 203 1 ⁄4
3
44
3
⁄4 19 5 ⁄8
7
149 345 157
7
⁄8 22 3641435 070051 10000 4536 4 102 2 ⁄8
1
54 2 ⁄41
57 1 ⁄16
3
30 9
3
⁄8 238 2 ⁄16
1
52
7
⁄8 22 7 178 564 256
1 25 3641635 070068 12500 5670 4
1
⁄2 114 2 ⁄4
1
57 2 ⁄2
1
64 1 ⁄4
3
44 11
7
⁄16 291 2 ⁄16
7
62 1 ⁄8
1
29 8
5
⁄8 219 933 424
1
1
⁄4 32 3642035 070075 18000 8165 5 ⁄8
5
143 3 ⁄4
1
83 3 ⁄8
1
79 2 ⁄16
1
52 12 305 2 ⁄16
13
71 1 ⁄8
3
35 8
7
⁄16 214 1651 750
Twin Clevis Link, 489-G

Drop-forged Carbon Steel, Heat Treated
• Standard Material: Drop-forged carbon steel heat

treated
• Standard Finish: Clevis and bolts are galvanized to
ASTM A-153 specification cotter keys are stainless
steel
Working Dimensions Pieces Weight/

Size Cat. UPC No. Load Limit A B C D Per Box
in. mm in. mm No. 020418 lb kg in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm Box lb kg
1
⁄4 7
5
⁄16 8 3643300 175978 3900 1769
7
⁄16 11 1 ⁄16
1
27 2
1
⁄2 64
3
⁄8 10 10 3.6 2
3
⁄8 10 - - 3643301 175985 5400 2449
1
⁄2 13 1 ⁄16
5
33 2 ⁄32
27
72
7
⁄16 11 10 6.0 3
7
⁄16 11
1
⁄2 13 3643302 175992 9200 4173
5
⁄8 16 1 ⁄8
5
41 3 ⁄8
5
92
9
⁄16 14 5 5.7 3

DO NOT EXCEED the working load limit. DO NOT USE shock or impact load. DO NOT USE if the fitting is visibly distored or worn.
WIRE ROPE CLIPS, THIMBLES, SHACKLES 237
Stainless Steel Wire Rope Clips & Light Duty Thimbles

Warning; To prevent injury:
• Do Not use on coated cable. If used on coated
cable, remove the coating from the assembly area
• Follow assembly instructions
• Standard Material: Cast Stainless Steel
• Order unit is "Each"
Tagged
Size Cat. UPC No. Shelf Case Case Wgt.
in. mm Description Finish No. 020418 Pack Pack lb kg
1
⁄8 3 Wire Rope Clips Polished T7633002 204692 10 100 7 3
3
1
1
⁄16 - ⁄8
1
2-3 Thimbles Polished T7637502 204739 10 100 2 1
3
⁄16 5 Thimbles Polished T7637503 204746 10 100 3 1
1
⁄4 6 Thimbles Polished T7637504 204753 10 100 3 1
Stainless Anchor Shackles, Screw Pin (Import)

• Type 316 Stainless Steel
• Cast bodies
• UPC tagged
Size Cat. UPC No. Shelf Case Case Wgt. Working Load Limit
in. mm Description Finish No. 020418 Pack Pack lb kg lb kg
1
⁄4 7 Shackle, Screw Pin Polished T7632104 204661 10 100 20 9 800 363
5
⁄16 8 Shackle, Screw Pin Polished T7632105 204678 10 100 27 13 1,400 627
3
⁄8 10 Shackle, Screw Pin Polished T7632106 204685 10 100 42 19 2,000 896
Eye & Eye Swivels (Import)

• Industrial grade
• Forged steel
• Galvanized
• Design factor: 5 to 1
• UPC tagged
3
⁄16 6 Swivel, Eye & Eye Galvanized T9630335 211560 5 50 6 3 700 318
1
⁄4 7 Swivel, Eye & Eye Galvanized T9630435 211577 5 50 10 5 850 386
5
⁄16 8 Swivel, Eye & Eye Galvanized T9630535 211584 5 50 19 9 1,250 567
3
⁄8 10 Swivel, Eye & Eye Galvanized T9630635 211591 5 25 17 8 2,250 1,021
1
⁄2 13 Swivel, Eye & Eye Galvanized T9630835 211607 5 25 35 16 3,600 1,633


238 wire rope clips
M-43-ST, Wire Rope Clips (Stainless Steel)
• Standard Material
Forged Type 316
A Stainless Steel
C • Standard Finish
Electro-polish
E D
For Rope Dimensions

Diameter Weight
A Cat. UPC No. B C D E Clips Per Per 100
in. mm No. 020418 in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm Fastening lb. kg.
1
⁄8 3 6403002 094101
5
⁄32 4
9
⁄16 14
3
⁄4 19
3
⁄4 19 2 4 2
3
⁄16 5 6403003 094118
1
⁄4 6
3
⁄4 19
7
⁄8 22 1 ⁄8
1
29 2 10 5
1
⁄4 6 6403004 094125
5
⁄16 8 1 25 1 ⁄8
1
29 1 ⁄8
3
35 2 18 8
3
⁄8 9 6403006 094132
1
⁄2 13 1
3
⁄8 35 1 ⁄2
1
38 2 51 2 52 23
1
⁄2 13 6403008 094149
9
⁄16 14 2 51 1 ⁄8
7
48 2 ⁄16
5
59 3 89 40
Shackles
416-S Round Pin Chain 999-G, A Safety Anchor Stainless Screw Pin Anchor
419-S, G Screw Pin Anchor 998-G Safety Chain Stainless Safety Anchor
422-G Screw Pin Chain Stainless Round Pin Anchor
READ AND UNDERSTAND THESE WARNINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USING SHACKLES.
WARNING
• Failure to follow the Instructions For Use below
and these warnings may cause death or serious
injury.
• Use shackles only as indicated.
• Shackles must always be inspected for wear, dis-
tortion and damage before use. If the pin or bow
is worn, distorted or damaged, discard the entire
shackle and replace.
• Do not use round pin shackles in rigging
applications.
• Screw pin shackles should not be used if there
will be movement on the pin. Movement could
cause the pin to unscrew and drop the load.
• Always stand clear of loads being lifted.

WIRE ROPE CLIPS 239
1000-G, Wire Rope Clips (Forged Carbon Steel, Galvanized)

• Standard Material: Base is drop-forged
carbon steel, with heavy hex nuts
specification
• Other Features: Meets specification
FF-C-450, Type 1, Class 1
• Note: See application and warning information
For Min. Dimensions
Rope No. of A Clips Weight/
Dia. Cat. UPC No. Clips UNC-2A B C D E G H Per 100
in. mm No. 020418 Req. in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm Box lb kg
* 1
⁄8 3 6990234 099908 2
7
⁄32 6
3
⁄4 19
7
⁄16 11
9
⁄16 14
7
⁄16 11
29
⁄32 737 1 ⁄16
1
27 100 6 3
* ⁄16 5
3
6990334 099915 2
1
⁄4 6
15
⁄16 24
9
⁄16 14
5
⁄8 16
1
⁄2 13
15
⁄16 813 1 ⁄8
1
29 100 10 5
* 1⁄4 6 6990434 099922 2
5
⁄16 8 1 ⁄32
1
26
5
⁄8 16
23
⁄32 18
21
⁄32 17 1 ⁄8
1
29 1 ⁄16
7
37 100 18 8
* 5⁄16 8 6990534 099939 2
3
⁄8 10 1 ⁄16
5
33
13
⁄16 21
7
⁄8 22
3
⁄4 19 1 ⁄16
5
29 1 ⁄16
11
43 100 32 15
3
⁄8 10 6990634 099946 2
7
⁄16 11 1 ⁄2
1
38
15
⁄16 24 1 25
29
⁄32 23 1 ⁄16
9
33 1 ⁄16
15
49 75 48 22
7
⁄16 11 6990734 099953 2
1
⁄2 13 2 51 1 ⁄8
1
29 1 ⁄8
1
29 1 25 1 ⁄16
11
40 2 ⁄4
1
57 50 72 33
1
⁄2 13 6990834 099960 3
1
⁄2 13 2 51 1 ⁄8
1
29 1 ⁄8
1
29 1 ⁄16
1
27 1 ⁄16
13
43 2 ⁄4
1
57 50 76 35
9
⁄16 14 6990934 099997 3
9
⁄16 14 2 ⁄8
3
60 1 ⁄8
3
35 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄32
9
33 1 ⁄16
15
46 2 ⁄16
7
62 50 96 44
5
⁄8 16 6991034 099984 3
9
⁄16 14 2 ⁄8
3
60 1 ⁄2
1
38 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄32
9
33 2 ⁄16
1
52 2 ⁄16
7
62 25 105 48
3
⁄4 19 6991234 099991 4
5
⁄8 11 2 ⁄4
3
70 1 ⁄2
1
38 1 ⁄2
1
38 1 ⁄2
1
38 2 ⁄16
5
59 2 ⁄16
13
71 25 160 73
7
⁄8 22 6991434 100000 4
3
⁄4 10 3 ⁄8
1
79 1 ⁄8
7
48 1 ⁄4
3
44 1 ⁄32
17
39 2 ⁄2
1
64 3 ⁄4
1
83 25 240 109
1 25 6991634 100017 5
3
⁄4 10 3 ⁄2
1
89 2 ⁄32
1
52 1 ⁄8
7
48 1 ⁄4
3
44 2 ⁄4
3
70 3 ⁄8
3
86 25 270 123
1 ⁄8
1
29 6991834 100024 6
3
⁄4 10 3 ⁄8
7
98 2 ⁄8
1
54 2 ⁄32
1
52 1 ⁄32
29
48 3 76 3 ⁄8
5
92 10 340 154
1 ⁄4 ⁄8 4 ⁄4 2 ⁄8 2 ⁄4 2 ⁄32 ⁄4
1 7 1 3 1 7 1
32 6992034 100031 7 9 108 60 57 56 3 83 4 102 10 468 212
1 ⁄2 ⁄8 4 ⁄16 2 ⁄4 2 ⁄16 2 ⁄16 ⁄2 ⁄8
1 7 15 1 9 9 1 3
38 6992434 100048 8 9 125 57 65 65 3 89 4 111 10 600 272
1 ⁄4 1 ⁄8 5 ⁄16 2 ⁄4 3 ⁄16 2 ⁄4 3 ⁄4 5 ⁄16
3 1 13 3 1 3 3 5
44 6992835 100055 8 29 148 70 78 70 95 135 Bulk 900 409
1 ⁄4 6 ⁄2 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 4 ⁄4 5 ⁄8
1 1 3 1 1 7
2 51 6993235 100062 8 32 165 3 76 86 79 108 149 Bulk 1,230 558
* Bagged, unassembled
3300, Wire Rope Clips (Malleable Iron, Zinc Plated)

• Standard Material: Base is cast malleable iron with regular hex nuts
• Note: See application and warning information.
Dimensions Case
Fig. Size A B C D Cat. UPC No. Shelf Case Wgt.
No. in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm No. 020418 Pack Pack lb kg
3300
1
⁄16 1
1
⁄16 1
7
⁄8 9
7
⁄16 11 -- -- T7670409 192586 10 100 2 1
3300
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄8 3 1 25
1
⁄2 13 -- -- T7670419 201691 10 100 4 2
3300
3
⁄16 5
3
⁄16 5 1
1
⁄16 27
9
⁄16 14 -- -- T7670429 201707 10 100 7 3
3300
3300
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄4 6 11/2 38
11
⁄16 17 -- -- T7670439 201714 10 100 12 5
3300
5
⁄16 8
5
⁄16 8 11/2 38
11
⁄16 17 -- -- T7670449 201721 10 100 14 6
3300
3
⁄8 9
3
⁄8 10 2 51
7
⁄8 22 -- -- T7670459 201738 10 100 22 10
B
3300
1
⁄2 13
1
⁄2 13 2 /2 1
64 1 25 -- -- T7670479 201745 10 50 18 8
3300
5
⁄8 16
5
⁄8 16 23/4 70 1
3
⁄16 30 -- -- T7670489 201752 10 50 28 13
3300
3
⁄4 19
3
⁄4 19 3 /16 1
78 1
11
⁄32 34 -- -- T7670499 180460 5 50 38 17 C


240 shackles
999, Anchor Shackles – Bolt Type
Drop-Forged Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel
• Standard Material: Shackle bodies are drop-forged
carbon steel. Alloy shackles are all alloy steel
• Standard Finish self-colored or galvanized to meet
ASTM A-153 specifications
• Working load limit permanently shown on every
shackle
• 999-G, safety meets the design requirements of
Federal Specification RR-C-271, Type IVA, Grade
A, Class 3
999-G, Drop-Forged Carbon Steel – Galvanized

Working Tolerances Dimensions Weight/
Size Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Length Width B C D E F 100
in. mm No. 020418 ton kg ±in.±mm ±in. ±mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
1
⁄4 6 5390435 193156
1
⁄2 454
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄16 2
5
⁄16 8 1
1
⁄8 29
15
⁄32 12
25
⁄32 20
11
⁄16 17 10 5
3
⁄8 10 5390635 193170 1 907
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄16 11 1
7
⁄16 37
21
⁄32 17
31
⁄32 25
15
⁄16 24 30 14
1
⁄2 13 5390835 075520 2 1814
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
5
⁄8 16 1 ⁄16
15
49
13
⁄16 21 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄4
1
32 70 32
5
⁄8 16 5391035 075544 3 ⁄4
1
2948
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
3
⁄4 19 2 ⁄16
7
62 1 ⁄16
1
27 1 ⁄16
9
40 1 ⁄16
7
37 130 59
3
⁄4 19 5391235 075568 4 ⁄4
3
4309
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄8 22 2 ⁄16
13
71 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄16
13
46 1 ⁄4
3
44 200 91
7
⁄8 22 5391435 075582 6 ⁄2
1
5897
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1 25 3 ⁄8
1
79 1 ⁄16
7
37 2 ⁄16
1
52 2 51 330 150
8 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄16 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 1 ⁄16 2 ⁄2 ⁄8
1 1 1 1 3 11 1 3
1 25 5391635
* 075605 7711 6 2 1 29 95 43 64 2 60 500 227
1 ⁄8
1
29 5391835 075629 9 ⁄2
1
8618
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1 ⁄4
1
32 4 ⁄4
1
108 1 ⁄16
13
46 2 ⁄16
15
75 2 ⁄8
5
67 710 322
1 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄16 1 ⁄8 4 ⁄2 3 ⁄4
1 1 1 3 1 1
32 5392035 075643 12 10886 6 2 35 114 2 51 83 3 76 1000 454
1 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 ⁄2 ⁄4
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
35 5392235 075667 13 12247 6 3 38 133 2 57 89 3 83 1300 590
1 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 5 ⁄4 2 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄2
1 1 1 5 3 3 7 1
38 5392435 075681 17 15422 6 3 41 146 60 98 89 1600 726
1 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄8 2 ⁄8 4 ⁄4
3 1 1 7 3
44 5392835 075735 25 22680 6 3 2 51 7 178 73 121 4 102 2850 1294
2 51 5393235 075766 35 31752
1
⁄2 13
1
⁄8 3 2 ⁄41
57 7
3
⁄4 197 3 ⁄4
1
83 5 ⁄4
3
146 4 ⁄87
124 4000 1816
*2 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄8 2 ⁄4 ⁄16 4 ⁄8 7 ⁄4 5 ⁄2
1 1 1 3 9 1 1 1
64 5394035 075797 55 49896 13 3 70 10 268 105 184 140 9000 4086
These items are made to order
999-A, Alloy Steel – Galvanized

1
⁄2 13 5390895 182198 3
1
⁄4 2948
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2 ⁄85
16 1 ⁄16
15
49 ⁄16
13
21 1
1
⁄4 32 1 ⁄4
1
32 70 32
3
⁄4 19 5391295 182105 7 6350
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 ⁄87
22 2 ⁄16
13
71 1 ⁄4
1
32 1
13
⁄16 46 1 ⁄4
3
44 200 91
1 25 5391695 182112 12
1
⁄2 11340
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1 ⁄8
1
29 3 ⁄4
3
95 1 ⁄16
11
43 2 ⁄2
1
64 2 ⁄8
3
60 500 227
1 ⁄41
32 5392095 182129 18 16329
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1 ⁄8
3
35 4 ⁄2
1
114 2 51 3 ⁄4
1
83 3 76 1000 454
1 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 5 ⁄4 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 ⁄2
1 1 1 5 3 3 7 1
38 5392495 075698 30 27216 6 3 41 146 2 60 98 3 89 1600 726

shackles 241
Shackles
Campbell carbon and alloy shackles are all drop-forged. The pins and bolts are made of alloy steel. The shackles
all meet the design requirements of Federal Specification RR-C-271, Type IV. Galvanizing is to ASTM A-153
specification.
Campbell Stainless shackles are all drop-forged and made of Type 316 Stainless Steel, and have an
electro-polished finish.
IMPORTANT: Instructions For Use
1. Do not exceed working load limit (WLL). See tables below.
2. The standard WLL given applies to in-line loading (perpendicular to the pin). When the loading is at an angle,
the WLL is reduced as shown in the table below.
3. Any angular loads must be on the bow. All straight loading should be on the pin.
WLL in Tons–Campbell Carbon and Alloy Shackles WLL in Lbs.–Campbell Stainless Shackles
In-Line Load 45° Load 90° Load In-Line Load 45° Load 90° Load
Shackle Size, WLL WLL WLL Shackle Size, WLL WLL WLL
in. mm ton kg ton kg ton kg in. mm lb kg lb kg lb kg
3
⁄16 5
1
⁄3 302
1
⁄5 181
1
⁄6 151
1
⁄4 6 1000 454 700 318 500 227
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄2 454
1
⁄3 302
1
⁄4 227
5
⁄16 8 1500 681 1050 476 750 363
5
⁄16 8
3
⁄4 680
1
⁄2 454
1
⁄3 302
3
⁄8 10 2000 907 1400 635 1000 454
3
⁄8 10 1 907
2
⁄3 605
1
⁄2 454
7
⁄16 11 3000 1362 2100 953 1500 681
3
⁄8 Alloy 10 2 1814 1 ⁄3
1
1210 1 907
1
⁄2 13 4000 1814 2800 1270 2000 907
7
⁄16 11 1
1
⁄2 1361 1 907
3
⁄4 680
5
⁄8 16 6000 2722 4200 1905 3000 1362
1
⁄2 13 2 1814 1 ⁄3
1
1210 1 907
3
⁄4 19 8000 3629 5600 2540 4000 1814
1
⁄2 Alloy 13 3 ⁄4
1
2948 2 ⁄3
1
2117 1 ⁄2
1
1361
7
⁄8 22 10000 4540 7000 3175 5000 2268
5
⁄8 16 3 ⁄4
1
2948 2 ⁄4
1
2041 1 ⁄2
1
1361 1 25 12000 5443 8400 3810 6000 2722
3
⁄4 19 4 ⁄4
3
4309 3 ⁄3
1
3024 2 ⁄3
1
2117
3
⁄4 Alloy 19 7 6350 5 4536 3 ⁄2
1
3175
7
⁄8 22 6 ⁄2
1
5897 4
1
⁄2 4082 3 ⁄4
1
2948
8 ⁄2 4 ⁄4
1 1
1 25 7711 6 5443 3856
12 ⁄2 ⁄4 6 ⁄4
1 3 1
1 Alloy 25 11338 8 7936 5668
1 ⁄8
1
29 9 ⁄2
1
8618 6 ⁄3
2
6048 4 ⁄4
3
4309
1 ⁄4 8 ⁄3
1 1
32 12 10886 7560 6 5443
1 ⁄4 Alloy 12 ⁄2
1 1
32 18 16326 11338 9 8163
1 ⁄8 ⁄2 9 ⁄2 ⁄4
3 1 1 3
35 13 12247 8618 6 6123
1 ⁄2 11 ⁄8 ⁄2
1 7 1
38 17 15422 10773 8 7711
1 ⁄2 Alloy
1
38 30 27215 21 19051 15 13608
1 ⁄8
5
41 20 18144 14 12700 10 9072
1 ⁄4 Alloy ⁄2
3 1
44 40 36287 28 25401 12 11340
2 51 35 31751 24
1
⁄2 22226 17
1
⁄2 15876
2 Alloy 51 50 45359 35 31751 25 22679
2
1
⁄2 64 55 49895 38 ⁄2 1
34926 27 ⁄2 1
24947
52 ⁄2 37 ⁄2
1 1
3 76 75 68038 47627 34019
3
1
⁄2 89 100 90718 70 63502 50 45359


242 shackles
419, Anchor Shackles - Screw Pin continued
Drop-Forged Carbon Steel – Galvanized
3
⁄16 5 5410335 076138
1
⁄3 302
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄4 6 ⁄8
7
22
3
⁄8 10
19
⁄32 15
9
⁄16 14 5 2
1
⁄4 6 5410435 076169
1
⁄2 454
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄16 2
5
⁄16 8 1 ⁄8
1
29
15
⁄32 12
25
⁄32 20
11
⁄16 17 10 5
5
⁄16 8 5410535 076190
3
⁄4 680
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄16 2
3
⁄8 10 1 ⁄4
1
32
17
⁄32 13
27
⁄32 21
3
⁄4 19 18 8
3
⁄8 10 5410635 076220 1 907
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄16 11 1 ⁄16
7
37
21
⁄32 17
31
⁄32 25
15
⁄16 24 30 14
7
⁄16 11 5410735 076251 1
1
⁄2 1361
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄2 13 1 ⁄4
3
44
23
⁄32 18 1 ⁄32
5
29 1 ⁄8
1
29 52 24
1
⁄2 13 5410835 076275 2 1814
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
5
⁄8 16 1 ⁄16
15
49
13
⁄16 21 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄4
1
32 70 32
5
⁄8 16 5411035 076299 3 ⁄4
1
2948
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
3
⁄4 19 2 ⁄16
7
62 1 ⁄16
1
27 1 ⁄16
9
40 1 ⁄16
7
37 130 59
3
⁄4 19 5411235 076312 4 ⁄4
3
4309
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄8 22 2 ⁄16
13
71 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄16
13
46 1 ⁄4
3
44 200 91
7
⁄8 22 5411435 076336 6 ⁄2
1
5897
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1 25 3 ⁄8
1
79 1 ⁄16
7
37 2 ⁄16
1
52 2 51 330 150
8 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄16 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 1 ⁄16 2 ⁄2 ⁄8
1 1 1 1 3 11 1 3
1 25 5411635 076350 7711 6 2 1 29 95 43 64 2 60 500 227
1 ⁄8
1
29 5411835 076374 9 ⁄2
1
8618
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1 ⁄4
1
32 4 ⁄4
1
108 1 ⁄16
13
46 2 ⁄16
15
75 2 ⁄8
5
67 710 322
1 ⁄4
1
32 5412035 076398 12 10886
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1 ⁄8
3
35 4 ⁄2
1
114 2 51 3 ⁄4
1
83 3 76 1000 454
1 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 ⁄2 ⁄4
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
35 5412235 076411 13 12247 6 3 38 133 2 57 89 3 83 1300 590
1 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 5 ⁄4 2 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 3 ⁄2
1 1 1 5 3 3 7 1
38 5412435 076435 17 15422 6 3 41 146 60 98 89 1600 726
1 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄8 2 ⁄8 4 ⁄4
3 1 1 7 3
44 5412835 076466 25 22680 6 3 2 51 7 178 73 121 4 102 2850 1294
2 51 5413235 076480 35 31752
1
⁄2 13
1
⁄8 3 2 ⁄4
1
57 7
3
⁄4 197 3 ⁄4
1
83 5 ⁄4
3
146 4 ⁄8
7
124 4000 1816
2
1
⁄2 64 5414035 076527 55 49896
1
⁄2 13
1
⁄8 3 2 ⁄4
3
70 10
9
⁄16 268 4 ⁄8
1
105 7 ⁄4
1
184 5 ⁄2
1
140 9000 4086
Anchor Shackles - Screw Pin Drop-Forged Carbon Steel

Galvanized - Bagged, 1 per Bag, 10 Bags per Carton
Size Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Length Width B C D E F Shelf Pack
1
⁄4 6 B5960435 154928
1
⁄2 454
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄16 2
5
⁄16 8 1
1
⁄8 29
15
⁄32 12
25
⁄32 20
11
⁄16 17 2 0.9
5
⁄16 8 B5960535 156687
3
⁄4 680
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄16 2
3
⁄8 10 1
1
⁄4 32
17
⁄32 13
27
⁄32 21
3
⁄4 19 2.7 1.2
3
⁄8 10 B5960635 154942 1 907
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄16 11 1
7
⁄16 37
21
⁄32 17
31
⁄32 25
15
⁄16 24 4.2 1.9
419, Anchor Shackles - Screw Pin

419-A, Alloy Steel - Galvanized
3
⁄8 10 5410695 182136 2 1814
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄16 11 1
7
⁄16 37
21
⁄32 17
31
⁄32 25
15
⁄16 24 30 14
1
⁄2 13 5410895 182143 3
1
⁄3 3024
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
5
⁄8 16 1 ⁄16
15
49
13
⁄16 21 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄4
1
32 70 32
3
⁄4 19 5411295 182150 7 6350
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄8 22 2 ⁄16
13
71 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄16
13
46 1 ⁄4
3
44 200 91
1 25 5411695 182167 12
1
⁄2 11340
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1 ⁄8
1
29 3 ⁄4
3
95 1 ⁄16
11
43 2 ⁄2
1
64 2 ⁄8
3
60 500 227
1
1
⁄4 32 5412095 182174 18 16330
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1 ⁄8
3
35 4 ⁄2
1
114 2 51 3 ⁄4
1
83 3 76 1000 454

shackles 243
Anchor Shackles – Bolt Type (Imported)

Type 316 Stainless Steel
• Standard Material: Forged Type 316 Stainless Steel
• Standard Finish: Electro-polish
• Imported
Working Tolerances Dimensions Weight

Size Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Length Width B C D E F Each
in. mm No. 020418 lb kg ±in. ±mm ±in. ±mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
5
⁄16 8 6402405 093852 1300 590
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄16 2
3
⁄8 10 1 ⁄4 1
32
17
⁄32 13
27
⁄32 21 ⁄4
3
19 0.16 0.07
3
⁄8 9 6402406 093869 1500 681
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄16 11 1 ⁄16
7
37
21
⁄32 17
31
⁄32 25
15
⁄16 24 0.20 0.09
7
⁄16 11 6402407 093876 2000 907
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄2 13 1 ⁄4
3
44
23
⁄32 18 1 ⁄32
5
29 1 ⁄8
1
29 0.50 0.23
1
⁄2 13 6402408 093883 3000 1362
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
5
⁄8 16 1 ⁄16
15
49
13
⁄16 21 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄4
1
32 0.72 0.33
5
⁄8 16 6402410 093890 4000 1814
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
3
⁄4 19 2 ⁄16
7
62 1 ⁄16
1
27 1 ⁄16
9
40 1 ⁄16
7
37 1.38 0.63
3
⁄4 19 6402412 093906 6000 2722
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄8 22 2 ⁄16
13
71 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄16
13
46 1 ⁄4
3
44 2.22 1.01
7
⁄8 22 6402414 093913 8000 3629
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1 25 3 ⁄4
1
63 1 ⁄16
7
37 1 ⁄16
13
46 1 ⁄4
3
44 2.22 1.01
1 25 6402416 093920 10000 4540
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1
1
⁄8 29 3 ⁄4
3
95 1 ⁄16
11
43 2 ⁄8
1
54 2 51 3.28 1.49
419, Anchor Shackles – Screw Pin

Drop-Forged Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel
• Standard Material: Shackle bodies are drop-forged carbon steel.
Alloy shackles are all alloy steel
• Standard Finish self-colored or galvanized to meet
ASTM A-153 specifications
• Working load limit permanently shown on every shackle
• 419-S, 419-G Screw Pin meets the design requirements of
Federal Specification RR-C-271, Type IVA, Grade A, Class 2
419-S, Drop-Forged Carbon Steel – Self Colored

in. mm No. 020418 ton kg ±in. ±mm ±in. ±mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
1
⁄4 6 5410405 076145
1
⁄2 454
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄16 2
5
⁄16 8 1 ⁄8 1
29
15
⁄32 12
25
⁄32 20
11
⁄16 17 10 5
5
⁄16 8 5410505 076176
3
⁄4 680
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄16 2
3
⁄8 10 1 ⁄4
1
32
17
⁄32 13
27
⁄32 21
3
⁄4 19 18 8
3
⁄8 10 5410605 076206 1 907
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄16 11 1 ⁄16
7
37
21
⁄32 17
31
⁄32 25
15
⁄16 24 30 14
7
⁄16 11 5410705 076237 1
1
⁄2 1361
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄2 13 1 ⁄4
3
44
23
⁄32 18 1 ⁄32
5
29 1 ⁄8
1
29 52 24
1
⁄2 13 5410805 076268 2 1814
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
5
⁄8 16 1 ⁄16
15
49
13
⁄16 21 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄4
1
32 70 32
5
⁄8 16 5411005 076282 3 ⁄4
1
2948
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
3
⁄4 19 2 ⁄16
7
62 1 ⁄16
1
27 1 ⁄16
9
40 1 ⁄16
7
37 130 59
3
⁄4 19 5411205 076305 4 ⁄4
3
4309
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄8 22 2 ⁄16
13
71 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄16
13
46 1 ⁄4
3
44 200 91
7
⁄8 22 5411405 076329 6 ⁄2
1
5897
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1 25 3 ⁄8
1
79 1 ⁄16
7
37 2 ⁄16
1
52 2 51 330 150
8 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄16 ⁄8 3 ⁄4 1 ⁄16 2 ⁄2 ⁄8
1 1 1 1 3 11 1 3
1 25 5411605 076343 7711 6 2 1 29 95 43 64 2 60 500 227
1 ⁄81
29 5411805 076367 9 ⁄2
1
8618
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1 ⁄4
1
32 4 ⁄4
1
108 1 ⁄16
13
46 2 ⁄16
15
75 2 ⁄8
5
67 710 322
1 ⁄41
32 5412005 076381 12 10886
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1 ⁄8
3
35 4 ⁄2
1
114 2 51 3 ⁄4
1
83 3 76 1000 454
1 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 5 ⁄4 ⁄4 3 ⁄2 ⁄4
3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
35 5412205 076404 13 12247 6 3 38 133 2 57 89 3 83 1300 590
1 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 5 ⁄4 2 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 ⁄2
1 1 1 5 3 3 7 1
38 5412405 076428 17 15422 6 3 41 146 60 98 3 89 1600 726
1 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄8 2 ⁄8 4 ⁄4
3 1 1 7 3
44 5412805 076459 25 22680 6 3 2 51 7 178 73 121 4 102 2850 1294
2 51 5413205 076473 35 31752
1
⁄2 13
1
⁄8 3 2
1
⁄4 57 7
3
⁄4 197 3 ⁄4
1
83 5 ⁄4
3
146 4
7
⁄8 124 4000 1816
2 ⁄2
1
64 5414005 076510 55 49896
1
⁄2 13
1
⁄8 3 2
3
⁄4 70 10
9
⁄16 268 4 ⁄8
1
105 7 ⁄4
1
184 5
1
⁄2 140 9000 4086


244 shackles
422, Chain Shackles-Screw Pin
Drop-Forged Carbon Steel
• Standard Material: All shackle bodies are drop
forged carbon steel. All pins are alloy steel
specification
TR-C-271 Type VII, Class
• 422-G Screw Pin meets the design requirements of
Federal Specification RR-C-271, Type IVB, Grade A,
Class 2

Size Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Length Width B C D F 100
in. mm No. 020418 ton kg ±in.±mm ±in. ±mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
1
⁄4 6 5430435 076909
1
⁄2 454
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄16 2
5
⁄16 8
7
⁄8 22
15
⁄32 12
11
⁄16 17 11 5
5
⁄16 8 5430535 076923
3
⁄4 680
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄16 2
3
⁄8 10 1 25
17
⁄32 13
13
⁄16 21 17 8
3
⁄8 10 5430635 076947 1 907
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄16 11 1
1
⁄4 32
21
⁄32 17
15
⁄16 24 30 14
1
⁄2 13 5430835 076985 2 1814
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
5
⁄8 16 1
11
⁄16 43
13
⁄16 21 1 ⁄4
1
32 75 34
5
⁄8 16 5431035 077005 3
1
⁄4 2948
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
3
⁄4 19 2 51 1 ⁄16
1
27 1 ⁄16
7
37 130 59
416, Chain Shackles-Round Pin

• Standard Material: All shackle bodies are drop-forged
carbon steel. All pins are alloy steel
• Standard Finish: Self-colored
• Other Features: Meets Federal Specification RR-C-271
Type VII, Class
• 416-S Round Pin meets the design requirements of
Federal Specification RR-C-271, Type IVB, Grade A,
Class 1

Size Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Length Width B C D F 100
in. mm No. 020418 ton kg ±in.±mm ±in. ±mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
5
⁄16 8 5420505 076558
3
⁄4 680
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄16 2
3
⁄8 10 1 25
17
⁄32 13
13
⁄16 21 17 8
3
⁄8 10 5420605 076572 1 907
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄16 11 1 ⁄41
32
21
⁄32 17
15
⁄16 24 30 14
7
⁄16 11 5420705 076596 1
1
⁄2 1361
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄2 13 1 ⁄2
1
38
23
⁄32 18 1 ⁄8
1
29 46 21
1
⁄2 13 5420805 076619 2 1814
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
5
⁄8 16 1 ⁄16
11
43
13
⁄16 21 1 ⁄4
1
32 75 34

shackles 245
Anchor Shackles – Screw Pin (Imported)
• Forged steel
• Galvanized
• Design factor: 5 to 1
• Working Load Limit shown on every shackle
• UPC tagged
Working Dimensions Case

Size Cat. UPC No. Load Limit A B C D E F Shelf Case Weight
in. mm No. 020418 Tons kg in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm Pack Pack lb kg
3
⁄16 6 T9640335 211706
1
⁄3 302 0.19 5 0.25 6 0.87 22 0.37 9 0.63 16 0.56 14 10 100 6 3
1
⁄4 7 T9640435 211683
1
⁄2 454 0.25 6 0.31 8 1.12 28 0.50 13 0.78 20 0.69 18 10 100 11 5
5
⁄16 8 T9640535 211676
3
⁄4 680 0.32 8 0.37 9 1.20 30 0.54 14 0.83 21 0.86 22 10 100 18 8
3
⁄8 10 T9640635 211669 1 907 0.38 10 0.43 11 1.44 37 0.67 17 1.00 25 1.05 27 10 100 32 14
1
⁄2 13 T9640835 211652 2 1814 0.50 13 0.62 16 1.86 47 0.86 22 1.30 33 1.20 30 5 50 35 16
5
⁄8 16 T9641035 211645 3
1
⁄4 2948 0.62 16 0.75 19 2.44 62 1.06 27 1.56 40 1.44 37 1 25 38 17
3
⁄4 20 T9641235 211621 4
3
⁄4 4309 0.75 19 0.87 22 2.80 71 1.30 33 2.00 51 1.85 47 1 15 35 16
7
⁄8 22 T9641435 211638 6 ⁄2
1
5897 0.87 22 1.00 25 3.20 81 1.43 36 2.15 55 2.00 51 1 10 34 15
8 ⁄2
1
1 26 T9641635 211614 7711 1.00 25 1.12 28 3.75 95 1.68 43 2.55 65 2.37 60 1 5 26 12
Anchor Shackles – Screw Pin Type 316 Stainless Steel

• Forged Type 316 Stainless Steel
• Electro-polished finish
• Imported
Working Tolerances Dimensions Weight

Size Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Length Width B C D E F Each
in. mm No. 020418 lb kg ±in.±mm ±in. ±mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
1
⁄4 6 6402104 093654 1000 454
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄16 2
5
⁄16 8 1
1
⁄8 29
1
⁄2 13
3
⁄4 19
11
⁄16 17 0.10 0
5
⁄16 8 6402105 093661 1300 590
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄16 2
3
⁄8 10 1 ⁄4
1
32
17
⁄32 13
27
⁄32 21
3
⁄4 19 0.16 0
3
⁄8 10 6402106 093678 1500 681
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄16 11 1 ⁄16
7
37
21
⁄32 17
31
⁄32 25
15
⁄16 24 0.20 0
7
⁄16 11 6402107 093685 2000 907
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
1
⁄2 13 1 ⁄4
3
44
23
⁄32 18 1 ⁄32
5
29 1 ⁄8
1
29 0.50 0
1
⁄2 13 6402108 093692 3000 1362
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
5
⁄8 16 1 ⁄16
15
49
13
⁄16 21 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄4
1
32 0.72 0
5
⁄8 16 6402110 093708 4000 1814
1
⁄8 3
1
⁄16 2
3
⁄4 19 2 ⁄16
7
62 1 ⁄16
1
27 1 ⁄16
9
40 1 ⁄16
7
37 1.30 1
3
⁄4 19 6402112 093715 6000 2722
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2
7
⁄8 22 2 ⁄16
13
71 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄16
13
46 1 ⁄4
3
44 2.22 1
7
⁄8 22 6402114 093722 8000 3629
1
⁄4 6
1
⁄16 2 1 25 3 ⁄8
1
79 1 ⁄16
7
37 2 ⁄8
1
54 2 51 3.28 1


246 SHACKLES
Anchor Shackles, Screw Pin (Import)
• Consumer grade
• Standard Material: Shackle bodies forged steel
• Standard Finish: Zinc plated
• UPC tagged
3
⁄16 6 Shackle, Screw Pin Zinc T9600335 201509 10 100 10 5 100 45
1
5
3
⁄8 10 Shackle, Screw Pin Zinc T9600635 201530 10 100 30 13 1,000 448
1
⁄2 13 Shackle, Screw Pin Zinc T9600835 201547 5 50 35 16 2,000 896
5
⁄8 16 Shackle, Screw Pin Zinc T9601035 201554 5 20 28 13 3,000 1,344
3
⁄4 20 Shackle, Screw Pin Zinc T9601235 201561 5 20 48 22 4,000 1,792
1 25 Shackle, Screw Pin Zinc T9601635 201578 2 10 50 22 5,000 2,240
Anchor Shackles, Screw Pin (Import)

• Forged steel
• Galvanized
• Working Load Limit shown on every shackle
• UPC tagged
in. mm Description Finish No. 020418 Pack Pack lb kg Tons kg
3
⁄16 6 Shackle, Screw Pin Galvanized T9640335 211706 10 100 6 3
1
⁄3 302
1
1
⁄2 454
5
3
⁄4 680
3
⁄8 10 Shackle, Screw Pin Galvanized T9640635 211669 10 100 32 14 1 907
1
⁄2 13 Shackle, Screw Pin Galvanized T9640835 211652 5 50 35 16 2 1,814
5
⁄8 16 Shackle, Screw Pin Galvanized T9641035 211645 1 25 38 17 3 ⁄4
1
2,948
⁄4 4 ⁄4
3 3
20 Shackle, Screw Pin Galvanized T9641235 211621 1 15 35 16 4,309
⁄8 6 ⁄2
7 1
22 Shackle, Screw Pin Galvanized T9641435 211638 1 10 34 15 5,897
8 ⁄2
1
1 25 Shackle, Screw Pin Galvanized T9641635 211614 1 5 26 12 7,711

Hooks 247
1013, Swivel Hoist Hooks

• Standard Material: Drop-forged carbon steel or alloy • Design Factor: 5 to 1 for carbon steel; 4 to 1 for
and heat treated alloy steel
• Standard Finish: Self-colored or galvanized to ASTM • Other Features: All hooks are drilled for
A-153 specification. Alloy hooks are painted orange latch kits
Carbon Steel Alloy Steel – Painted Orange
Self Colored Galvanized Working Working Weight
Size Cat. UPC No. Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Each
No. No. 020418 No. 020418 ton kg No. 020418 ton kg lb kg
2 3940205 071812 -- --
3
⁄4 680 3950215 072253 1 907 0.67 .3
1 ⁄2
1
4 3940405 071850 -- -- 1361 3950415 072277 2 1814 1.56 .7
5 3940505 071874 -- -- 2 1814 3950515 072284 3 2722 2.73 1.2
7 3940705 071911 -- -- 3 2722 3950715 072291 4
1
⁄2 4082 4.85 2.2
9 3940905 071959 -- -- 5 4536 -- -- 7 6350 9.63 4.4
* ⁄2
1
11 3941105 071997 -- -- 7 6804 3951115 072307 11 9979 13.76 6.2
*
12 3941205 072017 -- -- 10 9072 3951215 072314 15 13636 19.76 9.0
These items are made to order
Size A B C D E F S L R
No. in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
2 2 51 1 25 1 ⁄41
32 3 76 1 25
7
⁄8 22
3
⁄8 10 5 ⁄2 1
140 4
3
⁄8 111
4 2
1
⁄2 64 1 ⁄41
32 1 ⁄21
38 3
9
⁄16 90 1 ⁄8
1
29 1 25
1
⁄2 13 7 ⁄8 1
181 5
5
⁄8 143
1 ⁄8 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 ⁄8 ⁄8 8 ⁄32 6 ⁄16
5 3 1 1 5 9 9
5 3 76 41 44 4 102 32 1 29 16 210 167
7 3 ⁄21
89 1 ⁄4
3
44 2 51 4
15
⁄16 125 1 ⁄32
17
39 1 ⁄16
5
33
3
⁄4 19 9 ⁄16
7
240 8 203
4 ⁄2 2 ⁄4 ⁄2 6 ⁄32 1 ⁄16 1 ⁄8 12 ⁄2 ⁄16
1 1 1 15 15 5 1 11
9 114 57 2 64 164 49 41 1 25 318 9 246
5 ⁄8 2 ⁄4 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄32 2 ⁄16 ⁄4 11 ⁄2
5 3 1 23 5 1 1
11 143 70 79 196 59 2 51 1 32 15 381 292
5 ⁄8 2 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄16 2 ⁄16 ⁄8 ⁄4 ⁄32 12 ⁄4
5 5 1 13 5 1 1 1 1
12 143 67 79 198 59 2 54 1 32 16 407 311
1014, Swivel Hoist Hooks — Latched

2 3942205 072031 3942235 072048
3
⁄4 680 3952215 072321 1 907 0.67 .3
3 3942305 072055 3942335 072062 1 907 3952315 072338 1
1
⁄2 1361 0.67 .3
4 3942405 072079 3942435 072086 1
1
⁄2 1361 3952415 072345 2 1814 1.56 .7
5 3942505 072093 3942535 072109 2 1814 3952515 072352 3 2722 2.73 1.2
7 3942705 072130 3942735 072147 3 2722 3952715 072369 4
1
⁄2 4082 4.85 2.2
9 3942905 072178 3942935 072185 5 4536 -- -- 7 6350 9.63 4.4
11 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3953115 072376 11 9979 13.76 6.2
12 3943205 072239 -- -- 10 9072 3953215 072383 15 13636 19.76 9.0 • Standard Material:
Drop-forged carbon steel
Size A B C D E F S L R or alloy and heat treated
No. in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm • Standard Finish:
2 2 51 1 25 1 ⁄41
32 3 76 1 25
7
⁄8 22
3
⁄8 10 5 ⁄21
140 4 ⁄8
3
111 Self-colored or
galvanized to ASTM
3 2 ⁄2
1
64 1 ⁄41
32 1 ⁄2
1
38 3
3
⁄16 81 1 ⁄16
1
27
31
⁄32 25
1
⁄2 13 6 ⁄8
5
168 5 ⁄4
1
133
A-153 specification.
4 2 ⁄2
1
64 1 ⁄41
32 1 ⁄2
1
38 3
9
⁄16 90 1 ⁄8
1
29 1 25
1
⁄2 13 7 ⁄8
1
181 5 ⁄8
5
143 Alloy hooks are
5 3 76 1 ⁄8
5
41 1 ⁄4
3
44 4 102 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄8
1
29
5
⁄8 16 8 ⁄32
9
210 6 ⁄16
9
167 painted orange
• Design Factor: 5 to 1 for
7 3 ⁄21
89 1 ⁄4
3
44 2 51 4
15
⁄16 125 1 ⁄32
17
39 1 ⁄16
5
33
3
⁄4 19 9 ⁄16
7
240 8 203 carbon steel; 4 to 1 for
9 4 ⁄21
114 2 ⁄4
1
57 2 ⁄21
64 6
15
⁄32 164 1 ⁄16
15
49 1 ⁄8
5
41 1 25 12 ⁄2
1
318 9 ⁄16
11
246 alloy steel
11 5 ⁄8
5
143 2 ⁄4
3
70 3 ⁄8
1
79 7 ⁄32
23
196 2 ⁄16
5
59 2 51 1 ⁄4
1
32 15 381 11 ⁄2
1
292
• Other Features: All
hooks are drilled for
5 ⁄8 2 ⁄8 3 ⁄8 7 ⁄16 2 ⁄16 ⁄8 ⁄4 ⁄32 12 ⁄4
5 5 1 13 5 1 1 1 1
12 143 67 79 198 59 2 54 1 32 16 407 311 latch kits


248 Hooks
1010, Eye Hoist Hooks-Regular
• Standard Material: Drop-forged carbon steel or alloy and heat treated
• Standard Finish: Self-colored. Alloy hooks are painted orange
• Design Factor: 5 to 1 for carbon steel; 4 to 1 for alloy steel
• Other Features: All hooks are drilled for latch kits
Carbon Steel – Self Colored Alloy Steel – Painted Orange
Working Working Weight
Size Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Each
No. No. 020418 ton kg No. 020418 ton kg lb kg
27 -- -- 3 2722 3922715 071676 4
1
⁄2 4082 3.50 1.59
29 3912905 071256 5 4536 3922915 071683 7 6350 7.30 3.31
31 3913105 071294 7
1
⁄2 6804 3923115 071690 11 9979 12.00 5.45
32 3913205 071317 10 9072 3923215 071706 15 13608 17.60 7.99
34 -- -- -- -- 3923415 071713 22 19958 35.10 15.94
Size A B D E F G H K L R S
No. in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
27 2 ⁄16
15
75 1
9
⁄16 40 4 ⁄16
15
125 1
17
⁄32 39 1
5
⁄16 33 1
7
⁄16 37 1⁄8 5
41 1
1
⁄16 27 7 ⁄32
25
198 5 ⁄32
21
144
11
⁄16 17
3 ⁄4 6 ⁄32 1 ⁄16 1 ⁄32 ⁄16 2 ⁄8 1 ⁄32 9 ⁄8 7 ⁄16 ⁄8
3 15 15 21 13 1 11 7 3 7
29 95 2 51 164 49 42 1 46 54 34 251 183 22
4 ⁄4 ⁄32 7 ⁄16 2 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 2 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 10 ⁄2 7 ⁄2
1 25 3 1 7 3 1 1 1
31 108 1 45 183 54 48 2 51 60 38 267 191 1 25
4 ⁄8 ⁄32 8 ⁄16 2 ⁄16 2 ⁄8 ⁄16 2 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 9 ⁄16 ⁄4
7 13 9 9 1 9 15 13 3 1
32 124 2 61 217 65 54 2 65 75 46 13 330 233 1 32
6 ⁄8 3 ⁄32 11 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄32 3 ⁄32 3 ⁄32 2 ⁄32 ⁄32 12 ⁄16 1 ⁄8
3 5 7 7 5 7 25 7 29 1 5
34 162 80 291 87 80 82 96 56 16 429 306 41
272-G, Eye & Eye Swivels

• Standard Finish: Galvanized to ASTM A-153 speci-
fication
RR-C-271 Type VII, Class 2
Working Dimensions Weight/

Size Cat. UPC No. Load Limit A B C D L R 100
in. mm No. 020418 lb kg in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
1
⁄4 6 3630435 069901 850 386 1 ⁄4 1
32
3
⁄4 19
3
⁄4 19 1 ⁄16
1
27 3
3
⁄8 86 2
7
⁄8 73 15.5 7.0
5
⁄16 8 3630535 069918 1250 567 1 ⁄8
5
41
3
⁄4 19 1 25 1 ⁄4
1
32 4 ⁄8
1
105 3 ⁄8
5
92 28.5 12.9
3
⁄8 10 3630635 069925 2250 1021 2 51 1 25 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄2
1
38 5 127 4 ⁄4
1
108 59 26.8
1
⁄2 13 3630835 069932 3600 1633 2
1
⁄2 64 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄2
1
38 1 ⁄16
15
49 6
3
⁄4 171 5 ⁄4
3
146 124 56.3
5
⁄8 16 3631035 069949 5200 2359 3 76 1 ⁄8
5
41 1 ⁄4
3
44 2 ⁄8
3
60 8 203 6 ⁄4
3
171 238 108.1
3
⁄4 19 3631235 069956 7200 3266 3
1
⁄2 89 1 ⁄4
3
44 2 51 2 ⁄2
1
64 8⁄4
3
222 7 ⁄4
1
184 365 165.7
7
⁄8 22 3631435 069963 10000 4536 4 102 2 ⁄8
1
54 2 ⁄4
1
57 3 ⁄16
1
78 10 ⁄8
3
264 8 ⁄4
3
222 568 257.9
1 25 3631635 069970 12500 5670 4 ⁄2 1
114 2 ⁄4
1
57 2 ⁄2
1
64 3 ⁄2
1
89 11 ⁄4
3
298 9 ⁄4
3
248 891 404.5
1
1
⁄4 32 3632035 069987 18000 8165 5 ⁄8
5
143 3 ⁄4
1
83 3 ⁄8
1
79 3 ⁄8
7
98 13 ⁄16
15
354 11 ⁄2
1
292 1627 738.7

HOOKS 249
Grab Hooks, Grade 30, (Import)

• Forged steel
• Zinc plated
• UPC tagged
Eye Grab Hook Clevis Grab Hook
Size Hook Cat. UPC No. Shelf Case Case Wgt. Working Load Limit
in. mm Description Finish Style No. 020418 Pack Pack lb kg lb kg
1
⁄
4 6 Grab Hook, Grade 30 Zinc Plate Eye T9000424 201837 10 100 30 13
1
14⁄ 6 Grab Hook, Grade 30 Zinc Plated 1,300 580
⁄
4 6 Grab Hook, Grade 30 Zinc Plate Clevis T9500424 201936 10 100 30 13
1
⁄4 6 Grab Hook, Grade 30 Zinc Plate Eye T9000524 201844 10 100 50 22
1⁄16
5
8 Grab Hook, Grade 30 Zinc Plated 1,900 860
⁄4 6 Grab Hook, Grade 30 Zinc Plate Clevis T9500524 201943 10 100 60 27
1
1⁄8
3
10 Grab Hook, Grade 30 Zinc Plated 2,650 1,200
1
1⁄2
1

• Forged steel
• Grade 43
• Zinc plated
• UPC tagged
Eye Grab Hook Clevis Grab Hook

1
⁄
1
14⁄ 6 Grab Hook, Grade 43 Zinc Plated 2,600 1,179
⁄
1
1⁄16
5
1
1⁄8
3
1
1⁄2
1

• Forged steel
• Yellow chromate finish
• Transport grade
• UPC tagged
Clevis Grab Hook
5
⁄16 8 Clevis Grab Hook, Grade 70 Y/C Clevis T9503415 201974 10 50 60 27 4,700 2,130
3
⁄8 10 Clevis Grab Hook, Grade 70 Y/C Clevis T9503515 201981 5 25 23 10 6,600 2,990


250 HOOKS
Slip Hooks, Grade 30, (Import)
• Forged steel
• Zinc plated
• UPC tagged
Eye Slip Hook Clevis Slip Hook
1
⁄
1
14⁄ 6 Slip Hook, Grade 30 Zinc Plated 1,300 580
⁄
1
1⁄16
5
8 Slip Hook, Grade 30 Zinc Plated 1,900 860
1
1⁄8
3
10 Slip Hook, Grade 30 Zinc Plated 2,650 1,200
1
1⁄2
1
13 Slip Hook, Grade 30 Zinc Plated 4,500 2,030
Slip Hooks, Grade 43, (Import)

• Forged steel
• Grade 43
• Zinc plated
Eye Slip Hook Clevis Slip Hook Clevis Slip Hook
with Latch • UPC tagged
1
11
⁄⁄
44 66 SlipHook,
Grab Hook,Grade
Grade30
43 Zinc
ZincPlated
Plate Clevis T9401424 192647 5 100 58 26 2,600 1,179
1
⁄4 6 Grab Hook, Grade 30 Zinc Plate Clevis w/Latch T9700424 192081 5 50 33 15
1
15
⁄416 68 Slip Hook,
Grab Hook, Grade
Grade 30
43 Zinc
ZincPlated
Plate Clevis T9401524 192654 5 50 39 18 3,900 1,769
1
1
13
⁄48 6 10 Grab
Slip Hook,
Hook, Grade
Grade 30
43 Zinc
ZincPlated
Plate Clevis T9401624 192661 5 50 72 33 5,400 2,449
1
1
11
⁄42 6 13 Grab
Slip Hook,
Hook, Grade
Grade 30
43 Zinc
ZincPlated
Plate Clevis T9401824 220654 5 15 43 20 9,200 4,173
1

Hooks 251
1015, Eye Hoist Hooks — Latched

• Standard Material: Drop-forged carbon steel or
alloy and heat treated
• Standard Finish: Self-colored or galvanized to
ASTM A-153 specification
• Alloy hooks are painted orange
• Design Factor: 5 to 1 for carbon steel; 4 to 1 for
alloy steel
• Other Features: All hooks are drilled for latch kits

22 3914205 071379 3914235 071386
3
⁄4 680 3924215 071720 1 907 .54 .25
23 3914305 071393 3914335 071409 1 907 3924315 071737 1
1
⁄2 1361 .72 .33
24 3914405 071416 3914435 071423 1
1
⁄2 1361 3924415 071744 2 1814 1.04 .47
25 3914505 071430 3914535 071447 2 1814 3924515 071751 3 2722 1.45 .66
26 3914605 071454 3914635 071461 2
1
⁄2 2268 -- -- -- -- 2.24 1.02
27 3914705 071478 3914735 071485 3 2722 3924715 071768 4
1
⁄2 4082 3.50 1.59
28 3914805 071492 -- -- 4 3629 -- -- -- -- 4.90 2.22
29 3914905 071515 -- -- 5 4536 3924915 071775 7 6350 7.30 3.31
31 3915105 071553 -- -- 7
1
⁄2 6804 3925115 071782 11 9979 12.00 5.45
32 3915205 071577 -- -- 10 9072 3925215 071799 15 13608 17.60 7.99
34 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3925415 071805 22 19958 35.10 15.94
Size A B D E F G H K L R S
No. in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
22 1 ⁄16
11
43 ⁄16
15
24 2 ⁄32
31
75 1
1
⁄32 26
29
⁄32 23
25
⁄32 20 ⁄32
29
23
9
⁄16 14 4
7
⁄16 113 3
9
⁄32 83
3
⁄8 10
1 ⁄16 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄32 ⁄8 4 ⁄32 3 ⁄8 ⁄16
13 15 3 1 31 27 31 5 21 3 7
23 46 24 81 27 25 21 25 16 118 86 11
2 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 3 ⁄16 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄32 1 ⁄32 1 ⁄8 ⁄16 5 ⁄32 3 ⁄4 ⁄2
1 1 9 1 1 1 1 11 9 3 1
24 54 29 90 29 26 26 29 17 134 95 13
2 ⁄8 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄4 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄32 1 ⁄16 ⁄16 5 ⁄8 4 ⁄32 ⁄16
3 1 1 1 5 5 13 7 5 9
25 60 32 4 102 32 29 29 33 21 149 106 14
2 ⁄16 1 ⁄8 ⁄2 1 ⁄32 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄16 1 ⁄2 ⁄16 6 ⁄16 4 ⁄32 ⁄32
11 3 1 13 7 5 1 15 11 23 21
26 68 35 4 114 36 31 33 38 24 170 120 17
2 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 ⁄16 1 ⁄32 1 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄16 7 ⁄32 5 ⁄32 ⁄16
15 9 15 17 5 7 5 1 25 21 11
27 75 40 4 125 39 33 37 41 27 198 144 17
3 ⁄8 1 ⁄32 5 ⁄32 1 ⁄32 1 ⁄2 1 ⁄8 1 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 8 ⁄8 6 ⁄16 ⁄16
1 17 27 5 1 5 15 3 5 3 13
28 79 39 148 45 38 41 49 30 219 157 21
3 ⁄4 6 ⁄32 1 ⁄16 1 ⁄32 1 ⁄16 2 ⁄8 1 ⁄32 9 ⁄8 7 ⁄16 ⁄8
3 15 15 21 13 1 11 7 3 7
29 95 2 51 164 49 42 46 54 34 251 183 22
4 ⁄4 ⁄32 7 ⁄16 2 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 2 ⁄8 1 ⁄2 10 ⁄2 7 ⁄2
1 25 3 1 7 3 1 1 1
31 108 1 45 183 54 48 2 51 60 38 267 191 1 25
4 ⁄8 2 ⁄32 8 ⁄16 2 ⁄16 2 ⁄8 ⁄16 2 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 9 ⁄16 ⁄4
7 13 9 9 1 9 15 13 3 1
32 124 61 217 65 54 2 65 75 46 13 330 233 1 32
6 ⁄8 3 ⁄32 11 ⁄16 3 ⁄16 3 ⁄32 3 ⁄32 3 ⁄32 2 ⁄32 ⁄32 12 ⁄16 1 ⁄8
3 5 7 7 5 7 25 7 29 1 5
34 162 80 291 87 80 82 96 56 16 429 306 41


252 Hooks
Clevis Grab Hooks 473, 473-A
• Standard Material: Drop-forged carbon steel steel
(system 3 & 4) or alloy steel
• Standard Finish: System 3 & 4 hooks available with
blu-krome or self-colored finish. Alloy hooks are heat
treated, and painted orange and stamped "Alloy"
• S/C finish hooks are bulk packed, blu-krome hooks
are available packed 10 per box
473, System 3 & 4

Chain Self-colored (Bulk) Blu-Krome (10/Box) Working Dimensions Weight
Size Cat. UPC No. Cat. UPC No. Load Limit B E P R Each
in. mm No. 020418 No. 020418 lb kg in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
1
⁄4 6 4500405 073885 4500424 073892 2600 1179
3
⁄8 10
11
⁄32 9
5
⁄16 8 1 ⁄32
23
44 0.32 0.15
5
⁄16 8 4500505 073922 4500524 073939 3900 1769
15
⁄32 12
7
⁄16 11
3
⁄8 10 1 ⁄32
31
50 0.59 0.27
3
⁄8 10 4500605 073960 4500624 073977 5400 2449
17
⁄32 13
1
⁄2 13
7
⁄16 11 2 ⁄4
1
57 0.92 0.42
1
⁄2 13 4500805 074042 -- -- 9200 4173
21
⁄32 17
21
⁄32 17
9
⁄16 13 3 ⁄64
1
77 2.00 0.91
5
⁄8 16 4501005 074073 -- -- 11500 5216
13
⁄16 21
25
⁄32 20
3
⁄4 19 3 ⁄32
25
96 3.90 1.77
473-A, Alloy Steel - Heat Treated

Chain Alloy, Orange (Bulk) Working Dimensions Weight
Size Cat. UPC No. Cat. UPC No. Cat. UPC No. Load Limit B E P R Each
in. mm No. 020418 No. 020418 No. 020418 lb kg in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
* ⁄4
1
6 4503315 074103 -- -- -- -- 4100 1860
3
⁄8 10
11
⁄32 9
5
⁄16 8 1 ⁄32
23
44 0.32 0.15
* ⁄16 ⁄32 ⁄16 ⁄8 1 ⁄32
5 15 7 3 31
8 4503415 074110 -- -- -- -- 5100 2313 12 11 10 50 0.59 0.27
* ⁄8 ⁄32 ⁄2 ⁄16 2 ⁄4
3 17 1 7 1
10 4503515 074127 -- -- -- -- 7100 3221 13 13 11 57 0.92 .0.42
7
⁄16 11 4503615 074134 -- -- -- -- 10000 4536
19
⁄32 15
19
⁄32 15
1
⁄2 13 2 ⁄8
5
67 1.32 0.60
1
⁄2 13 4503715 074141 -- -- -- -- 12000 5443
21
⁄32 17
21
⁄32 17
9
⁄16 13 3 ⁄64
1
77 2.00 0.91
5
⁄8 16 4503815 074158 -- -- -- -- 18100 8210
13
⁄16 21
25
⁄32 20
3
⁄4 19 3 ⁄32
25
96 3.90 1.77
3
⁄4 19 4503915 074165 -- -- -- -- 28300 12837
15
⁄16 24
15
⁄16 24
13
⁄16 21 4 ⁄32
25
121 6.12 2.78
* Supplied individually bagged and unassembled.
Clevis Grab Hooks, Grade 43, (Import)

• Forged steel
• Grade 43
• Zinc plated
• UPC tagged
1
⁄4 6 Clevis Grab Hook, Grade 43 Zinc Plated Clevis T9501424 192678 10 100 43 19 2,600 1,179
5
3
1

hooks 253
Clevis Slip Hooks, Grade 43, (Import)

• Forged steel
• Grade 43
• Zinc plated
• UPC tagged
Clevis Slip Hook Clevis Slip Hook
with Latch
1
⁄
4 6 Grab Hook, Grade 30 Zinc Plate Clevis T9401424 192647 5 100 58 26 2,600 1,179
1
4⁄ 6 Clevis Slip Hook, Grade 43 Zinc Plated
1
⁄
4 6 Grab Hook, Grade 30 Zinc Plate Clevis w/Latch T9700424 192081 5 50 33 15
1
3,900 1,769
1 ⁄16
5
8 Clevis Slip Hook, Grade 43 Zinc Plated
1
5,400 2,449
1 ⁄8
3
1
9,200 4,173
1 ⁄2
1
Clevis Slip Hooks 476-A

• Standard Material: Drop-forged alloy steel
• Standard Finish: Alloy hooks are heat treated, and
painted orange and stamped "AH"
• Design Factor: Alloy steel hooks is 3-1/2 to 1
476-A, Alloy Steel - Heat Treated

Chain Alloy, Orange (Bulk) Working Dimensions Weight
Size Cat. UPC No. Cat. UPC No. Cat. UPC No. Load Limit B E P R Each
in. mm No. 020418 No. 020418 No. 020418 lb kg in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
*
1
⁄4 6 4403315 073816 -- -- -- -- 4100 1860
3
⁄8 10
15
⁄16 24
5
⁄16 8 1
23
⁄32 44 0.75 0.34
* ⁄16 8 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 ⁄8
5 7 1 3
4403415 073823 -- -- -- -- 5100 2313 11 27 10 3 76 1.00 0.45
* ⁄8 10 ⁄2 1 ⁄4 ⁄16 ⁄32
3 1 1 7 13
4403515 073830 -- -- -- -- 7100 3221 13 32 11 3 87 1.40 0.64
7
⁄16 11 4403615 073847 -- -- -- -- 10000 4536
9
⁄16 13 1 ⁄2
1
38
1
⁄2 13 3 ⁄8
5
92 2.00 0.91
1
⁄2 13 4403715 073854 -- -- -- -- 13000 5897
5
⁄8 16 1 ⁄4
3
44
9
⁄16 13 4 ⁄32
3
104 3.10 1.41
5
⁄8 16 4403815 073861 -- -- -- -- 20300 9208
3
⁄4 19 2 51
3
⁄4 19 4 ⁄16
13
122 5.20 2.36
* Hooks have drilled hole for latch kit. See page ??? for latch kits.


254 Hooks
Quik-Alloy Sling Hooks, Regular
Chain Regular Approx. Working
Size Cat. UPC No. Wgt. Each Load Limit
in. mm No. 020418 lb kg lb kg
⁄32
9
7 5746415 222344 1.5 .68 4,300 1,950
3
⁄8 10 5746615 221606 2.8 1.27 8,800 4,000
1
⁄2 13 5746815 222863 6.6 3.0 15,000 6,800
5
⁄8 16 5747015 225123 10.5 4.76 22,600 10,300
3
⁄4 20 5747215 225147 17.6 7.98 35,300 16,000
Dimensions
Chain Load Pin
Size R T U A E Dia. D W HP OAW
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
9
⁄32 7 3 ⁄43
95 1 ⁄4
1
32 1 ⁄16
1
27
5
⁄16 8
11
⁄32 9
3
⁄8 10 1
1
⁄8 29
3
⁄4 19 1.78 45 3 ⁄87
98
3
⁄8 10 4 ⁄4
3
121 1 ⁄16
5
41 1 ⁄16
5
33
7
⁄16 11
1
⁄2 13
1
⁄2 13 1
7
⁄16 37 1 25 2
3
⁄8 60 4 ⁄2
1
114
1
⁄2 13 5 ⁄4
3
146 1 ⁄8
7
48 1 ⁄2
1
38
9
⁄16 14
5
⁄8 16
5
⁄8 16 2 50 1 ⁄8
3
36 3 76 6 152
5
⁄8 16 7 178 2 ⁄8
3
59 1 ⁄4
3
44
23
⁄32 18
3
⁄4 19
3
⁄4 19 2 ⁄83
60 1 ⁄2
1
39 3 76 6 ⁄16
9
169
3
⁄4 20 7
3
⁄4 197 2 ⁄2
1
64 2 ⁄16
3
56
13
⁄16 21
7
⁄8 22
15
⁄16 23 2 ⁄8
7
74 1 ⁄4
3
44 3
3
⁄8 86 7 ⁄4
3
197
Dimensions and weights are approximate.
Quik-Alloy Sling Hooks, Latched

Chain Regular Approx. Working
Size Cat. UPC No. Wgt. Each Load Limit
9
⁄32 7 5746495 222337 1.5 .68 4,300 1,950
3
⁄8 10 5746695 221576 2.8 1.27 8,800 4,000
1
⁄2 13 5746895 222849 6.6 3.0 15,000 6,800
5
⁄8 16 5747095 225130 10.5 4.76 22,600 10,300
3
⁄4 20 5747295 225116 17.6 7.98 35,300 16,000
Dimensions
Chain Load Pin
Size R T U A E Dia. D W HP OAW
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
9
⁄32 7 3 ⁄43
95 1
1
⁄4 32 1 ⁄16
1
27
5
⁄16 8
11
⁄32 9
3
⁄8 10 1
1
⁄8 29
3
⁄4 19 1.78 45 3
7
⁄8 98
3
⁄8 10 4 ⁄4
3
121 1 ⁄16
5
41 1 ⁄16
5
33
7
⁄16 11
1
⁄2 13
1
⁄2 13 1 ⁄16
7
37 1 25 2
3
⁄8 60 4 ⁄2
1
114
1
⁄2 13 5 ⁄4
3
146 1 ⁄8
7
48 1 ⁄2
1
38
9
⁄16 14
5
⁄8 16
5
⁄8 16 2 50 1
3
⁄8 36 3 76 6 152
5
⁄8 16 7 178 2 ⁄8
3
59 1 ⁄4
3
44
23
⁄32 18
3
⁄4 19
3
⁄4 19 2 ⁄83
60 1 ⁄2
1
39 3 76 6
9
⁄16 169
3
⁄4 20 7 ⁄4
3
197 2 ⁄2
1
64 2 ⁄16
3
56
13
⁄16 21
7
⁄8 22
15
⁄16 23 2 ⁄8
7
74 1 ⁄4
3
44 3
3
⁄8 86 7 ⁄4
3
197

To prevent the possibility of serious bodily injury: DO NOT EXCEED the working load limits for chain or components. DO NOT USE if the chain or components are visibly distorted or worn.
hooks 255
Cam-Alloy Foundry Hooks Chain

Approx.
Weight Working
Size Hook Cat. UPC No. Each Load Limit
in. mm System No. No. 020418 lb kg lb kg
9
⁄32 7 10 C-498 5664415 182457 2.2 .99 4,300 1,950
3
⁄8 10 10 C-499 5664615 182464 3.9 1.80 8,800 4,000
1
⁄2 13 10 C-500 5664815 182471 6.7 3.00 15,000 6,800
5
⁄8 16 10 C-501 5665015 182488 10.5 4.80 22,600 10,300
3
⁄4 20 10 C-502 5665215 182495 15.6 7.10 35,300 16,000
7
⁄8 22 10 C-503 5665415 152948 24.1 10.90 42,700 19,400
1 26 8 C-504 5661615 078965 33.7 15.30 47,700 21,600
1
1
⁄4 32 8 C-505 5662015 078972 52.0 23.60 72,300 32,800
Dimensions and weights are approximate. WARNING: Do not exceed Working Load Limit.
Dimensions
Chain Spherical
Size R T Ed Es D W H Radius
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
9
⁄32 7 4.75 121 2.5 64 .62 16 .47 12 1.30 33 1.00 25 1.56 40 .25 6
3
⁄8 10 5.75 146 3.0 76 .75 19 .62 16 1.56 40 1.25 32 1.87 47 .31 8
1
⁄2 13 6.87 174 3.5 89 1.00 25 .75 19 1.81 46 1.50 38 2.25 57 .37 9
5
⁄8 16 8.06 205 4.0 102 1.25 32 .87 22 2.33 59 1.75 44 2.62 67 .44 11
3
⁄4 20 9.25 235 4.5 114 1.50 38 1.00 25 2.81 71 2.00 51 3.00 76 .50 13
7
⁄8 22 10.37 263 5.0 127 1.84 47 1.12 28 3.08 78 2.25 57 3.37 86 .56 14
1 26 11.56 294 5.5 140 2.09 53 1.25 32 3.25 83 2.50 64 3.75 95 .62 16
1
1
⁄4 32 12.87 327 6.0 152 2.47 63 1.37 35 3.88 99 3.00 76 4.25 108 .75 19
Cam-Alloy Grab Hooks Chain

Approx.
Weight Working
Size Hook Cat. UPC No. Each Load Limit
in. mm System No. No. 020418 lb kg lb kg
9
⁄32 7 10 C-72 5624415 182303 .60 .27 4,300 1,950
3
⁄8 10 10 C-73 5624615 182310 .90 .41 8,800 4,000
1
⁄2 13 10 C-75 5624815 182327 1.78 .81 15,000 6,800
5
⁄8 16 10 C-76 5625015 182334 4.41 2.00 22,600 10,300
3
⁄4 20 10 C-77 5625215 182341 7.50 3.40 35,300 16,000
7
⁄8 22 10 C-78 5625415 152979 12.20 5.50 42,700 19,400
1 26 8 C-79 5621615 078651 19.90 9.03 47,700 21,600
1
1
⁄4 32 8 C-51 5622015 180156 38.10 17.30 72,300 32,800
Chain Dimensions
Size R T Ed Es D W OAL OAW
9
⁄32 7 2.50 64 .37 9 .56 14 .37 9 .81 21 .59 15 3.69 94 1.87 47
3
⁄8 10 2.41 61 .50 13 .75 19 .44 11 1.16 29 .66 17 4.00 102 2.56 65
1
⁄2 13 3.40 86 .66 17 1.12 28 .56 14 1.44 37 .88 22 5.40 137 3.50 89
5
⁄8 16 4.22 107 .78 20 1.22 31 .69 18 1.75 44 1.12 28 6.66 169 4.25 108
Dimensions and weights

3
⁄4 20 5.15 131 .94 24 1.44 37 1.00 25 2.12 54 1.38 35 8.28 210 5.18 132
are approximate.
Note: Use of chain in a
7
⁄8 22 7.00 178 1.06 27 1.75 44 1.00 25 2.44 62 1.62 41 10.44 265 5.68 144
grab hook may reduce the 1 26 7.98 203 1.19 30 1.87 47 1.12 28 3.00 76 1.81 46 12.14 308 6.75 171
breaking load of the chain
by up to 20% 1
1
⁄4 32 10.00 254 1.50 38 2.25 57 1.50 38 3.75 95 2.25 57 15.25 387 8.63 219


256 turnbuckles
Jaw & Jaw Turnbuckles, 788-G Drop-forged Carbon Steel

• Standard Finish: Galvanized to ASTM A-153 specification
• Other Features: Meets design requirements of Federal
Specification ASTM F1145, Type 1, Grade 1, Class G
• Jaws on sizes 1/4 through 5/8 have hex head bolt and nut .
Jaws on sizes 3/4 through 1-1/2 have cotter key and bolt
Working Dimensions (Closed Position) Weight/
Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Thread Dia. (A) Take Up (B) Length 100
No. 020418 lb kg in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
6250501 087646 500 227
1
⁄4 6 4 102 7
15
⁄16 202 35 16
6250502 087653 800 363
5
⁄16 8 41/2 114 9 ⁄16
5
237 51 23
6250503 087660 1200 544
3
⁄8 10 6 152 11 ⁄16
3
284 94 43
6250505 087677 2200 998
1
⁄2 13 6 152 12 ⁄4
3
324 170 77
6250506 087684 2200 998
1
⁄2 13 9 229 15 ⁄4
3
400 215 98
6250507 087691 2200 998
1
⁄2 13 12 305 18 ⁄4
3
476 265 120
6250510 087714 3500 1588
5
⁄8 16 9 229 17 ⁄4
3
451 349 158
6250511 087721 3500 1588
5
⁄8 16 12 305 20 ⁄4
3
527 400 182
6250513 087745 5200 2359
3
⁄4 19 6 152 15 ⁄4
3
400 443 201
6250514 087752 5200 2359
3
⁄4 19 9 229 18 ⁄4
3
476 518 235
6250515 087769 5200 2359
3
⁄4 19 12 305 21 ⁄4
3
552 633 287
6250516 087776 5200 2359
3
⁄4 19 18 457 27 ⁄4
3
705 760 345
6250519 087790 7200 3266
7
⁄8 22 12 305 23 ⁄8
3
594 837 380
6250520 087806 7200 3266
7
⁄8 22 18 457 29 ⁄8
3
746 1208 548
19 ⁄16
7
6250521 087813 10000 4536 1 25 6 152 494 947 430
25 ⁄16
7
6250522 087820 10000 4536 1 25 12 305 646 1290 586
31 ⁄16
7
6250523 087837 10000 4536 1 25 18 457 799 1560 708
37 ⁄16
7
6250524 087844 10000 4536 1 25 24 610 951 1785 810
6250527 087851 15200 6895 1 ⁄4 1
32 12 305 27 ⁄2
1
699 2140 972
6250528 087868 15200 6895 1 ⁄4 1
32 18 457 33 ⁄2
1
851 2560 1162
1 ⁄4 39 ⁄2
1 1
6250529 087875 15200 6895 32 24 610 1003 3100 1407
1 ⁄2 37 ⁄4
1 1
6250533 087899 21400 9707 38 18 457 946 3700 1680
1 ⁄2 43 ⁄4
1 1
6250534 163890 21400 9707 38 24 610 1099 4100 1861
Jaw & Jaw Turnbuckles, M-16-ST • Standard Material: Forged Type 316
Drop-forged Type316 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
• Standard Finish: Electro-polish
C
D E
A B
Dimensions (Closed Position) Working Load

Cat. UPC No. Size (A) Take Up (B) Length (C) Pin Dia. (D) Jaw Opening (E) Weight Each Limit
No. 020418 in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg lb kg
6401203 093456
3
⁄8 10 6 152 10
3
⁄4 273
5
⁄16 8
9
⁄16 14
3
⁄4 0.3 1200 545
6401204 093463
1
⁄2 13 6 152 12 305
3
⁄8 9
5
⁄8 16 1 ⁄2
1
0.7 2200 999
6401210 093487
3
⁄4 19 6 152 15
1
⁄2 394
5
⁄8 16 1 25 5 2.2 5200 2361

turnbuckles 257
Jaw & Jaw Turnbuckles, 788-G Drop-forged Carbon Steel

Dimensions
Cat. D H K L M Q P
No. in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
1 ⁄32 ⁄8 ⁄32 ⁄16 ⁄32 ⁄4 ⁄4
19 5 13 3 15 1 3
6250501 40 16 10 5 12 6 16
1 ⁄16 ⁄16 ⁄2 ⁄16 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄4

15 11 1 3 1 1 3
6250502 49 17 13 5 13 6 19
2 ⁄32 ⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄4 ⁄16 ⁄16 ⁄16

1 7 1 1 9 5 13
6250503 52 22 13 6 14 8 21
2 ⁄8 1 ⁄16 ⁄8 ⁄16 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄16

5 3 5 5 3 3 1
6250505 67 30 16 8 19 10 27
2 ⁄8 1 ⁄16 ⁄8 ⁄16 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄16

5 3 5 5 3 3 1
6250506 67 30 16 8 19 10 27
2 ⁄8 1 ⁄16 ⁄8 ⁄16 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄16

5 3 5 5 3 3 1
6250507 67 30 16 8 19 10 27
3 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 ⁄4 ⁄16 ⁄16 ⁄2 1 ⁄8
3 3 3 7 15 1 3
6250510 86 35 19 11 24 13 35
3 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 ⁄4 ⁄16 ⁄16 ⁄2 1 ⁄8
3 3 3 7 15 1 3
6250511 86 35 19 11 24 13 35
3 ⁄4 1 ⁄16 ⁄16 ⁄32 1 ⁄16 ⁄8 1 ⁄2

3 13 15 15 3 5 1
6250513 95 46 24 12 30 16 38
3 ⁄4 1 ⁄16 ⁄16 ⁄32 1 ⁄16 ⁄8 1 ⁄2

3 13 15 15 3 5 1
6250514 95 46 24 12 30 16 38
3 ⁄4 1 ⁄16 ⁄16 ⁄32 1 ⁄16 ⁄8 1 ⁄2

3 13 15 15 3 5 1
6250515 95 46 24 12 30 16 38
3 ⁄4 1 ⁄16 ⁄16 ⁄32 1 ⁄16 ⁄8 1 ⁄2

3 13 15 15 3 5 1
6250516 95 46 24 12 30 16 38
4 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 ⁄32 1 ⁄8 ⁄4 1 ⁄4
3 1 19 3 3 3
6250519 111 2 51 29 15 35 19 44
4 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 ⁄32 1 ⁄8 ⁄4 1 ⁄4
3 1 19 3 3 3
6250520 111 2 51 29 15 35 19 44
5 ⁄32 2 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 ⁄4 1 ⁄16 ⁄8 2 ⁄16

7 3 3 3 9 7 1
6250521 133 56 30 19 40 22 52
5 ⁄32 2 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 ⁄4 1 ⁄16 ⁄8 2 ⁄16

7 3 3 3 9 7 1
6250522 133 56 30 19 40 22 52
5 ⁄32 2 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 ⁄4 1 ⁄16 ⁄8 2 ⁄16

7 3 3 3 9 7 1
6250523 133 56 30 19 40 22 52
5 ⁄32 2 ⁄16 1 ⁄16 ⁄4 1 ⁄16 ⁄8 2 ⁄16

7 3 3 3 9 7 1
6250524 133 56 30 19 40 22 52
6 ⁄16 2 ⁄8 1 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 2 ⁄16
1 7 3 7 1 7
6250527 154 73 44 22 2 51 29 62
6 ⁄16 2 ⁄8 1 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 2 ⁄16
1 7 3 7 1 7
6250528 154 73 44 22 2 51 29 62
6 ⁄16 2 ⁄8 1 ⁄4 ⁄8 1 ⁄8 2 ⁄16
1 7 3 7 1 7
6250529 154 73 44 22 2 51 29 62
8 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 2 ⁄16 1 ⁄32 2 ⁄16 1 ⁄8 2 ⁄16

1 1 1 3 5 3 13
6250533 216 83 52 28 59 35 71
8 ⁄2 3 ⁄4 2 ⁄16 1 ⁄32 2 ⁄16 1 ⁄8 2 ⁄16

1 1 1 3 5 3 13
6250534 216 83 52 28 59 35 71
Jaw & Eye Turnbuckles, 786-G Drop-forged Carbon Steel
• See Figure 780-G for eye dimensions

• See Figure 788-G for jaw dimensions
• Drop-forged Carbon Steel
• Galvanized to ASTM A-153 specifications
• Design factor 5 to 1
Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Thread Dia. (A) Take Up (B) Length (W) 100
6250401 087387 500 227
1
⁄4 6 4 102 7
7
⁄8 200 33 15
6250402 087394 800 363
5
⁄16 8
1
4 ⁄2 114 9
3
⁄8 238 48 22
6250403 087400 1200 544
3
⁄8 10 6 152 11
9
⁄16 294 90 41
6250405 087417 2200 998
1
⁄2 13 6 152 13 ⁄8
1
333 164 74
6250406 087424 2200 998
1
⁄2 13 9 229 16 ⁄8
1
410 208 94
6250407 087431 2200 998
1
⁄2 13 12 305 19 ⁄8
1
486 257 117
6250409 087448 3500 1588
5
⁄8 16 6 152 14 ⁄8
7
378 265 120
6250411 087462 3500 1588
5
⁄8 16 12 305 20 ⁄16
13
529 380 173
6250422 087561 10000 4536 1 25 12 305 26 660 1206 548
6250427 087592 15200 6895 1
1
⁄4 32 12 305 28
9
⁄16 725 1980 899


258 turnbuckles
Hook & Eye Turnbuckles, 778-G Drop-forged Carbon Steel

• Other Features: Meets design requirements of
ASTM F1145, Type 1, Grade 1, Class F
Cat. UPC No. Load Limit A (Thread Dia.) B (Take Up) W (Length) 100
6250101 086564 400 181
1
⁄4 6 4 102 7 ⁄16
13
198 29 13
6250102 086571 700 318
5
⁄16 8 4
1
⁄2 114
3
9 ⁄8 238 47 21
6250103 086588 1000 454
3
⁄8 10 6 152 11 ⁄8
5
295 85 39
6250105 086595 1500 680
1
⁄2 13 6 152 13 ⁄8
1
333 160 73
6250106 086601 1500 680
1
⁄2 13 9 229 16 ⁄8
1
410 226 103
6250107 086618 1500 680
1
⁄2 13 12 305 19 ⁄8
1
486 245 111
6250111 086649 2300 1043
5
⁄8 16 12 305 20 ⁄16
9
522 371 168
Eye & Eye Turnbuckles, 780-G Drop-forged Carbon Steel

• Other Features: Meets design requirements of
ASTM F1145, Type 1, Grade 1, Class D
(Closed Position) Dimensions
Working (Dia.) (Take Up) (Length) Weight/
Cat. UPC No. Load Limit A B W E G H J 100 lb
No. 020418 lb kg in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
6250302 087059 800 363
5
⁄16 8 4 ⁄2
1
114 9 ⁄16
7
240 2 51
15
⁄32 12 ⁄32
9
7
15
⁄16 24 45 20
6250303 087066 1200 544
3
⁄8 10 6 152 11 ⁄16
13
300 2 ⁄32
11
60
9
⁄16 14
11
⁄32 9 1 ⁄8
1
29 84 38
6250305 087073 2200 998
1
⁄2 13 6 152 13 ⁄16
7
341 2 ⁄32
31
75
3
⁄4 19
7
⁄16 11 1 ⁄16
7
37 156 71
6250306 087080 2200 998
1
⁄2 13 9 229 16 ⁄16
7
418 2 ⁄32
31
75
3
⁄4 19
7
⁄16 11 1 ⁄16
7
37 198 90
6250307 087097 2200 998
1
⁄2 13 12 305 19 ⁄16
7
494 2 ⁄32
31
75
3
⁄4 19
7
⁄16 11 1 ⁄16
7
37 246 112
6250309 087103 3500 1588
5
⁄8 16 6 152 14 ⁄8
7
378 3 ⁄2
1
89
29
⁄32 23
1
⁄2 13 1 ⁄4
3
44 256 116
6250310 087110 3500 1588
5
⁄8 16 9 229 17 ⁄8
7
454 3 ⁄2
1
89
29
⁄32 23
1
⁄2 13 1 ⁄4
3
44 310 141
6250311 087127 3500 1588
5
⁄8 16 12 305 20 ⁄8
7
530 3 ⁄2
1
89
29
⁄32 23
1
⁄2 13 1 ⁄4
3
44 350 159
6250313 087141 5200 2359
3
⁄4 19 6 152 16 ⁄4
3
425 4 ⁄4
1
108 1 ⁄32
1
26
5
⁄8 16 2 ⁄8
1
54 380 173
6250314 087158 5200 2359
3
⁄4 19 9 229 19 ⁄4
3
502 4 ⁄4
1
108 1 ⁄32
1
26
5
⁄8 16 2 ⁄8
1
54 458 208
6250315 087165 5200 2359
3
⁄4 19 12 305 22 ⁄4
3
578 4 ⁄4
1
108 1 ⁄32
1
26
5
⁄8 16 2 ⁄8
1
54 574 261
6250316 087172 5200 2359
3
⁄4 19 18 457 28 ⁄4
3
730 4 ⁄4
1
108 1 ⁄32
1
26
5
⁄8 16 2 ⁄8
1
54 700 318
38 ⁄2 5 ⁄4 146 1 ⁄32 ⁄8
1 3 15 7
6250324 087240 10000 4536 1 25 24 610 978 37 22 3 76 1600 726
1 ⁄4 35 ⁄8 178 1 ⁄32 1 ⁄8 ⁄16
1 3 27 1 9
6250328 087264 15200 6895 32 18 457 899 7 47 29 3 90 2500 1135

sling links 259
821-S, 821-G, 821-A Weldless Sling Links

• Standard Material: Drop-forged steel, heat treated
Carbon Steel, Heat Treated
Blue Painted Galvanized Working Dimensions Weight

Size Cat. UPC No. Cat. UPC No. Load Limit A B C Each
in. mm No. 020418 No. 020418 lb kg in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
3
⁄8 10 3625115 069703 3625135 069710 1600 726 2
1
⁄4 57 1
1
⁄2 38 ⁄4
3
19 .3 .14
1
⁄2 13 3625215 069727 3625235 069734 2900 1315 3 76 2 51 1 25 .6 .27
5
⁄8 16 3625315 069741 3625335 069758 4200 1905 3 ⁄4
3
95 2
1
⁄2 64 1 ⁄41
32 1.1 .50
3
⁄4 19 3625415 069765 3625435 069772 6000 2722 4 ⁄2
1
114 3 76 1 ⁄2
1
38 1.9 .86
7
⁄8 22 3625515 069789 3625535 069796 8300 3765 5 ⁄4
1
133 3
1
⁄2 89 1 ⁄4
3
44 2.9 1.32
1 25 3625615 069802 3625635 069819 10800 4899 6 152 4 102 2 51 4.4 2.00
821-S, 821-G, 821-A Weldless Sling Links, continued
• Standard Material: Drop-forged steel, heat treated

Alloy, Orange Painted
Orange Painted Working Dimensions Weight

Size Cat. UPC No. Load Limit A B C Each
in. mm No. 020418 lb kg in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
3
⁄8 10 3626115 069826 2600 1180 2
1
⁄4 57 1 ⁄2
1
38
3
⁄4 19 .3 .14
1
⁄2 13 3626215 069833 4000 1814 3 76 2 51 1 25 .6 .27
5
⁄8 16 3626315 069840 5800 2631 3 ⁄43
95 2 ⁄2
1
64 1
1
⁄4 32 1.1 .50
3
⁄4 19 3626415 069857 8200 3720 4 ⁄2
1
114 3 76 1 ⁄2
1
38 1.9 .86


260 links
Cam-Alloy Oblong Links Approximate
Working
Load Limit
Link Cat. UPC No. Wgt. Each 4 to 1
No. No. 020418 lb kg lb kg
CO-0 5685615 079214 .50 .23 4,200 1,900
VO-1 5683215 182549 1.90 .86 8,600 3,900
VO-2 5683315 182556 2.63 1.19 17,600 8,000
VO-3 5683415 182563 6.78 3.08 30,000 13,600
VO-4 5683515 182570 9.20 4.17 45,200 20,500
VO-5 5683615 182587 18.90 8.60 70,600 32,100
VO-6 5683715 182594 28.71 13.00 105,900 48,100
CO-7 5687015 079351 37.80 16.92 102,600 46,600
CO-8 5687215 079375 54.00 24.49 144,600 65,700
Nominal Used with Type and Size of Sling

Diameter Inside Single Double Triple or Quad
Material Width Length Type Type Type
Link A B C S&C D T or Q
No. in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
CO-0
13
⁄32 10 1 ⁄2
1
38 3 76
7
⁄32 6
7
⁄32 6 - -
VO-1
37
⁄64 15 2 ⁄2
1
64 5 127
9
⁄32 7
9
⁄32 7 ⁄32
7
6
VO-2
13
⁄16 21 3 76 6 152
3
⁄8 10
3
⁄8 10 ⁄32
9
7
1 ⁄8 ⁄2 or 5⁄8 ⁄2 ⁄8
1 1 1 3
VO-3 29 4 102 8 203 13 or 16 13 10
1 ⁄4 ⁄4 ⁄8 ⁄2
1 3 5 1
VO-4 32 4 102 8 203 19 16 13
1 ⁄8 ⁄4 ⁄2 ⁄8 ⁄4 ⁄8
5 1 1 7 3 5
VO-5 41 5 133 10 267 22 19 16
1 ⁄8 ⁄8 ⁄4
7 7 3
VO-6 48 6 152 12 305 1 26 22 19
CO-7 2 51 7 178 14 356 1
1
⁄4 or 1 ⁄2 1
32 or 38 1 26 -- --
CO-8 2
1
⁄4 57 8 203 16 406 - - 1
1
⁄4 or 11⁄2 32 or 38
7
⁄8 or 1 22 or 26
Cam-Alloy Oblong, Master Link Sub-Assembly

Approx.
Chain Weight Working
Size Cat. UPC No. Each Load Limit
9
⁄32 7 5682215 182501 4.40 2 12,900 5,900
3
⁄8 10 5682315 182846 9.50 4 26,400 12,000
1
⁄2 13 5682415 182518 16.00 7 45,000 20,500
5
⁄8 16 5682515 182525 31.75 14 67,800 30,800
3
⁄4 20 5682615 182532 50.00 23 105,900 48,100
7
⁄8 22 5682715 167409 65.90 30 128,100 58,200
• For construction of Quad Slings, and Double Basket Slings
Oblong Master Link Master Coupling Link
Nominal Nominal
Diameter Inside Dimensions Diameter Inside Dimensions
Chain Material Width Length Material Width Length
Size A B C D E F
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
⁄32
9
7
13
⁄16 21 3 76 6 152
17
⁄32 13 1 ⁄2
1
38 2
3
⁄4 70
Dimensions and
3
⁄8 10 1 ⁄8
1
29 4 102 8 203
25
⁄32 20 1 ⁄16
9
40 2 ⁄8
7
73
weights are 1
⁄2 13 1 ⁄4
1
32 4 102 8 203 1 25 3 76 5 127
approximate.
These items are
5
⁄8 16 1 ⁄8
5
41 5 ⁄4
1
133 10
1
⁄2 267 1 ⁄4
1
32 4 102 6 152
made to order. 3
⁄4 20 1 ⁄8
7
48 6 152 12 305 1 ⁄2
1
38 4 102 6 152
7
⁄8 22 2 ⁄4
1
57 8 203 16 406 1 ⁄4
3
44 4 102 6 152

links 261
Quik-Alloy Coupling Links

How to Assemble:
1. Loop one half body through attachment, the other through 4. Per ASME B30.9, Section 9.1.3. “Mechanical coupling
chain. Fit together. links shall not be used within the body of an alloy chain
2. Place stud assembly and alloy locking pin in link. sling to connect two pieces of chain.”
3. Drive the locking pin in until the snap ring engages the Approx.
recessed portion of the pin. (Link is disassembled by Chain Weight Working
simply driving locking pin out.) Size Cat. UPC No. Each Load Limit
in. mm System No. 020418 lb kg lb kg
7
⁄32 5.5 8 5770315 079993 .10 .05 2,100 970
9
⁄32 7 10 5779125 182754 .27 .13 4,300 1,950
3
⁄8 10 10 5779135 182761 .55 .25 8,800 4,000
1
⁄2 13 10 5779145 182860 1.65 .75 15,000 6,800
5
⁄8 16 10 5779155 182778 2.70 1.23 22,600 10,300
3
⁄4 * 19 10 5779165 182785 4.30 1.95 35,300 16,000
7
⁄8 * 22 10 5779175 080050 4.35 1.97 42,700 19,400
1 26 8 5771615 080067 8.43 3.82 47,700 21,600
1
1
⁄4 32 8 5772015 080074 15.74 7.14 72,300 32,800
Pins and Retainers
9
⁄32 7 10 5784425 182792 .02 .009 - -
⁄8
3
10 10 5784435 182808 .06 .027 - -
1
⁄2 13 10 5784445 182815 .11 .050 - -
5
⁄8 16 10 5784455 182822 .17 .077 - -
3
⁄4 * 19 10 5784465 182839 .35 .159 - -
7
⁄8 * 22 10 5784165 181740 - - - -
Chain Dimensions Max. mat.

Size A B C D E F G Dia.
7
⁄32 5.5
17
⁄64 7
7
⁄32 6
15
⁄16 33
7
⁄16 11
5
⁄32 4 1 ⁄32
17
39
3
⁄8 10
1
⁄2 13
9
⁄32 7
3
⁄8 10
11
⁄32 9
23
⁄32 44
9
⁄16 14
13
⁄64 5 1 ⁄8
3
60
3
⁄8 10
37
⁄64 15
3
⁄8 10
1
⁄2 13
7
⁄16 11 2 ⁄8
3
60
13
⁄16 21
5
⁄16 8 2 ⁄16
7
62
23
⁄64 9
13
⁄16 21
1
⁄2 13
11
⁄16 17
9
⁄16 14 3 76 1 ⁄32
1
26
25
⁄64 10 3 ⁄8
3
86
29
⁄64 12 1 ⁄16
3
30
5
⁄8 16
13
⁄16 21
23
⁄32 18 3
7
⁄8 98 1 ⁄32
9
33
15
⁄32 12 3 ⁄32
29
99
35
⁄64 14 1 ⁄16
5
33
3
⁄4 20
15
⁄16 24
61
⁄64 24 4 ⁄8
5
117 1 ⁄16
9
40
9
⁄16 14 4 ⁄4 121 * 16 1 ⁄16
11
43
7
⁄8 22 1 ⁄16
3
30 1 ⁄16
1
24 5 ⁄8
3
137 1 ⁄16
13
46
41
⁄64 16 5 ⁄16
5
135 * 30 1 ⁄8
7
48
1 ⁄64 1 ⁄64 5 ⁄8 2 ⁄32 ⁄16 5 ⁄8 ⁄8 2 ⁄8

15 9 7 1 11 7 3 1
1 26 31 29 149 52 17 149 1 35 54
1
1
⁄4 32 1 ⁄2
1
38 1 ⁄8
3
35 7 ⁄8
3
187 2 ⁄32
9
58
15
⁄16 24 6 ⁄16
15
176 1 ⁄8
5
41 2 ⁄32
11
60
*
3
⁄4 and 7⁄8 use special oversize retainers.


262 chain SLINGS
Rated Loads For Grade 100 (System 10) Alloy Steel
Chain Slings
Rated Load for Grade 100 Alloy Steel Chain Slings
Chain Single Leg Sling - Rated Load Triple and Quadruple
Size 90° to Horizontal Double Leg Sling and Single Basket Leg Sling and Double Basket
Nominal Loading at Horizontal Angle at Horizontal Angle
60° 45° 30° 60° 45° 30°
Double at 60° Double at 45° Double at 30° Quad at 60° Quad at 45° Quad at 30°
in. mm lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg
9
⁄32 7 4,300 1,950 7,400 3,400 6,100 2,750 4,300 1,950 11,200 5,050 9,100 4,150 6,400 2,950
3
⁄8 10 8,800 4,000 15,200 6,950 12,400 5,650 8,800 4,000 22,900 10,400 18,700 8,500 13,200 6,000
1
⁄2 13 15,000 6,800 26,000 11,800 21,200 9,600 15,000 6,800 39,000 17,650 31,800 14,450 22,500 10,200
5
⁄8 16 22,600 10,300 39,100 17,750 32,000 14,500 22,600 10,300 58,700 26,650 47,900 21,750 33,900 15,400
3
⁄4 20 35,300 16,000 61,100 27,700 49,900 22,650 35,300 16,000 91,700 41,550 74,900 33,950 53,000 24,000
7
⁄8 22 42,700 19,400 74,000 33,500 60,400 27,350 42,700 19,400 110,900 50,250 90,600 41,050 64,000 29,050
Rated Loads for Grade 100 Alloy Steel Chain Slings - Choker Hitches
Chain Size Single Leg Double Leg and Single Baskets Triple and Quadruple Leg; Double Baskets
Nominal 90° 60° 45° 30° 60° 45° 30°
9
⁄32 7 3,500 1,600 6,100 2,750 4,900 2,250 3,500 1,600 9,100 4,150 7,400 3,400 5,200 2,400
3
⁄8 10 7,100 3,200 12,300 5,550 10,000 4,550 7,100 3,200 18,400 8,300 15,100 6,800 10,600 4,800
1
⁄2 13 12,000 5,400 20,800 9,450 17,000 7,700 12,000 5,400 31,200 14,150 25,500 11,550 18,000 8,200
5
⁄8 16 18,100 8,200 31,300 14,200 25,600 11,600 18,100 8,200 47,000 21,300 38,400 17,400 27,100 12,300
3
⁄4 20 28,300 12,800 49,000 22,250 40,000 18,150 28,300 12,800 73,500 33,400 60,000 27,250 42,400 19,300
7
⁄8 22 34,200 15,500 59,200 26,850 48,400 21,900 34,200 15,500 88,900 40,250 72,500 32,900 51,300 23,250
Note: Angle of choke should be greater than 120°

chain Slings 263
Rated Loads For Grade 80 (System 8) Alloy Steel

Chain Slings
Rated Load for Grade 80 Alloy Steel Chain Slings
Chain Single Leg Sling - Rated load Triple and Quadruple
Size 90° - Horizontal Double Leg Sling and Single Basket Leg Sling and Double Basket
Nominal Loading at Horizontal Angle at Horizontal Angle
60° 45° 30° 60° 45° 30°
Double at 60° Double at 45° Double at 30° Quad at 60° Quad at 45° Quad at 30°
7
⁄32 5.5 2,100 950 3,600 1,650 3,000 1,350 2,100 950 5,500 2,450 4,400 2,000 3,200 1,450
9
⁄32 7 3,500 1,600 6,100 2,750 4,900 2,250 3,500 1,600 9,100 4,150 7,400 3,400 5,200 2,400
3
⁄8 10 7,100 3,200 12,300 5,550 10,000 4,500 7,100 3,200 18,400 8,300 15,100 6,800 10,600 4,800
1
⁄2 13 12,000 5,400 20,800 9,450 17,000 7,700 12,000 5,400 31,200 14,150 25,500 11,550 18,000 8,200
5
⁄8 16 18,100 8,200 31,300 14,200 25,600 11,600 18,100 8,200 47,000 21,300 38,400 17,400 27,100 12,300
3
⁄4 20 28,300 12,800 49,000 22,250 40,000 18,150 28,300 12,800 73,500 33,400 60,000 27,250 42,400 19,300
7
⁄8 22 34,200 15,500 59,200 26,850 48,400 21,900 34,200 15,500 88,900 40,250 72,500 32,900 51,300 23,250
1 26 47,700 21,600 82,600 37,500 67,400 30,600 47,700 21,600 123,900 56,250 101,200 45,950 71,500 32,500
1 ⁄4
1
32 72,300 32,800 125,200 56,800 102,200 46,400 72,300 32,800 187,800 85,200 153,400 69,600 108,400 49,200
Rated Loads for Grade 80 Alloy Steel Chain Slings - Choker Hitches
Chain Size Single Leg Double Leg and Single Baskets Triple and Quadruple Leg; Double Baskets
Nominal 90° 60° 45° 30° 60° 45° 30°
7
⁄32 5.5 1,700 750 2,900 1,300 2,400 1,100 1,700 750 4,400 1,950 3,500 1,600 2,550 1,150
9
⁄32 7 2,800 1,300 5,000 2,200 3,900 1,800 2,800 1,300 7,300 3,300 5,900 2,700 4,150 1,900
3
⁄8 10 5,700 2,550 9,800 4,450 8,000 3,650 5,700 2,550 14,700 6,650 12,100 5,450 8,500 3,850
1
⁄2 13 9,600 4,300 16,600 7,550 13,600 6,150 9,600 4,300 25,000 11,300 20,400 9,250 14,400 6,550
5
⁄8 16 14,500 6,550 25,000 11,350 20,500 9,300 14,500 6,550 37,600 17,050 30,700 13,900 21,700 9,850
3
⁄4 20 22,600 10,250 39,200 17,800 32,000 14,500 22,600 10,250 58,800 26,700 48,000 21,800 33,900 15,450
7
⁄8 22 27,400 12,400 47,400 21,500 38,700 17,500 27,400 12,400 71,100 32,200 58,000 26,300 41,000 18,600
1 26 38,200 17,300 66,100 30,000 53,900 24,500 38,200 17,300 99,100 45,000 81,000 36,750 57,200 26,000
1-1 ⁄4
1
32 57,800 26,250 100,200 45,450 81,800 37,100 57,800 26,250 150,200 68,150 122,700 55,700 86,700 39,350
Note: Angle of choke should be greater than 120°


264 plate CLAMPS
Horizontal Plate Clamp
• One man can handle plates with this clamp

• Dual springs hold cam on the work while the second clamp
is placed
• Sold in pairs ONLY
• Clamps are 100% Proof Tested and Certificate of Test
supplied with each clamp
Working Grip Cam Dimensions Weight

Load Limit Range Width Width A B C D O Per
Merrill Cat. UPC No. Per Pair Pair
Part No. No. 020418 Metric Ton in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
6H 6421701 096686 6 0-1

1
⁄2 0-38 5 127
3
⁄4 19 4
1
⁄2 114 1 25 8 203 1 25 7
1
⁄2 191 28 13.6
Replacement Parts for Horizontal Plate Clamp

Cat. UPC No.
Part Name No. 020418
Cam Kit 6501700 210433
Kit Includes:
1 Cam, 1 Cam Bolt, 2 Springs, 1 Nut
Drum Handling Equipment, Single Drum Lifter, No. 52

• Lifts steel drums with or without heads removed
• Drums can be lifted from either horizontal or vertical
positions and then reversed
• Snaps onto drum and is held there by its spring-loaded
cam even when there is no load
• Note: THIS CLAMP IS NOT SUITABLE FOR LIFTING
PLATES OR SHEETS
Dimensions
Merrill Working Overall Bearing to I.D. Bead Max. Jaw
Model Cat. UPC No. Load Limit Width Pad Center Eye Recess Opening Weight
No. No. 020418 Metric Ton in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm lb kg
52 6410101 095634 1/2 5 127 6 152 1
3
⁄4 44
1
⁄2 x
3
⁄4 13 x 19
7
⁄8 22 4
3
⁄4 2
Replacement Parts for Drum Lifter, No. 52

Pkg. Merrill Cat. UPC No.
Part Name Qty. Part No. No. 020418
Cam, Pad, Rivet and Spring 1 ea K024 6505011 099823
Made to Order

Select proper size clamp for the job. Determine the weight of the plate to be lifted. Do not exceed WLL (Working Load Limit) shown on clamp. Plate thickness must be within grip range shown on clamp.
lifting CLAMPS 265
“GXL” Clamps • Available in a 1/2, 1, 2, and 3 ton capacity

• Can be used for both vertical and horizontal to vertical lifting through 180°
• Drop forged and heat treated components, with gripping surfaces of case hardened
alloy steel
• Exclusive feature is a patented wear indicator system. When any of cam’s straight
line, convex teeth are flattened between unique wear indicator grooves, it is time to
change the cam
• Note: The Pad and Cam should be replaced at the same time
• Newly designed “Cam Engaging Locking Lever” keeps the cam in contact with the
NORMAL WORN plate. The tension arm and spring mechanism facilitate attaching and removing
the clamp. These clamps will not lift plate when in the “lever open” position
• Clamps are 100% Proof Tested and Certificate of Test supplied with each clamp
• Warning: Never tamper with a clamp’s tension arm and spring mechanism during a lift
Grip Clamp Working
Cat. UPC No. Range Weight Load Limit
No. 020418 in. mm lb kg Metric Ton
6422012 187049
1
⁄16 - ⁄8
5
2 - 16 5.5 2.50
1
⁄2
6422001 185687
1
⁄16 - 3⁄4 2 - 19 8 3.63 1
6422002 187032
1
⁄16 - 7⁄8 2 - 23 10.5 4.77 2
Dimensions
Cat. UPC No. A B C D E F G H I
No. 020418 in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
6422012 187049 5
15
⁄16 151 10 254 2 ⁄8 54
1
2 ⁄8
5
67 2 51 4 102 3 ⁄4
1
83 1 ⁄16
3
30 5 ⁄16
3
132
6422001 185687 6
9
⁄16 167 11
1
⁄4 286 3 ⁄16 97
13
3 ⁄16
1
78 2
1
⁄16 52 5 127 3 ⁄8
5
92 1 ⁄8
5
41 5 ⁄8
7
149
6422002 187032 7
1
⁄4 184 12
1
⁄8 308 2 ⁄16 65
9
3 ⁄16
5
84 2
1
⁄4 57 4
7
⁄8 124 3 ⁄2
1
89 1 ⁄8
5
41 5 ⁄16
15
151
Locking “E” Clamps

• Clamp lifts from either horizontal or vertical position
• Clamps turn plates through 90°
• Locks open or closed with a lever
• Has large throat that gives a secure bite and wide grip range
• Note: Be sure clamp is in lock closed position before making lift
• Clamps are 100% Proof Tested and Certificate of Test supplied with each clamp
Warning: NEVER tamper with a clamps tension arm or spring mechanism during a lift.
Grip Clamp Working
Merrill Cat. UPC No. Range Weight Load Limit
Model No. No. 020418 in. mm lb kg Metric Ton
3E 6420701 096112 0-1 ⁄41

0 - 32 20 9 3
0 - 1 ⁄2
1
5E 6420702 096129 0 - 38 28 13 5
1 ⁄4 - 2 ⁄2
1 1
5E 6420703 096136 32 - 64 33 15 5
8E 6420705 096150
1
⁄2 - 2 1⁄2 13 - 64 81 37 8
8E 6420706 096167 2-4 51 - 102 84 38 8
Dimensions
Cat. UPC No. A B C D E H J
No. 020418 in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
6420701 096112 7 ⁄41

184 14
3
⁄8 365 9 ⁄41
235 3 ⁄21
89 2 51 2 51 4
3
⁄8 111
8 ⁄8 10 ⁄2 3 ⁄2 ⁄2 ⁄16
7 1 1 1 11
6420702 096129 225 16 406 267 89 2 64 2 68 5 127
10 ⁄2 ⁄8 11 ⁄4 3 ⁄2 2 ⁄2 ⁄8 ⁄4
1 5 1 1 1 1 1
6420703 096136 267 16 422 286 89 64 3 79 5 133
14 ⁄8 ⁄4 15 ⁄4 3 ⁄2 4 ⁄8 8 ⁄2
1 3 3 1 7 1
6420705 096150 359 22 578 400 5 127 89 124 216
16 ⁄4 3 ⁄2 5 ⁄16 8 ⁄4
1 1 1 3
6420706 096167 16 406 23 584 413 5 127 89 129 222


266 rope BLOCKS
Regular Wood Shell Blocks for Manila Rope
• Hard wood shells
• Drop forged fittings
• Available with bronze self-lubricating
Screw Pin bushings
Anchor Shackle, Flatted, Loose
• Galvanized metal parts
Fitting “K” Swivel Hook
with Latch,
Fitting “G”
Single Double Triple
3001 AF 3002 AF 3003 AF
Specifications
Block Size
in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm
3 76 4 102 5 127 6 152 8 203 10 254
Diameter
3 1 5 3 1
Rope ⁄8 10 ⁄2 13 ⁄8 16 ⁄4 19 1 25 1 ⁄8 29
Sheave Size
3 1 1 3 1
O.D. 1 ⁄4 44 2 ⁄4 57 3 76 3 ⁄2 89 4 ⁄4 121 6 ⁄4 159
Rim
1 5 3 1 1
Thickness ⁄2 13 ⁄8 16 ⁄4 19 1 25 1 ⁄8 29 1 ⁄4 32
Center Pin
3 3 3 1 5 5
Dia. ⁄8 10 ⁄8 10 ⁄8 10 ⁄2 13 ⁄8 16 ⁄8 16
Weight
lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg
1 1
Single 1 .4 2 1 2 ⁄2 1 4 2 9 ⁄2 4 17 8
1 1
Double 1 ⁄2 1 3 1 4 2 6 ⁄2 3 13 6 25 11
1
Triple 2 1 4 2 5 ⁄2 2 9 4 17 8 32 15
Working Load Limit
lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg lb kg
Single 500 227 1000 454 1200 544 1800 816 2800 1270 4000 1814
Double 800 363 1400 635 1800 816 2500 1134 3800 1724 6000 2722
Triple 1200 544 1800 816 2400 1089 3200 1452 4800 2177 8000 3629
Working Loads are Resultant Working Loads.
Block Size
Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm Inch mm
3 76 4 102 5 127 6 152 8 203
Fittings
Cat. UPC No. Cat. UPC No. Cat. UPC No. Cat. UPC No. Cat. UPC No.
Type No. 020418 No. 020418 No. 020418 No. 020418 No. 020418
Round Loose Hook “AF”
Single 7205336 165894 7205436 165900 7205536 165917 7205636 165924 - -
Double 7206836 165948 7206936 165955 7207036 165962 7207136 165979 - -
Triple - - 7208536 166006 7208636 166013 7208736 166020 - -
Loose, Swivel Hook with Latch “G”
Single - - 7205434 104282 - - - - - -
Double - - 7206934 105210 - - - - - -
Triple - - 7208534 106118 - - - - - -
Screw Pin Anchor Shackle “K”
Single - - 7205435 104299 7205535 104442 7205635 104596 7205835 104794
Double - - 7206935 105227 7207035 105371 7207135 105524 7207335 105692
Triple - - - - - - 7208735 106422 - -

Know the Working Load Limit of the block, or blocks, to be used. DO NOT EXCEED THE WORKING LOAD LIMIT. Working Loads are Resultant Working Loads.
drum lifter 267
Fork Truck Drum Lifter, No. 260

• Transforms any fork lift truck into an efficient drum handler
• Handles steel drums with or without heads
• With shackle reversed in body, a chain sling can be
attached to lift many objects besides drums
Dimensions Working
Min. Space Max. Fork Size, Max Load Limit
Merrill Between Outside Drum Using Using Center
Model Cat. UPC No. Forks Forks Thickness Width Dia. Clamps Shackles Weight
No. No. 020418 in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. lb Metric Ton Metric Ton lb kg
260 6410501 095696 5

1
⁄2 140 18 457 1
3
⁄4 44 6
1
⁄4 159 17
1
⁄2-25 445-635 1 3 29 13


268 WIRE ROPE / STEEL CABLE
IMPORTANT WARNINGS
WIRE ROPE IS A MACHINE.
Understand and respect it.
Like any machine, it needs proper care and
maintenance for optimal safety and long ser-
vice life. For a better understanding of wire
rope we highly recommend the Wire Rope
Users Manual by the Wire Rope Technical
Board.
Rated Capacity.
The load which a new wire rope may handle
under given operating conditions and at an
assumed design factor. A design factor of five
is chosen most frequently for wire rope. (Op-
erating loads not to exceed 20% of catalog
Destroy, breaking strength). Operating loads may have
rather than to be reduced when life, limb, or valuable
property are at risk, or other than new wire
discard, wire rope is used. A design factor of 10 is usu-
rope to be ally chosen when wire rope is used to carry
retired. personnel. (Operating loads not to exceed
10% of catalog breaking strength). Responsi-
bility for choosing a design factor rests with
the user.
Attachments must have at least the same work load limit as the wire rope used.
Rope sockets, thimbles, sleeves, hooks, links, shackles, sheaves, blocks, etc., must match in size, materials
and strength, to provide adequate safety protection. Proper installation is crucial for maximum efficiency and
safety.
Keep out from under a raised load.
Avoid shock loads.
Inspect wire rope regularly. When in doubt about the extent of the damage, retire the wire
(For wire rope sling inspection, reference Wire Rope Slings in rope in question immediately. Actual remaining strength of dam-
this catalog). aged or used wire rope can best be estimated by experienced
wire rope inspectors. Only laboratory analysis and tension tests
Check general condition as well as localized damage and wear, can conclusively establish reserve strength.
especially at wire rope attachments. Inspect all parts that come
in contact with the wire rope. Poor performance of wire rope can Destroy, rather than discard,
often be traced back to worn or wrong-sized sheaves, drums, wire rope to be retired.
rollers, etc. It might be used again by someone not aware of the
hazard or the defect. This is best achieved by cutting it
Look for kinks, broken wires, abrasion, lack of lubrication, rust up into short pieces.
damage, crushing, reduction in diameter, stretch or other obvi-
ous damage.
WIRE ROPE / STEEL CABLE 269
6x19 Class Rope

6x19 Classification Wire Ropes
provide an excellent balance between
fatigue and wear resistance. They
will give long service with heaves and
drums of moderate size.
The 6x25 Filler Wire (FW) Rope
is the most flexible rope in the 6x19
classification. It is the most widely used
of all wire ropes
EXTRA IMPROVED IMPROVED IMPROVED

PLOW STEEL PLOW STEEL PLOW STEEL
IWRC IWRC FIBER CORE
Approx. Nominal Approx. Nominal Approx. Nominal
Diameter Weight Breaking Diameter Weight Breaking Diameter Weight Breaking
(Inches) per foot Strength (Inches) per foot Strength (Inches) per foot Strength
(Pounds) (tons of 2000 lb.) (Pounds) (tons of 2000 lb.) (Pounds) (tons of 2000 lb.)
1/4 .116 3.40 1/4 .116 2.94 1/4 .105 2.74

5/16 .18 5.27 5/16 .18 4.58 5/16 .164 4.26
3/8 .26 7.55 3/8 .26 6.56 3/8 .236 6.10
7/16 .35 10.2 7/16 .35 8.89 7/16 .32 8.27

1/2 .46 13.3 1/2 .46 11.5 1/2 .42 10.7
9/16 .59 16.8 9/16 .59 14.5 9/16 .53 13.5
5/8 .72 20.6 5/8 .72 17.9 5/8 .66 16.7
3/4 1.04 29.4 3/4 1.04 25.6 3/4 .95 23.8
7/8 1.42 39.8 7/8 1.42 34.6 7/8 1.29 32.2

1 1.85 51.7 1 1.85 44.9 1 1.68 41.8
1-1/8 2.34 65.0 1-1/8 2.34 56.5 1-1/8 2.13 52.6
1-1/4 2.89 79.9 1-1/4 2.89 69.4 1-1/4 2.63 64.6
1-3/8 3.50 96.0 1-3/8 3.50 83.5 1-3/8 3.18 77.7
1-1/2 4.16 114.0 1-1/2 4.16 98.9 1-1/2 3.78 92.0

1-5/8 4.88 132.0 1-5/8 4.88 115.0 1-5/8 4.44 107.0
1-3/4 5.67 153.0 1-3/4 5.67 133.0 1-3/4 5.15 124.0
1-7/8 6.50 174.0 1-7/8 6.50 152.0 1-7/8 5.91 141.0
2 7.39 198.0 2 7.39 172.0 2 6.72 160.0

6x37 Class Rope
6x37 Classification Wire Ropes have a third layer of wires which makes them more flexible,
although less abrasion-resistant, than ropes of the 6x19 classification. Each strand contains numerous ,
small diameter wires. As the number of wires in each strand is increased, flexibility is increased...as wires
per strand decrease, flexibility is decreased.
EXTRA IMPROVED IMPROVED IMPROVED

PLOW STEEL PLOW STEEL PLOW STEEL
IWRC IWRC FIBER CORE
(Inches) per foot Strength (Inches) per foot Strength (Inches) per foot Strength
(Pounds) (tons of 2000 lb.) (Pounds) (tons of 2000 lb.) (Pounds) (tons of 2000 lb.)
1/4 .116 3.40 1/4 .116 2.94 1/4 .105 2.74

5/16 .18 5.27 5/16 .18 4.58 5/16 .164 4.26
3/8 .26 7.55 3/8 .26 6.56 3/8 .236 6.10
7/16 .35 10.2 7/16 .35 8.89 7/16 .32 8.27

1/2 .46 13.3 1/2 .46 11.5 1/2 .42 10.7
9/16 .59 16.8 9/16 .59 14.5 9/16 .53 13.5
5/8 .72 20.6 5/8 .72 17.9 5/8 .66 16.7
3/4 1.04 29.4 3/4 1.04 25.6 3/4 .95 23.8
7/8 1.42 39.8 7/8 1.42 34.6 7/8 1.29 32.2

1 1.85 51.7 1 1.85 44.9 1 1.68 41.8
1-1/8 2.34 65.0 1-1/8 2.34 56.5 1-1/8 2.13 52.6
1-1/4 2.89 79.9 1-1/4 2.89 69.4 1-1/4 2.63 64.6
1-3/8 3.50 96.0 1-3/8 3.50 83.5 1-3/8 3.18 77.7
1-1/2 4.16 114.0 1-1/2 4.16 98.9 1-1/2 3.78 92.0

1-5/8 4.88 132.0 1-5/8 4.88 115.0 1-5/8 4.44 107.0
1-3/4 5.67 153.0 1-3/4 5.67 133.0 1-3/4 5.15 124.0
1-7/8 6.50 174.0 1-7/8 6.50 152.0 1-7/8 5.91 141.0
2 7.39 198.0 2 7.39 172.0 2 6.72 160.0
Galvanized Cable
7x19 7x7
GALVANIZED GALVANIZED
Approx. Nominal Approx. Nominal
Diameter Weight Breaking Diameter Weight Breaking
(Inches) 100FT Strength (Inches) 100FT Strength
(Pounds) (Pounds) (Pounds) (Pounds)
3/32 1.7 1,000 3/64 .42 270
1/8 2.9 2,000 1/16 .75 480
5/32 4.5 2.800 5/64 1.1 650
3/16 6.5 4,200 3/32 1.6 920
7/32 8.6 5,600 7/64 2.2 1,260
1/4 11.0 7,000 1/8 2.8 1,700
9/32 13.9 8,000 5/32 4.3 2,600
5/16 17.3 9,800 3/16 6.2 3,700
3/8 24.3 14,400 7/32 8.3 4,800
1/4 10.6 6,100
9/32 13.4 7,600
5/16 16.7 9,200
3/8 23.6 13,100
The standard sizes and construction of galvanized cables are available in plastic
coated. Each size and construction is available coated to the outside diameter
noted. Colors are available on request.
Inner Cable Construction Outside Diameter of Coating

Diameter
(Inches) 1x19 7x7 7x19 1/16 3/32 1/8 5/32 3/16 7/32 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16
3/64 • • • •
1/16 • • • • •
3/32 • • • • • •
1/8 • • • • • • •
5/32 • • • • •
3/16 • • • • • •
7/32 • • • • •
1/4 • • • • •
9/32 • • • • •
5/16 • • • • •
3/8 • • • •

Galvanized Cable
7x19 7x7 1x19
STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS STEEL
(Inches) 100FT Strength (Inches) 100FT Strength (Inches) 100FT Strength
(Pounds) (Pounds) (Pounds) (Pounds) (Pounds) (Pounds)
3/32 1.74 920 3/64 .42 270 1/32 .25 150
7/64 2.2 1,260 1/16 .75 480 3/64 .55 335
1/8 2.9 1,760 5/64 1.1 650 1/16 85 500
5/32 4.5 2,400 3.32 1.6 920 5/64 1.4 800
3/16 6.5 3,700 7/64 2.2 1,260 3/32 2.0 1,200
7/32 8.6 5,000 1/8 2.8 1,760 7/64 2.7 1,600
1/4 11.0 6,400 5/32 4.3 2,400 1/8 3.5 2,100
9/32 13.9 7,800 3/16 6.2 3,700 5/32 5.5 3,300
5/16 17.3 9,000 7/32 8.3 5,000 3/16 7.7 4,700
3/8 24.3 12,000 1/4 10.6 6,400 7/32 10.2 6,300
*7/16 35.6 16,300 9/32 13.4 7,800 1/4 13.5 8,200
*1/2 45.8 22,800 5/16 16.7 9,000 9/32 17.0 10,300
*9/16 59.0 28.500 3/8 23.6 12,000 5/16 21.0 12,500
*5/8 71.5 35,000 3/8 30.1 17,500
*3/4 105.2 49,600
*Ropes marked with an asterisk are 6x19 IWRC Construction.

The standard sizes and construction of Stainless Steel cables are available in plastic coated. Each size and construction is available
coated to the outside diameter noted. Colors are available on request.
Inner Cable Construction Outside Diameter of Coating

Diameter
(Inches) 1x19 7x7 7x19 1/16 3/32 1/8 5/32 3/16 7/32 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16
3/64 • • •
1/16 • • •
3/32 • • • • • •
1/8 • • • • • •
5/32 • • • • •
3/16 • • • • •
1/4 • • • •
5/16 • • •
3/8 • • •
Rotation Resistant Rope - 19x7 Classification

7x19 7x19
STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS STEEL
Rope Approx. Nominal Breaking Rope Approx. Nominal Breaking
Diameter Wt./Ft. Strength (tons of 2000 lb) Diameter Wt./Ft. Strength (tons of 2000 lb)
(Inches) (Pounds) EIP IPS (Inches) (Pounds) EIP IPS
1/4 .113 2.77 2.51 9/16 0.58 13.6 12.4
5/16 .177 4.32 3.90 5/8 0.71 16.8 15.3
3/8 0.25 6.5 5.59 3/4 1.02 24.0 21.8
19x7 Rotation 7/16 0.35 8.33 7.58 7/8 1.39 32.5 29.5
Resistant 1/2 0.45 10.8 9.85 1 1.82 42.2 38.3
8x19 Classification EXTRA IMPROVED

PLOW STEEL
IWRC - RESISTWIST
Approx. Nominal
Diameter Weight Breaking
(Inches) per foot Strength
(Pounds) (tons of 2000 lb)
3/8 .26 6.63
7/16 .36 8.97
8x25 Rotation Resistant with IWRC 1/2 .47 11.6
9/16 .60 14.7
5/8 .73 18.1
3/4 1.06 25.9
7/8 1.44 35.0
Custom Order Guide

Example
Number of Strand
Pieces Diameter Length Construction Finish Grade Core Lay
1 1/2 450’ 6x19 Bright IPS IWRC RRL
Diameter – Measured width of cable at crown of strands.
Strand Construction – Number of strands and wire per strand.
Finish – Wire being bright, galvanized, stainless steel, etc.
Grade – IPS = Improved Plow Steel or EIP = Extra Improved Plow Steel
Core – FC = Fiber core or IWRC = Steel Center
Lay – The direction of the strand. RRL – Right Regular Lay or LRL = Left Regular Lay

274 WEB SLINGS
Capacities In Pounds
Approximate Dimensions
Body
Minimum Weight Diameter Width At
Color Vertical Choker Basket Length Lb/Ft Relaxed Load
Purple 2,600 2,100 5,200 3 ft. .2 5/8” 1-1/8”
Green 5,300 4,200 10,600 3 ft. .3 7/8” 1-1/2”
Yellow 8,400 6,700 16,80 3 ft. .4 1-1/8” 1-7/8”
Tan 10,600 8,500 21,200 3 ft. .5 1-1/8” 2-1/8”
Red 13,200 10,600 26,400 3 ft. .7 1-3/8” 2-1/4”
White 16,80 13,400 33,600 6 ft. .8 1-3/8” 2-1/2”
Blue 21,200 17,000 42,400 6 ft. 1.1 1-3/4” 3”
Grey 31,000 24,800 62,000 6 ft. 1.6 2-1/4” 3-3/4”
Brown 53,000 42,40 106,000 7 ft. 2.5 2-3/4” 4-5/8”
Olive 66,000 52,800 132,000 7 ft. 3.1 3-1/8” 5-1/4
Black 90,000 72,000 180,000 7 ft. 4.0 3-5/8” 6
Round slings should not be used at temperatures in excess of 200º F. When considering capacities, refer Angle Reduction Factor
chart on Web Sling page.
DO NOT Exceed Rated Capacities

Removal Criteria
Remove sling from service when:
A) Outer cover has been damaged to expose the inner lifting yarns
B) Evidence of melting, charring, or chemical damage (reference Chemical Chart on Web Sling page)
C) Illegible or missing capacity tag
D) Any obvious damage that would reduce sling capacity
Custom Order Guide

Example
Number of Capacity (Pounds)
Slings Color Length Vertical Choker Basket
1 Blue 5’ 21,200 17,000 42,400
WEB SLINGS 275
Web Slings
Nylon is a general purpose synthetic webbing. It is unaffected by Polyester is commonly used where a minimum of stretch is
grease or oil, and has a good chemical resistance to aidehydes, desired. This material has a good resistance to common
ethers, and strong alkalis. Nylon should not be exposed to either industrial acids and hot bleaching solutions. It should never
acids or to bleaching agents. This material should never be be exposed to concentrated sulfuric acid or strong alkaline
exposed to temperatures greater than 200º F. Stretch at rated solutions. Polyester material should never be exposed to
capacity of a nylon sling will be approximately 6%. temperatures greater than 200º F. Stretch at rated capacity
of a polyester fling will be approximately 3%
Chemical Chart
Acids Alcohols Aide- Strong Bleaching Dry Ethers Halo- Hydro- Ketones Oils Oils Soap & Water & Weak
hydes Alkalis Agents Cleaning genated Carbons Crude Lubri- Deter- Seawater Alkalis
Solutions Hydro- cating gents
Carbons
Nylon NO OK OK OK NO OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK
Polyester * OK NO ** OK OK NO OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK
*Disintegrated by concentrated sulfuric acid
** Degraded by strong alkalis at elevated temperatures
Cautions
Temperature Nylon and polyester are not suitable for use at temperatures greater than 200º F.
Sharp Edges Cuts, punctures and abrasions can reduce the strength of the sling. The red inner load-bearing yarns help
identify damaged webbing.
Ultraviolet Light Prolonged exposure to ultraviolet light can damage the strength of both nylon and polyester webbing.
Loading Improperly Strength of sling can be degraded by shock loading, overloading and failure to consider the angle at which the
sling will be used.
Inspection All slings should be inspected for damage and defects before each use. Damaged or defective slings shall be
immediately removed from service.
Angle Reduction Angle Reduction The angle increase of the sling leg
(Degrees) Factor (Degrees) Factor reduces its capacity. See charge
0 1.0000 40 0.7660 for reduction factor. Determine the
5 0.9962 45 0.7071 angle between the sling leg and the
10 0.9848 50 0.6428 vertical plane, then multiply the sling
15 0.9659 55 0.5736 rating by the reduction factor from
20 0.9397 60 0.5000 the charge. This will determine the
25 0.9063 65 0.4226 sling’s reduced capacity.
30 0.8660 70 0.3420
35 0.812 75 0.2588
All angles measured from vertical.
Sling Hitches Vertical Choker Basket

Hitch Hitch Hitch Caution
DO NOT Ex-
ceed Rated
Capacities
276 WEB SLINGS
Sling Capacities Rated Capacity (Working Load Limit) For Synthetic Web Slings in Pounds
1-PLY 2-PLY 4-PLY
Type and Description
Width Vertical Choker Basket Vertical Choker Basket Vertical Choker Basket
Type 1 2” 3,200 2,560 6,400 6,400 5,120 12,800 _ _ _
TC
3” 4,800 3,840 9,600 8,880 7,104 17,760 _ _ _
Triangle Choker
Designed so that one end slips 4” 6,400 5,120 12,800 11,520 9,216 23,040 _ _ _
through the other for smooth,
even choker lifts.
6” 9,600 7,680 19,200 16,320 13,056 32,640 _ _ _
Type 2 2” 3,200 – 6,400 6,400 – 12,800 _ _ _
TT
3” 4,800 – 9,600 8,880 – 17,760 _ _ _
Triangle Triangle
Triangle at each end for vertical 12,800 11,520 – 23,040
and basket lifts only. Other fit- 4” 6,400 – _ _ _
tings available on request.
6” 9,600 – 19,200 16,320 – 32640 _ _ _
Type 3 Type 4 1” 1,600 1,280 3,200 3,200 2,560 6,400 6,400 5,120 12,800
EEF EET
Eye & Eye Flat Eye & Eye Twist 2” 3,200 2,560 6,400 6,400 5,120 12,800 11,840 9,472, 23,680
Designed with a Webbing is turned
flat loop eye on 180º before 3” 4,800 3,840 9,600 8,880 7,104 17,760 17,760 14,208 35,520
each and with sewing to form
loop eye opening an eye which lays 4” 6,400 5,120 12,800 11,520 9,216 23,040 23,040 18,432 46,080
on same plane 90º to the sling
as sling body. body. Designed for
easier choking. 6” 9,600 7,680 19,200 16,320 13,056 32,640 32,640 26,112 65,280
Type 5 1” 3,200 2,560 6,400 6,400 5,120 12,800 12,800 10,240 25,600
EN 2” 6,400 5,120 12,800 12,800 10,240 25,600 23,680 18,944 47,360
Endless
Webbing is overlapped and sewn 3” 9,600 7,680 19,200 17,760 14,208 35,520 35,520 28,416 71,040
to form an endless grommet.
Hook contact points may be 4” 12,80 10,240 25,600 23,040 18,432 46,080 46,080 36,864 92,160
tapered and reinforced for
longer wear.
6” 19,200 15,360 38,400 32,640 26,112 65,280 65,280 52,224 130,560
Type 6 Type 7 2” 3,200 2,560 6,400 6,400 5,120 12,800 _ _ _
RE FE
Reversed Eye Flat Eye 3-1/2” 5,280 4,220 10,560 10,560 8,440 21,120 _ _ _
Designed for extra Made the same
durability with full as Type 6 except 4” 6,400 5,120 12,800 12,800 10,240 25,600 _ _ _
body and eye pro- that the eyes
are on the same
tection. The eyes plane as the 6” 9,600 7,680 19,200 17,760 14,208 35,520 _ _ _
are 90º to the sling sling body.
body for tighter
choker hitches.
Type 8 6” – – 19,200 – – 35,520 _ _ _

WBC 8” – – 25,600 – – 46,080 _ _ _
Wide Body Cargo
Designed for use in basket hitches 12” – – 38,400 – – 65,280 _ _ _
that distribute the load over a
wide area. This sling provides 16” – – 51,200 – – 81,920 _ _ _
greater stability to extra large
and heavy loads. –
24” – – 76,800 – 107,520 _ _ _
Wear pads available upon request.
CHAIN SLINGS 277
Chain Slings
Type Description
CO Single Chain Sling with Master Link each end
SOS Single Chain Sling with Master Link and Sling Hook
SOG Single Chain Sling with Master Link and Grab Hook
SOF Single Chain Sling with Master Link and Foundry Hook
Type Description
SSS Single Chain Sling with Sling Hook each end
SGG Single Chain Sling with Grab Hook each end
SGS Single Chain Sling with Grab Hook and Sling Hook
ASOS Adjustable Single Chain Sling with Master Link and Sling Hook
Type Description
DOS Double Chain Sling with Master Link and Sling Hook
DOG Double Chain Sling with Master Link and Grab Hook
DOF Double Chain Sling with Master Link and Foundry Hook
ADOS Adjustable Double Chain Sling with Master Link and Sling Hook
Type Description
TOS Triple Chain Sling with Master Link and Sling Hook
TOG Triple Chain Sling with Master Link and Grab Hook
TOF Triple Chain Sling with Master Link and Foundry Hook
Type Description
QOS Quadruple Chain Sling with Master Link and Sling Hook
QOG Quadruple Chain Sling with Master Link and Grab Hook
QOF Quadruple Chain Sling with Master Link and Foundry Hook

278 WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Sling Capacities Rated Capacity (Working Load Limit) For Alloy Steel Chain Sling in Pounds
Single Leg Double Chain Slings Triple & Quad Chain Slings
Chain
Size,
Inches
9/32 3,500 6,100 4,900 3,500 9,100 7,400 5,200
3/8 7,100 12,300 10,000 7,100 18,400 15,100 10,600
1/2 12,000 20,800 17,000 12,000 31,200 25,500 18,000
5/8 18,100 31,300 25,600 18,100 47,000 38,400 27,100
3/4 28,300 49,000 40,000 28,300 73,500 60,000 42,400
7/8 34,200 59,200 48,400 34,200 88,900 72,500 51,300
1 47,700 82,600 67,400 47,700 123,900 101,200 71,500
1-1/4 72,300 125,200 102,200 72,300 187,800 153,400 108,400
Caution: Serious damage to a chain may occur when a force exceeding the working load limit is applied to a chain or chain
assembly. These working load limits must not be exceeded.
Inspection
(a) Normal service – monthly
(b) Severe service – daily to weekly
(c) Special or infrequent service – as recommended by a
qualified person before and after each occurrence
Periodic Inspection. Visual inspection by a designated
person making a record of the inspection or of apparent
conditions to provide the basis for a continuing evaluation.
(a) Normal service – yearly
(b) Severe service – monthly to quarterly
(c) Special or infrequent service – as recommended by a
qualified person before the first such occurrence and
as directed by the qualified person for any subsequent
Initial Inspection. Prior to use, all new, altered, occurrences
modified, or repaired slings shall be inspected by a Slings shall be inspected for defects and damage at
designated person. intervals as defined above.
Inspection procedure for chain slings in regular service Visually inspected chain and attachments for wear, nicks,
is divided into two general classifications based upon the cracks, breaks, gouges, stretch, bends, weld spatter,
interval at which inspection should be performed. The discoloration from excessive temperature, and throat
intervals in turn are dependent upon the degree of exposure opening of hooks. Chain links and attachments should
of the sling components to wear and deterioration. The tow hinge freely with adjacent links.
general classifications are herein designated as frequent In addition, visual observations should be conducted
and periodic, with respective intervals between inspection during regular service for any damage or evidence of
as defined below malfunction that appears between regular inspections.
Frequent Inspection. Visual examinations by the user or Any deficiencies found shall cause the sling to be set
other designated personnel with records not required. aside for periodic inspection.
WIRE ROPE SLINGS 279
Wire Rope Slings
End Fittings
Eye Half Slip Thru Thimble Thimble Closed Open Closed Open Swage
(E) Thimble Thimble (T) & Hook Swage Swage Spelter Spelter Button
(HT) (ST) (TH) Socket Socket Socket Socket (B)
(CS) (OS) (CSS) (OSS)
Ratchet Tie Down Straps (Code R)

Available in 1” - 4” Widths – 1” Series – 12; 2” Series – 5 & 80; 3” Series – 100; 4” Series – 120
Fittings Code 2”Series 50 2” Series 80 Sample
*WLL (Pounds) *WLL (Pounds)
Flat Hook (FH) 1,670 3,335

*WLL - Working Load Limit
U-Hook (UH) 1,670 3,335
Track Fittings (ET, EA

(Available E, A & F)
& EF) 915 915
D-Ring (DR) 1,670 3,335
Flat Snap (FS) 1,670 3,335
Cluster Hook (CS) 1,670 3,335
Flat Bed Straps

Fittings Code 2”Series 50 2” Series 80
“WLL (Pounds) * WLL (Pounds)
Sample
(Code S) Flat Hook (FH) 5,000 5,400

Available in 1” - 4”Widths D-Ring (DR) 5,000 6,600
Tapered Eye (TE) 5,000 6,600
Chain Anchor (CA) 5,000 5,400

280 WIRE ROPE SLINGS
Rated Capacity (Working Load Limit), For Wire Rope Slings
Single Leg (MTS-115) Multiple Leg Capacities (Tons)
Rope Loop Capacity (Tons) 2-Leg (MTS-125) 3-Leg (MTS-135) 4-Leg (MTS-145)
Dia. Size
(inches) (inches)
1/4 2x4 .56 .41 1.1 .97 .79 .56 1.5 1.2 .84 1.9 1.6 1.1
5/16 2 1/2x5 .87 .64 1.7 1.5 1.2 .87 2.3 1.8 1.3 3.0 2.5 1.7
3/8 3x6 1.2 .92 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.2 3.2 2.6 1.9 4.3 3.5 2.5
7/16 3 1/2x7 1.7 1.2 3.4 2.9 2.4 1.7 4.4 3.6 2.5 5.9 4.8 3.4
1/2 4x8 2.2 1.6 4.4 3.8 3.1 2.2 5.7 4.6 3.3 7.6 6.2 4.4
9/16 4 1/2x9 2.8 2.0 5.5 4.8 3.9 2.8 7.2 5.8 4.1 9.5 7.8 5.5
5/8 5x10 3.4 2.5 6.8 5.9 4.8 3.4 8.8 7.2 5.1 12 9.6 6.8
3/4 6x12 4.9 3.6 9.7 8.4 6.9 4.9 13 10 7.3 17 14 9.7
7/8 7x14 6.6 4.8 13 11 9.3 6.6 17 14 9.9 23 19 13
1 8x16 8.5 6.3 17 15 12 8.5 22 18 13 30 24 17
1-1/8 9x18 10 7.9 21 18 15 10 27 22 16 36 30 21
1-1/4 10x20 13 9.7 26 22 18 13 33 27 19 44 36 26
1-3/8 11x22 15 12 31 27 22 15 40 33 23 54 44 31
1-1/2 12x24 18 14 37 32 26 18 48 39 27 63 52 37
1-5/8 13x26 21 16 43 37 30 21 55 45 32 – – –
1-3/4 14x28 25 19 49 43 35 25 64 52 37 – – –
2 16x32 32 24 64 55 45 32 – – – – – –
As the angle of the sling leg decreases from 60º to 45º to 30º, as shown in the capacity chart, the rated capacity of the sling
decreases. All capacities in tons of 2000 lbs. Sling angles of less than 30º should not be used.
Sling Inspection
Conditions such as the following should be sufficient reason for consideration of sling replacement:
1. For strand laid and single part slings, ten (10) randomly 6. Evidence of heat damage; or if a wire rope sling having a
distributed broken wires in one rope lay, or five (5) broken fiber core is exposed to temperatures in excess of 200° F;
wires in one strand in one rope lay. or if a wire rope sling having a steel core is used at tem-
2. For cable laid and braided slings of less than 8 parts, peratures above 400° F or below minus 60° F.
twenty (20) randomly distributed broken wires in one lay or 7. End attachments that are cracked, deformed or worn.
braid, or one (1) broken strand per sling. 8. Hooks that have been opened more than 15% of the nor-
3. For braided slings of 8 parts or more, forty (40) randomly mal throat opening, measured at the narrowest point, or
distributed broken wires in one (1) braid, or two (2) broken twisted more that 10° from the plane of the unbent hook.
strands per sling. 9. Corrosion of the rope or end attachments.
4. Severe localized abrasion or scraping. 10. Unlaying or opening up of a tucked splice.
5. Kinking, crushing, birdcaging or any other damage resulting
in distortion of the wire rope structure.
WIRE ROPE / CABLE ACCESSORIES 281
Cargo Control
Logistic Tracks
Decking/Shoring Beams & Bars
Winches & Accessories
Chains & Binders

282 WIRE ROPE CUTTERS
104
108
106
101
103 109
107
105
Model 1 (light duty):
Part no. Description Packed Weight Part no. Description Packed Weight
101 Cutter complete 8 lbs. 106 Blade pin only 1 oz.
Model 1 102 Casting base 4 lbs. 107 Plunger guide pin 1 oz.
3
/4” capacity 103 Plunger 3 lbs. 108 Guard 1 oz.
104 Die (set) 4 oz. 109 Warning decals
105 Blade (with pin) 2 oz.
124
Model 1A 126 128
1 1/16” capacity
121
123
127 129
125
Model 1A (heavy duty):

Part no. Description Packed Weight Part no. Description Packed Weight
122 Casting base 12 lbs. 127 Plunger guide pin 1 oz.
123 Plunger 4 lbs. 128 Guard 2 oz.
125 Blade (with pin) 2 oz.
Model 2
1 1/2” capacity
The original portable tools invented in 1928 134

138
136
by Morse-Starrett to cut wire rope. Actuated
131
by striking with a hammer, they are easy to
operate and will give a superior performance 133 137
139
135
without jamming. They are precision-
engineered to deliver a cut without affecting Model 2 (extra heavy duty):
the original roundness of the wire rope. Part no. Description Packed Weight Part no. Description Packed W eight
The blades and dies are made of the 132 Casting base 21 lbs. 137 Plunger guide pin 1 oz.
138 Guard 3 oz.
finest tool steel available, heat-treated, 133 Plunger 7 lbs.
and ground to close tolerances. 135 Blade (with pin) 5 oz.
WIRE ROPE CUTTERS 283
Model W-075
/4” capacity
3
W-075, P-1125, C-1750:

Part no. Description Model W Model P Model C
1 Die set W1 P1 C1
4 Blade W4 P4 C4
5 Blade pin W5 P5 C5 Model P-1125
6 Hinge pin w/#39 W6 P6 C6 1 1/8” capacity
7 Ram W7 P7 C7
8 Ram collar W8 P8 C8
10 Ram retracting spring W10 P10 C10
11 Cover plate W11 P11 C11
15 Ram Cup Leather Retainer W15 P15 C15
33 Latch W33 P33 C33
36 Pump handle W36 P36 C36
38 Latch pin w/ #39 W38 P38 C38
43 Shear blade holder W43 P43 C43
60 Bypass valve n/a P60 C60
62 Overhaul kit W62 P62 C62
Model C-1750
1 3/4” capacity
Overhaul Kit includes:

(items listed must be purchased in kit form only)
These self-contained hydraulic cable cutters
12 Cover plate screws (3) 28 Plunger packing set are precision engineered tools designed to
13 Ram Retainer Screw & Lockwasher 30 Handle hinge bolt
14 Ram Cup Leather & O-ring 31 Release valve retainer give a clean cut with minimum effort.
16 Check valve plug 32 Release valve
17 Check valve gasket 34 Handle grip Just pump the handle, no outside power is
18 Check valve spring 35 Ram collar screws (3)
19 Ball check valve 37 Bail
required. Able to be easily carried, these
20 Packing nut 39 Snap rings (4) models are favorites of contractors,
21 Ball suction valve 40 Guard Screws (2)
22 Suction valve spring 42 Guard plate rigging lofts and elevator repairmen, and
23 Suction valve gasket 44 Cover gasket
24 Suction valve plug 46 Lock nut are recommended by wire rope
25 Plunger packing scre
w 47 Packing nut wrench
26 Plunger end packing 50 Air vent valve manufacturers worldwide. All three
27 Plunger
models will operate underwater.

Model POC 2500

2 1/2” capacity
PO C 2500:
Part no. Description Part no. Description
1 Die set 33 Latch
4 Blade 35 Ram collar screw
5 Blade pin 38 Latch pin with #39
6 Hinge pin 39 Snap ring
Maximum tr avel return line has been 7 Ram 40 Guard screw
added to PO C 1750.
8 Ram collar 42 Guard plate
Model POC 1750 10 Retracting spring 43 Shear blade holder
1 3/4” capacit y
13 Ram retainer screw 55 1/4” NPT street elbow
14 Cup leather 59 1/4” NPT directional valve
15 Cup retainer
Model POC 1125

1 1/8” capacity
These models can be activated by any electric, POC 1125 & POC 1750:
gasoline, hand, battery or air operated hydraulic Part no. Description Part no. Description
1 Die set 15 Cup retainer
pump capable of developing 10,000 p.s.i. and 4 Blade 33 Latch
having free flow return through the pressure line. 5 Blade pin 35 Ram collar screw
6 Hinge pin 38 Latch pin with #39
The pumps are then hose-connected to the 7 Ram 39 Snap ring
8 Ram collar 40 Guard screw
Hydrashear body. Available in three sizes and
10 Retracting spring 42 Guard plate
cutting capacities. 13 Ram retainer screw 43 Shear blade holder
14 Cup leather
Model DA POC 3500

DA POC 2500 and DA POC 3500:
Part no. Part no. Description Part no. Part no. Description Designed to operate at a maximum pressure of 10,000
2500 3500 2500 3500
1 1 Die set 45 45 Blade holder psi, the DA POC 3500 has a double-acting 75-ton
4 4 Blade 48 48 Cylinder locking scre
ws (2)
cylinder that will cut 3 1/2” cable in 40 to 45 seconds .
5 5 Blade pin 49 49 Cylinder support
6 6 Hinge pin 51 51 Cylinder
29 29 Hold down bolts (2) 82 82 Hose set
33 33 Latch 83 83 Base plate
38 38 Latch pin 84 84 Pump
39 39 Snap rings (4) 85 85 Pressure Gauge
40 40 Guard screws (2)
42 42 Guard
43 43 Shear blade holder Model must be specified when ordering parts
Model D A POC 2500
Designed to operate at a maximum pressure of 10,000

psi, the DA POC 2500 has a double-acting 50-ton
cylinder that will cut 2 1/2” cable in 30 to 35 seconds .
A double-acting cylinder is powered in both

directions for a faster and more positive return.
Both cutters are powered by an electrically driven

hydraulic pump 3 HP/3 phase dual voltage motor,
240/460 - 60 Hz.
The DA POC 2500 and DA POC 3500 are sold as a

PO C 1750 (shown here with pump)
complete unit, including cutting head, base plate,
cylinder, pump and hoses.

Morse-Starrett stocks a variety of pumps

and parts (including hoses and fittings)
which are compatible with our power
operated tools. Please inquire about price,
availability and specifications.
Designed for use with the Morse-Starrett

cutter, bands are made of pliable
material indented with a groove and
lock seam at one edge. Application of the
band is simple, requires no special
tools and may be made in seconds
Cable band sizes:
3/16” 9/16” 15/16” with an ordinary pair of pliers.
1/4” 5/8” 1”
5/16” 11/16” 1 1/8” Note: Each rope requires a band of
3/8” 3/4” 1 1/4”
1 3/8”
corresponding size. All bands packed and
7/16” 13/16”
1/2” 7/8” 1 1/2” sold in boxes of 50, one size per box.
Designed for cutting:

• 1/2” prestressed concrete strand
• 1/2” mild steel round chain

• 5/8” reinforced bar
• 5/8” bolts
Model S
Convenient to use at any angle and

weighing less than 12 lbs, the Model S
can be activated by any electric,
gasoline, hand, battery or air operated
hydraulic pump capable of developing
10,000 p.s.i. and having free flow return
through the pressure line. The front blade
Model S:
can be adjusted to proper cutting Part no. Description
Part no. Description
clearance after sharpening, and the back S-2 Adjusting screw S-10 Retracting spring
S-3 Blade holding screw S-12 End plate
blade is fixed. S-4 Rear blade (moving blade) S-13 end plate screw
S-5 Front blade S-15 Ram retainer screw
Please specify if tool will be used for S-6 Blade pin S-16 “O” ring
S-17 Locking wedge
cutting round chain; a modification of S-7 Ram
S-8 Cup leather S-18 Set screw
the cutting head is required. S-9 Cup leather retainer S-19 Spring washers (2)

288 PIKE POLES
PIKE POLES
Aluminum or Ashwood Handles Available in Lengths From 3’ - 24’
Aluminum Ash
• Specially extruded 1 1/2 inch OD / 0.065 • 1 1/2 inch diameter handles at
inch wall aluminum alloy with protective thickest section taper to a knob
anodized finis on end
• Anodized aluminum lasts considerably • Handles turned from second growth
longer than non anodized aluminum when American ash with straight grain
used in corrosive or wet environments through entire handle length and
• Aluminum Pike Poles are considerably air dried
lighter than the same lengths made • Ash is used in Pike Poles because it
with ash is lighter in weight than other woods
• Aluminum handles will not warp or break offering extremely long grains,
• Rugged and durable resulting in resiliency of tearing
• Stay straight with continued use before breaking
• Hardwood fittings in each end are secured • Offered in lengths from 6 feet
by machine crimping through 16 feet, normally in two
• DIXIE INDUSTRIES’ exclusive Core Lok foot increments
rubber seal assures a watertight barrier, • Pike hook manufactured from a
making the Pike Pole buoyant when used single piece of high carbon steel and
extensively in and around water drop forged
• Pike hook manufactured from a single piece • Shanks are threaded to allow
of high carbon steel and drop forged screwing into handle
• Shanks are threaded to allow screwing • Pike points have twisted thread
into handle resisting removal unless half turned
• Pike points have twisted thread after being seated
resisting removal unless half turned • Curved pike and hook and straight
after being seated pike available on a special
• Curved pike and hook and straight pike order basis
available on a special order basis
ROPE LEAVING LINE AND LOCK LINE 289
Motivation Offers a Wide Selection of both Leaving and

Lock Lines for the Commercial Marine Industries
QUALITY
1 1/2” X 600’
COILS
LEAVING
LINE
IN-STOCK
3 and 8 Strand
PD 101
3 STRAND TWISTED PD 101
ID No. Diameter Circumference Put-up Tensile Weight
629G 1 1/2” 4 1/2” 600’ 37,800 261
63H2 1 5/8” 5” 600’ 41,400 292
63H1 1 3/4” 5 1/2” 600’ 50,400 372
63H4 2” 6” 600’ 60,300 453
W998 2 1/4” 7” 600’ 72,000 600
L250 2 1/2” 7 1/2” 600’ 85,500 696
277H 2 5/8” 8” 600’ 103,500 798
U143 3” 9” 600’ 130,500 960

8 STRAND PLAITED PD 101
ID No. Diameter Circumference Put-up Tensile Weight
U535 2 5/8” 8” 600’ 103,500 804
0000 2 7/8” 8 1/2” 600’ 117,000 900
E540 3” 9” 600’ 130,500 978
0000 3 1/4” 10” 600’ 154,800 1248
0000 3 1/2” 11” 600’ 193,500 1452
0000 4” 12” 600’ 217,800 1680
*PLEASE CALL FOR AVAILABILITY

290 12 STRAND CONSTRUCTION - CLASS II
12 STRAND CONSTRUCTION - CLASS II 291

292 DOUBLE BRAID CONSTRUCTION - CLASS II
Turbo-75 Product Code: 864
A robust, braid on braid construction winch line with 100% Dyneema® –

designed to replace wire rope in mooring, tug or trawl systems
FEATURES: Proven effective as a Gilson wire rope replacement in the

> Excellent single drum spooling toughest trawl commercial fishing applications.
capabilities Turbo-75 has the relative firmness and low stretch of wire, yet
> Lightweight handling only 1/6th the weight. For tough winch rope applications where
> Superior drum compression resistance the weight and inflexibility of wire rope is a problem, Turbo-75 is
ideal. It spools on winches very well, does not rust or “fish hook”
> Retains hard round shape during use
like wire rope, and it floats!
> Protective cover with Dyneema® provides
superior wear characteristics Both cover and core are coated with a proprietary Samthane
coating. The superior fiber, design, and construction all create
APPLICATIONS: a rope which can have a service life 2 to 3 times that of wire rope.
> Single or split drum winch primary A standard cover repair kit is available and easy to field apply.
mooring lines for various vessels This product design requires a specialized splicing technique
> Wire replacements in commercial that does not facilitate field splicing.
fishing trawl systems
> “Tugger” winch lines for AHVs
> Deep water lifting projects
> Tractor tug winch lines
DYNEEMA®
SK-75
CORE-DEPENDENT
DOUBLE BRAID
Size Size Weight SRT Size Weight SRT ISO/BS EN919

Diameter Circumference Per 100 FT. MBS* Diameter Per 100 M MBS* MBS
INCHES INCHES POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS KILOGRAMS METRIC TONNES METRIC TONNES
SPECIFICATIONS:
1 in. 3 in. 25.0 lbs. 87,300 lbs. 24mm 37.2 Kg 39.6 MT 44.0 MT
1-1/8 in. 3-1/2 in. 29.5 lbs. 113,000 lbs. 28mm 43.9 Kg 51.0 MT 56.7 MT Specific Gravity:
1-1/4 in. 3-3/4 in. 38.5 lbs. 135,000 lbs. 30mm 57.3 Kg 61.2 MT 68.0 MT .98
1-3/8 in. 4-1/8 in. 48.0 lbs. 167,000 lbs. 34mm 71.4 Kg 75.5 MT 83.9 MT
1-1/2 in. 4-1/2 in. 59.5 lbs. 189,000 lbs. 36mm 88.5 Kg 85.7 MT 95.3 MT Elastic Elongation Percentage:
1-5/8 in. 5 in. 67.0 lbs. 225,000 lbs. 40mm 99.7 Kg 102.0 MT 113.0 MT At % of break strength
1-3/4 in. 5-1/2 in. 80.5 lbs. 275,000 lbs. 44mm 120.0 Kg 125.0 MT 138.0 MT 10% ..................0.33%
20% ..................0.49%
30% ..................0.76%
2-1/4 in. 7 in. 120.0 lbs. 405,000 lbs. 56mm 179.0 Kg 184.0 MT 204.0 MT
*Spliced strength
Splicing Procedures Required:
> EYE SPLICE
Product specific
PRODUCT SPOTLIGHT {TURBO-75}
Turbo-75 is designed to withstand the abuses of the most
demanding winch-based applications. The durable “turbo”
braided jacket made with Dyneema® is extremely cut and
abrasion resistant. In this core-dependant construction, the
jacket is sacrificial and protects the strength member,
a 12-strand single braid core, also made with Dyneema®.
This robust combination, with a specific gravity of .98, is still
light enough to float, yet outlasts wire in demanding
applications by 2 or 3 times.
3 STRAND CONSTRUCTION - CLASS I 293
SSR-1200-3 Product Code: 220
A blended 3-strand rope with the wear resistance and strength of a

100% polyester rope, but with significantly less handling weight
SSR-1200-3 will provide lower operating costs FEATURES: APPLICATIONS:

by providing longer service life than conventional > Comparable strength and > Barge/dredge working lines
blended fiber ropes. This is accomplished through a wear of an all polyester rope
unique plied yarn construction using a combination > Tug assist lines
of polyester fiber and our proprietary Ultra Blue
> 20% less weight than an all
> Tie-up lines
polyester rope
bi-polymer fiber in each yarn of the strand > Deck/handy lines
formation. The combination minimizes the amount > Low working elongation
of polyester fiber and relies on the lightweight, > Excellent grip on H-bitts
non-water absorbing features of the Ultra Blue fiber.

SPECIFICATIONS:
3/4 in. 2-1/4 in. 14.4 lbs. 13,300 lbs. 18mm 21.4 Kg 6.0 MT 6.7 MT
13/16 in. 2-1/2 in. 17.3 lbs. 15,800 lbs. 20mm 25.7 Kg 7.2 MT 8.0 MT Specific Gravity:
7/8 in. 2-3/4 in. 20.6 lbs. 18,800 lbs. 22mm 30.7 Kg 8.5 MT 9.5 MT 1.20
1-1/8 in. 3-3/4 in. 39.4 lbs. 35,100 lbs. 30mm 58.6 Kg 15.9 MT 17.7 MT At % of break strength
1-5/16 in. 4 in. 43.3 lbs. 38,700 lbs. 32mm 64.4 Kg 17.6 MT 19.5 MT 10% ...................1.5%
1-1/2 in. 4-1/2 in. 56.2 lbs. 48,600 lbs. 36mm 83.6 Kg 22.0 MT 24.5 MT 20% ...................3.2%
30% ...................4.0%
2 in. 6 in. 99.0 lbs. 84,600 lbs. 48mm 147.0 Kg 38.4 MT 42.6 MT Splicing Procedures Required:
2-1/8 in. 6-1/2 in. 111.0 lbs. 94,500 lbs. 52mm 166.0 Kg 42.9 MT 47.6 MT > EYE SPLICE
3-Strand/Class I Rope
2-5/8 in. 8 in. 170.0 lbs. 140,000 lbs. 64mm 253.0 Kg 63.7 MT 70.8 MT > END FOR END SPLICE
3 in. 9 in. 221.0 lbs. 182,000 lbs. 72mm 328.0 Kg 82.5 MT 91.6 MT 3-Strand/Class I Rope
*Spliced strength
Product Code: 130 Ultra Blue-3

Higher strength, better grip, and longer service life
The Ultra Blue fiber enhances the gripping FEATURES: APPLICATIONS:

capability by developing a distinct initial outer
> Floating high strength > Tie-up lines
surface fuzz that also acts as a wear protector bi-polymer rope
for the subsurface fibers. Its strength and wear > Floating trailer tow lines
features allow downsizing to reduce handling > Over twice the wear life of > General deck and handy lines
weight and improve efficiency. Potential rope
polypropylene
related injuries during rope deployment or > Superior UV resistance to
retrieval are minimized. polypropylene

SPECIFICATIONS:
1 in. 3 in. 18.6 lbs. 20,300 lbs. 24mm 27.7 Kg 9.2 MT 10.3 MT Specific Gravity:
1-1/8 in. 3-1/2 in. 24.7 lbs. 23,900 lbs. 28mm 36.8 Kg 10.9 MT 12.1 MT .94
Elastic Elongation Percentage:
1-1/2 in. 4-1/2 in. 41.2 lbs. 37,800 lbs. 36mm 61.3 Kg 17.1 MT 19.1 MT At % of break strength
1-5/8 in. 5 in. 52.6 lbs. 49,500 lbs. 40mm 78.3 Kg 22.5 MT 24.9 MT 10% ...................2.0%
1-3/4 in. 5-1/2 in. 61.9 lbs. 58,500 lbs. 44mm 92.1 Kg 26.5 MT 29.5 MT 20% ...................4.8%
2 in. 6 in. 73.2 lbs. 70,200 lbs. 48mm 109.0 Kg 31.8 MT 35.4 MT 30% ...................6.8%
2-1/8 in. 6-/12 in. 86.6 lbs. 76,500 lbs. 52mm 129.0 Kg 34.7 MT 38.6 MT
Splicing Procedures Required:
> EYE SPLICE
2-5/8 in. 8 in. 131.0 lbs. 120,000 lbs. 64mm 195.0 Kg 54.3 MT 60.3 MT 3-Strand/Class I Rope
3 in. 9 in. 168.0 lbs. 150,000 lbs. 72mm 250.0 Kg 68.2 MT 75.7 MT > END FOR END SPLICE
*Spliced strength
Manufactured in 1/4-inch diameter up to 3-1/4" diameter.

294 3 & 8 STRAND CONSTRUCTION - CLASS I
3 STRAND Product Code: 226 SSR-301R
A blended polyester/Ultra Blue working line for superior wear resistance
The ultimate lockline specifically designed to FEATURES: APPLICATIONS:

virtually eliminate slipstick when checking barges. > Barge and dredge working lines
> Most cost effective
The 3-strand rope construction is a high strength,
lockline available > Locklines and working ropes
lightweight and controlled smooth checking line
that has double the wear life of standard lockline > Gives long-term, smooth,
ropes. This is accomplished by our unique fiber and consistent checking
internal Resistex lubricant. The core fiber of each > Low working elongation
strand is 35% stronger than standard polypropylene for control
fiber. The core fiber of each strand then has our > Excellent flex and wear
internally-produced outer cover of high-tenacity resistance
filament polyester blended with spun polyester. SPECIFICATIONS:
The outer cover of polyester allows for excellent
Specific Gravity:
wear and heat resistance. The Resistex lubricant
1.14
constantly lubricates the outer surface fibers when
working loads are applied. This constant migration of Elastic Elongation Percentage:
Resistex to the surface yarns maximizes rope wear At % of break strength
life, allows consistent checking ability, and minimizes 10% ................... 2.1%
heat build-up during checking. 20% ................... 3.5%
30% ................... 4.0%
Size Size Weight SRT Size Weight SRT ISO/BS EN919 Splicing Procedures Required:
INCHES INCHES POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS KILOGRAMS METRIC TONNES METRIC TONNES > EYE SPLICE
1-1/2 in. 4-1/2 in. 46.9 lbs. 39,000 lbs. 36mm 69.8 Kg 17.7 MT 19.6 MT 3-Strand/Class I Rope
> END FOR END SPLICE
2 in. 6 in. 78.4 lbs. 64,000 lbs. 48mm 117 .0 Kg 29.0 MT 32.3 MT
*Spliced strength
8 STRAND Product Code: 258 Premium Polyester-8

Suitable for deep water lifting projects, towing, or general
marine applications that require a non-floating rope
A four-stage, 8-strand, plaited FEATURES: APPLICATIONS:

construction made from high-tenacity > Excellent strength > Trawl and bridle lines
polyester. This non-torque construction
> Low stretch > Purse seine lines
offers excellent strength, low stretch,
and superior resistance to wear. This > Superior resistance > Secondary mooring lines
product has a Pro-Gard marine finish. to wear > Mooring line pendants
> Non-HMPE tug lines
> Tug shock/stretcher pendants
INCHES INCHES POUNDS POUNDS MILLIMETERS KILOGRAMS METRIC TONNES METRIC TONNES SPECIFICATIONS:
1-5/8 in. 5 in. 84.5 lbs. 66,600 lbs. 40mm 126.0 Kg 30.2 MT 33.6 MT Specific Gravity:
1-3/4 in. 5-1/2 in. 101.0 lbs. 79,700 lbs. 44mm 150.0 Kg 36.1 MT 40.1 MT 1.38
2-1/4 in. 7 in. 162.0 lbs. 124,000 lbs. 56mm 241.0 Kg 56.3 MT 62.6 MT At % of break strength
2-1/2 in. 7-1/2 in. 187.0 lbs. 142,000 lbs. 60mm 278.0 Kg 64.5 MT 71.7 MT 10% ................... 3.0%
2-5/8 in. 8 in. 210.0 lbs. 160,000 lbs. 64mm 313.0 Kg 72.7 MT 80.7 MT 20% ................... 5.0%
2-3/4 in. 8-1/2 in. 237.0 lbs. 178,000 lbs. 68mm 353.0 Kg 80.8 MT 89.8 MT 30% ................... 7.7%
3-1/4 in. 10 in. 328.0 lbs. 243,000 lbs. 80mm 488.0 Kg 110.0 MT 122.0 MT Splicing Procedures Required:
3-5/8 in. 11 in. 396.0 lbs. 293,000 lbs. 88mm 589.0 Kg 133.0 MT 147.0 MT > EYE SPLICE
4 in. 12 in. 468.0 lbs. 353,000 lbs. 96mm 696.0 Kg 160.0 MT 178.0 MT 8-Strand/Class I Rope
*Spliced strength > END FOR END SPLICE
ROPE HARDWARE - THIMBLES 295
Nylite Product Code: 964
Spools, shields and shackle assembly WORKING DETAILS:

Unlike conventional thimbles the Nylite connector > Working Load in tons (2000 lbs.)
assembly is easily installed into or removed from a > Working loads, as given, are based
pre-made soft eye. Only 1/7th the weight of metal on pin/bore relationship provided by
thimbles, Nylite connectors will not deform or rupture use of Nylite Shackle. When using a
from repeated loadings. The Nylite shackle was non-standard pin, the Working Load
as given DOES NOT APPLY.
designed to take full advantage of the high strength
> When using with Class II ropes, upsize
of the Nylite connector and synthetic rope. to ensure working load compatibility.
Size Size Samson Minimum Working Load Weight Each Sheild

Size Diameter Circumfrence. Eye Size TONS POUNDS Color
-1 3/8 – 1/2 in. 1-1/8 – 1-1/2 in. 2-3/16 in. 1.1 tn 0.5 lbs. Blue
*The Nylite Spool and Shield in sizes
-2 9/16 – 5/8 in. 1-3/4 – 2 in. 2-3/4 in. 1.6 tn 1.0 lbs. Red
1–5 may be purchased without a shackle
(part # 969). Minimum order quantities -3 3/4 – 13/16 in. 2-1/4 – 2-1/2 in. 3-3/4 in. 2.5 tn 1.6 lbs. Green
apply, see net price list for details. -4 7/8 – 1-1/16 in. 2-3/4 – 3-1/4 in. 4-7/8 in. 4.5 tn 3.7 lbs. Orange
-5 1-1/8 – 1-5/16 in. 3-1/2 – 4 in. 6-1/8 in. 7.5 tn 6.0 lbs. Black
*The Nylite Shackle sizes 1–9 may be
-6 1-1/2 – 1-3/4 in. 4-1/2 – 5-1/2 in. 7-5/8 in. 12.5 tn 19.0 lbs. Yellow
purchased separately (part # 961).
-7 2 – 2-1/4 in. 6 – 7 in. 9-3/4 in. 20.0 tn 24.0 lbs. Black
-8 2-1/2 – 2-5/8 in. 7-1/2 – 8 in. 11-1/4 in. 25.0 tn 33.0 lbs. Black
-9 2-3/4 – 3-1/4 in. 8-1/2 – 10 in. 14 in. 35.0 tn 56.0 lbs. Black
E
D Size Spool Spool Pin*
SHACKLE Inside Diameter Outside Diameter DIA. A B C D E F G
-1 .46 in. 1.50 in. .44 in. .88 in. 1.08 in. 1.11 in. 2.41 in. .38 in. 1.99 in. 2.34 in.
SHEILD
A B -2 .58 in. 1.75 in. .56 in. 1.13 in. 1.21 in. 1.38 in. 3.11 in. .50 in. 2.38 in. 2.88 in.
-3 .64 in. 2.25 in. .63 in. 1.38 in. 1.61 in. 1.77 in. 3.54 in. .56 in. 3.02 in. 3.70 in.
SPOOL -4 .89 in. 3.00 in. .88 in. 1.75 in. 1.9 in. 2.29 in. 4.70 in. .75 in. 3.79 in. 4.71 in.
F
C -5 1.02 in. 3.75 in. 1.00 in. 2.13 in. 2.15 in. 2.85 in. 5.55 in. .88 in. 4.85 in. 5.95 in.
PATENT PENDING -6 1.54 in. 5.00 in. 1.50 in. 2.63 in. 3.14 in. 3.80 in. 7.75 in. 1.37 in. 6.30 in. 7.85 in.
-7 1.75 in. 6.25 in. 1.63 in. 3.25 in. 3.75 in. 4.80 in. 8.90 in. 1.50 in. 7.93 in. 9.89 in.
-8 2.00 in. 7.25 in. 1.75 in. 3.75 in. 4.13 in. 5.61 in. 10.13 in. 1.75 in. 9.24 in. 11.47 in.
SLEEVE G -9 2.25 in. 9.00 in. 2.00 in. 4.63 in. 5.06 in. 6.95 in. 12.15 in. 2.00 in. 11.45 in. 14.28 in.
ROPE
*Sizes 1 – 5 are supplied with jam nuts and cotter pins. Larger sizes have cotter pins and standard nuts.
C E
D
Blue Line Thimble Product Code: 930

F
The Blue Line Thimble is compatible for use with Samson’s
high performance – high modulus synthetic fiber rope B
products such as AmSteel®-Blue, Force-8, and DPX®-75.
The tubular gusseted design creates a high strength thimble
*Stainless steel that protects the rope and maintains a proper bending radius
thimble also
when connected to mating hardware.
available. A
Size Range Thimble A B C D E F Size Range Thimble A B C D E F

Diameter Weight Diamter Weight
INCHES POUNDS INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES MILLIMETERS KILOGRAMS mm mm mm mm mm mm
3/8 – 7/16 in. 0.8 lbs. 0.47 in. 3.31 in. 0.91 in. 0.16 in. 0.31 in. 0.94 in. 9 – 11mm 0.36 Kg 12mm 84mm 23mm 4.0mm 8.0mm 24mm
1/2 in. 1.1 lbs. 0.59 in. 3.74 in. 1.06 in. 0.20 in. 0.39 in. 1.22 in. 12mm 0.52 Kg 15mm 95mm 27mm 5.0mm 10mm 31mm
13/16 – 7/8 in. 2.8 lbs. 0.98 in. 5.91 in. 1.77 in. 0.25 in. 0.63 in. 2.40 in. 20 – 22mm 1.26 Kg 25mm 150mm 45mm 6.3mm 16mm 61mm
1 in. 3.6 lbs. 1.10 in. 6.18 in. 1.77 in. 0.28 in. 0.63 in. 2.20 in. 24mm 1.64 Kg 28mm 157mm 45mm 7.0mm 16mm 56mm
1-1/16 in. 4.5 lbs. 1.18 in. 6.69 in. 1.85 in. 0.28 in. 0.71 in. 2.68 in. 26mm 2.02 Kg 30mm 170mm 47mm 7.0mm 18mm 68mm
1-1/8 – 1-5/16 in. 5.8 lbs. 1.38 in. 7.48 in. 2.36 in. 0.28 in. 0.87 in. 2.87 in. 28 – 32mm 2.61 Kg 35mm 190mm 60mm 7.0mm 22mm 73mm
1-3/4 – 2 in. 10.8 lbs. 2.17 in. 10.55 in. 3.15 in. 0.30 in. 1.22 in. 3.90 in. 44 – 48mm 4.90 Kg 55mm 268mm 80mm 7.5mm 31mm 99mm

296 ROPE HARDWARE - THIMBLES
Product Code: 933 Heavy Duty Hawser Thimble

The cast steel Heavy Duty Hawser Thimble is designed for use with wire rope or high
performance synthetic fiber ropes such as AmSteel®-Blue, Force-8, and DPX®-75.
The galvanized thimble provides smooth even grooves, maximum strengths at critical
areas, and proper bending radius for the rope. When used with synthetic ropes,
thimble eye should be lashed at approximately 2, 4, 8, and 10 o’clock on the thimble
circumference to secure the thimble to the rope when not in service.
Lashed Thimble
Size Range Thimble A B C D E F Size Range

Diameter Weight Diameter
INCHES POUNDS INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES INCHES MILLIMETERS
5/8 – 3/4 in. 3.5 lbs. 6.88 4.50 5.00 3.00 1.19 0.41 16 – 18mm
7/8 – 1 in. 6.0 lbs. 8.63 5.75 6.25 3.75 1.44 0.53 22 – 24mm
1-1/8 – 1-1/4 in. 9.5 lbs. 10.13 6.75 7.25 4.25 1.69 0.66 28 – 30mm
1-3/8 – 1-1/2 in. 18.5 lbs. 12.13 8.00 8.75 5.00 2.19 0.78 34 – 36mm
1-5/8 – 1-3/4 in. 24.0 lbs. 12.75 8.00 9.25 5.00 2.44 0.94 40 – 44mm
1-7/8 – 2 in. 33.5 lbs. 14.75 9.50 10.75 6.00 2.69 1.06 46 – 48mm
2-1/8 – 2-1/4 in. 53.5 lbs. 17.13 11.00 12.50 7.00 3.13 1.19 52 – 56mm
2-3/8 – 2-1/2 in. 81.5 lbs. 19.25 12.75 14.25 8.25 3.88 1.38 58 – 60mm
2-3/4 – 3 in. 136.5 lbs. 24.50 15.00 17.00 9.38 4.94 1.63 68 – 72mm
ORKOT® Thimble Product Code: 963

The Orkot® Thimble is a simple, effective and secure
means of attaching synthetic ropes to wire ropes by
means of a shackle. Products made from Orkot® Marine
composite materials have exceptional wear resistance
and virtually no swell in water, providing dimensional
stability. They offer tolerance to edge loading and
mis-alignment even with the heaviest loads, and are
particularly suited to freeze fitting without the danger
of shattering. Orkot® TLM Marine is the standard grade
of material incorporating a woven fabric reinforcement
and solid lubricants within a thermosetting resin matrix.
The material can be used in conjunction with water and
grease lubrication and can be run dry for limited periods.
ROPE ORKOT BUSHINGS SHACKLE

Size Range Size Maximum Working Load
DIAMETER CIRCUMFRENCE Size Pin Diameter Jaw Winch Limit*
INCHES INCHES Stock # INCHES INCHES INCHES TONS
7/8 in. 2-3/4 in. SSB–6 7/8 in. 1 in. 1.44 in. 6.5 tn
1 in. 3 in. SSB–8 1 in. 1-1/8 in. 1.69 in. 8.5 tn
1-1/8 in. 3-1/2 in. SSB–9 1-1/8 in. 1-1/4 in. 1.81 in 9.5 tn
1-1/4 in. 3-3/4 in. SSB–12 1-1/4 in. 1-3/8 in. 2.03 in. 12.0 tn
1-3/4 in. 5-1/2 in. SSB–25 1-3/4 in. 2 in. 2.88 in 25.0 tn
2-1/2 in. 7-1/2 in. SSB–55 2-1/2 in. 2-3/4 in. 4.13 in 55.0 tn
*Working Load Limit: The working load limit included the combination af all applied loads, static and dynamic, based on normal service.
The WLL does not represent the loss of strength in the bushing or rope due to creep and other mechanical, chemical and environmental factors.
vertical lifeline features & comparisons 297
SAMSON VERTICAL LIFELINE FEATURES:

• Samson Pre-Spliced Vertical Lifelines conform to the rope requirements specified in ANSI Z359.1-1992
and meet California OSHA and Federal OSHA requirements for lifelines
• Allow easy handling and freedom of movement by mechanical rope grabs
• Firm and flexible
• All Pre-Spliced Vertical Lifelines supplied with a safety rating tag
• All Pre-Spliced Vertical Lifelines have shrink tube protecting the splice area
All Samson Pre-Spliced Vertical Lifelines are offered in the following

fabricated and unfabricated lengths:
Pre-Spliced Vertical Lifeline with Round Thimble. Supplied with safety rating tag, shrink tube over splice
area and round thimble splice one end only, other end heat-sealed and protected with shrink tube.
Pre-Spliced Vertical Lifeline with Round Thimble and Safety Hook. Supplied with safety rating tag,
shrink tube over splice area and round thimble splice and safety hook one end only, other end
heat-sealed and protected with shrink tube.
Samson offers PTS-3 Vertical Lifeline construction in unspliced bulk
PTS-3 Nylon vertical lifeline (5/8" diameter product)

STRENGTH
Minimum (Lbs.)
WEIGHT
Lbs/100 Ft.
nylon fiber
PTS-3 Nylon Lifeline 660 Product
Code
3-Strand PTS-3 Nylon 10,800 lbs. 10.6 lbs.
A premium heat-set nylon construction coated with or-
PRE-SPLICED SIZES ange Samthane coating. The coating penetrates through
SIZE LENGTH PACKAGE (4 polybags or 1 spool per carton)
to the center of each strand rather than just coating the
5/8" 50 ft. Polybag surface fibers. This results in several benefits: the coating
5/8" 100 ft. Spool protects the fibers from abrasion, snagging
5/8" 150 ft. Spool and helps keep dirt and other contaminants from
5/8" 200 ft. Spool entering the rope thereby extending wear life. It also
5/8" 250 ft. Spool provides exceptional working firmness because the
5/8" 300 ft. Spool strand fibers are bonded together. PTS-3 Nylon is firm
but flexible, works well in rope grabs and also offers
Samson offers PTS-3 vertical Lifeline construction is unspliced
bulklengths, as follows. Rope only, no splices, no tags and excellent shock mitigation. Color: Orange
no hardware. • Excellent shock mitigation
UNSPLICED BULK SIZES • Excellent abrasion resistance
SIZE LENGTH PACKAGE (1 spool per carton)
• Exceptional wear life
5/8" 1,200 ft. Spool
5/8" 2,400 ft. Spool
ELASTIC ELONGATION
At % of break strength Rope stabilized from 200D2
10% 20% 30% Ropes cycled 50 times at each
8.3% 12.1% 17.0% percent of average break
strength

298 Polyester ropes
12-strand parallel core
Tenex “Sling Construction” TENEX-TEC TWO ENDS
PER CARRIER An extremely firm and stiff DURAVET
is a two end per carrier rope construction produced UNCOATED (562)
Applications
twelve-strand Samthane with high tenacity polyester Applications
– Slings
coated, high tenacity fiber. Duravet has a parallel – Used in Concrete
– Winch Lines
Erosion Mats
polyester rope offering – Pulling Lines core of filament polyester – Oil Boom Containment
high strength coupled with – Stringing Lines with a tightly braided poly-
low stretch and outstand- ester cover which makes it
ing abrasion resistance. Its suitable for crimped sleeve High tenacity
abrasion resistance and Samthane coated
connectors. This high strength filament
firmness is due to special high tenacity
and low stretch product is
Samthane coating which polyester fiber polyester &
primarily used in concrete
allows for easy splicing soil erosion mats. The wear polyester fiber
while enhancing wear life resistance, firm construc-
and snag resistance. A tion, mechanical termination Specific Gravity…
viable alternative to using
Specific Gravity… capability, lightweight and 1.38
double braids when easy
1.38 non-corrosive nature make Elastic Elongation…
field splicing and economy
Elastic Elongation… Duravet an alternative to At % of break strength
are major considerations.
At % of break strength wire rope in concrete soil 10% 20% 30%
Colors 10% 20% 30% erosion mats. 0.6% 1.4% 2.2%
Same as Single end 1.4% 2.3% 3.0% Rope stabilized from 200D2
Tenex on opposite page Characteristics Ropes cycled 50 times at
Characteristics Rope stabilized from 200D2 ■ Non-corrosive each percent of average
alternative to wire break strength
■ Easy to splice Ropes cycled 50 times at
each percent of average rope (in soil
■ Excellent abrasion
break strength erosion mats) SIZE
resistance
■ Excellent wear Dia. Circ. Dia.
■ Firm, round
resistance Inch mm Inch (nominal)
construction 1/4" 19mm 0.24
■ Suitable for mechan-
■ Class 1 12-Strand 1/4" 20mm 0.26
cal terminations
splice 1/4" 22mm 0.28
5/16" 24mm 0.295
Listed weights are for coated rope. 5/16" 27mm 0.31
Coating adds 3/8" 30mm 0.38
AVERAGE MINIMUM
approximately 1/2" 40mm 0.51
SIZE WEIGHT STRENGTH STRENGTH
3% – 5% to
Dia. Dia. Circ. Lbs per Kg per Dia. AVERAGE
weights listed.
Inch mm Inch 100 Ft. 100 M Inch Lbs Kg Lbs Kg WEIGHT STRENGTH
1/4" 6mm 3/4" 2.1 lbs. 3.1 Kg 1/4" 3,200 lbs. 1,500 Kg 2,900 lbs.. 1,300 Kg
** Strengths Dia. Lbs per Put-Up
5/16" 8mm 1" 3.2 lbs. 4.8 Kg 5/16" 4,700 lbs. 2,100 Kg 4,200 lbs. 1,900 Kg Inch 100 Ft. (lbs.)** Length
are rope
3/8" 9mm 1-1/8" 4.3 lbs. 6.4 Kg 3/8" 6,100 lbs. 2,800 Kg 5,500 lbs. 2,500 Kg 1/4" 2.2 lbs. 3,100 lbs. 10,000
strengths and
do not reflect
termination
5/8" 16mm 2" 14.8 lbs. 22.0 Kg 5/8" 18,800 lbs. 8,500 Kg 16,900 lbs. 7,700 Kg 1/4" 3.3 lbs. 5,100 lbs. 5,000
efficiency.
1" 24mm 3" 34.7 lbs. 51.6 Kg 1" 44,500 lbs. 20,200 Kg 40,100 lbs. 18,200 Kg 1/2" 9.4 lbs. 13,000 lbs. 2,000
1-1/4" 30mm 3-3/4" 55.0 lbs. 81.8 Kg 1-1/4 62,000 lbs. 28,100 Kg 55,800 lbs. 25,300 Kg
Adjustable lifting sling with a permanent eye at one end and an Characteristics WHOOPIE SLING
adjustable eye at the other end to accommodate a wide range of lifting ■ Adjustable sling
Applications
requirements. The adjustment allows snug lifting control and minimizes ■ Durable
– Lifting Sling
the number of fixed length slings required. The sling is a braided non- ■ Size & color coded
torquing polyester rope with Samthane coating. The coating provides

increased sling durability and the color identifies the sling capacity. Colors
Each sling has a permanent rating tag attached and is individually Blue – 1/2" Dia.
0packaged in a polybag and shipped in a carton.
Orange – 3/4" Dia.
*For more information, see usage guidelines for slings on p.55.
Red
SIZE COLOR WEIGHT RATED CAPACITY 5/8" Dia.
Dia. Unit Wt. Adjust. Perm. Eye Single Leg Choker Basket
Inch Color Lbs. Length Ft. Size (Inches) Lbs. Lbs. Lbs.
1/2" Blue 1.2 lbs. 2-1/2’ – 4’ 5" 2,220 lbs. 1,760 lbs. 4,400 lbs.
5/8" Red 1.7 lbs. 3’ - 5’ 6" 3,200 lbs. 2,560 lbs. 6,400 lbs.
3/4" Orange 2.8 lbs. 3-1/2’ – 6’ 7" 4,200 lbs. 3,380 lbs. 8,400 lbs.
ROPE HARDWARE splicing kit, Fids & Pushers 299
tubular fids 901 Product

Code Selma fids 903 Product
Code
A different sized Splicing Fid is required for each size of rope. When Made from highly polished stainless steel, Selma Fids are patented
ordering be sure to specify the proper size fid (see chart below). worldwide. Available in sets only, the Selma Fid may be used to
splice hollow braided lines from 1/8" to 9/16" or double braid and
three strand rope up to 1-1/8".
Fid scale: 100%
ALUMINUM TUBULAR FIDS & PUSHERS

Fid Size = Total Fid Short Fid Fid Size = Total Fid Short Fid
Rope Dia. Length* Section Rope Dia. Length* Section SELMA FIDS
1/4" 5-1/2" 2-1/16" 9/16" 12-1/4" 3-5/8"
Kit Includes Rope
5/16" 6-3/4" 2-1/2" 5/8" 14" 4-1/8"
3/8" 7-3/4" 2-7/8" 3/4" 16" 4-3/4"
Size Fid #’s Dia.
7/16" 9-1/2" 3-9/16" 7/8" 19" 4-3/4" Set of 5 4, 5.5, 7.5, 1/8" – 9/16" (hollow braid)
1/2" 11" 4-1/8" 1" 21" 5-1/4" 10, 13 up to 1-1/8" diameter (double braid or 3-Str.)
* See definition of fid length below.
pushers 913/914 Product

Code
splicing information…
Pusher Rope The most up-to-date splicing instructions are available online
Code Size Dia.
at samsonrope.com.
913 Small 1/4" – 1/2"
914 Large 9/16" – 1" Class 1 Ropes: Class 1 refers to Samson ropes manufactured from olefin,
polyester or nylon fiber.
wire fids 905 Product
Code
▲
Eye Splice for 3-Strand Ropes…
This splice used on the following products in this catalog:
For Rope Sizes above 3" Circ. (1" dia.) – Use Wire Fid.
SSR-1200-3 PTS-3 Nylon SSR-100-3
Fid Scale: 1/2 (for rope diameters between 1-1/16" and 2")
Pro-Set-3 Pro-Master Ultra Blue-3
*
Eye Splice and End-for-End splice for 8-Strand Ropes…
Used on the following products from this catalog:
Ultra Blue-8
Rope Wire Total Fid Length Short Section
Circ. Dia. Width “L" (Inches) “C" (Inches) Eye Splice and End-for-End splice for 12-Strand Ropes…
3" 3/16" 3/4" 10-1/2" 2-5/8" Used on the following products from this catalog:
3-1/2" 3/16" 3/4" 12-1/4" 3" Dura-Plex Quik-Splice
3-3/4" 3/16" 3/4" 13-1/4" 3-1/4" Tenex PTS-12 Nylon
4" 3/16" 3/4" 14" 3-1/2"
4-1/2" 3/16" 3/4" 16" 4" Eye Splice and End-for-End splice for Double Braid Ropes…
5" 3/16" 3/4" 17-1/2" 4-1/2" Used on the following products from this catalog:
5-1/2" 1/4" 1-1/4" 19" 4-3/4" Nystron Super Strong
6" 1/4" 1-1/4" 21" 5-1/4" Stable Braid
* Wire fids are used for 3" circumference and larger ropes. In order to
keep the fid length to a manageable size, the overall length is scaled
down. Fids from 3" circumference to 6" circumference are 1/2 scale. Class 2 Ropes: Class 2 refers to Samson ropes manufactured from high
modulus fibers (such as Dyneema, Vectran, Technora and PBO).
DEFINITION OF FID LENGTH: ▲
The “fid length” for a rope is calculated as 21 times the rope diameter. Used on the following products from this catalog:
As the rope diameter increases so does the fid length. For example the
Proton®-8
fid length for a 4" diameter rope is 84".
The length of the splicing tool called a “fid” may or may not have a 1:1
Used on the following products from this catalog:
correlation with the fid length for a given rope diameter. Refer to the
example above and imagine trying to splice a 4" diameter rope with an AmSteel Tech-12
AmSteel-Blue Validator-12
84" fid! To keep fids to a manageable length, they may be scaled to the
actual fid length of a given rope diameter. Our Tubular Fids are 100% scale, Eye Splice and End-for-End splice for Double Braid Ropes…
meaning that the overall length of the tool is equal to the actual fid length Used on the following products from this catalog:
for the corresponding rope diameter. Our wire fids are 1/2 scale meaning AmSteel II Progen II Validator II
that the length of the tool is half the actual fid length for the correspond- Validator SKB Ultra-Lite Ultra-Tech
ing rope diameter.
Products in this catalog for which no splicing instructions
The "short section" length is calculated as a percentage of the fid length. are published…
For sizes 1/4"–1/2" the short section is 37.5% of the fid length. For 9/16"– Accessory Cord All Diamond Braids Static Ropes
3/4" the short section is 30% of the fid length. For 7/8" and above, the All Solid Braids Duravet
short section is 25% of the fid length.

300 guidelines winch lines & winching operations
knots shock loading (cont.) visual inspection

Splicing is, by far, the strongest and most A typical shock load on a winch line occurs The load bearing capacity of Stable Braid
efficient means of attachment. Knots when an object is lifted vertically with a is divided equally between the inner core
should never be tied in a winch line if it sudden jerk, or when this load is suddenly and the outer cover. Thus, despite dam-
can in any way be avoided as knots can dropped. A 5,000 pound load, under these age to the outer cover strands, there is an
reduce the strength of any rope (or wire) conditions, may then “weigh" 30,000 intact inner core capable of supporting
by as much as 50%. Also, avoid sharp pounds and break a winch line rated in approximately 50% of the applied load, an
bends in the line where possible as this will this strength range. important reserve safety factor. AmSteel II,
also greatly reduce strength. Validator SKB and Progen II have 100% of
A 4-inch sudden drop, as off a platform, their load bearing capacity accomplished
can actually double the load. Similarly, an by the core alone. In the case of AmSteel
strength degradations from UV over wrap “falling off" the winch drum and AmSteel-Blue, since they are 12-strand
can result in a 50% shock load. single braids, each of the 12-strands carries
Prolonged exposure of synthetic ropes to
ultraviolet radiation of sunlight causes Assume that you have seven identical approximately 8% of the load. For
varying degrees of strength degradation. ropes, each with a 30,000 pound breaking additional information on Rope Inspection
strength and you work these ropes daily and Retirement please see technical section
Polyester fibers are the least affected by of the same name in this catalog.
ultraviolet exposure, and resulting each rope lifting a different load, as
strength degradation of exposed fibers is below in a winch line application:
negligible.
Breaking Working Working Number of Lifts
Nylon is more susceptible to strength loss Strength Load Load Factor Before Failure*
due to ultraviolet rays; but with both fibers 1. 30,000 Lbs. 5,000 Lbs. 6:1 1,000
the degree of susceptibility to ultraviolet 2. 30,000 Lbs. 6,000 Lbs. 5:1 750
damage is dependent upon the type of 3. 30,000 Lbs 7,500 Lbs. 4:1 500
fiber and the various ultraviolet inhibitors 4. 30,000 Lbs. 10,000 Lbs. 3:1 300
with which the fiber manufacturer treats 5. 30,000 Lbs. 15,500 Lbs. 2:1 100
them. 6. 30,000 Lbs. 20,000 Lbs. 1.5:1 25
Polyolefin and PBO fibers are severely 7. 30,000 Lbs. 28,000 Lbs. 1.1:1 5
affected by ultraviolet exposure, especially *Relative values only
in their natural, undyed and/or uncovered This illustration clearly shows that the
state. higher the working load factor the
greater the service life, and, of course, surface abrasion
the lower the replacement factor. Thus,
harmful chemicals a working load factor also relates directly When the rope is first put into service the
as an economy factor. outer filaments of the rope will quickly
Certain chemicals will break down synthet-
fuzz up. This is the result of these
ic fibers. To be avoided are sulfuric acids, You may turn this around and look at it filaments breaking and this “roughened"
alkalis, or chlorinate hydrocarbons over another way. If you are always lifting the surface actually forms a protective
160° F; strong cleaning agents or bleaches same weight, then the stronger the rope cushion and shield for the fibers under-
may be harmful. If you are unsure about and the higher the working load factor neath. This condition should stabilize, not
the effect of a specific chemical, contact and the longer the rope will last. progress. If the surface roughness
the Customer Service Department for
increases, excessive abrasion is taking
more information.
fatigue place and strength is being lost.
Synthetic fibers have a memory. They training

shock loading
function similar to metal (wire) in that
Shock loading of any line, synthetic, manila they remember and retain the effects of A Preventive Maintenance and Safety
or wire, produces a drastically different set being overloaded and shock loaded. This Program in the use of winch lines is
of physical properties and results as is an important reason to stress winch line strongly recommended.
compared with normal loading. Shock procedures which reduce danger of shock
loading in order to prolong the life of the Used and cared for properly, Samson
loading, most simply described, is a jerking
line and reduce premature down grading. Winch Lines will render years of efficient,
or snatching of a line or a very sudden
If there is reason to believe that a line economical and trouble-free service.
change in tension as from a relaxed state
or low load to one of high load. This has been shock loaded above its Samson guarantees all its products
results in accelerated wear of the rope. recommended working load, it should be against manufacturing defects but
logged. If a number of these instances cannot be held responsible for failure
occur, the line should be rotated and or accident due to improper use or
inspected. failure to observe prescribed procedures
for usage, as set forth above.
ropeusage
rope usage knots & slings 301
usage guidelines for slings

Slings are specialized rope configurations designed to assist lift-
ing operations. While the type and configuration of slings varies
widely, some basic loading information applies to all types.
When using a sling in a vertical lift situation, there is no strength
reduction in the rating of the sling. However, as soon as a lift
angle is introduced, there is a significant impact to the sling’s
strength rating and that impact increases with the size of the
angle. When using slings always consider the lift angle and use
the following chart to obtain the corresponding strength rating
reduction for your lifting operation.
Sling Angle (from Vertical) 0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75°

Load Angle Factor 1.00 .966 .866 .707 .500 .259
Whoopie Sling
knots
It is widely known that knots can significantly reduce rope
strength with a corresponding reduction in the work load limited
recommended by a manufacturer.
Listed below are some commonly used knots and their approxi-
mate impact on rope strength.
BOWLINE COW HITCH

The bowline will not slip or jam and is easily The cow hitch provides a suitable method of joining two ropes of
untied. The bowline reduces rope strength similar diameter without the use of thimbles or other hardware.
by approximately 40%. The cow hitch will maintain approximately 85% of rope strength.
Bowline
SHEET BEND
The sheet bend is used instead of a square
knot to tie two lines of a different diameter
together. Be sure to slide the smaller line
down onto the loop. The sheet bend reduces
rope strength by approximately 50%.
(55)
302 rope handling
removing rope from reel or coil avoid kinking & hockling cont.
Synthetic-fiber ropes are normally shipped on reels for maximum Braided and plaited ropes cannot be hockled; their inter-locking
protection while in transit. The rope should be removed from the strand construction prevents the unlaying. Strands run in both
reel by pulling it off the top while the reel is free to rotate. This directions creating a torque-free balance thus eliminating any
can be accomplished by passing a pipe through the center of the inherent tendency toward twist or rotation. Swivels can be used
reel and jacking it up until the reel is free from the deck. Rope safely but are seldom necessary. One word of caution here: when
should never be taken from a reel lying on its side. If the rope is marrying a braided line to a twisted line (and also to wire rope) the
supplied on a coil, it should always be uncoiled from the inside twisted line can impart its twist to the braided line if the ropes are
so that the first turn comes off the bottom in a counter-clockwise married without a swivel in between.
direction.
A braided or plaited rope, being torque-free, can have twist
induced by constant working on winches and capstans. If a twist
develops, it can easily be removed by “counter-rotating" when the
rope is relaxed.
hockled rope
coiling and flaking

Three-strand ropes should be coiled in a clockwise direction (or
in the direction of the lay of the rope) and uncoiled in a counter-
clockwise direction to avoid kinks. An alternate and perhaps better
avoid kinking & hockling
method is to flake out the line figure-eight fashion.
The continuous use of a line on one side of a winch or windlass is a This avoids putting twist in the line
common abuse which can render a line useless in a comparatively in either direction and lessens the
short time. Repeated hauling of a line over a winch in a counter- risk of kinking.
clockwise direction will extend the lay of the rope and simultane-
Great care must be taken in the
ously shorten the twist of each strand. As this action continues,
stowage and proper coiling of
kinks (or hockles) will develop. Once these hockles appear, they
three-strand ropes to prevent the
cannot be removed and the rope is permanently damaged at the
natural built-in twist of the line
point of hockling.
from developing kinks and
If, on the other hand, the line is continuously hauled over a winch damaging hockles.
in a clockwise direction, the rope lay is shortened and the rope
Braided ropes on the other hand
becomes stiff and will kink readily.
have no built-in twist and are
To avoid detrimental conditions, the direction of turns over the far more resistant to kinking. Even
winch should be alternated regularly. Clockwise turns are recom- if kinks do develop they cannot
mended for the initial use of a new line. If this practice is observed, develop further into hockles.
the original rope balance will be maintained and the lines will
have a much longer useful life. The best method for making up
braided rope for deck stowage is
This condition also arises in the deep-sea mooring of free-rotating in figure-eight fashion either faked
buoys where a three-strand rope will rotate until it spins and twists flat on the deck or figure-eight ver-
itself into hockles and eventually destroys itself. The use of swivels tically around bulkhead cleats.
with three-strand ocean-towing hawsers, or transmission stringing It should not be hand coiled in
lines, may also cause damaging hockles. The sudden release of a either direction as this merely puts
heavy strain may also cause hockles or hard kinks. turn into the line which may de-
velop into kinks when paying-out.
Excessive turns can cause kinking in any rope but hockles can occur
Remember that there is no turn or
only in the basic “twisted” ropes (three-strand, four-strand and
twist in the line to begin with so do
cable-laid).
not produce it by coiling.
rope handling 303
The use of rope for any purpose sub-

jects it to friction, bending and tension.
All rope hardware, sheaves, rollers,
capstans, cleats, as well as knots are, in
varying degrees, damaging to the rope.
strength
When given a choice between ropes, select
the strongest of any given size. A load of
200 pounds represents 2% of the strength
of a rope with a breaking strength of
2 step two
usage
USE ROPE PROPERLY: OBSERVE

It is important to understand that rope 10,000 pounds. The same load represents
RECOMMENDED USAGE FACTORS.
is a moving, working, strength member 4% of the strength of a rope that has a KEEP ROPES CLEAN AND
and even under the most ideal condi- breaking strength of 5,000 pounds. The ELIMINATE ABRASION WHENEVER
tions will lose strength during use in weaker rope is having to work harder and POSSIBLE.
any application. Maximizing the safety as a result will have to be retired sooner.
Braided ropes are stronger than twisted
of rope performance is directly related ropes that are the same size and fiber type working loads
to how strength loss is managed and and therefore are the most popular Working loads are the loads that a rope is
making sure ropes are retired from climbing lines. subjected to in everyday activity. They are
service before they can create a normally expressed as a percentage of new
dangerous situation. Ropes are serious elongation rope strength and should not exceed 20%.
working tools and used properly will However, it is important to note that many
give consistent and reliable service. It is well accepted that ropes with lower industries are subject to state and federal
elongation under load will give you better regulation on Work Load Limits that
The cost of replacing a rope is extreme- load control, a big help at complicated job
ly small when compared to the physical supersede the manufacturer’s recommen-
sites. However, ropes with lower elonga- dation. It is incumbent upon rope users to
damage or personnel injury a worn out tion that are shock loaded, like a lowering be aware of and adhere to those laws and
rope can cause. line, can fail without warning even though regulations. A point to remember is that a
it appears to be in good shape. Low rope may be severely overloaded or shock
elongating ropes should be selected loaded in use without breaking. However,
ROPE LIFE FACTORS with the highest possible strength. Both damage and strength loss may have
twisted ropes and braided ropes are suit- occurred without any visible indication.
There are basically three steps to
able for rigging. Twisted rope has lower The next time the rope is used under
consider in providing the longest pos-
strength and more stretch. Braided rope normal working loads the acquired
sible service life for ropes, the safest
has higher strength and lower stretch. weakness can cause it to break. Do not
conditions and long range economy:
Selection, Usage, and Retirement. blame the rope, it was simply overloaded
firmness and failed from what is known as fatigue.
Select ropes that are firm and round and RECOMMENDED WORK LOAD LIMIT
hold their shape during use. Soft or mushy Construction Working load
step one
Type (% of break strength)
ropes will snag easily and abrade quickly
3-Strand 20%
1
causing accelerated strength loss. Because 8-Strand 20%
selection the fibers are in a straighter line which 12-Strand 20%
improves strength but compromises
durability, a loose or mushy rope will
SELECT THE RIGHT ROPE FOR almost always have higher break strengths IMPORTANT NOTE: Many industries are
THE JOB IN THE FIRST PLACE. than a similar rope that is firm and holds subject to state and federal regulation
its shape. on Work Load Limits that supersede
Selecting a rope involves evaluating a the manufacturer’s recommendation.
It is incumbent upon rope users to be
combination of factors. Some of these construction & abrasion aware of and adhere to those laws and
factors are straight forward like Rope construction plays an important role regulations.
comparing rope specifications. Others in resistance to normal wear and abra-
are less qualitative like a preference for sion. Braided ropes have a basically round,
smooth construction that tends to flatten
bending
a specific color or how a rope feels in
out somewhat on a bearing surface. This Any sharp bend in a rope under load
your hand. Cutting corners, reducing distributes the wear over a much greater decreases its strength substantially and
application factors, sizes or strengths on area, as opposed to the crowns of a three- may cause premature damage and
an initial purchase creates unnecessary strand or, to a lesser degree, on an eight- failure. Sheave diameters on rotating
strand rope. sheave blocks should be 10 times the rope
replacements, potentially dangerous
diameter for twisted ropes and 8 times
conditions and increases long term All ropes should be protected against the rope diameter for braided ropes. The
costs. Fiber and construction being equal, sharp and abrasive surfaces. Wire ropes diameter on fixed pin terminations should
a larger rope will outlast a smaller rope tend to score and gouge chocks and bitts be at least 3 times the rope diameter (i.e.,
creating cutting edges that can damage the bending radius for 1/2" ropes should
– because of the greater surface wear dis-
synthetic ropes. Weld beads on repaired be 1-1/2").
tribution. By the same token, a stronger capstans, fairleads, etc. are equally damag-
rope will outlast a weaker one – because ing unless dressed down smoothly.
it will be used at a lower percentage of
its break strength with less chance of
over stressing.

304 rope retirement & inspections
decisions difficult. Inspecting your rope

knots inconsistency in
should be a continuous process of ob- texture/stiffness
While it is true that a knot reduces rope servation before, during and after each
strength, it is also true that a knot is a Can indicate excessive dirt or grit embedded
use. In synthetic fiber ropes the amount
convenient way to accomplish rope at- in the rope or shock load damage and is
of strength loss due to abrasion and/or usually reason to replace the rope.
tachment. The strength loss is a result of
the tight bends that occur in the knot. flexing is directly related to the amount
With some knots, ropes can lose up to of broken fiber in the rope’s cross temperature
50% of their strength. It is vital that the section. After each use, look and feel
reduction in strength by the use of knots along every inch of the rope length When using rope, friction can be your best
be taken into account when determining friend or worst enemy if it is not managed
inspecting for damage as listed below.
size and strength of a rope to be used in properly. By definition, friction creates
an application. To avoid knot strength heat, the greater the friction, the greater
reduction, it is recommended that a rope abrasion the heat buildup. Heat is an enemy to
be spliced according to manufacturers synthetic fiber and elevated temperatures
When the rope is first put into service the can drastically reduce the strength and or
instructions. Splice terminations are used
outer filaments of the rope will quickly cause rope melt-through.
in all our ropes to determine new and
fuzz up. This is the result of these filaments
unused tensile strengths. Therefore,
breaking and this roughened surface actu- CRITICAL & MELTING TEMPERATURES
whenever possible, spliced terminations
ally forms a protective cushion and shield Temperatures Critical Melting
should be used to maximize the rope
for the fibers underneath. This condition Nylon 350° F 460° F
strength for new and used ropes.
should stabilize, not progress. If the surface Polyester 350° F 480° F
roughness increases, excessive abrasion Polypropylene 250° F 330° F
rope storage is taking place and strength is being lost. Dyneema® 150° F 297° F
As a general rule for braided ropes, when Vectran® 300° F 625° F
Keep your ropes as clean and dry as pos-
there is 25% or more wear from abrasion Technora® 450° F 900° F
sible and store them in a coil away from
the rope should be retired from service. In Zylon® (PBO) 480° F 1200° F
heat sources. Manila 180° F 350° F
other words, if 25% or more of the fiber is
broken or worn away the rope should be
shock loads * While the term “melting” does not
removed from service. With three-strand
apply to these fibers, they do undergo
ropes, 10% or more wear is accepted as the
Shock loads are simply a sudden change extreme degradation at these tempera-
retirement point.
in tension – from a state of relaxation or tures: Technora and Manila char; Zylon
low load to one of high load. Any sudden Look closely at both the inner and outer decomposes.
load that exceeds the work load by more fibers. When either is worn the rope is
than 10% is considered a shock load. The obviously weakened. Open the strands High temperatures can be achieved when
further an object falls, the greater the im- and look for powdered fiber which is one surging rope on a capstan or drum end,
pact. Synthetic fibers have a memory and sign of internal wear. Estimate the internal checking ropes on bitts, and running over
retain the effects of being overloaded or wear to estimate total fiber abrasion. If stuck or non-rolling sheaves or rollers.
shock loaded and can fail at a later total fiber loss is 20%, then it is safe to Each rope’s construction and fiber type
time even though loaded within the assume that the rope has lost 20% of its will yield a different coefficient of friction
work load range. strength as a result of abrasion. (reluctance to slip) in a new and used state.
It is important to understand the opera-
step three
tional demands and ensure the size, rope
glossy or glazed areas
3
construction and fiber type be taken into
retirement Glossy or glazed areas are signs of heat account to minimize heat buildup.
damage with more strength loss than the
amount of melted fiber indicates. Fibers Never let ropes under tension rub together
RETIRE THE ROPE FROM USE adjacent to the melted areas are probably or move relative to one another. Enough
WHEN IT HAS REACHED ITS damaged from excessive heat even though heat to melt the fibers can buildup and
DISCARD POINT. they appear normal. It is reasonable to cause the rope to fail as quickly as if it had
assume that the melted fiber has damaged been cut with a knife.
One of the most frequently asked an equal amount of adjacent unmelted
questions is “When should I retire my fiber. Always be aware of areas of heat buildup
rope?” The most obvious answer is and take steps to minimize it; under no
circumstances let any rope come in contact
before it breaks. But, without a thor- inconsistent diameter with a steam line or any other hot surfaces.
ough understanding of how to inspect Inspect for flat areas, bumps or lumps. This
it and knowing the load history, you can indicate core or internal damage from The strength of a used rope can be
are left making an educated guess. overloading or shock loads and is usually determined by testing however, the rope
Unfortunately, there are no defini- sufficient reason to replace the rope. is destroyed in the process so the ability
tive rules nor industry guidelines to to determine the retirement point before
discoloration it fails in service is essential. That ability is
establish when a rope should be retired
based on a combination of education in
because there are so many variables With use, all ropes get dirty. Be on the rope use and construction along with
that affect rope strength. Factors like lookout for areas of discoloration which good judgment and experience.
load history, bending radius, abrasion, could be caused by chemical contamination.
chemical exposure or some combina- Determine the cause of the discoloration
tion of those factors, make retirement and replace the rope if it is brittle or stiff.
ropeusage
rope retirement & inspections 305
volume reduction cut strands
IMAGE 1:
Rope displaying
original bulk.
IMAGE 2:
Rope displaying 25%* strand Rope displays two adjacent cut strands*. This
volume reduction from rope should either be retired or the cut section
abrasion – rope should be should be removed and the remaining rope
retired from service. re-spliced.
* Number of cut strands that indicate retirement depends

IMAGE 3: on rope construction. See “check list” below.
Rope Strands showing full
volume.
melting or glazing
IMAGE 4:
Rope strands reduced by
25%* abrasion.
* Amount of volume reduction that indicates retirement depends
on rope construction. Refer to “check list” below.
compression
Damage depicted caused by excessive heat
which melted and fused the fibers. This area
will be extremely stiff. Unlike fiber compression,
melting damage cannot be mitigated by flexing
the rope. Melted areas must be cut out and rope
Rope exhibits fiber-set from compression. respliced or the rope must be retired.
A slight sheen is visible. This is not a
permanent characteristic and can be
eliminated by flexing the rope. This
conditions should not be confused with
glazed or melted fiber (see Melting, right).
rope inspection check list

CONDITION DISCARD POINT CONDITION DISCARD POINT
1. Original rope bulk reduced by abrasion: 3. Diameter inconsistency:
• Double braid* cover by 50% ✔ • Localized diameter reduction ✔
• Twelve-strand braid by 25% ✔ • Flat areas ✔
• Eight-strand plait by 25% ✔ • Lumps and bumps in rope ✔
• Three-strand by 10% ✔ 4. Glossy or glazed fiber:
2. Fiber strands cut: • Localized or extended areas ✔
• Double braid* by three or more adjacent strands cut ✔ 5. Inconsistency of texture:
• Twelve-strand braid by two or more adjacent strands cut ✔ • Localized or extended areas of stiffness ✔
• Eight-strand plait by one or more adjacent strands cut ✔ 6. Discoloration:
• Three-strand by one or more adjacent strands cut ✔ • Localized or extended areas
caused by chemical contamination ✔
*Refers to double braids that have both core and cover strength members.

306 Marine and rope Knives
A B C
E
D F
G H I
(A & B) Spyderco Tasman Salt (G) Spyderco Atlantic Salt Black FRN ~ C89BK
It’s been speculated the sheepfoot shaped blade originated with mariners who
Black FRN ~ C106BK or Yellow FRN ~ C106YL found the rounded tip especially beneficial when the knife was accidentally
The Tasman Salt folder features a Hawkbill blade. This distinctive curved cutting dropped (think working on a ship in pitching seas) as it couldn’t stab the foot when
tool has a claw-like tip that originated in the marine/commercial fishing industry. hitting the deck. It’s also been hypothesized that commanding officers on these
Cutting in and around water involves cutting line, netting and rope and it’s done ships preferred rambunctious hardworking sailors carry knives without pointed
quickly, often at arm’s length while pulling downward or toward you. The blade’s tips, especially while in port blowing off steam after months at sea.
arcing tip holds what you’re cutting against the sharpened edge keeping it from H-1 Will Not Rust!
slipping off the tip. Spyderco’s new rustproof Hawkbill blade is made with state of
the art non-rusting H-1 steel. H-1 Will Not Rust! (H) Spyderco Atlantic Salt Yellow FRN ~ C89YL
It’s been speculated the sheepfoot shaped blade originated with mariners who
(C) Spyderco Saver Salt Black FRN ~ C118BK found the rounded tip especially beneficial when the knife was accidentally
Yet another addition to Spyderco’s non-rusting Salt Series knife line, the C118 dropped (think working on a ship in pitching seas) as it couldn’t stab the foot when
Saver Salt. The blades found on all Salt Series models are made with an alloy hitting the deck. It’s also been hypothesized that commanding officers on these
called H-1. H-1 is non-rusting premium-performance steel that’s raising interest ships preferred rambunctious hardworking sailors carry knives without pointed
in fishing, boating and diving circles. H-1 Will Not Rust! tips, especially while in port blowing off steam after months at sea.
(D) Spyderco Saver Salt Yellow FRN ~ C118YL H-1 Will Not Rust!
Yet another addition to Spyderco’s non-rusting Salt Series knife line, the C118
Saver Salt. The blades found on all Salt Series models are made with an alloy
(I) Spyderco Salt I Black FRN ~ C88BK
A myth in the knife world is that, out there somewhere exists steel with high-
called H-1. H-1 is non-rusting premium-performance steel that’s raising interest performance cutting abilities that cannot rust. A Japanese steel foundry recently
in fishing, boating and diving circles. H-1 Will Not Rust! turned this myth into reality with the introduction of a steel they call H1. H1 is a
(E) Spyderco Pacific Salt Yellow FRN ~ C91YL PH steel meaning it is a precipitation-processed alloy, that’s rolled hard without
heat-treating and has .1% nitrogen which acts like carbon in the steel matrix, but
A big myth in the knife world is that out there somewhere is a knife that seriously
cuts but cannot rust. Knives claiming these super powers are usually made with does not react to chlorine making rust. Surprisingly, it holds a sharpened cutting
steels that are unable to hold a cutting edge for any measurable amount of time. edge comparable to the premium knife steels being used in the industry by most
Finally a steel foundry in Japan called Myodo Foundry makes this myth a reality knife manufacturers. H-1 Will Not Rust!
with the introduction of a new steel called H1. H1 steel is a PH steel, meaning it
is a precipitation-hardened steel. “Huh” you ask? Utilizing .1% nitrogen instead of
(J) Spyderco Triangle Sharpmaker (Set) ~ 204
Chances are you’ve heard it said “a sharp knife is safer than a dull one”. We
carbon to harden the steel, it reaches a Rockwell hardness of 57-58rc. Spyderco believe this quote originated from first hand experience and find it to be true. The
uses H1 on its new C91 Pacific Salt model. H-1 Will Not Rust! Sharpmaker was Spyderco’s first product, which we made and sold before getting
(F) Spyderco Ladybug3 Salt ~ LYL into the knife business. It’s true -- First we made things sharp, then we made
sharp things.
Whether light or heavy cutting, the Ladybug Salt is a compact firecracker with
explosive cutting ability in a small package that will never rust. H-1 Will Not Rust!
Marine and rope Knives 307
J K
L
N
U
O P
R
Q
S T
(J) Spyderco Triangle Sharpmaker (Set) ~ 204 knives are essential gear. Serviceable water knives are a dime a dozen but finding
one that doesn’t rust and stays quick-cutting sharp makes a good water knife a
Chances are you’ve heard it said “a sharp knife is safer than a dull one”. We
believe this quote originated from first hand experience and find it to be true. great water knife. (FB22 Blunt Nose) H-1 Will Not Rust!
The Sharpmaker was Spyderco’s first product, which we made and sold before (Q) Spyderco Harpy ~ C08
getting into the knife business. It’s true -- First we made things sharp, then we Like the claw of the Harpy eagle the C08 is shaped for controlled pulling cuts.
made sharp things. The hawkbill blade shape originated in the marine/fishing industry where severing
(K) Spyderco Pacific Salt Black FRN ~ C91BK rope, line, webbing and netting is done at arm’s length quickly and efficiently.
A big myth in the knife world is that out there somewhere is a knife that seriously (R) Spyderco Jumpmaster ~ FB24
cuts but cannot rust. Knives claiming these super powers are usually made with When jumping out of a plane, airborne servicemen are attached to a static line,
steels that are unable to hold a cutting edge for any measurable amount of time. jumping one per second with a Jumpmaster insuring they get out and are clear of
Finally a steel foundry in Japan called Myodo Foundry makes this myth a reality the plane and next jumper. If someone doesn’t clear because of equipment failure
with the introduction of a new steel called H1. H1 steel is a PH steel, meaning it or just poor luck, the Jumpmaster is ready with a reliable cutting tool. Once clear
is a precipitation-hardened steel. “Huh” you ask? Utilizing .1% nitrogen instead of of the aircraft jumpers still need a reliable and quick-cutting blade in case they
carbon to harden the steel, it reaches a Rockwell hardness of 57-58rc. Spyderco need to cut themselves free.
uses H1 on its new C91 Pacific Salt model. H-1 Will Not Rust!
(S) Spyderco Mariner Salt ~ C120
(L) Spyderco Aqua Salt Black ~ FB23BK Broadening Spyderco’s rust-proof Salt Series Line of knives is the reappearance
(M) Spyderco Aqua Salt Yellow ~ FB23YL of the classic all-stainless Mariner Model with an H-1 steel blade. The original
Mariner set the bar for stainless handled boating and sailing knives in the 80s
Aqua Salt’s H-1 blade is thick for hearty use with a weight reducing swedge grind
on the spine. It is available fully PlainEdged or SpyderEdged and has a thin, and 90s. It had (and still does) a Sheepfoot blade, slim profile and shackle key/
hollow-ground cutting surface. H-1 Will Not Rust! drying vent but is now available with a 100% rust-free blade, handle and clip.
H-1 Will Not Rust!
(N) Spyderco Salt I Yellow FRN ~ C88YL (T) Spyderco Pacific Salt Black Blade ~ C91BBK
A myth in the knife world is that, out there somewhere exists steel with high-
performance cutting abilities that cannot rust. A Japanese steel foundry recently Spyderco’s C91 Pacific Salt is designed to offer reliable high performance with a
turned this myth into reality with the introduction of a steel they call H1. H1 is a never-rust H-1 steel blade. Now it’s available with a black coated blade, lessening
PH steel meaning it is a precipitation-processed alloy, that’s rolled hard without the steel’s reflective qualities and subduing the blade’s presence.
heat-treating and has .1% nitrogen which acts like carbon in the steel matrix, but H-1 Will Not Rust!
does not react to chlorine making rust. Surprisingly, it holds a sharpened cutting (U) Spyderco Rock Salt by Ed Schempp ~ FB20
edge comparable to the premium knife steels being used in the industry by most Rock Salt’s blade is 6-3/4” (171mm) long designed for outdoor use, camp
knife manufacturers.H-1 Will Not Rust! cutting, slicing, chopping and food preparation. Spyderco and knifemaker Ed
(O & P) Spyderco Caspian Salt ~ FB21 or FB22 Schempp focused attention on making this large knife lightweight and user
responsive. H-1 Will Not Rust!
Being underwater changes your perspective by letting you to enter another world.
Safely doing that requires the right equipment and divers and paddlers agree

308 PREMIUM STEEL SHEAVES WITH BALL BEARINGS
HIGH QUALITY
Jeamar steel sheaves are manufactured from the highest-quality, fine-grain
steel, ensuring uniformity of material, consistent high quality and greater
strength.The innovative, cold-rolled forming process ensures an ideal
groove profile. The inherent elasticity and resilience of steel makes for a
tougher sheave to meet the most demanding applications.
WORK HARDENED
Work hardening of the rope groove takes place during the forming
process, which substantially increases the life of the sheave. The high-
quality finish of the rope groove ensures minimum wear and abrasion
between the rope and sheave, adding considerably to the rope life.
HIGH STRENGTH AND LOW WEIGHT
The strength of the steel used considerably exceeds that of cast iron. Steel also
has a weight-saving advantage of up to 50 percent over cast iron, resulting in
easier handling and installation.
D RAD
EXCEPTIONAL ARC OF SUPPORT
Jeamar steel sheaves are designed with a minimum arc of support for the rope
of 125 degrees, ensuring that the rope cross sectional shape is maintained under
normal load conditions. In turn, this increases rope life by minimizing internal
rope flexing and increases sheave life by reducing gouging. Note: It is essential
that the correct size of sheave be used for the rope. For instance, a 1/2 in.
diameter rope should be used with a sheave that has a 1/2 in. groove radius, to
achieve optimum conditions.
HIGH SHEAVE-TO-ROPE RATIO
ØC ØE ØA
Jeamar sheaves have a minimum sheave-to-rope ratio of 15:1. This ensures a
large radius for the rope to bend around, which in turn decreases flexing of the
rope and substantially increases rope life.
HIGH EFFICIENCY BALL OR ROLLER BEARINGS
Jeamar steel sheaves incorporate either ball or taper roller bearings for
maximum efficiency, reduced friction, smooth motion, long life and high speed.
LIFETIME LUBRICATION
The ball and roller bearings are sealed and lifetime lubricated for long life and
B minimum maintenance costs.
Model Number S 1000 S 3500 S 7000 S 10500 S 16000 S 23000 S 31000 S 41000 S 52000 S 68000 S 83000
Working Load lb 1000 3500 7000 10500 16000 23000 31000 41000 52000 68000 83000
Limit kg 455 1587 3175 4772 7272 10455 14090 18636 23583 30839 37642
in 2.25 4.25 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 14.00 16.00 21.54 23.54 26.34
Sheave Diameter
mm 57 109 152 203 254 305 357 406 547 598 669
in 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8
Rope Size
mm 3 6 10 13 16 19 22 25 29 32 35
Ib 2 3.5 6 10 16 24 38 56 114 182 300
Weight
kg 0.91 1.59 2.73 4.55 7.27 10.9 17.3 25.5 52 83 136
in 2.25 4.25 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 14.00 16.00 21.50 23.50 26.30
A
mm 57 109 152 203 254 305 356 406 546 597 668
in 0.78 1.18 1.50 1.65 2.00 2.25 2.60 2.90 2.60 2.60 3.10
B
mm 20 30 38 42 50 58 66 74 67 67 80
in 2.00 3.75 5.35 7.00 8.75 10.40 12.32 14.25 17.99 20.00 22.00
C
mm 51 95 136 179 222 265 313 362 457 508 559
in 0.08 0.14 0.22 0.26 0.37 0.45 0.45 0.53 0.63 0.67 0.75
D
mm 2 3.5 5.5 6.5 9.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 16 17 19
in 0.47 0.79 1.18 1.38 1.77 2.17 2.56 2.95 3.54 3.94 4.33
E
mm 12 20 30 35 45 55 65 75 90 100 110
The S 52000, S 68000 and S 83000 are supplied with double row cylindrical roller bearings.
STAINLESS STEEL SHEAVES WITH BEARINGS 309
HIGH QUALITY
Stainless steel sheaves and blocks are ideal for use in
corrosive environments and in industries such as food
processing, pharmaceutical as well as chemical production
and handling.
All stainless steel sheaves come standard with lifetime-
lubricated, sealed, deep-groove ball bearings for long life
and minimum maintenance.
Jeamar stainless steel sheaves are designed with a
minimum arc of support for the rope of 125 degrees,
ensuring that the rope’s cross sectional shape is maintained
under normal load conditions. In turn, this increases rope
life by minimizing internal rope flexing and increases
sheave life by reducing gouging.
Note: It is essential that the correct size of sheave be used
for the rope. For instance, a 1/4 inch diameter rope should
be used with a sheave that has a 1/4 inch groove, to achieve optimum conditions.
STANDARD SIZES D RAD
Stainless sheaves are available in standard sizes from 2 inch to 16 inch and from 3,500
and 41,000 lb working load limits. Vertical and horizontal directional blocks are also
available in stainless steel to complement the three sizes of sheaves. For maximum
flexibility, the dimensions of Jeamar’s stainless steel sheaves and blocks are identical
to our standard line of heavy-duty sheaves and blocks. Custom sizes are available to
meet your exact requirements of size and capacity.
Jeamar sheaves have a minimum sheave-to-rope ratio of 15:1. This ensures a large
radius for the rope to bend around, which in turn decreases flexing of the rope and
substantially increases rope life. ØC ØE ØA
BLOCK LOADING
Jeamar blocks are rated for the full working load limit at 180° rope angle
(see page 57).
Model Number ST 1000 ST 3500 ST 7000 ST 10500 ST 16000 ST 23000 ST 31000 ST 41000
Working Load lb 1000 3500 7000 10500 16000 23000 31000 41000
Limit kg 455 1587 3175 4772 7272 10455 14090 18636 B
in 2.25 4.25 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 14.00 16.00
Sheave Diameter
mm 57 109 152 203 254 305 357 406
in 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1
Rope Size
mm 3 6 10 13 16 19 22 25
Ib 3 3.5 6 10 16 24 38 56
Weight
kg 1.3 1.6 2.7 4.5 7.3 10.9 17.2 25.4
in 2.25 4.25 6 8 10 12 14 16
A
mm 57 109 152 203 254 305 357 406
in 0.78 1.18 1.5 1.65 2 2.25 2.6 2.9
B
mm 20 30 38 42 50 58 66 74
in 2 3.75 5.35 7 8.75 10.4 12.3 14.2
C
mm 51 95 136 179 222 265 313 362
in 0.08 0.14 0.21 0.25 0.375 0.45 0.45 0.53
D
mm 123 125 127 127 137 112 11.5 13.5
in 0.47 0.78 1.18 1.38 1.77 2.16 2.55 2.95
E
mm 12 20 30 35 45 55 65 75

310 VERTICAL DIRECTIONAL BLOCKS
HIGH QUALITY
Jeamar steel sheaves are precision made from the highest quality
fine-grain steel. They’re tough, hassle free and they last longer.
The strength of the steel used by Jeamar considerably exceeds that
of cast iron. Steel also has a weight-saving advantage of up to 50
percent over cast iron, resulting in easier handling and installation.
HIGH EFFICIENCY BEARINGS
Jeamar fits its steel sheaves with high-efficiency, deep-groove,
double ball bearings, for maximum efficiency, reduced friction,
smooth motion, long life and high speed.
Jeamar steel sheaves ensure that the shape of your rope is
maintained under normal load conditions.
With a minimum sheave-to-rope ratio of 15:1, the rope’s bending
stress is reduced for longer life.
WORK HARDENED
Rope grooves are hardened during forming, increasing
the life of sheave and rope. ØA
Precision sealed, bearings stay lubricated ensuring
low maintenance. ØB
BLOCK LOADING
Jeamar blocks are rated for the full working load limit G
at 180° rope angle (see page 57).
J
The S 52000, S 68000 and S 83000 are supplied with double C E
row cylindrical roller bearings. D F H
Model Number VB 1000 VB 3500 VB 7000 VB 10500 VB 16000 VB 23000 VB 31000 VB 41000 VB 52000 VB 68000 VB 83000
Working Load lb 1000 3500 7000 10500 16000 23000 31000 41000 52000 68000 83000
Limit kg 455 1587 3175 4772 7272 10455 14090 18636 23583 30839 37642
in 2.25 4.25 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 14.00 16.00 21.54 23.54 26.34
Sheave Diameter
mm 57 109 152 203 254 305 357 406 547 598 669
in 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8
Rope Size
mm 3 6 10 13 16 19 22 25 29 32 35
Ib 3 6 16 27 54 80 165 229 375 595 950
Weight
kg 1.4 2.7 7.3 12.3 24.5 36.4 75.0 104 170 270 432
in 2.25 4.25 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 14.00 16.00 21.50 23.50 26.30
A
mm 57 109 152 203 254 305 356 406 546 597 668
in 2.01 3.74 5.35 7.05 8.74 10.43 12.32 14.25 17.99 20.00 22.01
B
mm 51 95 136 179 222 265 313 362 457 508 559
in 1.26 2.36 3.27 4.49 6.02 8.50 10.51 11.50 15.98 17.50 19.57
C
mm 32 60 83 114 153 216 267 292 406 444 497
in 2.01 3.50 5.00 6.50 7.99 11.02 12.99 14.49 19.57 21.50 23.94
D
mm 51 89 127 165 203 280 330 368 497 546 608
in 2.76 3.43 4.80 5.94 7.28 8.62 9.61 11.26 11.14 12.00 13.62
E
mm 70 87 122 151 185 219 244 286 283 305 346
in 3.50 4.92 6.57 7.95 9.29 11.14 12.48 14.25 14.13 19.38 17.28
F
mm 89 125 167 202 236 283 317 362 359 492 439
in 1.38 2.40 3.39 4.41 5.63 6.50 7.64 8.78 11.14 12.19 13.62
G
mm 35 61 86 112 143 165 194 223 283 309 346
in 0.34 0.41 0.53 0.69 0.83 1.06 1.06 1.30 1.30 1.31 1.57
H
mm 8.75 10.3 13.5 17.5 21 27 27 33 33 33 40
in 0.19 0.25 0.38 0.51 0.63 0.75 0.87 1.02 1.02 1.25 1.26
J
mm 4.75 6.4 9.6 13 16 19 22 26 26 32 32
HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL BLOCKS 311
HIGH QUALITY
The strength of the steel used by Jeamar considerably exceeds that of
cast iron. Steel also has a weight-saving advantage of up to 50 percent
over cast iron, resulting in easier handling and installation.
B
ØF
With a minimum sheave-to-rope ratio of 15:1, the rope’s bending
stress is reduced for longer life.
E G WORK HARDENED
Rope grooves are hardened during forming, increasing the life of
sheave and rope.
C Precision sealed, bearings stay lubricated ensuring low maintenance.
BLOCK LOADING
H Jeamar blocks are rated for the full working load limit at 180°
J rope angle (see page 57).
K
ØD
The S 52000, S 68000 and S 83000 are supplied with double row
ØA
cylindrical roller bearings.
Model Number HB 1000 HB 3500 HB 7000 HB 10500 HB 16000 HB 23000 HB 31000 HB 41000 HB 52000 HB 68000 HB 83000
Working Load lb 1000 3500 7000 10500 16000 23000 31000 41000 52000 68000 83000
Limit kg 455 1587 3175 4772 7272 10455 14090 18636 23583 30839 37642
in 2.25 4.25 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 14.00 16.00 21.54 23.54 26.34
Sheave Diameter
mm 57 109 152 203 254 305 357 406 547 598 669
in 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8
Rope Size
mm 3 6 10 13 16 19 22 25 29 32 35
Ib 5.4 8.3 19 25 66 100 170 316 488 774 1235
Weight
kg 2.45 3.8 8.6 11.4 30 45.4 77 144 221 351 560
in 2.24 4.29 5.98 7.99 10.00 12.01 14.06 15.98 21.54 23.54 26.34
A
mm 57 109 152 203 254 305 357 406 547 598 669
in 4.00 6.30 8.74 11.26 14.25 17.52 20.24 23.50 29.29 32.01 35.83
B
mm 101.6 160 222 286 362 445 514 597 744 813 910
in 4.76 7.24 9.76 12.76 16.26 20.00 23.23 25.98 33.23 36.30 40.63
C
mm 121 184 248 324 413 508 590 660 844 922 1032
in 2.01 3.74 5.35 7.05 8.74 10.43 12.32 14.25 17.99 20.00 22.01
D
mm 51 95 136 179 222 265 313 362 457 508 559
in 1.50 2.99 4.49 5.75 7.01 8.50 9.53 12.01 17.60 19.25 21.54
E
mm 38 76 114 146 178 216 242 305 447 489 547
in 0.34 0.35 0.51 0.67 0.79 1.06 1.30 1.57 1.57 1.73 1.93
F
mm 8.75 9 13 17 20 27 33 40 40 44 49
in 2.24 4.02 5.51 7.24 9.02 10.98 12.52 14.49 21.54 23.54 26.34
G
mm 57 102 140 184 229 279 318 368 547 598 669
in 1.75 2.76 4.02 4.76 5.75 6.50 7.99 8.78 8.39 9.76 10.47
H
mm 44.5 70 102 121 146 165 203 223 213 248 266
in 0.63 0.98 1.30 1.50 1.77 2.05 2.36 2.64 2.80 3.19 3.46
J
mm 16 25 33 38 45 52 60 67 71 81 88
in 0.19 0.24 0.39 0.51 0.63 0.75 0.87 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25
K
mm 4.75 6 10 13 16 19 22 25.4 25.4 31.7 31.7

312 FAIRLEAD ASSEMBLIES
HIGH QUALITY
The strength of the steel used by Jeamar considerably
exceeds that of cast iron. Steel also has a weight-saving
advantage of up to 50 percent over cast iron, resulting in
easier handling and installation.
B
With a minimum sheave-to-rope ratio of 15:1, the rope’s ØF
bending stress is reduced for longer life.
E G
Precision sealed, bearings stay lubricated ensuring low
maintenance.
BLOCK LOADING C
Jeamar blocks are rated for the full working load limit at
180° rope angle (see page 57).
H
The S 52000, S 68000 and S 83000 are supplied with double row J
K
cylindrical roller bearings. ØD
ØA
Model Number FA 3500 FA 7000 FA 10500 FA 16000 FA 23000 FA 31000 FA 41000 FA 52000 FA 68000 FA 83000
Working Load lb 3500 7000 10500 16000 23000 31000 41000 52000 68000 83000
Limit kg 1587 3175 4772 7272 10455 14090 18636 23583 30839 37642
in 4.25 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 14.00 16.00 21.54 23.54 26.34
Sheave Diameter
mm 109 152 203 254 305 357 406 547 598 669
in 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8
Rope Size
mm 6 10 13 16 19 22 25 29 32 35
Ib 14.8 26.5 44 117 177 300 560 645 1104 1768
Weight
kg 6.7 12 20 53 80 136 254 293 501 802
in 4.29 5.98 7.99 10.00 12.01 14.06 15.98 21.54 23.54 26.34
A
mm 109 152 203 254 305 357 406 547 598 669
in 10.71 14.96 19.53 24.61 29.92 34.65 40.00 51.34 56.06 62.68
B
mm 272 380 496 625 760 880 1016 1304 1424 1592
in 11.65 15.98 21.02 26.61 32.48 37.64 43.15 55.28 60.35 67.48
C
mm 296 406 534 676 825 956 1096 1404 1533 1714
in 3.74 5.35 7.05 8.74 10.43 12.32 14.25 17.99 20.00 22.01
D
mm 95 136 179 222 265 313 362 457 508 559
in 2.99 4.49 5.75 7.01 8.50 9.53 12.01 17.60 19.25 21.54
E
mm 76 114 146 178 216 242 305 447 489 547
in 0.35 0.51 0.67 0.79 1.06 1.30 1.57 1.57 1.73 1.93
F
mm 9 13 17 20 27 33 40 40 44 49
in 4.02 5.51 7.24 9.02 10.98 12.52 14.49 21.54 23.54 26.34
G
mm 102 140 184 229 279 318 368 547 598 669
in 2.76 4.02 4.76 5.75 6.50 7.99 8.78 8.39 9.76 10.47
H
mm 70 102 121 146 165 203 223 213 248 266
in 0.98 1.30 1.50 1.77 2.05 2.36 2.64 2.80 3.19 3.46
J
mm 25 33 38 45 52 60 67 71 81 88
in 0.24 0.39 0.51 0.63 0.75 0.87 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25
K
mm 6 10 13 16 19 22 25.4 25.4 31.7 31.7
Premium Vertical Fairleads 313
Vertical Fairleads
Model Sheave Wire Safe Dimensions
Number Diameter Rope Working
Size Load A B C D E F G
VF-1 6 inch 1/2” 4000 7 3-1/2 3-3/4 5 5-1/4 6-1/2 1/2

VF-2 8 inch 5/8” 8000 9-1/4 4-3/4 4-1/2 6 7-1/2 9 5/8
VF-3 10 inch 3/4” 12000 11-1/2 5-3/4 5-1/2 7 9-1/2 11 3/4
VF-4 14 inch 7/8” 20000 15-1/2 8 6 8 13 15 7/8
Dependable, Rugged, and Built To Last
Features
• Cast Steel Sheaves

• Compact Design
• Floor or Wall Mounting
• Precision Machined
• Bronze Bushings
• Easily Removable Shafts
Single Swivel Directional Fairleads

Model Sheave Wire Safe Dimensions
Number Diameter Rope Working
Size Load A B C D E F G
SS-1 6 inch 1/2” 4000 8-5/8 5-1/8 5 6 5-1/4 7-13/16 9/16

SS-2 8 inch 5/8” 8000 10-7/8 6-5/8 6-1/2 7-3/4 9-7/8 11-3/8 11/16
SS-3 10 inch 3/4” 12000 13-1/2 8-1/4 8 9-1/2 12-1/2 14-1/2 13/16
SS-4 14 inch 7/8” 20000 18 10-1/2 10 12 17-1/2 19-1/2 15/16

314 DOUBLE SWIVEL DIRECTIONAL BLOCKS
HIGH QUALITY
cast iron. Steel also has a weight-saving advantage of up to 50 percent
over cast iron, resulting in easier handling and installation.
Jeamar steel sheaves ensure that the shape of your rope is maintained under
normal load conditions.
G ØJ
With a minimum sheave-to-rope ratio of 15:1, the L
ØA
rope’s bending stress is reduced for longer life.
WORK HARDENED
Rope grooves are hardened during forming, FD
increasing the life of sheave and rope. ØB
Precision sealed, bearings stay lubricated ensuring low
maintenance. K
E E
H
C
BLOCK LOADING
Jeamar blocks are rated for the full working load
limit at 180° rope angle (see page 57).
Model Number DS 3500 DS 7000 DS 10500 DS 16000 DS 23000 DS 31000 DS 41000 DS 52000 DS 68000 DS 83000
Working Load Limit lb 3500 7000 10500 16000 23000 31000 41000 52000 68000 83000
(per sheave) kg 1587 3175 4772 7272 10455 14090 18636 23583 30839 37642
in 4.25 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 14.00 16.00 21.54 23.54 26.34
Sheave Diameter
mm 109 152 203 254 305 357 406 547 598 669
in 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8
Rope Size
mm 6 10 13 16 19 22 25 29 32 35
Ib 20 50 80 242 360 580 900 645 1104 1768
Weight
kg 9 22.6 36.2 110 164 264 408 293 501 802
in 4.29 5.98 7.99 10.00 12.01 14.06 15.98 21.54 23.54 26.34
A
mm 109 152 203 254 305 357 406 547 598 669
in 3.74 5.35 7.05 8.74 10.43 12.32 14.25 17.99 20.00 22.01
B
mm 95 136 179 222 265 313 362 457 508 559
in 8.98 12.20 17.99 22.05 26.77 31.50 35.43 37.05 40.00 45.24
C
mm 228 310 457 560 680 800 900 941 1016 1149
in 7.20 9.65 13.46 12.80 15.35 17.72 20.47 25.55 27.91 31.18
D
mm 183 245 342 325 390 450 520 649 709 792
in 3.94 5.51 7.87 9.65 11.81 13.78 15.35 17.01 18.50 20.51
E
mm 100 140 200 245 300 350 390 432 470 521
in 6.22 8.46 10.94 9.84 11.81 13.78 15.75 22.52 24.49 27.52
F
mm 158 215 278 250 300 350 400 572 622 699
in 0.39 0.51 0.63 0.63 0.71 0.79 1.00 1.00 1.14 1.26
G
mm 10 13 16 16 18 20 25.4 25.4 29 32
in 4.53 7.28 8.43 10.55 12.60 14.80 16.85 19.02 20.98 23.31
H
mm 115 185 214 268 320 376 428 483 533 592
in 0.47 0.55 0.55 0.63 0.79 1.02 1.30 1.30 1.61 1.81
J
mm 12 14 14 16 20 26 33 33 41 46
in 1.57 2.28 2.83 3.54 4.25 5.12 5.67 5.67 6.18 6.93
K
mm 40 58 72 90 108 130 144 144 157 176
in 4.25 4.33 8.43 10.24 12.60 14.76 16.54 17.99 19.25 21.97
L
mm 108 110 214 260 320 375 420 457 489 558
SINGLE SWIVEL DIRECTIONAL BLOCKS 315
HIGH QUALITY
cast iron. Steel also has a weight-saving advantage of up to 50
percent over cast iron, resulting in easier handling and installation.
With a minimum sheave-to-rope ratio of 15:1, the rope’s ØJ G
bending stress is reduced for longer life.
WORK HARDENED
Rope grooves are hardened during forming, increasing the F
life of sheave and rope. ØB D
Precision sealed, bearings stay lubricated ensuring
low maintenance.
E
BLOCK LOADING C K ØA
H
Jeamar blocks are rated for the full working load limit at
The S 52000, S 68000 and S 83000 are supplied with double
180° rope angle (see page 57). row cylindrical roller bearings.
Model Number SS 3500 SS 7000 SS 10500 SS 16000 SS 23000 SS 31000 SS 41000 SS 52000 SS 68000 SS 83000
Working Load lb 3500 7000 10500 16000 23000 31000 41000 52000 68000 83000
Limit kg 1587 3175 4772 7272 10455 14090 18636 23583 30839 37642
in 4.25 6.00 8.00 10.00 12.00 14.00 16.00 21.54 23.54 26.34
Sheave Diameter
mm 109 152 203 254 305 357 406 547 598 669
in 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8
Rope Size
mm 6 10 13 16 19 22 25 29 32 35
Ib 10 25 40 121 180 290 450 645 1104 1768
Weight
kg 4.5 11.3 18.1 55 82 132 204 293 501 802
in 4.29 5.98 7.99 10.00 12.01 14.06 15.98 21.54 23.54 26.34
A
mm 109 152 203 254 305 357 406 547 598 669
in 3.74 5.35 7.05 8.74 10.43 12.32 14.25 17.99 20.00 22.01
B
mm 95 136 179 222 265 313 362 457 508 559
in 4.72 7.20 9.57 12.01 14.17 16.54 18.90 19.02 20.28 22.91
C
mm 120 183 243 305 360 420 480 483 515 582
in 5.31 9.69 10.59 12.99 15.55 17.72 20.47 25.55 27.91 31.18
D
mm 135 246 269 330 395 450 520 649 709 792
in 3.54 5.91 7.09 8.86 10.63 12.60 14.17 15.98 17.01 19.25
E
mm 90 150 180 225 270 320 360 406 432 489
in 3.94 8.46 7.87 9.84 11.81 13.78 15.75 22.52 24.49 27.52
F
mm 100 215 200 250 300 350 400 572 622 699
in 0.24 0.39 0.47 0.63 0.79 0.79 0.98 0.98 1.14 1.26
G
mm 6 10 12 16 20 20 25 25 29 32
in 4.53 7.28 8.43 10.55 12.60 14.80 16.85 19.02 20.98 23.31
H
mm 115 185 214 268 320 376 428 483 533 592
in 0.47 0.55 0.55 0.63 0.79 1.02 1.30 1.30 1.42 1.57
J
mm 12 14 14 16 20 26 33 33 36 40
in 1.42 2.13 2.83 2.95 4.09 5.12 5.67 5.67 6.18 6.93
K
mm 36 54 72 75 104 130 144 144 157 176

316 VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL BLOCKS
STAINLESS STAINLESS
VERTICAL HORIZONTAL
DIRECTIONAL DIRECTIONAL
BLOCKS BLOCKS
ØA ØF
E G
ØB
G
C
J
C E H
D F H
J
K
ØD
ØA
Model Number VBS 1000 VBS 3500 VBS 7000 Model Number HBS 1000 HBS 3500 HBS 7000
Working Load lb 1000 3500 7000 Working Load lb 1000 3500 7000
Limit kg 455 1587 3175 Limit kg 455 1587 3175
in 2.25 4.25 6.00 in 2.25 4.25 6.00
Sheave Diameter Sheave Diameter
mm 57 109 152 mm 57 109 152
in 1/8 1/4 3/8 in 1/8 1/4 3/8
Rope Size Rope Size
mm 3 6 10 mm 3 6 10
Ib 3 6 16 Ib 5.4 8.3 19
Weight Weight
kg 1.4 2.7 7.3 kg 2.5 3.8 8.6
in 2.25 4.25 6.00 in 2.25 4.25 6.00
A A
mm 57 109 152 mm 57 109 152
in 2.01 3.74 5.35 in 4.00 6.30 8.74
B B
mm 51 95 136 mm 101.6 160 222
in 1.26 2.36 3.27 in 4.76 7.24 9.76
C C
mm 32 60 83 mm 121 184 248
in 2.01 3.50 5.00 in 2.01 3.74 5.35
D D
mm 51 89 127 mm 51 95 136
in 2.76 3.43 4.80 in 1.50 2.99 4.49
E E
mm 70 87 122 mm 38 76 114
in 3.50 4.92 6.57 in 0.34 0.35 0.51
F F
mm 89 125 167 mm 8.75 9 13
in 1.38 2.40 3.39 in 2.24 4.02 5.51
G G
mm 35 61 86 mm 57 102 140
in 0.34 0.41 0.53 in 1.75 2.76 4.02
H H
mm 8.75 10.3 13.5 mm 44.5 70 102
in 0.19 0.25 0.38 in 0.63 0.98 1.30
J J
mm 4.75 6.4 9.6 mm 16 25 33
in 0.19 0.25 0.39
K
mm 4.75 6 10
VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL BLOCKS 317
CUSTOM SHAPES & SIZES

Jeamar specializes in custom designs of different sheave assemblies and blocks to suit your application.
Horizontal, vertical and pivoting sheaves are available in size from 2 inches through 24 inches in
diameter. Sheave assemblies are available with brass, bushings, bearings or synthetic bushings.

318 CUSTOM DESIGN SHEAVES
While supplying a complete line of standard sheaves,
Jeamar is a leader in the design and manufacture of
custom sheaves. Fabrication of sheaves from 1” to 180”
in diameter are common, and our highly trained sales
staff work with customers to ensure the right product for
their unique applications.
40” Shaft Sinking Stage Sheaves
Adjustable HB52000
Horizontal Block
60” Deflection Sheaves
72” Head Sheaves
Standard and Custom Built Sheaves 319
For Top Quality, Strength….

And Long Service Life.
Roller Bearing Bronze Bushing Plain Bore
Style RB Style BB Style PB
Precision Machined / Cast Steel Sheaves

Outside Root Maximum Bore Diameter Shaft Sheave Material Sheave Hub
Diameter Diameter Rope C Diameter Width 3 Style
See
Part Diameter Finished Maximum Above above Width Diameter
Number A B 1 D E dwg. F G
518265 5 4 5/16 1.125 1 1/8 3/4 Steel Fab. PB N/A N/A
510255 5 7/8 4 5/8 1/2 2.328 2 1/2 1.250 1 1/4 80-60-03 RB 1 5/8 2 7/8
606684 8 6 1/2 5/8 2.656 2 3/4 1.375 1 11/16 80-60-03 RB 1 7/8 3 1/4 NOTES:
1. Rope grooves are
706810 9 7 1/2 5/16 1.779 1 7/8 1 7/16 60-45-10 PB 1 5/8 2 7/16 normally as cast.
2. Cast sheaves
510260 10 8 1/4 3/4 3.062 3 1/4 1.875 1 7/8 80-60-03 RB 1 7/8 3 13/16 available as cast -
708686 13 7/8 12 1/8 7/8 4.2485 4 1/4 2.000 2 1/2 80-60-03 RB 3 4 3/4 not machined.
3. Sheaves are cast
710031 16 1/2 14 7/16 1/2 3.6245 3 3/4 1 7/8 60-45-10 PB 2 1/8 4 3/4 ductile iron as
specified (eg. 80-
709842 18 15 5/8 3/4 4.437 4 3/4 2.625 2 1/2 80-60-03 RB 2 11/16 6 60-03) unless
otherwise noted.
711162 18 15 3/4 1 4.2475 4 1/4 2.625 2 1/2 80-60-03 RB 2 1/2 6
711139 20 17 1 1/8 4.437 4 1/2 2.625 2 1/4 Steel Fab. RB 3 7/8 6
709853 21 1/2 197/16 1/2 4.437 4 1/2 2 60-45-10 PB 2 3/4 5 1/2
710142 21 1/2 19 7/16 1/2 3.6245 3 3/4 1 7/8 60-45-10 PB 2 1/8 4 3/4
711995 22 18 7/16 1 1/2 5.000 5 2 1/2 Steel Fab. PB 4 7
601625 25 22 3/8 1 1/8 4.8710 4 7/8 2 7/8 80-60-03 PB 3 6 1/8

NOTE:
608429 25 22 3/8 1 1/4 4.437 4 1/2 2.625 2 7/8 80-55-06 RB 3 6 Dimensions are subject
to change. Please contact
711168 25 1/2 22 3/4 7/8 4.872 4 7/8 3 80-55-06 PB 3 1/8 6 1/8
factory for certified
7111029 29 25 3/8 1 1/8 5.707 6 1/2 3 1/2 Cast Steel PB 4 8 1/4 prints.
607599 29 7/8 26 1/2 1 1/4 4.437 6 3/4 3 1/2 80-55-06 PB 3 1/4 8 3/4
708211 30 27 1/4 7/8 4.4376 4 3/4 3 Cast Steel PB 3 1/8 6 5/16
711715 30 26 1/2 1 1/2 6.625 6 3/4 5.882 3 Steel Fab. BB 4 8 1/2
708570 34 30 1 1/2 4.750 5 1/2 3.750 4 Cast Steel BB 5 7 1/2
711866 34 30 1 1/8 5.706 5 3/4 2 1/2 Steel Fab. PB 3 1/16 7 1/2
711867 34 30 1 1/4 5.706 5 3/4 2 1/2 Steel Fab. PB 3 11/16 7 1/2
512966 35 3/4 32 1/2 1 4.500 5 1/2 3 7/16 80-55-06 PB 4 7 1/8
708920 38 34 3/8 1 1/2 4.435 8 3 1/2 Cast Steel PB 3 1/2 6 1/2
709035 38 34 3/8 1 1/2 7.498 8 3 1/2 Cast Steel PB 3 7/8 10 1/4
708936 42 38 3/8 1 1/2 4.435 5 3 1/4 Cast Steel PB 2 1/8 6 1/2

320 SHACKLE & HOOK BLOCKS
All steel sheaves are fit with high efficiency, deep groove ball bearings
for maximum efficiency, reduced friction, smooth motion, long life and
high speed. Our precision sealed bearings stay lubricated ensuring low
maintenance.
WORK HARDENED
Rope grooves are hardened during forming, increasing the life of sheave
and rope.
EASY INSTALLATION
The drop side is secured by a simple non-removable attachment with an
additional "secure pin". This design allows the rope to be installed and
removed quickly and easily.
A1 A2
B B C
SB= Shackle Block

HB= Hook Block
SB/HB SB/HB SB/HB SB/HB SB/HB SB/HB SB/HB SB/HB SB/HB

Model Number
07502 11504 15004 20008 25010 25012 30012 35522 40030
Working Load lb 4000 8000 8000 16000 20000 24000 24000 44000 60000
Limit kg 1818.2 3636.4 3636.4 7272.7 9090.9 10909 10909 20000 27273
in 2.95 4.53 5.91 7.87 9.84 9.84 11.81 13.98 15.75
Sheave Diameter
mm 75 115 150 200 250 250 300 355 400
in 5/16 7/16 11/16 13/16 1.00 1.00 1.00 1 3/16 1 3/8
Rope Size
mm 8 11 17 21 25 25 25 30 35
Ib 8.8 13.42 30.36 35.2 82.5 92.4 123.2 198 297
Weight
kg 4.00 6.10 13.80 16.00 37.50 42.0 56.0 90.0 135
in 11.26 13.583 15.709 20.787 26.732 26.732 30.197 37.48 44.331
A1
mm 286 345 399 528 679 679 767 952 1126
in 11.50 14.09 16.22 21.61 27.36 27.60 31.38 37.80 42.72
A2
mm 292 358 412 549 695 701 797 960 1085
in 3.23 4.72 6.30 8.27 10.24 10.24 12.20 14.37 16.34
B
mm 82 120 160 210 260 260 310 365 415
in 2.76 2.76 2.76 3.66 4.53 4.53 5.24 5.51 6.10
C
mm 70 70 70 93 115 115 133 140 155
Standard and Custom Cast Blocks 321
For Top Quality, Strength….

And Long Service Life.
Plain Yoke Swivel Hook Swivel Eye
Precision Machined / Cast Blocks

Features Applications Include:
• Compact, lightweight design.
• Efficient weight to capacity ratio. Marine Logging
• Rugged cast construction. Mining Utility
• Tapered roller bearings.
Construction Industrial
• Variety of top attachments.
Model Weight Ultimate Max. Rope Safe Working
Number Type Size in Lbs. Capacity in Lbs. Dia. A B C D E F G Load in Lbs.*
106 Less Attachments 6” 14 50,000 1/2 6 1/2 9 1/2 3 7/8 12,500
116 Plain Yoke 15 50,000 1 1/2 7/8 12,500
126 Swivel Hook 20 † 36,000 1 11/16 9,000
136 Swivel Eye 20 50,000 1 3/16 12,500
108 Less Attachments 8” 22 70,000 5/8 8 7/8 11 25/32 4 17,500
118 Plain Yoke 23 70,000 1 1/2 7/8 17,500
128 Swivel Hook 29 † 36,000 1 7/8 9,000
138 Swivel Eye 29 70,000 1 3/16 17,500
1110 Plain Yoke 40 125,000 1 1/2 1 1/8 31,250
1210 Swivel Hook 48 † 42,000 2 1/16 10,500
1310 Swivel Eye 48 125,000 1 3/16 31,250
1114 Plain Yoke 94 150,000 2 3/8 1 37,500
1214 Swivel Hook 112 † 100,000 3 3/8 25,000
1314 Swivel Eye 112 150,000 1 3/16 37,500
NOTES: † Approximate load to straighten out hook.

* The safe working load is based on a factor of safety of 4:1 of the ultimate capacity. If a higher factor is required the safe working load must be lowered accordingly.
Snatch block sheaves are filtered with tapered roller bearings.
NOTE: Dimensions are subject to change. Please contact factory for certified prints.

322 F4 SERIES - FOUR ROLLER FAIRLEADS
STANDARD FEATURES
The Jeamar F4 Series Four Roller Fairleads feature
heavy duty steel rollers and oil impregnated bronze
bushings. They have alloy steel shafts with bolt-in-
place keeper tabs and are constructed with an all steel
frame and weld-down base. The F4s allow departure
angles up to 45°.
OPTIONS
The Jeamar F4 Series Four Roller Fairleads can be
ordered with stainless steel shafts & hardware as well
as sealed roller bearings and bolt-down base plates.
They are available in custom sizes and configurations.
Specially Designed for

WIRE ROPE and
SYNTHETIC ROPE
Opening
C A
Model Number F4 25 F4 40 F4 60 F4 80 F4 100

Max Cable in 1/2 3/4 1 1/4 1 3/4 2 1/4
mm 13 19 32 44 57
Opening Size in 3x3 4x4 4x4 8x8 10 x 6
(W x H) mm 76 x 76 102 x 102 102 x 102 203 x 203 254 x 152
Custom Sizes Available Ib 90 315 840 1800 3400
Weight
kg 41 143 382 818 1545
in 12.00 18.00 24.00 32.00 40.00
A
mm 305 457 610 813 1016
in 10.00 15.00 21.50 27.00 35.00
B
mm 254 381 546 686 889
in 5.50 9.00 19.00 17.00 21.00
C
mm 140 229 483 432 533
in 3.25 5.125 7.50 9.375 15.50
D
mm 83 130 191 238 394
in 2.50 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00
E
mm 64 102 152 203 254
BLOCKS AND SHEAVES 323
Motivation Manufactures sheaves and blocks for any application.

Please call for a quote on your next requirement.

324 DUAL SWIVEL FAIRLEADS
STANDARD FEATURES
The swivel head fairleads allow rope to depart at any angle while
maintaining alignment with sheaves. They feature heavy duty steel
sheaves with bronze bushings and tapered roller bearings in the
swivel assembly. Jeamar Dual Swivel Fairleads can be floor or wall
mounting and are built with all steel frame construction and
weld-down Bases.
OPTIONS
The Jeamar Dual Swivel Fairleads can be ordered with sealed roller
bearings and bolt-down base plates. They are available in custom
sizes and configurations.
D
F
Model Number DSF2 10 DSF2 10 DSF2 10 DSF2 10 DSF2 10

in 10 12 14 18 22
Sheave Diameter
mm 254 304.8 355.6 457.2 558.8
Wire Rope Ib 58800 103400 159800 228000 266000
Breaking Strength kg 26727 47000 72636 103636 120909
ft 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-3/4
Rope Diameter
m 19 25 32 38 44
Ib 300 600 800 1500 2200
Weight
kg 136.4 272.7 363.6 681.8 1000.0
in 10 12 14 18 22
A
mm 254 304.8 355.6 457.2 558.8
in 21.50 25.50 29.63 38.50 47.00
B
mm 546 648 752 978 1194
in 23.50 28.00 32.44 42.00 51.50
C
mm 597 711 824 1067 1308
in 15.00 17.50 20.00 26.00 32.00
D
mm 381 444.5 508 660.4 812.8
in 13.50 16.00 18.50 24.00 29.50
E
mm 343 406 470 610 749
in 11.00 13.50 15.50 19.50 23.50
F
mm 279 343 394 495 597
Shown with optional cable guide.
Self Aligning Roller Chocks 325
Also useful on
Docks, Terminals, Dredges...
An upgrade
over conventional
hillside roller
chocks for
face wire and
wing wire rigging
PATENT PENDING
Revolutionary - Money Saving - Efecient - Durable
SHEAVE CAP.
MODEL
DIA. (TONS)
The Wintech Roller Chock is a self-aligning chock, which pivots up
and down to automatically accommodate empty or loaded barges.
RC8-20 8” 20
Improved sheave alignment reduces premature cable and sheave RC10-40 10” 40
wear. The Roller Chock is offered in three sizes up to 1 1/8” wire. RC12-65 12” 65
Custom sizes available upon request.
Sheave replacement is as simple as removing two bolts and sliding out

a shaft. Because the sheave and/or entire chock can be changed
with a single wrench, the vessel will never have to be gas freed for
welding work.
*** All Chocks are specially designed and manufactured from corrosion
resistant materials for a long service life in marine environments.
Synthetic Sheave design fully compatible with Synthetic Ropes

Can also be used with steel cable
326 Snatch Block Mount
Motivation
Snatch Block
Positioning Mount
This unique Motivation design
allows snatch block fairleads to be
mounted vertically or horizontally.
This product is ideal for barge haul
traversing cables pulled from the
dock, cell or dolphin. We offer
custom heights, sizes and
configurations for any application.
SPECIALTY SHEAVES 327
90º Deflector Sheave Dredge Anchor Sheave
Motivation Manufactures Unique Custom Sheaves

For All Types of Applications.
Most of Our Sheaves and Blocks
Can be Offered with a Steel Sheave or a
Totally Synthetic Greaseless Sheave.
328 Dock Roller Deflector
DOCK ROLLER DEFLECTOR

This exclusive product manufactured by Motivation
provides a unique alternative to dock fendering.
Dock roller assembly can be welded on top side of
deck or dock and used as a deflector/bumper device
to prevent damage to docks ships and barges.
Custom sizes and configurations for corners, walls,
cells, etc...
Wheels are solid impact rubber with a crop out pin
designed for easy replacement
Bearings sealed and maintenance free.
Cable Deflector Guide 329
Motivation Cable Deflector Guide

This item designed and manufactured by Motivation is a perfect solution to stop damage or personal injury from
fairlead breakages. This device will help assist in stopping runaway cables. Sizes and styles built to order. We can
design and build any configuration you require.

330 DECK FITTINGS & HARDWARE
15” x 23” Raised Water Tight Hatch

Flush D-Ring Assembly
Mooring Ring and Bracket
Custom Sizes and

Materials Available
for All Hardware
18” Galvanized Flush Hatch
Panama Chock
Cruciform Bitt Cleat (Kevel) All Sizes Available
DECK FITTINGS & HARDWARE 331
Mooring Bollard
H-Bitt (Towing Bitt)
Many Deck Fittings and Specialty

Products Available from Motivation.
If You Don’t See What You’re
Looking For Please Ask...
We Can Do It™
Panama Chock
Smit Towing Bracket Double BItt

332 GANGWAYS WALKWAYS AND ACCESS LADDERS
Motivation offers personal access for all types of applications for the Terminal
Dock and Port Business along with may other marine applications. Give us a call
and let us quote your next access requirement.
Canopies Flat Ramp Enclosure Marine Gangway Barge Access Systems
Tracking Tank Car Platform Tank Car Platform Bulk Loading Station Stair Crossovers
Loading Arm Involvement Dual Sided Tracking Tank Truck Enclosure Track Mounted Gangway
GANGWAYS WALKWAYS AND ACCESS LADDERS 333
Standard and custom walkways, Safety manway stair cages

ramps, and access gangways available standard and custom.
also available.
Hopper Barge Access Tank Barge Access Scissor Man Lift
Dock Wall Access Stationary Platform Access Oil Spill Track Containment
Dry Dock Access Fixed Walkways Portable Hopper Car Access

CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
334 GANGWAYS WALKWAYS AND ACCESS LADDERS
FENDERING 335

336 FENDERING
We can
custom design
fenders to
fit any
application
FENDERING 337
Steel Beam Fenders - Model 115
beam size and/or type, whether welded or bolted are required.
Type A Type B
A B C
Weldless Standard
in 6 to 22 6 to 240 6 to 120 • Countersink style with
prepunched through-ways welded directly to
mm 152.4 to 558.8 152.4 to 6096 152.4 to 3048 • Fender is positioned into steel fascia
I-beam with attachment
bolts passing through I-beam
or channel and prepunched
DUB (optional as
through-ways in fender
required)
C
A
A A
Air cells (optional for B

increased softness) B B
A B
Prepunched through-
ways for attachment bolts Type C Type D
to pass
Countersink Angle
• Through rods are • Securing angle
countersunk and welded into welded to steel
Solid type laminated rubber fenders are perfect for dock fascia or bolted into
applications that do not require energy absorption but rather a • Fender is welded into concrete fascia
rugged, abrasion resistant surface. These fenders are very well existing channel
suited for barge dock operations where a durable, long lasting
rubbing surface is needed.
• Model 115 Fenders are manufactured and designed for
A A
A
• Unlike molded rubber or wood timbers, tough plies of B B

B
reinforced rubber eliminate chipping.
• Size and softness (solid or SR3D-2) varies to satisfy particular
design requirements.
Type E Type F
• Vertical or horizontal mounting. Extended Clamp
• Steel clamps secure
extends over steel or fender to backside
concrete box structure of I-beam
for welding or bolting
A
A A
B
B B

338 FENDERING
Pile Fenders - Model 153
the required diameter pile and degree of coverage needed.

These pile wrap fenders can be welded, bolted, or clamped to
a pile depending on the project requirements.
Note: Degree of coverage

Pile on pile, thickness of
Our Model 153 pile wrap fenders are a recycled product manufactured rubber and SR3D-2 soft
from heavy duty rubber material. This material and manufacturing Elevation loop vs. solid rubber
process forms the most robust, durable fender in the world. configuration as required.
• Model 153 Fenders are manufactured in pre-curved units ready 12”

to
Typical
Rub Face:
to install. Fenders can be hung prior to pile driving to save 120” Model 153
Pile Cluster Batter
• The Model 153 can either be welded, bolted, or clamped to Plan View Model
153-SR3D
steel dolphin piles, or bolted or clamped to concrete piles. Back
Fender
• The size and softness (solid or SR3D-2) varies to satisfy Model 153
particular design requirements.
• Area of coverage depends upon batter and number of piles in cluster.
• Applications include, but are not limited to: ferry landings,
barge mooring dolphins, bridge foundations and landing dolphins.
Front Fenders
Steel pipe pile Detail

Weld-On
Gussets (optional)
Securing Nut Flatbar welded to
Flatbar or angle welded o
Pipe Pile Fender Mounting Details
steel pipe pile

Type A 20° typical steel pipe pile
Weld-On
153 SR3D-2 with 140° coverage
(note coverage can vary up Steel thru rods
to 360°)
Solid - 6” to 22”
Loop - 3” to 8”
Steel pipe pile Detail Steel gussets as required

Gussets (optional) Bolt-On Securing Nut
Steel thru rods Flatbar with nut
securing rubber
Flatbar welded to pipe pile
Type B
Flatbar with securing nut
Bolt-On 153 with 180° coverage
Steel thru rods

Solid - 6” to 22”
Clamp assembly
Detail
Steel pipe pile Straps/Pipe Hinge 1-1/8” Diameter
Type C 1-1/4” Pipe hinge sch. 80
Straps/Pipe 5”
Pipe hinge (see detail)
Hinge Steel thru rods
Angle with
nut securing 1/2” x 5” plate
rubber 6”
Solid - 6” to 22” 153 with 120° coverage

Bottom of fender
FENDERING 339
Sheet Pile & Concrete Dock

Fenders - Model 114
sheet pile style and size with welded or bolted connections.
Plan View
6” to 24”
1’ to 10’
1’ to 20’
Elevation View

340 FENDERING
Test Data
(Abrasion & Performance)
Abrasion Resistance Test

0.5
0.4
0.3
Wear (in)
0.2
0.1
0
0 10,000 20,000 30,000 40,000
Cycles
Fender Performance (per square foot)

60 240
55 220
Energy Absorption (kip-in)
50 200
9 Inch Thick
Reaction Force (kips)
45 180 Solid Rubber

Reaction
40 160
35 140 11 Inch Thick
Solid Rubber
30 120 Reaction
25 100 9 Inch Thick

80 Solid Rubber
20 Energy
15 60
11 Inch Thick
10 40 Solid Rubber
Energy
5 20
0 0
0% 5% 10% 15% 20% 25% 30% 35% 40%
Displacement
SCHUYLER COMPANIES
Broussard, LA - PH 866-347-9445 • FX 337-769-4799
Seattle, WA - PH 800-426-3917 • FX 425-488-2424
website: www.dock-fenders.com
A Division of Maritime International, Inc. email: sales@schuylermaritime.com
Giant Marine Fenders 341
jim bUOy’s AVAILABLE AT U

NBEL
LOW, LOW, PRIC IEVABLE
largest ES!
closed-cell Not an inflatable but a 98% closed-cell
design! inner foam core. No more blow-outs
and totally unsinkable!
#260
#214 #224
JIM--BUOY® UNBEATABLE DESIGN FEATURES...

INSTALLATION
End Cap/ HINTS–– Suspend the
Fenders vertically when • 5/8’’ to 1-1/4” Hot- • USCG Approved • Vinyl-Urethane
Swivel Assembly coming along side another
dipped galvanized
rope swivel.
closed-cell foam. Elastomer Shell.
ship or dock allowing the • Rope

line from the lower end of swivel.
the Fender to be free. After
the ship’s lines are secure,
pull the Fender to
a horizontal position. Use
additional Fenders during
rough weather. • 12” Hard
• Cable to end
rubber eye.
connectors.
REPAIR SERVICE –– If your
fender is damaged by misuse • Higher density closed-cell
or eventual “wear and tear”, inner foam core.
repair kits are available from
Jim Buoy. Arrangements may The diagram above clearly shows the many advanced design features
Galvanized steel swivel assembly also be made for Jim Buoy to
allows free movement in all direc- recondition them to near-new found in Jim Buoy’s new Giant Marine Fenders –– proven features gained
tions and provides quick and secure condition and return to owner from Jim Buoy’s many years of experience in the manufacture of high
rope attachment featured on Models as needed –– please inquire quality marine products!
#236, #248 and #260 for complete details.

342 HEAVY-DUTY INDUSTRIAL FLOATS & BUOYS
JIM--BUOY®
#445
#449
#429 #548
#4418
JIM--BUOY®
Jumbo Hose Floats
JIM BUOY’S TOUGHEST,
MAINTENANCE-FREE CONSTRUCTION !
Jim Buoy’s Industrial Floats and Buoys are a rugged, top quality
product available in 6 sizes and suitable for a wide range of
applications. They are currently being used in many parts of the
world functioning as mooring buoys, rope floats and marker
buoys. All models are rectangular in shape to permit conversion
to split-hose floats to facilitate strapping the floats in place dur-
ing use. Built for continuous duty and long life, the shell is con-
structed of HDP .060 - .180 thickness to withstand severe pun-
All of the above buoys are acceptable as Hose Floats---
ishment and is bonded over high density USCG Approved grade
Simply cut in two to allow attachment without end entry.
polyurethane foam. They may be fitted to any size hose.
SPECIAL HARDWARE AVAILABLE FROM JIM BUOY SPECIFICATIONS

FOR ALMOST ANY INSTALLATION -- Model Size Buoyancy Per Case Ship
All models may be furnished with either stainless steel or hot- No. Diam./Lgth. Aprox. Qty. Wt.
dipped galvanized steel in 1/2” to 1” diam. thru-holes or may be
4418 12” x 18” 60 lbs. 1 10 lbs.
furnished with drop-forged swivels if required. They may also
be ordered with PVC or steel tubing instead of eye and swivel 429 18” x 30” 240 lbs. 1 30 lbs.
449 24” x 36” 300 lbs. 1 60 lbs.
hardware. All sizes are available in white or orange molded-in
445 24” x 45” 380 lbs. 1 90 lbs.
color. Please specify color and hardware requirement with order.
548 30” x 48” 750 lbs. 1 92 lbs.
If additional information is needed please call or write.
JUMBO, UTILITY, ROPE & NET FLOATS 343
UP
TO 5
BUO 0,000 L
YAN B
CY! S.
SUPER
Jumbo Floats
Giant 10 ft. Diameter
and 12 Feet Tall!
All hardware hot-dipped
galvanized steel–Forged
eye and swivels to 2” diameter
shaft size. International orange color; JIM--BUOY®
seamless cross-linked polyethylene shell
with solid 2 lb. urethane foam core.
Special hardware is available to fit
specific industrial requirements.
Please inquire for further information
and for pricing details.
Jumbo Hose Floats
JIM--BUOY®
Utility Foam Floats

#1503A & #1505A-Produced from 100%
closed-cell foam that resemble a high grade
foam rubber. Very resilient and tough. #1505
has 1” eye made from 1/8” galvanized wire
permanently embedded in the body. #1505A
For application where a split design float is required for fitting to existing hose
Both available in white or orange. #1503A lines. Rock hard outer shell has molded recesses to fit stainless steel strapping
and buckle generally used to secure buoy around line. Photo above illustrates
a buoy used on a 9 1/2” diameter hose required for an oil field application.
JIM--BUOY®
Please inquire for complete information and pricing.
Net
Floats
JIM--BUOY®
Industrial
#1100
Rope Floats Inquire About
Features Rock Hard
Shell with 100% Special
closed-cell, solid foam core, Hardware
even bullets can’t affect its Now Available
#1504 Boxed, buoyancy! No-wear rope hole For All
Suitable For is PVC lined throughout. Models!
Display.
Model Size Rope-Hole Buoyancy Pack Ship Wt.
4400-RF 12” dia. 1- 1/4” 22 lbs. 4 21 lbs.

4401-RF 15” dia. 1- 1/4” 42 lbs. 4 36 lbs.
#1506 4402-RF 18” dia. 2” 90 lbs. 1 13 lbs.
#1504 4403-RF 24” dia. 2” 209 lbs. 1 28 lbs.
4404-RF 30” dia. 2” 400 lbs. 1 40 lbs.
429 18” dia. x 30” 2” 240 lbs. 1 30 lbs.
4418-RF 12” dia. x 18” 1 1/4” Approx. 60 lbs. 1 10 lbs.
JIM BUOY’S FINEST-MODEL #1100

Model Length Diam. Buoyancy Rope Size Ship Wt. Per Pack Features Jim Buoy’s “Rock Hard Shell” - will withstand constant drag-
#1100 9-1/4” 7” 10-11 lbs. 1-3/8” 44 lbs. 21 ging over power winches and transom - no more splits and cuts!
#1504
#1506
5”
8”
3”
7”
2 lbs.
7-1/2-8 lbs.
1/2”
1-1/2”
3 lbs.
14
24
27
Resists weathering - Use #1507 stainless steel rings to hold in place on rope.
#1503 3” 2” 7 oz 1/4” 10 lbs. 300 bulk Absolutely closed-cell and will not absorb water.
#1505 3” thick 7-1/2” 3 lbs. 8 oz. 1” 5 lbs. 12 pack
JIM BUOY ECONOMY NET AND ROPE FLOATS
#1506–Solid density foam with white coating, 1-1/2” dia. rope hole.
#1504–Red & white coating over solid high density foam for ropes up to 1/2” dia.
344 Giant Marine Fenders
JIM-BUOY® jim bUOy’s largest

closed-cell design!
Extensively tested in actual use under the most abusive
conditions in ports from Newport Beach, California, to
Seattle, Washington and even up to Alaska --- Jim Buoy’s
assurance that you will only receive a proven, quality
product at a highly competitive price.
#248
#236
#218
A NEW GENERATION IN GIANT MARINE FENDERS!

IT’S HARD NOT TO BE IMPRESSED HIGHLY RESISTANT TO ABRASIONS AND PUNCTURES–– Encased in an outer cov-
WITH JIM BUOY’S NEW LINE OF ering of “Elastomic Skin” (up to 5/16” thick material, some reinforced with nylon mesh) plus a
SUPER GIANT MARINE FENDERS ! urethane skin base, the Jim Buoy Giant Marine Fenders are extremely resilient and able to flex
Not an inflatable but a 98% closed-cell inner with the rigors of high energy berthing over and over again, providing the user with extended
foam core that will never blow-out or sink -- service under all conditions. All Models may be mounted vertically or float horizontally.
even bullet holes will not materially affect Models up to 24” diam. feature a 1” thru-hole that provides easy access for tethering while the
its function! Often referred to in the industry larger models are furnished with a specially designed “end cap” that incorporates a 5/8’’or
as the “hull saver”, Jim Buoy’s unique 1-1/4’’shaft and galvanized steel rope swivel for maximum strength at this critical area of stress
design is not simply a roll of foam but is a (see illustration on next page).
carefully crafted, quality product incorporat- SPECIFICATIONS AVAILABLE ONLY IN BLACK!
ing the same U.S. Coast Guard Approved
Model Dia. Thru-hole size Recommended Stand-Off Colors Ship
foam used in the Jim-Buoy Industrial Life No.
Length
and material vessel size distance available weight
Preservers. The end product is a rugged 214 14” 44” 1” PVC 8” black 45 lbs.
fender that provides “stop-gap” compres- 218 18” 50” 1” PVC 12” black 50 lbs.
sion when hard hit time after time; not only 224 24” 53” 1” PVC 14” black 70 lbs.
protecting the ship from damage but the 236 36” 72” 5/8” gal. shaft w/swivel 500-700 tons 24” black 150 lbs.
dock and even the fender itself! 248 48” 96” 1-1/4” gal. shaft w/swivel 2500 tons 30” black 230 lbs.
260 60” 96” 1-1/4” gal. shaft w/swivel 5000 tons 36” black 320 lbs.
Hurricane Boat Fender 345
AVAILAB
LE IN 4 S
The 6 ”, 8”, 1 0
” & 12” D
IZES
ia.
Boat Fender with
TRIPLE ABSORBING ACTION!
PAT. PEND.
ACTUALLY RESISTS DAMAGE OF COLLISION 3 TIMES BETTER

THAN ANY SIMPLE FENDER AND WILL NEVER BOTTOM OUT!
The remarkable, newly designed Jim Buoy Hurricane
Fender actually can prevent damage of collision 3 times
JIM-BUOY® more effectively than any other simple fender! Where
other inflatable fenders “bottom-out”, the Hurricane never
will! The secret to the Hurricane’s success is its unique,
internal cushion that in effect provides free insurance.
Working in conjunction with the outer compressed air
chamber, the high-density inner foam core can absorb the
shock of hard, direct contact with docks, pilings, etc. and
never “bottom-out!” A sudden wave-wake or pilot error
while docking may cause a serious and expensive hull
dent or even personal injury. By employing the Jim Buoy
Hurricane Fender this risk can be greatly reduced or even
prevented. Remember, the final, sharp jolt affects the most
damage.
PAT PEND.
TRIPLE--DUTY FEATURES
1. Normal air compression in outer air chamber...
2. Air compression plus contact with the internal foam core...
3. Air compression, internal foam core compression and finally,
total compression of the entire fender unit!
Functioning in unison, the triple-absorbing action of the Hurricane Fender eliminates the
sharp, violent shock encountered with simple air cushioned fenders and the resulting
damage from “bottoming out”. Even if the Hurricane Fender outer shell was split and
inflation totally lost from the air chamber, the inner high-density foam core would never
fail...it simply cannot “bottom out!” The value is obvious...for just pennies more than
other top-of-the-line fenders you can equip your vessel with the best, the all new Jim
Buoy Hurricane Fender!
HURRICANE’S UNIQUE
HEAVY DUTY CONSTRUCTION THROUGHOUT!
TRIPLE ABSORBING DESIGN!
OUTER SHELL--The inflatable outer shell is manufactured from the highest quality,
virgin marine vinyl to withstand the most constant, severe use. The color is permanently
impregnated into the vinyl.
COMPRESSED AIR VALVE SYSTEM--Only rust and corrosion resistant industrial valves are used to
AIR permit control of internal air pressure. Pressure may be varied from the normal 2 psi to
CHAMBER
suit individual requirements.
INNER CORE--Finest quality, high density closed-cell foam, permanently sealed with-
HIGH in the outer vinyl shell.
DENSITY
INNER FOAM
THRU HOLE--5/8” I.D. heavy duty tubing, molded in the inner foam core. Allows both
CORE horizontal use against pilings, etc. and of course vertical use against flat docks or other
vessels.
Model No. Size Hole Size Vessel Size* Pack Ship Wt.
REINFORCING 706 6” diam. x 18” 5/8” up to 28’ 6 21 lbs.
SKID-RIBS
708 8” diam. x 22” 5/8” 28’ to 36’ 4 24 lbs.
710 10” diam. x 30” 5/8” 36’ to 60’ 4 38 lbs.
712 12” diam. x 35” 5/8” 60’ and up 4 54 lbs.
HEAVY VINYL
OUTER SKIN * NOTE: Vessel length application is approximate. Due to the wide range of tonnage and individual vessel types, it
is important to carefully select the number of fenders and fender size required.
All Hurricane Fenders are available in white or blue.

346 DOCK BUMPERS, CORNER BUMPERS & ROLLER BUMPERS
JIM--BUOY®
NO NAILS * Dock Bumper System “Look Dad, N
O NAILS!*”
*ALL INSTALLATION NAILS ARE HIDDEN FROM NORMAL VIEW –
Both dockside and from approaching vessels!
Our newest and neatest! Now any wooden-sided dock – old or brand new installations,
can be beautified quickly and easily with the new Jim Buoy No Nails* Dock Bumper System.
All it takes is one man, a helper and a hammer. The corner bumper, designed with a recessed step,
is first nailed into place, then followed by nailing the side bumper strip to form a snugly fitting
lap joint . In a few minutes the installation becomes a routine. The finished job will enhance any
dock area and best of all the installation nails are all hidden from normal view! Manufactured
from the finest UV Inhibited, all white Marine Vinyl, it will provide years of trouble-free service.
For ease in handling, we recommend to avoid freezing cold weather during
installation as the vinyl is much more flexible on a warm day. Please call for
NO NAILS* DISPLAY PACK STARTER KIT
complete details. *Hidden from normal view. Each pack contains 2 each, #5005 No Nails* Corner
Model #5005, Corner Bumper–12 per ctn., ship. wt. 16 lbs., UPS O.K.. Bumpers and 48 ft., #5009 No Nails* Side Bumper Strips
Model #5009, Side Bumper Strips–6 ft. long, 10 per ctn., ship wt. 46 lbs., UPS O.K.. plus 600 stainless steel nails.
Model #5009-X–1 Display Pack per ctn., ship. wt. 40 lbs., UPS O.K..
JIM--BUOY®
Corner Bumpers JIM-- BUOY®
Dock Bumpers
Just about any size or style you #5013
may require!
#5010, High Crown, UV Inhibited– White
New #5008 vinyl manufactured with a generous overlap;
corner bumper a combination of beauty and strength.
matches design
of new #5013
#5012, Industrial Duty, UV Inhibited–
dock bumper. Extra heavy duty white vinyl and much larg-
er in size for heavy commercial traffic or
larger vessels. #5010
#5011, Piling Bumper--- Usually mounted
#5008 vertically to protect against those monstrous
#5007
pilings that are always in the wrong place.
#5013, Extra Heavy Duty, UV Inhibited---
Superior protection at no added cost --- Both models are designed with Protects the more expensive larger and heav-
an extra volume of cushion at the point of contact and are molded from ier boats. Matches new, larger #5008 corner
white, weather resistant marine vinyl...the best material available for use bumper in size and configuration. #5012
at this critical point of impact. The new, heavy-duty #5008 is designed to
Model #5010 --- 3-1/2” white vinyl, 6 feet long, 10
take the beating of all larger and heavier vessels. Similar in construction lengths per carton, ship. wt. 42 lbs.
as the popular #5007 and designed to match the configuration of the new Model #5012--- 7-1/2” white vinyl, 10 feet long, 2
#5013 dock bumper to provide a trim installation. length per carton, ship. wt. 110 lbs.
Model #5007 --- 8” x 8” x 4” ht. 12 per ctn., ship. wt. 16 lbs. Model #5011--- 2” white vinyl, 6 feet long, 10 lengths
Model #5008 --- 10” x 10” x 6” ht. 6 per ctn., ship. wt. 14 lbs. per carton, ship. wt. 46 lbs.
#5011
Model #5013--- Heavy white vinyl. 5-1/2” width, 2-1/2”
depth, 6 ft. long. 3 lengths per carton, ship. wt. 44 lbs.
JI
M-- BUOY®
Roller Bumpers
THREE GREAT SIZES – All Models available with
corner or straight mount bases!
#5016 NEW MODEL #5016 – In answer to many requests
for greatest possible standoff!
#5006-S SEALED INFLATION – For years of trouble-free use!
All Models provide a substantial cushion in the most trouble-
some tides, currents or fresh breezes. Finest heavy-duty vinyl
wall construction with hot-dipped galvanized or epoxy coated
steel hardware throughout and large sizes feature a 2” diameter
axle housing to assure maximum strength under severe
conditions.
#5000 (Designate corner or straight mount when ordering, i.e. 5006-S or 5006-C).
#5006-C
Model #5000–12” diam. x 6” high, single pack, ship wt. 16 lbs.
Model #5006–6” diam. x 3” high, 6 per pack, ship wt. 14 lbs.
Model #5016–16” diam. x 6” high, single pack, ship wt. 20 lbs.
Lok-On Rope Floats 347
RUGGED, DEEP
JIM--BUOY® Model #1521 WATER FLOATS
FOR THE
DEPTHS O.K. TO 100 FATHOMS----Durable, COMMERCIAL
hi-impact design at very affordable prices! FISHERMAN!
MOLDED-IN COLORS---No visible signs of 2” diam. x 4 1/2” long
abrasion will ever occur! with 3/8” rope hole.
LOK-ON ROPE DESIGN----Floats lock into
position quickly and easily and really stays put!
Made to withstand the constant rough usage of the commercial
fisherman, a professional; who will use only the finest equipment
to perform his tasks. Utilizes Jim Buoy’s simple, yet highly effec-
tive Rope-Lok design to hold floats firmly in position* (see
sketch). Where colored floats could be an asset, we provide units
with molded-in colors. Use as an identifier in lakes, reservoirs, etc. HOW TO USE THE JIM BUOY ROPE-LOK
It’s an inexpensive means of marking restricted areas (swim areas, FIG. 1
Rope-Lok Position float on rope. Bend Rope-Lok over
etc.). These quality floats will perform for years adding beauty rope and press to engage prongs (FIG. 1)
as well as practical function. firmly into rope. Slide float over Rope-Lok
Model #1521---Available in Black, Red, Yellow and White. ‘til it clicks indicating it’s locked
Ask about bulk quantities at special pricing. Please inquire for com- into place (FIG. 2)...It’s that simple!
plete information. FIG. 2 Rope-Lok expands to fit specially
Model #1522-RL---Rope-Lok fits 3/8” diameter rope. molded recess in center of float.
*Floats may be forcefully repositioned if required.
FINAL
FLOAT TLY A ROPE
HAT
STAYS P REALLY
3 Great UT!
Sizes! Yes, it is a fact!
Jim Buoy’s all-new LOK-ON ROPE FLOATS, when used with Jim
Buoy’s ROPE-LOKS [shown below] will stay in position indefinitely. It’s
an ingenious, trouble-free solution to an old problem. To use, simply slide
the correct number of LOK-ON ROPE FLOATS onto the rope and place
the ROPE-LOKS on the rope in the position where each float will ulti-
mately be locked in place. Next, slide the LOK-ON ROPE FLOATS over
each ROPE-LOK until you hear a slight “click” indicating it’s locked
securely in place----it’s that easy and it’s a permanent installation! [Floats
may be forcefully re-positioned as future requirements may demand.]
Great features...
Rugged construction----Combines a leak-proof, tough outer shell with
solid foam -filled inner floatation that is practically indestructible!
Brilliant Choice of colors----Ultra violet inhibited colors are compound-
ed into the outer shell for longest life!
Wide Range of Application----Available in sizes from 3” x 5” up to 8”
x 14” and may be used with ropes ranging in size from 3/8” up to 7/8”
in diameter!
LOK-ON ROPE FLOAT SPECIFICATIONS:
Model Rope
No. Size Size Pack Ship. wt.
JIM BUOY ROPE-LOKS 1501 3” dia. x 5” lgth. 3/8”-1/2” 24 7 lbs.

Rugged polycarbonate plastic 1502 5” dia. x 9” lgth. 5/8”, 3/4”, 7/8” 24 16 lbs.
and reusable. Can only be used 1503 8” dia. x 14” lgth. 5/8”, 3/4”, 7/8” 12 33 lbs.
with Jim Buoy’s new LOK-ON- MULTIPLE COLORS AVAILABLE IN ALL FLOAT SIZES----When ordering
FLOATS described at right. Order separately to fit desired rope size. please indicate choice of colors desired.
B----Blue & White with Red Center Band.
Model #1501-RL----3/8” up to 1/2” dia. rope size. Y----Yellow & White with Red Center Band.
Model #1502-RL----5/8” - 7/8” dia. rope size. R----Red & White with Blue Center Band.
All models 24 per pack. When ordering please designate Model #, Color and size, i.e. 1502-B, 5” x 9”.
STAINLESS STEEL POLYPROPYLENE ROPE

ROPE TERMINALS Available in 3/8” in coils and cut lengths.
Heavy-duty, tamper-proof design, easily installed yet requires tools for
release. Fits 5/8”. 3/4” and 7/8” diameters.
Model #1510----12 per pack, ship. wt. 4 lbs.

348 Free Standing Jib Cranes
Features:
• Full 360° Rotation or Stops to Limit ELECTRIC
Rotation HOISTS
• Tapered Roller Top Pivot Bearing
AVAILABLE
• Bolted Boom and Head Connection
SEE PAGE
• Bolted Hoist Trolley Stops
350-353
Options:
• Cable Festooning Kit
• Top or Bottom Entry
Electric Collector Ring
• ElectricPower
Rotation Kit with
Variable Frequency
Drive for Ramped
Acceleration
& Deceleration
• Air Powered Rotation Kit
• Top Rotation Swivel Kit
for Pneumatic Hoist
• Custom Height
Under Boom and
Boom Lengths
MOTIVATION MANUFACTURES
MANY DIFFERENT STYLES AND
CAPACITIES OF JIB CRANES.
CUSTOM STYLES AVAILABLE.
Free Standing Jib Cranes 349
Jib crane yawl application for towboat

350 Electric hoist
Spacemaster SX Electric
Wire Rope Hoist
The Spacemaster ® SX represents a revolutionary
new generation of exceptionally reliable electric
wire rope hoists, featuring advanced technology
and cutting-edge performance.
An innovative design that includes a large drum

diameter gives Spacemaster ® SX hoists the lowest
headrooms and best wheel loads in the industry
while providing near true vertical lift with single
reeved hoists, and both exceptional hook approaches
and heights of lift. Unique features include new low
maintenance, sealed brakes, a two-speed hoist motor,
and trolley inverter control. The standard hoist name-
plate will carry a CSA c/us rating as well as a NEMA
3R rating for electrical enclosures. Two-component
epoxy paint is standard. Spacemaster SX® hoists are
designed to meet and exceed either ASME H3 or
ASME H4 duty (FEM 1Am, 2m, or 3m) ratings and
provide the ultimate in easy load handling,
safe operation and lasting,
trouble-free performance.
Standard configurations
include normal headroom, low headroom
and double girder trolley designs. Hoists in
short ton ratings (ASME) or metric ratings
(FEM) meet a wide variety of application
requirements:
1/2 - 80 Ton • 1/2 - 80 ton (500 - 80,000 kg) capacities
• Lifts starting at 13ft (4m) to 320ft (100m)
(500 - 80,000 kg) and beyond
• Lifting speed range 10/1.5 to 62/10 fpm
(3/0.5 - 19/3 m/min)
• 208, 230, 460, 575/3/60 or 380/3/50 power supply
• Single-reeved or double-reeved
Electric hoist 351
Load Mate®
Electric Chain Hoist
LoadMate® hoists are designed to maximize productivity
with fast installation, easy operation and built-in durability.
The compact design provides low headroom and allows
close trolley approaches. R&M’s advanced design and
manufacturing techniques ensure safe operation,
consistent quality and longer component life. It
adds up to exceptional value - hoist equipment
that saves on maintenance, repair and downtime
costs over its lifetime.
Flexibility to meet your exact

requirements
R&M LoadMate® electric chain hoists offer
a range of choices for a wide variety of
applications.
• 1/8 to 5 ton capacities (125 - 5000 kg).
• Choice of 3 standard mounting
configurations: fixed top hook, push
trolley and motorized trolley (custom
mounting configurations also available).
• 10, 15 and 20 ft. lifts standard;
additional lifting heights available up
to 150 ft. single fall, 75 ft. two fall.
• Lift speeds from 8 to 32 FPM
single-speed, 12/3 to 64/16 FPM two-
speed, 1 - 16 to 4 - 64 FPM variable
speed inverter, 0.16 to 5.7 HP hoist motors.
• Variable speed, three phase models with hoist inverter
control available for 1/2 - 2 ton capacity LM10 models
and for 460/3/60 power supply only.
• Hoists available for single phase and three phase.
• Two speed, three phase hoist motors and controls
available for all models and for 208, 230, 460,
575/3/60 or 380/3/50 power supply.
• Single speed, three phase hoist motors and
controls available for LM05 and LM10 models and
reconnectable for 208, 230 or 460/3/60 power supply.
• 115 volt single phase hoists - single speed only.
• Three phase hoist motors are class F insulated,
50% effective duty rated.
• Two-speed TMU trolley drive unit (trolley speed is
80/20 FPM). Trolley brake, drop lugs and bumpers are
standard. Variable frequency drive option on TMU.
1/8 - 5 Ton
• Trolley control panel integrally mounted to the motor. (125 - 5000 kg)
352 Electric hoist
Spacemaster EX Hazardous Location
Electric Wire Rope Hoists
The Spacemaster ® EX is the hazardous location

version of the industry leading Spacemaster ® SX
hoist. An innovative design that includes a large
drum diameter gives the Spacemaster ® EX hoists
the lowest headrooms and best wheel loads in
the industry, while providing near true vertical lift
with single reeving, as well as exceptional hook
approaches and heights of lift.
Standard Configurations:
• Monorail trolley and double girder trolley
• 1-1/2 — 20 ton capacities with ASME H3, or ASME H4 duty rating
1/2 - 20 Ton • 1,600kg — 20,000kg capacities with FEM 1Am, 2m, or 3m rating
• Lifts start at 13 ft to 324 ft [4m to 99m] and longer
(1600 - 20000 kg) • 460V-3Ph-60Hz, 575V-3Ph-60Hz, or 380V-3Ph-50Hz power supply
• Hoist fast speed 10 — 62 fpm [3 — 19 m/min.]
• For Class I, Groups C & D, Division 2 applications
• Temperature classification is T3
• Single reeved or double reeved
Electric hoist 353
The ideal hoist for monorails, jibs

and light crane systems
Standard Configurations
• 1 ton and 2 ton capacities with ASME H4 duty rating
• 1000 kg and 2000 kg capacities with FEM 2m duty rating
• Integrated low headroom trolley
• Two speed hoisting - 1 ton 32/5.3 fpm (9.6/1.6 m/min)
- 2 ton 16/2.6 fpm (4.8/0.8 m/min)
• Two speed trolley travel - 78/19.5 fpm (24/6 m/min)
• Push button pendant (E-stop, 2H, 2T)
• 208, 230, 460, 575/3/60 or 380/3/50 power supply
354 Manual chain hoist
RM Series II Manual Chain Hoist
• 10 ft (3 m) standard lift. Hand chain is 2 ft (0.5 m) less than lift. Additional lifts available.
• Overload limiting device to prevent lifting loads beyond rated capacity. (Except 1/4 ton [250 kg] unit).
• High strength, grade 80 alloy steel load chain with galvanized finish for corrosion resistance.
• Hooks are alloy steel, heat treated and equipped with hook latches and inspection points.
• Dual pawl Weston-style brake with two brake
friction discs provides four braking surfaces.
• Meets or exceeds international standards,
including ASME B30.16.
Weston Style Chain Guide

Brake Assembly Assembly
Brake Shaft
Assembly
Capacity Ton Chain Pull 1 Overhaul Headroom Weight **

Model Falls
[kg] Lbs. [N] Ratio 2 Inch [mm] Lbs. [kg]
RMII-250 1/4 [250] 1 53 [235] 17 11 [280] 14 [6.4]
RMII-500 1/2 [500] 1 54 [240] 33 13.6 [345] 25 [11.3]
RMII-1000 1 [1000] 1 57 [250] 53 14.8 [376] 29 [13]
RMII-1500 1.5 [1500] 1 60 [265] 78 17.4 [442] 40 [17.8]
RMII-2000 2 [2000] 1 76 [335] 90 18.5 [470] 45 [20.2]
RMII-3000 3 [3000] 1 84 [372] 106 21.6 [548] 78 [35]
RMII-5000 5 [5000] 2 81 [360] 197 27.1 [688] 91 [41.3]
RMII-7500 7.5 [7500] 3 84 [372] 296 27.1 [688] 137 [62]
RMII-10000 10 [10,000] 4 84 [372] 394 30.1 [765] 173 [78.5]
Note: Reference Technical Guide for additional dimensional data ** Note: Weights shown are for
1
Effort required to lift rated load. models with 10 ft. (3m) of lift
2
Ft [m] of hand chain movement required for 1ft [m] of lift.
Manual leveR puller 355
RLP Premium Manual Lever Puller

Our top of the line lever puller, the RLP has a smooth free wheel ability for
ease of chain adjustment when rigging the load.
• Standard lift is 5 ft (1.5 m) with additional lifts available.
• High strength, grade 100 alloy steel load chain with galvanized finish for
corrosion resistance.
• Rugged steel construction for durability.
• Compact and light-weight design make this hoist extremely versatile.
• Operates in tight spaces with 360° handle rotation and a 15° handle recovery.
• Hooks are alloy steel, heat treated and equipped with hook latches and
inspection points.
• Open chain path for simple inspection and cleaning.
• Dual pawl Weston-style brake with two friction discs provides four braking
surfaces.
• Machined chain sprocket provides smoother, more efficient operation.
• Meets or exceeds international standards, including ASME B30.21.
Nominal Lever
Capacity Handle Length Weight **
Model Falls Effort ¹
Ton [kg] Inch [mm] Lbs. [kg]
Lbs. [N]
RLP-750 3/4 [750] 1 31.5 [140] 11.0 [280] 16.5 [7.5]
RLP-1500 1.5 [1500] 1 49.5 [220] 16.14 [410] 26 [11.8]
RLP-3000 3 [3000] 1 72 [320] 16.14 [410] 50 [22.5]
RLP-6000 6 [6000] 2 77 [340] 16.14 [410] 69 [31]
¹ Effort required to lift rated load. ** Note: Weights shown are for
models with 5 ft. (1.5m) of lift
RL Manual Lever Puller

• Standard lift is 5 ft (1.5 m) with additional lifts available.
• High strength, grade 80 alloy steel load chain with galvanized finish for corrosion resistance.
• Steel construction with chrome finish.
• Ideal for construction, maintenance, service and much more.
• 360° handle rotation and rubber grip.
• Hooks are alloy steel, heat treated and equipped with hook latches and inspection points.
• Totally enclosed brake provides protection against dirt.
• Dual pawl Weston-style brake with two friction discs provides four braking surfaces.
• Meets or exceeds international standards, including ASME B30.21.
Nominal Lever Handle

Capacity Weight **
Model Falls Effort ¹ Length
Ton [kg] Lbs. [kg]
Lbs. [N] Inch [mm]
RL-250 1/4 [250] 1 55 [245] 6.61 [168] 5 [2.1]
RL-750 3/4 [750] 1 55 [245] 12.13 [308] 14 [6.2]
RL-1500 1.5 [1500] 1 66 [294] 16.06 [408] 21 [9.5]
RL-3000 3 [3000] 1 88 [392] 16.46 [418] 45 [20.2]
¹ Effort required to lift rated load. ** Note: Weights shown are for
Optional belt pouch with models with 10 ft. (3m) of lift
detachable shoulder strap makes the

356 MOTOR DRIVEN REELS
MOTOR DRIVEN REELS 357

358 hose reels
Motivation offers quality conductix hose reels for any application. If you don't see what you need, give us a call, we
offer thousands of special designs and options.
1200 SERIES POWERREEL: The best- 3200-4200 SERIES POWERREEL: The largest
built small cable reel on the market. If a reels in the PowerReel series. Able to handle
“throw-away reel” evenlarger and longer cables. Includes many
won’t do, try the useful features, such as external spring tension
1200. 1200’s adjustment and quickchange spring motors.
are available with Series 3200 - 4200 Hose Reels are
various receptacles designed for 100% unassisted spring
and drop lights. retention using canisterized spring
motors. Reel Features: Indoor/Outdoor
use, lifetime lubricated spring
cartridge, rugged fabricated steel
construction, external spring adjust-
1400 SERIES POWERREEL: The next ment, lifting eye, guard rails, and
size up from the 1200 Series - durable safety yellow polyurethane
yellow powder coating.
and even more
robust. It covers
the mid-range of
our line. A great Series 1900 - 4200 Dual Hydraulics
value, with features or OXY/ACC Hose Reels are
you will not �nd on designed for 100% unassisted
other reels. spring retention using direct drive
(1:1 ratio) canisterized spring
motor. These reels will accomodate
up to 100’ lengths up to 5000 PSI
Series 1400 Hose Reels are designed for 100% Air/Water hose with 1/4”, 3/8” &
unassisted spring retention using direct drive (1:1 1/2” I.D.’s. Reel Features:
ratio) canisterized spring motor. These reels will Indoor/Outdoor use. Lifetime
accomidate up to 60’ lengths up to 300 PSI lubricated spring cartridge, rugged
Air/Water hose. Reel Features: Indoor/Outdoor fabricated steel construction,
use. Life time lubricated spring cartridge, rugged durable safety yellow polyurethane
fabricated steel construction, durable safety yellow powder coating, 12 position 4-roller
polyurethane powder coating, ratchet assembly hose guide.
(easy disengagement for constant tension require-
ments), 12 position 4-roller hose guide.
SPECIALTY REELS: For hazardous locations, static
1900 - 2400 SERIES POWERREEL: Our discharge, and welding, plus a wide range of hand rewind
19” and 24” diameter reels handle larger reels. We also have an array of “economy” reels for less
and longer cables.
Built on the same demanding uses.
proven reel
platform.
Series 1900 - 4200 Hose Reels are designed

for 100% unassisted spring retention using
direct drive (1:1 ratio) canisterized spring
motor. These reels will accomidate up to
100’ lengths up to 300 PSI Air/Water
hose with 1/4” to 1.0” I.D.’s Reel Features:
Indoor/Outdoor use. Life time lubricated spring ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS: We feature a wide range
cartridge, rugged fabricated steel construction,
durable safety yellow polyurethane powder of reel accessories: ball stops, cable grips, hand lamps, limit
coating, 12 position 4-roller hose guide. switches, ratchets, pivot bases, roller guides, and others.
CONTAINER LIFTING GEAR 359
Motivation Manufactures
High Quality Container
Lifting Gear. Contact
Us for Specification
and a Quotation

360 LIFTING BEAMS & SPREADERS
LIFTING BEAMS & SPREADERS
MODEL LSB
Low Head Room - Optional Hook Adjustment
The LSB range of
spreader beams
is intended
for use where
head room is
limited. A lifting
eye is set down
between the
heavy double
channel frames.
Each end of the
LSB spreader is
tapered so that
the lifting hooks are positioned at the minimum possible head
room height. Intermediate hook position can be provided on
request. These will give added versatility to the beam.
Only loads with a low center of gravity should be picked up in
the manner illustrated on the front cover, (bottom left).
In order to increase the load stability, the recommended way for lifting packing cases or loads, where the center of gravity if not known, is to po-
sition the spreader beam transversely across the load with two slings in ‘basket fashion”. One sling under each end of the load and angled up at
approximately 45° so that one eye of each sling terminates on the same end of the spreader beam. In this way the side of the load is held firmly
between the slings, thus increasing load stability.
Design 1. CSA S16-1969 and the A.I.S.C. relating to steel structures for buildings.
In almost twenty years of manufacturing lifting equipment, 2. Welding - Welding shall be in accordance with the American Welding Society
we have accumulated considerable experience and knowl- Code with modifications as recommended by the Lincoln Electric Company.
edge of safety factors and the design standards necessary
3. Material - Material for all spreader structures shall conform to CSA G40.21
for overall safety and operator protection, and to meet
or GR 44W or ASTM A36.
the O.S.H.A. requirements. But in the absence of North
American design standards on spreader beams, we have Hardware
adopted applicable design criteria from similar structures.
All hardware will be tested to two times the safe work load. All chain will be Alloy
Stress steel, heat treated, proof tested and specifically designed for over head lifting.
Stress analysis on steel spreader structures shall include All hooks, oblong master links, coupling and permanent links will be alloy steel.
all the component parts and shall be conducted in All shackles will be bolt and cotter key alloy safety anchor shackles.
accordance with the following standards.
Hoist Hook dimensions

Hoist Hook Mfgr. U Model Dimensions in inches
Capacity No. (if known) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Note: Lift loops on standard lifters or those shown on drawings of special lifters may not fit the hoist
hook to be used. Furnishing dimensions above will ensure a loop of proper size. If lifter is used with
several hooks, furnish dimensions for each hook.
OPERATOR SAFETY
Equipment shown in this bulletin must be operated only by safety minded personnel competently
trained in its use and maintenance. Any usage for other than its intended purpose is done at users Special Spreaders available on request.
own risk, and nullifies the warranty. Capacity is clearly stencilled in Ibs. Although a safety margin
is incorporated in design it is dangerous to overload.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
We reserve the right to change designs at any time when in our opinion the product may be improved thereby.
Dimensions in inches unless otherwise specified. Weights given in Ibs. are approximate and may vary.
LIFTING BEAMS & SPREADERS 361
LIFTING BEAMS & SPREADERS
MODEL ASB Medium Head Room Adjustable Hook Positions

The ASB range of lifting beams is designed for wide variety of adjustable lifting spans. The inherent strength
of the beam will support the maximum load at any two points along the beam. The extended lifting eye height
permits a good combination of compact head room with excellent
stability. A wide range of adjustable hook positions is included-
Two single safety swivel hooks supplied as standard complete with necessary mounting shackles.
Variations may include 2 back-to-back twin hooks in place of the single hooks, or bent bar hooks welded on the
upper surface of the lifting beam for use with slings in basket hitch when picking up bundles of bar or pipe.
Also extra hook positions are available on request. ‘N’ dimension indicates the total number of adjustment holes.
Lifting slings or chains must be secured to the load above the center of gravity of the load.
MODEL HSBA High Head Room - Adjustable

The HSBA range of spreader beams is entirely similar to the HSB range but with an adjustable sleeve at each
end of the beam. These sleeves attach to the lifting bridle and support the load hooks. The head room shown
in the HSB (non-adjustable spreaders) also applies to the HSBA range of spreaders but only when the sleeves
are extended out to the maximum span (Dimension ‘A’) and the support angle is 45’. By adjusting the sleeves in-
wards, the support angle will change and the head room (Dimension ‘B’) will increase accordingly. The maximum
recommended support angle will not exceed 70”. The number of holes (N) and hole adjustment (Dimension ‘P’)
will be in accordance with similar length beams shown in the ASB range.
MODEL HSB High Head Room - Non Adjustable

The HSB range of spreader beams is designed essentially for lifts where there is no requirement for span adjust-
ment and where there is adequate head room. Stability is at maximum and is ideal for use with mobile cranes
or construction cranes. The spreader is fabricated from tube combining light weight and low cost with maximum
safety. The finest quality alloy chain and hooks form an integral part of this lifting beam.
The HSB style of spreader beam is well suited for lifting bulky packing cases or other loads, where the center of gravity
may be fairly high up.
In order to increase the load stability, the recommended way for lifting packing cases or loads, where the center
of gravity is not known, is to position the spreader beam transversely across the Toad with two slings in ‘basket
fashion’. One sling under each end of the load and angled up at approximately 45’ so that one eye of each sling ter-
minates on the same end of the spreader beam. In this way the side of the Toad is held firmly between the slings,
thus increasing load stability.

362 STEEL COIL HOOKS
SLIMLINE COIL HOOK
Model 56 Coil Lifter
GENERAL SERVICE (Hoist Speed up to 22FPM)
All Checkerboom Slim Line Coil Hooks are cut from high tensile steel plate.
The lower carrying member of the ram (“C”) presents a curved surface to
prevent damage to the coil stock. Each Coil Hook is individually balanced
to hang level when empty. Adequate space (“V”) is provided in the throat
height to accommodate coils to the hooks rated capacity. For low headroom
requirements, (“T”) may be reduced.
Each unit is designed to lift the maximum coil width of a given weight. Any
narrower coils must be positioned evenly under the lifting eye for proper
balance and safe use.
Each Coil Hook is tested stamped and certified. Proof test certification is
shipped with each unit.
HOW TO ORDER:
1. Check the capacity of your crane against the heaviest coil, plus the weight
of the coil hook.
2. Check the coil weight chart with your coils to ensure that the maximum rim
depth required will fit in the throat height (‘V’), with adequate clearance.
3. Check that you have enough headroom. (T’)
4. Check your crane hook with the dimensions shown for the lifting eye.
5. Select a suitable Slimline Coil Hook (provide all coil dimensions with your
order). Acknowledgment of order will include a general arrangement draw-
ing for your approval.
6. If the exact coil
hook that you
require is not
catalogued,
send us your coil
and crane hook
dimensions and
we will design
a suitable unit
to match your
requirements.
7. Coil hooks are
not stocked and
are non return-
able, normal
delivery is ap-
proximately 3
weeks.
STEEL COIL HOOKS 363
WEIGHTS OF STEEL COILS

The weights in the table are for steel coils only.
To obtain the approximate weight of an aluminum coil, multiply by 0.35, the weight of a steel coil of
similar dimensions.
All weights are approximate and will vary according to tightness of the wrap, size or core, etc.
OPERATOR SAFETY
Equipment shown in this bulletin must be operated only by safety minded personnel competently trained in its use and maintenance. Any usage
for other than its intended purpose is done at user’s own risk, and nullifies the warranty. Capacity is clearly stencilled in Ibs. Although a safety
margin is incorporated in design it is dangerous to overload.
It is assumed that all devices shown in this bulletin will be operated only by persons competently trained in their use and maintenance. All
handling equipment shown is to be used only under normal operating conditions and by safety minded personnel.
We reserve the right to change designs at any time when in our opinion the product may be improved thereby. Dimensions in inches unless
otherwise specified. Weights given are approximate and may vary. Capacities given have been carefully calculated and proven in size; they are
submitted without assuming any responsibility beyond the original price of the merchandise.
Hoist Hook dimensions

Hoist Hook Mfgr. U Model Dimensions in inches
Capacity No. (if known) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Note: Lift loops on standard lifters or those shown on drawings of special lifters may not fit the hoist
hook to be used. Furnishing dimensions above will ensure a loop of proper size. If lifter is used with
several hooks, furnish dimensions for each hook.
364 Lifting
CHECKERBOOM® COIL HANDLING EQUIPMENT
MODEL 57-60-72 MODEL 56-20-36
SLIMLINE COIL SLIMLINE COIL
HOOK HOOK
Crane Suspended
Coil Upender
Down Ender
Speedily handles coils up
to 25 tons through 90º
FORKLIFT
HOOK
ATTACHMENT
OVERHEAD
FORKLIFT
BEAM
STEEL COIL HOOKS 365
SLIMLINE COIL HOOK

Model 57 Coil Lifter
MILL DUTY (Hoist Speed over 22FPM)
All Checkerboom Slim Line Coil Hooks are cut from high tensile steel plate. The lower carrying member of the ram
(“C”) presents a curved surface to prevent damage to the coil stock.
Each Coil Hook is individually balanced to hang level when empty. Adequate space (“V”) is provided in the throat
height to accommodate coils to the hooks rated capacity. For low headroom requirements, (“T”) may be reduced.
Each unit is designed to lift the maximum coil width of a given weight. Any narrower coils must be positioned evenly
under the lifting eye for proper balance and safe use.
Each Coil Hook is tested stamped and certified. Proof test certification is shipped with each unit.
For use with very high speed hoists, additional impact factors may be desirable, check with us if in doubt.
Parking Stand for Coil Hook Model 45 Forklift Hook Attachment

Parking Stands provide a safer upright, Complete with hook. 24” fork width. Secures to
ready-to-use storage position for coil forks by wing nuts. Safety chain included.
hooks and lifters. F45-1 for 10,000 lb. forklifts.
F45-l2 for 4,000 lb. forklifts.

366 WMA HEAVY DUTY ALUMINUM WALL MOUNT
ALUMINUM
Lightweight, tough and easy to install.
ROPE OFF AT ANY ANGLE

Winch can be mounted in any position to allow the
rope to come off at any angle.
REMOVABLE HANDLE
Prevents tampering if the operator must leave the
winch under load.
Model Number WMA 175 WMA 275

Working Load lb 175 275
Limit (1st Layer) kg 80 125
in 1/8 1/8
Rope Diameter
mm 3 3
Rope Storage ft 98 98
Capacity m 30 30
Lift Per Crank in 9.5 5.4
Rotation mm 240 138
Hand Force lb 27 29 C
Required N 120 130 T
E
Ib 6.6 6.6
Weight
kg 3 3
in 2.36 2.36
A
mm 60 60 L
F B J
in 5.12 5.12
B
mm 130 130
in 5.12 5.12
C
mm 130 130 A
in 0.59 0.59 G
D D
mm 15 15 R
in 4.33 4.33 S
E
mm 110 110
in 4.33 4.33
F
mm 110 110
in 3/8 3/8
G P
mm 9 9
in 2.00 1.57
J
mm 51 40
Automatic Brake
in 4.33 4.33 When the crank is turned in
L
mm 110 110 either a clockwise or counter-
in 10.75 10.75 clockwise direction, torque is
P applied to a brake spring
mm 273 273 mechanism, reducing the
in 9.84 9.84 outside diameter of the spring,
R releasing braking torque.
mm 250 250
Spring If the handle is released at
in 5.12 5.12 any time, the brake torque is
S
mm 130 130 automatically applied as the
in 2.68 2.68 spring unloads, holding the
T load securely. Ask for your
mm 68 68 copy of the technical bulletin
on this Jeamar braking
system.
GW HEAVY DUTY WALL MOUNT 367
SEVEN RUGGED SIZES

Linepulls from 550 lbs (250 kg) to 11,000 lbs (5,000 kg).
TWO SPEEDS
Higher-capacity models are equipped with two-speed gearing for
ease in handling heavy loads.
REMOVABLE HANDLE
Prevents tampering if the operator must leave the winch under load.
BEARINGS
Effective use of needle roller bearings and bushings minimizes friction,
ensures ease of operation, smooth running, increased life and minimum
cranking effort.
Model Number GW 550 GW 1100 GW 2200 GW 3300 GW 4400 GW 6600 GW 11000
Working Load lb 550 1100 2200 3300 4400 6600 11000
Limit (1st Layer) kg 250 500 1000 1500 2000 3000 5000
in 3/16 1/4 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4
Rope Diameter
mm 5 6 9 10 13 16 20
Rope Storage ft 320 254 181 161 151 172 132
S L
Capacity m 97 77 55 49 46 52 40
in 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4
Lift Per Crank
Rotation (High Speed) mm 17 20 13 13 12 12 12
Lift Per Crank in - - - - 0.2 0.2 0.2
Rotation (Low Speed) mm - - - - 6 6 6
B
H Hand Force Ib 8 20 31 43 50/27 63/38 117/41
Required N 35 90 140 190 220/120 280/170 520/180
lb 29 35 57 62 132 172 253
T Weight
kg 13 16 26 28 60 78 117
P
C in 4.21 5.08 6.30 7.28 7.09 8.07 7.87
A
E mm 107 129 160 185 180 205 200
A D
in 6.69 7.48 10.24 10.35 16.50 21.65 24.13
G B
mm 170 190 260 263 419 550 613
in 11.54 12.32 13.70 14.88 16.14 17.17 17.17
J C
F mm 293 313 348 378 410 436 436
in 4.84 4.92 5.00 5.00 5.39 5.39 5.43
D
mm 123 125 127 127 137 137 138
in 10.28 11.06 12.44 13.62 14.17 15.20 15.20
E
mm 261 281 316 346 360 386 386
R in 3.21 4.17 5.55 7.01 7.72 9.88 12.44
F
mm 81.5 106 141 178 196 251 316
in 7/16 7/16 7/16 7/16 1 1 1
G
mm 17 17 17 17 25 25 25
Automatic Brake
Brakes respond automatically when the handle is in 3.45 3.78 5.51 5.59 9.80 12.13 13.19
H
released. Recoil is prevented and the load is held mm 87.7 96 140 142 249 308 335
securely in any position. Ask for your copy of the in 1.90 2.76 4.00 4.00 5.24 6.50 8.63
technical bulletin on this Jeamar braking system. J
mm 48.3 70 101.6 101.6 133 165.1 219.1
in 6.30 7.48 9.45 9.45 12.28 14.80 17.20
L
Worm Gear mm 160 190 240 240 312 376 437
in 16.14 17.32 19.29 19.29 29.13 32.48 34.06
P
mm 410 440 490 490 740 825 865
in 13.78 13.78 13.78 13.78 14.96 14.96 14.96
R
mm 350 350 350 350 380 380 380
Load in 5.51 5.51 5.51 5.51 9.84 9.84 9.84
S
Brake Pads mm 140 140 140 140 250 250 250
Load force in 4.76 5.43 6.46 6.46 8.19 10.24 11.73
Handle
Assembly T
mm 121 138 164 164 208 260 298

368 WSG HEAVY DUTY WORM SEALED GEAR
FULLY ENCLOSED, PERMANENTLY
LUBRICATED GEARS
The WSG’s enclosed worm shaft and worm wheel are
immersed in an oil bath, providing constant lubrication
and protection from corrosion. Maintenance is reduced
while life expectancy is increased.
HIGH ROPE-TO-DRUM RATIO

Rope life is substantially increased with drum diameters
a minimum 20 times the diameter of the rope.
TOUGH, ALL-CAST CONSTRUCTION
DESIGNED FOR HEAVY DUTY USE

Linepulls range from 550 lbs (250 kg) to 1650 lbs (750 kg).
REMOVABLE HANDLE
Prevents tampering if the operator must leave the
winch under load.
Model Number WSG 550 WSG 1100 WSG 1650

lb 550 1100 1650
Working Load Limit
kg 250 500 750
in 3/16 1/4 5/16
Rope Diameter
mm 5 6 8
C-4 HOLES
Rope Storage ft 60 95 157
Capacity m 18 29 48 A
Lift Per in 0.79 1.0 0.79

Crank Rotation mm 20 26 20
Hand Force Required Ib 20 32 35 K-RAD
At Maximum Loads N 89 142 156 B
D E
Ib 28 46 92
Weight
kg 12.5 21 42
in 3.7 5.4 7.17
A
mm 94 138 182
in 3.98 5.2 6.22
B F
mm 101 131 158 J G
in 0.47 0.55 0.79
C
mm 12 14 20
in 8.1 9.84 13.0
D
mm 205 250 330 Automatic Brake
in 9.33 11.42 15.35 Brakes respond automatically when the handle is released.
E Recoil is prevented and the load is held securely in any
mm 237 290 390
position. Ask for your copy of the technical bulletin on this
in 5.4 7.48 9.57 Jeamar braking system.
F
mm 137 190 243
in 8.62 11.1 13.78
G Pawl
mm 219 282 350 BRAKING FORCE
in 12.7 19.2 23.11
J Ratchet
mm 323 488 587
in 11.6 17.32 17.32
K
mm 295 440 440
Handle Brake Face
CMG HEAVY DUTY GALVANIZED CONSOLE MOUNT 369
GALVANIZED
Corrosion resistance makes it ideal for outdoor use.
LIGHTWEIGHT
For easy handling and installation.
HIGH EFFICIENCY
Leading-edge design reduces cranking effort.
Model Number CMG 330 CMG 770 CMG 1450 CMG 2000 CMG 3000
Working Load lb 330 770 1450 2000 3000
Limit (1st Layer) kg 150 350 659 909 1364
in 3/16 3/16 1/4 5/16 5/16
Rope Diameter
mm 4 4 6 7 7
Rope Storage ft 45 79 66 46 85
Capacity m 13.6 24 20 14 26
Lift Per Crank in 7.9 7.9 2.2 2.3 1.8
Rotation mm 200 200 55 58 45
Hand Force lb 38 56 50 54 54
Required N 170 250 220 240 240
Ib 9.24 10.56 16.06 22.00 26.62
D A Weight
kg 4.2 4.8 7.3 10 12.1
in 1.97 3.15 1.97 1.97 1.97
A
mm 50 80 50 50 50
in 6.89 6.89 6.69 6.69 9.45
B
mm 175 175 170 170 240
J L 3.19 4.33 3.74 3.74 3.74
E in
C
mm 81 110 95 95 95
H in 6.89 6.89 9.13 9.13 10.75
K D
mm 175 175 232 232 273
in 6.10 6.10 7.56 7.56 10.47
R E
mm 155 155 192 192 266
M T
in 5.91 5.91 - - 6.73
C F
S mm 150 150 - - 171
B
in 0.43 0.43 0.41 0.41 0.41
G
mm 11 11 10.5 10.5 10.5
G P
F in 2.95 2.95 3.94 3.94 5.43
N
H
mm 75 75 100 100 138
U in 1.42 1.42 2.50 2.50 2.50
J
mm 36 36 63.5 63.5 63.5
in 3 3 2.28 2.28 2.95
K
mm 76 76 58 58 75
Automatic Brake in 3.94 3.94 7.20 7.20 10.04
The winch is supplied with a detachable handle. L
The braking system is applied automatically when the mm 100 100 183 183 255
operator stops turning the crank and the load is held securely. in 2.88 2.88 3.94 3.94 3.07
Ask for your copy of the technical bulletin on this Jeamar M
mm 73 73 100 100 78
braking system. 0.98 0.98 1.38
in 0.5 0.5
N
mm 13 13 25 25 35
in 10.24 11.42 11.54 11.54 11.54
P
Pinion mm 260 290 293 293 293
in 7.87 12.60 9.84 12.60 12.60
R
mm 200 320 250 320 320
in 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21 4.21
S
mm 107 107 107 107 107
in 1.50 2 2.17 2.17 2.17
T
Brake Pads mm 38 51 55 55 55
in 1.7 2.95 1.5 1.5 1.2
U
mm 45 75 38 38 30

370 GS HEAVY DUTY WALL MOUNT SPUR GEAR
HIGH EFFICIENCY
COMPACT
Space-saver profile and fold-back crank are ideal for
installation and operation in confined spaces.
BEARINGS
Effective use of needle roller bearings and bushings
minimizes friction, ensures ease of operation, smooth
running, increased life and minimum cranking effort.
Model Number GS 275 GS 660 GS 1100 GS 2200 GS 4400

Working Load lb 275 660 1100 2200 4400
Limit (1st Layer) kg 125 300 500 1000 2000
Model shown is GS 660 and 1100.
in 1/8 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 Models GS 275, 2200 and 4400
Rope Diameter
mm 3 5 6 9 13 differ slightly.
Rope Storage ft 171 81 46 93 23
Capacity m 52 25 14 28 7
T
Lift Per in 4.4 1.0 1.2 1.0 0.7
C
Crank Rotation mm 110 25 30 25 16 A
E
Hand Force lb 56 16 29 33 55
Required N 250 70 130 147 245
Ib 15.4 20.9 23.1 62.7 70.4 D
Weight
kg 7 9.5 10.5 28.5 32
H J L
in 3.35 2.36 2.36 4.96 4.96
A F B
mm 85 60 60 126 126
in 12.01 11.81 11.81 13.39 13.39
B
mm 305 300 300 340 340
in 2.76 7.87 7.87 9.06 9.06
C
mm 70 200 200 230 230 G
in 6.00 4.25 4.25 4.65 4.65
D S
mm 152.5 108 108 118 118
in - 6.61 6.61 7.09 7.09 R
E
mm - 168 168 180 180
in 10.63 10.55 10.55 11.02 11.02 P
F
mm 270 268 268 280 280
in 9/16 7/16 7/16 5/8 5/8
G
mm 14 12 12 17 17
in 6 7.80 7.80 10.47 11.34 Automatic Brake
H
mm 152.5 198 198 266 288 The winch is supplied with a detachable handle.
in 1.50 1.97 2.76 4.00 4.76 The braking system is applied automatically when the
J operator stops turning the crank and the load is held securely.
mm 38 50 70 101.6 121 Ask for your copy of the technical bulletin on this Jeamar
in 5.55 5.51 5.51 8.35 8.35 braking system.
L
mm 141 140 140 212 212
in 12.80 10.35 10.35 16.73 16.73
P
mm 325 263 263 425 425
Pinion
in 9.84 9.84 9.84 9.84 9.84
R
mm 250 250 250 250 250
in 5.04 5.04 5.04 5.04 5.04
S
mm 128 128 128 128 128
in 3.25 1.77 1.77 3.54 3.54
T
mm 82.5 45 45 90 90 Brake Pads
CMA HEAVY DUTY SEAWORTHY ALUMINUM 371
SEAWORTHY ALUMINUM
Corrosion resistant and ideal for deck machinery or
dockside applications.
CRANKING FLEXIBILITY
Can be operated from either end, providing flexibility
where space is limited.
TWO SPEEDS
Higher-capacity models are equipped with two-speed
gearing for ease in handling heavy loads.

Mount in any position; rope comes off where you
want it.
Model Number CMA 440 CMA 1100 CMA 1760

Low Speed lb 440 1100 1760
Drive
Working (1st Layer) kg 200 500 800
Load
A Limit High Speed lb * 198 429
Drive
(1st Layer) kg * 90 195
in 3/16 1/4 5/16
Rope Diameter
mm 4 6 7
J
Rope Storage ft 131 164 256
Capacity m 40 50 78
Low in 6.7 2.4 1.4
Speed
Lift Drive mm 170 60 36
Per Crank
Rotation High in * 8.2 9.7
Speed
G D Drive mm * 208 246
C Hand Force lb 43 27 40
L Required N 190 120 180
Weight Ib 17.6 30.8 35.2
kg 8 14 16
E
in 4.72 4.72 7.87
A
mm 120 120 200
H in 6.30 6.30 12.83
B
mm 160 160 326
in 7.56 12.99 12.99
F C
mm 192 330 330
B K
in 5.51 3.94 7.09
D
mm 140 100 180
Automatic Brake in 6.50 10.51 12.87
When the crank is turned in E
either a clockwise or counter- mm 165 267 327
clockwise direction, torque is in 5.31 4.92 9.84
F
applied to a brake spring mm 135 125 250
mechanism, reducing the
in 0.37 0.43 0.55
outside diameter of the spring, G
releasing braking torque. mm 9.5 11 14
Spring If the handle is released at in 2.95 4.53 5.75
any time, the brake torque is H
mm 75 115 146
automatically applied as the
spring unloads, holding the in 1.97 2.36 2.76
J
load securely. Ask for your mm 50 60 70
copy of the technical bulletin in 7.72 6.5 7.72
on this Jeamar braking K
system. mm 196 165 196
in 12.6 9.84 12.6
L
mm 320 250 320
*Note: Model CMA 440 - crank drives drum directly only

372 GWG HEAVY DUTY GROOVED DRUM
GROOVED DRUM
Ensures very specific rope spooling.
SEVEN RUGGED SIZES
TWO SPEEDS
Higher-capacity models are equipped with two-speed gearing
for ease in handling heavy loads.
BEARINGS
Effective use of needle roller bearings and bushings minimizes
friction, ensures ease of operation, smooth running, increased
life and minimum cranking effort.
Model Number GWG 550 GWG 1100 GWG 2200 GWG 3300 GWG 4400 GWG 6600 GWG 11000
Working Load lb 550 1100 2200 3300 4400 6600 11000
Limit (1st Layer) kg 250 500 1000 1500 2000 3000 5000
C
in 3/16 1/4 3/8 7/16 1/2 5/8 3/4 E
Rope Diameter A D
mm 5 6 9 10 13 16 20
J
Rope Storage ft 5.5 7.2 10.5 10.5 20.5 25.5 31.5 G
Capacity m 2 2 3 3 6 8 10
Lift Per Crank in 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4
Rotation (High Speed) mm 17 20 13 13 12 12 12 F
Lift Per Crank in - - - - 0.2 0.2 0.2
Hand Force Ib 8 20 31 43 50/27 63/38 117/41 R
Required N 35 90 140 190 220/120 280/170 520/180
lb 29 35 57 62 132 172 253
Weight
kg 13 16 26 28 60 78 115
in 4.21 5.08 6.30 7.28 7.09 8.07 7.87
A S L
mm 107 129 160 185 180 205 200
in 6.69 7.48 10.24 10.35 16.50 21.65 24.13
B
mm 170 190 260 263 419 550 613
in 11.54 12.32 13.70 14.88 16.14 17.17 17.17
C
mm 293 313 348 378 410 436 436
in 4.84 4.92 5.00 5.00 5.39 5.39 5.43 B
D H
mm 123 125 127 127 137 137 138
in 10.28 11.06 12.44 13.62 14.17 15.20 15.20
E
mm 261 281 316 346 360 386 386
9.88 12.44 T
in 3.21 4.17 5.55 7.01 7.72
F P
mm 81.5 106 141 178 196 251 316
in 7/16 7/16 7/16 7/16 1 1 1
G
mm 17 17 17 17 25 25 25 Automatic Brake
in 3.45 3.78 5.51 5.59 9.80 12.13 13.19 Brakes respond automatically when the handle is
H released. Recoil is prevented and the load is held
mm 87.7 96 140 142 249 308 335
securely in any position. Ask for your copy of the
in 1.90 2.76 4.00 4.00 5.24 6.50 8.63 technical bulletin on this Jeamar braking system.
J
mm 48.3 70 101.6 101.6 133 165.1 219.1
in 6.30 7.48 9.45 9.45 12.28 14.80 17.20
L
mm 160 190 240 240 312 376 437 Worm Gear
in 16.14 17.32 19.29 19.29 29.13 32.48 34.06
P
mm 410 440 490 490 740 825 865
in 13.78 13.78 13.78 13.78 14.96 14.96 14.96
R
mm 350 350 350 350 380 380 380
Load
in 5.51 5.51 5.51 5.51 9.84 9.84 9.84
S Brake Pads
mm 140 140 140 140 250 250 250
11.73 Load force
in 4.76 5.43 6.46 6.46 8.19 10.24 Handle
T Assembly
mm 121 138 164 164 208 260 298
GWF HEAVY DUTY CENTRE FLANGE WALL MOUNT 373
TWO ROPES
Two ropes can be operated simultaneously. Drums have a centre
flange and rope anchors at each end.
SEVEN RUGGED SIZES
TWO SPEEDS
Higher-capacity models are equipped with two-speed gearing for
ease in handling heavy loads.
BEARINGS
Effective use of needle roller bearings and bushings minimizes
friction, ensures ease of operation, smooth running, increased life
and minimum cranking effort.
Model Number GWF 550 GWF 1100 GWF 2200 GWF 3300 GWF 4400 GWF 6600 GWF 11000
Working lb 275 550 1100 1650 2200 3300 5500
Load Limit
Per Rope(1st Layer) kg 125 250 500 750 1000 1500 2500
in 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 9/16
Rope Diameter
mm 3 5 6 8 10 12 14
C
E Rope Storage ft 161 158 237 195 168 224 89
A D
Capacity Per Rope m 49 48 72 59 51 68 27
G
Lift Per Crank in 0.7 0.8 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4
L
Rotation (High Speed) mm 17 20 13 13 12 12 12
J
F Lift Per Crank in - - - - 0.2 0.2 0.2
Hand Force Ib 8 20 31 43 50/27 63/38 117/41
Required N 35 90 140 190 220/120 280/170 520/180
lb 29 35 57 62 132 172 253
R Weight
kg 13 16 26 28 60 78 117
S in 4.21 5.08 6.30 7.28 7.09 8.07 7.87
A
mm 107 129 160 185 180 205 200
in 6.69 7.48 10.24 10.35 16.50 21.65 24.13
B
mm 170 190 260 263 419 550 613
in 11.54 12.32 13.70 14.88 16.14 17.17 17.17
B C
H mm 293 313 348 378 410 436 436
in 4.84 4.92 5.00 5.00 5.39 5.39 5.43
D
mm 123 125 127 127 137 137 138
T
P in 10.28 11.06 12.44 13.62 14.17 15.20 15.20
E
mm 261 281 316 346 360 386 386
Automatic Brake
Brakes respond automatically when the handle is in 3.21 4.17 5.55 7.01 7.72 9.88 12.44
F
released. Recoil is prevented and the load is held mm 81.5 106 141 178 196 251 316
securely in any position. Ask for your copy of the
technical bulletin on this Jeamar braking system. in 7/16 7/16 7/16 7/16 1 1 1
G
mm 17 17 17 17 25 25 25
in 3.45 3.78 5.51 5.59 9.80 12.13 13.19
Worm Gear H
mm 87.7 96 140 142 249 308 335
in 1.90 2.76 4.00 4.00 5.24 6.50 8.63
J
mm 48.3 70 101.6 101.6 133 165.1 219.1
in 6.30 7.48 9.45 9.45 12.28 14.80 17.20
Load L
mm 160 190 240 240 312 376 437
Brake Pads
in 16.14 17.32 19.29 19.29 29.13 32.48 34.06
Load force P
Handle
Assembly mm 410 440 490 490 740 825 865
in 13.78 13.78 13.78 13.78 14.96 14.96 14.96
R
mm 350 350 350 350 380 380 380
in 5.51 5.51 5.51 5.51 9.84 9.84 9.84
S
mm 140 140 140 140 250 250 250
in 4.76 5.43 6.46 6.46 8.19 10.24 11.73
T
mm 121 138 164 164 208 260 298

374 CFF HEAVY DUTY CONTROLLED FREE FALL
CONTROLLED FREE FALL
By simply pushing the handle back in the reverse direction, the
winch will pay out at a controlled speed. The pay out speed is
variable up to a predetermined maximum and is under the full
control of the operator at all times. When the handle is
released, the holding brake automatically goes on and the load
is held.
DOUBLE BRAKING SYSTEM
A centrifugal dynamic brake is incorporated to govern
maximum speed and to prevent overspeeding of the load.
In addition, a load-activated brake is incorporated, allowing
the operator to stop and hold the load securely in any position.
This unique braking system also prevents the winch handle
from recoiling.
HIGH ROPE-TO-DRUM RATIO
Rope life is substantially increased with drum diameters a
minimum of 20 times the diameter of the rope.
FULLY ENCLOSED GEARS
All gears are fully enclosed, increasing operational protection
and making the winch ideal for use in adverse conditions. H
P Drum Lgth K
Model Number CFF 660 CFF 1100 CFF 2200 CFF 3300
lb 660 1100 2200 3300
Working Load Limit
kg 300 500 1000 1500
in 3/16 1/4 3/8 7/16
Rope Diameter
mm 5 6 9 11
G
Rope Storage ft 85 67 50 45 C
Capacity m 26 20 15 14 F
in 3.0 2.72 1.42 1.18 N
Lift Per
Crank Rotation mm 76 69 36 30 B
Hand Force Required Ib 22.7 33.9 36.1 44.7 O Drum Dia
At Maximum Load N 101 151 161 199
E
Maximum ft/min 118 118 59 59
Lowering Speed
A
m/min 36 36 18 18
lb 75 110 191 242 D
Weight
kg 34 50 87 110
in 10.43 13.19 13.58 14.76
A
mm 265 335 345 375
in 8.74 10.63 18.78 20.98
B
mm 222 270 477 533 R Flange Dia
in 0.59 0.75 0.79 0.79
C
mm 15 19 20 20
in 0.95 0.98 1.18 1.18
D
mm 24 25 30 30
E
in 12.17 15.63 15.75 17.56 Automatic Brake
mm 309 397 400 446 The brake mechanism uses a split-shoe brake acting against a
in 13.70 17.13 24.8 27.36 cylindrical drum. Counterclockwise rotation of the handle releases
F
mm 348 435 630 695 the brake by removing the axial pressure at the conical faces.
in 17.32 17.32 17.32 17.32 The load begins to fall and the pivoted masses swing out under
G
mm 440 440 440 440 centripetal acceleration and reapply the brake. Releasing the handle
in 21.97 22.95 23.74 24.72 applies the brake for positive holding of the load.
H Ask for your copy of the
mm 558 583 603 628 Handle
in 9.37 9.37 9.37 9.37 technical bulletin on this
K Jeamar braking Spring
mm 238 238 238 238
in 2.48 2.95 3.74 4.13 system.
N Conical
mm 63 75 95 105 Ratchet
Face
in 4.72 5.90 7.87 8.07
O
mm 120 150 200 205 Brake
in 3.11 3.39 4.61 4.92 Shoe
P
mm 79 86 117 125
in 7.68 10.24 10.83 11.42
R Pivoted Mass
mm 195 260 275 290
WMG HEAVY DUTY GALVANIZED WALL MOUNT 375
GALVANIZED
Corrosion resistance makes it ideal for outdoor use.
LIGHTWEIGHT
For easy handling and installation.

Mount in any position; rope comes off where you
want it.
HIGH EFFICIENCY
Model Number WMG 660 WMG 1100 WMG 1650 WMG 2200
Working Load lb 660 1100 1650 2200
G Limit (1st Layer) kg 300 500 750 1000
in 3/16 1/4 5/16 5/16
Rope Diameter
mm 5 6 7 7
Rope Storage ft 92 66 85 85
F B Capacity m 28 20 26 26
H
Lift Per Crank in 2.2 2.2 1.8 1.8
Rotation mm 57 55 45 45
R D Hand Force lb 29 38 38 40
T Required N 130 170 170 180
Ib 22 22 35.2 35.2
Weight
kg 10 10 16 16
in 1.97 1.97 1.97 1.97
A
mm 50 50 50 50
E in 10.31 10.31 13.27 13.27
B
J L mm 262 262 337 337
C
in 10.79 10.79 14.06 14.06
C
mm 274 274 357 357
in 2.66 2.66 3.46 3.46
D
mm 67.5 67.5 88 88
A
S in 9.21 9.21 12.05 12.05
E
mm 234 234 306 306
in 7.99 7.99 10.43 10.43
F
mm 203 203 265 265
P
in 17/32 17/32 17/32 17/32
G
mm 13 13 13 13
in 2.36 2.36 3.64 3.64
Automatic Brake H
mm 60 60 92.5 92.5
When an internal braking system is not
practical, due to the configuration of the in 2.48 2.48 2.48 2.48
J
winch, Jeamar provides a brake within mm 63 63 63 63
the crank handle itself. When the crank
is turned in either a clockwise or counter- in 7.125 7.125 10.04 10.04
L
clockwise direction, torque is applied to mm 181 181 255 255
a brake spring mechanism, reducing the
outside diameter of the spring, releasing in 12.125 12.125 13 13
P
braking torque. With the handle released, mm 308 308 330 330
brake torque is automatically applied,
holding the load securely. Ask for your in 9.84 9.84 9.84 9.84
R
copy of the technical bulletin on this mm 250 250 250 250
Spring Jeamar braking system.
in 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
S
mm 127 127 127 127
in 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26
T
mm 57.5 57.5 57.5 57.5

376 Shur-Worm Worm Gear Series
750-3000 lb Capacity
Models W2, W5, W10
Intended for intermittent hand use; not recommended for power operation
• Open worm gear design
• Ductile iron frames
• Cast iron drums
• Cast steel worm gears
• Steel shafts
• Steel lock-on operating handles
• Optional gear cover
Models W100-3, W100-6, and W200-5
Intended for heavy duty hand use; not recommended for power operation
• Fully enclosed worm gearing
• Steel frames
• Precision machine cut steel worm
• Bronze worm gear
• Free spooling
Models W100-3P, W100-6P, and W200-5P
Intended for heavy duty hand use or convertible for intermittent power use
• All the outstanding features of the fully enclosed 100 series hand models plus:
• Anti-friction ball bearings and internal friction device makes models suitable
for intermittent power operation W100-6 Shur-Worm
• Unit not furnished with free spooling features
Provides Automatic Self-Locking / Mountable in Almost any Position
Options
Gear Cover W2, W5 P/N 6191
W10 P/N 6192
Drill Chuck Adapter* W100-3P P/N 1287
W100-6P P/N 1287
W200-5P P/N 1286
Marine 812 All Models Add Suffix “M”
Polyurethane finish to model code
*Drill chuck adapter: 5/8” nominal diameter shaft, 3/4” drill chuck recommended.
Warning: Before installation see maintenance and operations manual for additional
warnings and precautions. This equipment is not to be used for lifting, supporting, or
transporting people, or lifting or supporting loads over people.
CMC HEAVY DUTY FREE SPOOLING WINCHES 377
ALUMINUM
Lightweight for easy handling and installation.
FREE SPOOLING
Ideal for getting rope out quickly under no-load
conditions.
TOTALLY ENCLOSED GEARS
A sealed oil bath ensures constant lubrication and
quiet operation.
COMPACT
Space-saver profile is ideal for installation and
operation in confined spaces.
Model Number CMC 1600 CMC 2400

Working Load lb 1600 2400
M Limit (1st Layer) kg 727 1091
T in 1/4 5/16
Rope Diameter
mm 6 7
Rope Storage ft 33 33
Capacity m 10 10
L J Lift Per Crank in 0.6 0.4
E Rotation mm 15 11
Hand Force lb 49 49
Required N 220 220
Ib 15.4 15.4
A Weight
F kg 7 7
B in 2.20 2.20
A
mm 56 56
H 3.35 3.35
in
B
mm 85 85
in 6.50 6.50
G C
mm 165 165
D
R in 5.31 5.31
C D
mm 135 135
S in 5.71 5.71
E
mm 145 145
in 2.36 2.36
F
mm 60 60
DIMENSIONS
P in 0.51 0.51
G
mm 13 13
in 3.54 3.54
Automatic Brake H
mm 90 90
The brake employs an under-driven worm drive to the rope drum. 2.48
in 3.94
Operated in a clockwise direction, the initial rotation engages the J
worm pinion and the wormwheel. mm 100 63
The action is similar to a screw in 6.30 6.30
thread being engaged. Brakes L
mm 160 160
respond automatically when the
in 6.61 6.61
handle is released. M
Recoil is prevented and the mm 168 168
load is held securely. in 13.98 13.98
Ask for your copy of the P
mm 355 355
technical bulletin on this
Jeamar braking system. in 7.09 7.09
R
mm 180 180
in 4.92 4.92
S
mm 125 125
in 5.04 5.04
T
mm 128 128

378 Spur - Gear Series 2 & 5 Ton
Standard Features
• Cast steel drum and ring gear

• Steel load bearing components, cast steel frames
• Replaceable bronze bushings
• One piece fully adjustable 14” long steel operating handle
with pinion
• Spring loaded holding dog with release handle
• Hand operated, adjustable holding brake
• Easy free spooling
• Two speed gear change offers fast cable take up and easier
winching
Optional Features
Description LM HM
• 28” diameter hand wheel 1580-2 1580-1
• Hand wheel for units with 3628 3628 5 Ton HM 12
Disc brake handle (SHB)
Optional disc brake
• Extended shaft pinion 2833 991
17/16” X 12” handle incorporates a
• Power Drive Pinion ** 1942 1948 “Weston” style load
• Gear covers 250-B 249 brake to automatically
• Disc brake handle 3679 3677 hold the rated load in
• Marine 812 top coat lifting applications
• Reverse dog assembly
• Drum divider flange
Designed for Marine and Industrial Use

Spur gear series 2 and 5 Ton Specifications
Model Capacity Gear Drum Capacities (ft)
No. 1st Layer Ratio Shipping
US Tons* 1/4” 5/16” 3/8” 7/16” 1/2” 5/8” wt y(lbs)
LM6 2 4:1/24:1 278 182 133 97 66 - 63
LM6W 69
LM10 2 4:1/24:1 464 300 222 161 111 - 77

LM10W 88
LM16 2 4:1/24:1 742 480 355 257 177 - 93

LM16W 104
HM8 5 4:1/24:1 - - 358 284 220 123 123

HM8W 135
HM12 5 4:1/24:1 - - 537 425 330 185 131

HM12W 151
HM16 5 4:1/24:1 - - 716 566 440 247 142

HM16W 166
HM24 5 4:1/24:1 - - 1075 850 660 371 163

HM24W 174
*Note:Not recommended for power operation.
Warning: Before installation see maintenance and operations manual for additional warnings and precau- y “W” at the end of the model
**Warning: Accessory drive pinion is intended only for faster cable take-up by tions. This equipment is not to be used for lifting, supporting, or transporting people, or lifting or support- no. indicates unit is equipped
power with no load, and should never be used for power driven winch or hoist ing loads over people. with a handwheel.
operation. Allow 19lbs for hand wheel
Spur - Gear Series 2 & 5 Ton 379
2 Ton LM Spur gear series 2 and 5 Ton Dimensions

Model A B C D E
No. In. In. In. In. In.
LM6
6 5 7/8 10 3/4 12 1/4 14
LM6W
LM10
10 7 3/4 14 5/8 16 1/4 18
LM10W
LM16
16 10 3/4 20 5/8 22 1/4 24
LM16W
HM8
8 7 7/8 13 7/8 15 3/8 17 3/4
HM8W
HM12
12 9 1/4 17 3/4 19 1/4 21 1/4
HM12W
5 Ton HM
HM16
16 11 1/2 22 1/4 23 3/4 25 3/4
HM16W
HM24
24 16 3/4 30 1/4 31 7/8 33 3/4
HM24W
The LM and HM Series

“All Steel” hand winches
are designed for marine duty
and industrial use.
NOTE: Dimensions are subject to change. Please
contact factory for certified prints.
Superior Value - Wintech Reliability / Quality
Optional
hand wheel
available

380 Manual Low - Profile Barge Winch
20 - 90 Ton Holding Capacity

STANDARD FEATURES:
• Additional tightening power from ratchet lever bar.
• Quick release holding dog, automatically disengages when not in use.
• Spinner knob on hand wheel for fast slack line take-up.
• Steel gear guard provides operator protection; prevents slack cable from
fouling gears.
• Foot brakes control and prevent overrunning and birdnesting of wire rope.
OPTIONAL FEATURES:
• Wider drums, angle deck brackets, disengaging clutch.
• Wintech Winch Cables
Built To Last Low-Profile to Keep the cable low on the “bitts” and the deck
Low-Profile manual barge winch specifications Drum Options
Model Rated capacities (US Tons) 1st Layer Drum Shipping Cubic Dimensions (Inches)
No. Weight feet Capacity
Dog Tightening Gear Diameter (lbs) (US Tons) Standard Wider
Holding Ratio (in.) Drums Drums
Hand Ratchet
20HL 20 3 5 7:1 8 5/8 600 18.0 20 ton 10 17, 24, 36, 48
25HL 40 5 10 14:1 10 3/4 650 22.0 40 ton 9 17, 35, 51, 69
50HL 65 7.5 15 20:1 12 3/4 1175 34.0 65 ton 11 20, 41, 61, 82
75HL 90 10 20 31:1 16 1880 37.0 90 ton 10 20, 40, 61, 81
Note: All models are shown with “L” designating left hand models; for right hand models, substitute “R” for “L” in
20HL-8 5/8” Drum diameter 25HL-10 3/4” Drum diameter 50HL-12 3/4” Drum diameter 75HL-16” Drum diameter
Length Drum Capacity (ft) Length Drum Capacity (ft) Length Drum Capacity (ft) Length Drum Capacity (ft)
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
5/8 in. 3/4 in. 7/8 in. 1 in. 5/8 in. 3/4 in. 7/8 in. 1 in. 5/8 in. 3/4 in. 7/8 in. 1 in. 5/8 in. 3/4 in. 7/8 in. 1 in.
10* 380 275 194 132 9* 248 162 142 88 11* 194 174 110 100 10* 119 108 98 56
17 650 470 330 225 17 479 314 277 174 20 377 338 216 197 20 247 225 207 119
24 915 650 460 317 35 975 643 568 359 41 773 694 445 408 40 523 478 441 254
36 1370 975 690 476 51 1472 971 865 544 61 1168 1051 674 619 61 798 731 675 390
48 1830 1300 920 634 69 1969 1299 1151 729 82 1564 1407 903 830 81 1074 983 909 525
* Standard length of drum (drum lengths
are rounded to the nearest inch) Rule of Thumb: Right or left hand models
are determined by which side of the winch the
handwheel is mounted on. As illustrated right,
standing behind the winch, facing the cable
take-off direction is the proper orientation for
determining right or left hand requirements.
Manual Low - Profile Barge Winch 381
20 - 90 Ton
Holding Capacity
Manual Barge Winch-low Profile Dimensions

Capacity Dimensions (in.)
(US Tons)
A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y
20HL 10 6 1/2 15 7/8 25 7/8 8 5/8 6 23 11 1/2 11 3/4 24 35 32 9 3/8 38 4 3/4 1 1 1 3/8 53 1/2 13/16 8
25HL 9 7 3/8 17 7/8 27 7/8 10 3/4 3 5/8 28 12 1/4 21 21 34 1/2 32 9 3/8 37 1/2 4 3 1 2 1/8 1 1/2 53 1/2 13/16 10
50HL 11 8 20 7/8 30 7/8 12 3/4 4 3/8 33 15 12 25 42 1/2 40 9 1/8 43 4 2 1 3/8 3 1 7/8 3/4 59 1/2 1 1/8 12
75HL 10 8 1/8 21 7/8 31 1/4 16 4 1/2 41 16 1/2 14 29 50 1/2 48 9 50 1/2 4 2 1 1/2 31/2 1 1/2 1 65 1/2 1 1/8 16

382 Spur - Gear Series 10 & 15 Ton
Standard Features
• Cast steel drum and ring gear

• Cast steel frames
• Replaceable bronze bushings
• One piece fully adjustable steel handle with pinion
• Two spring loaded holding dogs with release handles
• Three spread gear change:
1) 4:1 (unloaded)
2) 19:1 (unloaded)
3) 109:1 (with load)
• Hand operated. adjustable holding brake
• Gear cover standard on R and BW models
Optional Features
• Accessory drive pinions intended only for faster cable
take-up by power with no load
Drive Pinion:**
All R&BW Models
10 and 15 Ton
#3 Morse Taper P/N 1948
• 28” diameter hand wheels. Optional disc brake
To order: Add suffix “W”; P/N 1580-1 for 10 and 15 ton handle incorporates a
• Handwheel for units with “SBH” disc brake handle, P/N 3628 “Weston” style load
• Wider drums in 20”, 35” and 60” increments for extra wire brake to automatically
rope storage hold the rated load in
• Disc brake handle: P/N 3677 for all models
lifting applications
• “marine 812” polyurethane finish
• Deck fastener bracket (one pair) BW 10 and BW 14 models
only P/N 293-B
• Drum divider flange
The Original 10 and 15 Ton All Steel Hand Winch
The “free standing” BW series requires no vertical side clearance

for operation and can be installed, “as is,” ready to go.
R series models require a pedestal mount for

hand wheel or hand crank clearance.
**Warning: Accessory drive pinion is intended only for faster cable take-up by
power with no load, and should never be used for power driven winch or hoist Warning: Before installation see maintenance and operations manual for additional warnings and precau-
operation. tions. This equipment is not to be used for lifting, supporting, or transporting people, or lifting or support-
ing loads over people.
Spur - Gear Series 10 & 15 Ton 383
R model
All dimensions are All dimensions are

shown in inches shown in inches
BW model

Spur gear series 10 and 15 Ton Specifications and Dimensions
Maximum drum wire rope
Model Capacity Static Gear Drum Capacities (ft) Dimensions storage capacities (ft)
No. 1st Layer Holding Ratio Shipping (in.) (tightly wound)*
US Tons* (dog) wt* (lbs)
US Tons Rope Dia. Drum length (in)
Winching Tightening 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 1” 1 1/8” A B (in)
20 35 60
R10 15 20 30 4:1, 19:1, 109:1 1120 675 520 290 - 654 10 6
664 R10 1/2 1783 3120 5349
R10W
and 5/8 1074 1880 2100
10 15 30 4:1, 19:1, 109:1 842 510 360 218 142 687 14 4 BW10 3/4 827 1448 2483
R14
1 561 810 1385
R14W 698 1 1/8 ** ** **
BW10 15 20 30 4:1, 19:1, 109:1 1120 675 520 290 - 804 10 6 R14 1/2 1340 2345 4021
BW10W 771 and 5/8 811 1420 2435
BW14 3/4 573 1003 1719
BW14 10 15 30 4:1, 19:1, 109:1 842 510 360 218 142 793 14 4 1 347 607 1041
BW14W 804 1 1/8 226 395 678
*W indicates unit equipped with hand wheel; add 19

lbs for hand wheel. *Recommended drum working storage
capacity is 80% of values shown.
NOTE: Dimensions are subject to change. Please **Not recommended on 10 in. drum diameter.
contact factory for certified prints.

384 40-Ton Barge Connector Winch
The time savings and speed in making up tows with winches instead
of ratchets is useless if you have to maintain or repair it with every
use. The Model BC-40 Barge Connector has been designed to use,
not maintain. The winch features high capacity grease free synthetic
bearing and a simple counterweight type ratchet without springs to
minimize routine maintenance in the abusive waterways environment.
The operation of the winch for both tightening and releasing the loads
have been engineered for optimum user ergonomics and safety. From
the ideal positioning and engagement of the ratchet lever controlled
cable release brake the BC-40 is designed for easy operation.
Specifications FEATURES:
Performance: • Low Profile Compact Design Saves Deck Space.
Ultimate Capacity………………...80,000 lbs. • Hand Lever Operated brake for Controlled Load Release.
Ratchet Tightening Capacity……..10,000 lbs. • Hand Wheel with Spinner Knob for Fast Take-up.
Drum Capacity: • Ratchet Lever for Final Tensioning.
3/4” .....................................................90 feet • Machine Cut Gearing with Protective Guarding.
7/8” .....................................................85 feet • High Capacity Synthetic Bearings on Drive and Drum Shafts.
1” ........................................................70 feet • Connector Pin and Yoke Allows 360 Degree Rotation.
Dimensions and Weight: • Unique Pivot Pin Mounting (No D-Ring Required).
Overall Length ..................................25-1/2” • Front Mounted Rope Guard Aligns Cable with Drum
Overall Width ..........................................17” NOTE: Dimensions are subject to change.
Overall Height...................................21-1/2”
Please contact factory for certified prints.
Overall with Deck Pivot Pin..............443 lbs.
Barge connector hand winch 385
40 TON BARGE CONNECTOR HAND WINCH

Unique one layer anti-fouling winch. Winch cable is fed onto one layer via a grooved drum design.
Winch has a self braking design. When the Dog Lever is released the winch stops itself against the
winches braking bars. No back spin, eliminates risk of injury. Greaseless bearings produce no grease
for life of the winch saving maintenance expense. Can be used for dock mooring.

386 Electric Low - Profile Barge Winch
40 - 90 Ton Holding Capacity

STANDARD FEATURES:
• Totally enclosed, marine grade, fully reversing crane and hoist duty motors
in 220, 440, or 575 volts.
• Winch stall pulls from 11,000 to over 50,000 lbs.
• Winch electric brake and worm drive gear holds from 46,000 to 111,000 lbs.
• Flame-cut precision-machined side frames.
• Enclosed drive gearing.
• Steel gear guard prevents slack cable from fouling gears.
• Automatic disc break.
• Simple effective design reduces maintenance cost.
Speed / Power / Durability
Low-Profile electric barge winch specifications Lowest profile

Model Dog Capacities (lbs) Holding Line Speed (fpm) Volts Weight
design available
No. Holding
Capacity
(lbs)
/ Requiring the
(tons) Rated
Pull
Stall*
Pull
Electric
Brake
No
Load
Rated
Pull
HP Phase
Cycle
Net
(lbs)
Ship
(lbs)
Cu.ft
least amount of
25HL-E1 40 4,000 11,000 20,000 34 31 5 230/460-3-60 700 720 22.0 Deck Space
25HL-E2 40 6,000 16,500 20,000 34 31 7.5 230/460-3-60 750 770 22.0
25HL-E3 40 8,000 22,000 20,000 34 31 10 230/460-3-60 800 825 22.0
50HL-E1 65 6,000 16,500 30,000 23 21 5 230/460-3-60 1225 1245 34.0
50HL-E2 65 9,000 24,800 30,000 23 21 7.5 230/460-3-60 1275 1295 34.0 OPTIONAL FEATURES:
50HL-E3 65 12,000 33,000 30,000 23 21 10 230/460-3-60 1325 1345 34.0
• Remote control packages for pilot
house control NEMA 1; General
75HL-E1 90 9,300 25,600 40,000 14 13 5 230/460-3-60 1930 1930 37.0 purpose enclosure NEMA 4; Water-
tight
75HL-E2 90 13,900 38,200 40,000 14 13 7.5 230/460-3-60 1980 2000 37.0 -NEMA 1 or 4 magnetic reversing
starter.
75HL-E3 90 18,500 50,900 40,000 14 13 10 230/460-3-60 2030 2030 37.0
-NEMA 1or4 push button station.
Note: All models are shown with “L” designating left hand models; for right hand models, substitute “R” for “L” in model number. • Wider drums (see wire rope storage
*Stall pull rated at specified voltage with holding dog engaged.
chart (bottom left) for optional
25HL-10 3/4” Drum diameter 20HL-8 5/8” Drum diameter 20HL-8 5/8” Drum diameter drum lengths.
• Slip Clutch.
Length Drum Capacity (ft) Length Drum Capacity (ft) Length Drum Capacity (ft)
(in.) (in.) (in.) • Drum divider flange.
5/8 in. 3/4 in. 7/8 in. 1 in. 5/8 in. 3/4 in. 7/8 in. 1 in. 5/8 in. 3/4 in. 7/8 in. 1 in. • Grooved drums.
• Angle deck brackets.
9* 248 162 142 88 11* 194 174 110 100 10* 119 108 98 56 • Disengaging clutch and hand wheel
17 479 314 277 174 20 377 338 216 197 19 247 225 207 119
for emergency power loss operation.
• Dual winch, barge spotting system.
34 975 643 568 359 41 773 694 445 408 40 523 478 441 254
• Special inquires invited for mooring
51 1472 971 865 544 61 1168 1051 674 619 60 798 731 675 390 and terminal application.
• Air and hydraulic models upon request.
69 1969 1299 1151 729 82 1564 1407 903 830 81 1074 983 909 525
• Wintech Winch Cables
* Standard length of drum (drum lengths are rounded to the nearest inch) .
Harbor Tug Winch 387
Model 20HL-E1
The Model 20-HL-E1 Barge Winch has been designed

specifically for small pushboats and harbor tugs to save time in
making up tows.
The winch has a powerful 5 HP motor which

results in higher speeds without compromising linepull.
The spring set braking system is capable of holding the 20 ton

rated load allowing the operator to attach to the load, tighten and go.
The entire winch is designed with only 3 bushings, resulting in re-

duced maintenance and more up time.
Specifications
Performance:
Brake Holding Capacity…………...20 Tons
Rated Continuous Linepull...……..6,000 lbs.
Rated Stall Linepull……………..16,500 lbs.
Mid Drum Linespeed………………30 FPM
Drum Capacity:
5/8”…………………………………380 feet
3/4” ...................................................275 feet
7/8” ...................................................194 feet
1” ......................................................132 feet
Dimensions and Weight:

Overall Length ..................................32-1/2”
Overall Width ...................................26-1/2”
Overall Height...................................23-1/2” 30 Ton Model Also Available
Overall with Deck Pivot Pin..............875lbs.
FEATURES:
• High Speed operation ideal for Harbor Tug Applications
• 5 Horsepower TEFC Motor and Brake
• 230/460 Volt - 3 phase - 60 Hz. Power
• Spring Set - Electric release holding brake
• Fully enclosed gearbox with open final gear set
• Machine cut gearing with protective guarding
• Brake release and manual crank for emergency operation

388 Barge Winch - SYNTHETIC ROPE
Redesigned Wintech Upright with

new style brake. Less Moving Parts.
Has a unique anti-fouling pinch
roller to prevent bird-nesting and
damage to the cable.
Designed for
Synthetic Ropes
Small Footprint
Low
Maintenance
Model U65HR-E3 Barge Winch
Wintech continues its reputation for

reliable winches with
the introduction of the U65HR-E3 Electric
Barge Winch.
• 65 ton Dog Holding Capacity / 35,000
lbs Brake Holding Cap.
• 12,000 lbs Running Line Pull @ 21 fpm
on 1st Layer
• Spring-Loaded Pinch Roller System
• Nylatron Guide Rollers reduce rope
abrasion
• 10 HP Severe Duty TEFC Electric Motor
with Holding Brake
F USE WITH SYNTHETIC ROPE
Can be used for Synthetic or Steel Cables • 12.75” drum core x 11” drum width
• Drum accepts Standard Wedges for
Rope Attachment
• Capacity for 240 feet of 3/4” Synthetic
Other Drum Lengths & Rope
Rope Capacities Available • Left and Right Hand Versions Available
CAN ALSO BE USED WITH STEEL CABLE

Electric Deck Winch 389
40HL - E2
Reduced Cable Fouling—Compact—Low Maintenance—All Gear Driven
Wintech continues its reputation for reliable winches with

CABLE CAPACITY ( 9” LONG DRUM )
the introduction of the 40HL-E2 Electric Deck Winch.
5/8” Cable 3/4” Cable 7/8” Cable 1” Cable
♦ 40 Ton Holding Capacity / 13800 lbs Line Pull @18 ft/min 286 ft 196 ft 130 ft 116 ft
♦ Pinch-Roller System Dramatically Reduces Cable Backlash Other Drum Lengths / Cable Capacities Are Available
♦ 7.5 HP Severe Duty TEFC Electric Motor with Holding Brake
♦ Helical Bevel Gear Reducer with Final Spur Gear Reduction
♦ Drum accepts Standard Wedges for Cable Attachment
♦ Removable Steel Hood Covers the entire drum
♦ Nylatron Guide Rollers Reduce Cable Wear
pinCH ROLLER PREVENTS FOULED WINCH WIRES AND BIRD NESTING

390 HEAVY DUTY CP ELECTRIC WINCHES
GEAR REDUCTION
Jeamar CP Electric Winches have parallel helical
gear reducer with a final chain drive.
NEMA DESIGN
There is a totally enclosed fan cooled electric motor
with adequate starting torque to overcome the initial
inertia of the pulling load.
VOLTAGE
Jeamar CP Electric Winches are available in 230 /
460 / 575 / 3/ 60 voltages.
AUTOMATIC BRAKES
The spring applied, electric release brake activates in
the event of power interruption to stop and hold the
load securely.
HEAVY DUTY STEEL FRAME
Jeamar CP Electric Winches feature heavy duty welded steel frames and guarding.
OPTIONS
This series of winches can be ordered with starter panels and control packages, marine grade and explosion proof
motors. As well, grooved drums, rotary limit switches, adjustable torque limiter disengaging clutches are also
available options. Please call with any requirement you may have.
CP 2000 CP 2000 CP 2000 CP 2000 CP 3000 CP 3000 CP 4000 CP 4000 CP 6000 CP 6000
Model Number -15 -25 -40 -70 -20 -50 -40 -70 -20 -45
Linepull - Starting lb 5750 6049 5635 5911 8211 8142 11500 12420 17940 18400
(1st Layer) kg
(4th Layer) kg
Linepull - Running lb 2500 2630 2450 2570 3570 3540 5000 5400 7800 8000
(1st Layer) kg
(4th Layer) kg
Line Speed ft/min 15 28 44 71 20 51 37 68 23 46
(2nd Layer) m/min
Hp 1 2 3 5 2 5 5 10 5 10
Motor
kW
in 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 7/16 7/16 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8
Cable Size
mm
Drum Capacity ft 124 124 124 124 159 159 141 141 161 161
(2nd Layer) m
Drum Capacity ft 446 446 446 446 453 453 408 408 465 465
(Full Drum) m
lb 365 379 395 395 707 723 814 872 1290 1370
Weight
kg
in 17 17 17 17 20 20 20 20 26 26
A
mm
in 22 1/2 22 1/2 22 1/2 22 1/2 25 1/2 25 1/2 25 1/2 25 1/2 30 3/4 30 3/4
B
mm
in 29 29 29 29 36 36 36 36 44 44
C
mm
in 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 16
D
mm
in 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 18 18
E
mm
in 6 5/8 6 5/8 6 5/8 6 5/8 8 5/8 8 5/8 8 5/8 8 5/8 10 3/4 10 3/4
F
mm
in 9 9 9 9 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 10 1/2 13 1/2 13 1/2
G
mm
HEAVY DUTY CP ELECTRIC WINCHES 391
Barge Positioning and Railcar Pulling
D A
B C
Custom Levelwinds Also Available

CP 6000 CP 7500 CP 10000 CP 10000 CP 10000 CP 15000 CP 15000 CP 25000 CP 25000 CP 25000
Model Number -100 -30 -10 -30 -60 -25 -60 -15 -40 -70
(1st Layer) kg
(4th Layer) kg
(1st Layer) kg
(4th Layer) kg
Line Speed ft/min 87 29 13 29 60 27 59 15 37 71
(2nd Layer) m/min
Hp 20 7 1/2 5 10 20 10 25 10 25 50
Motor
kW
in 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 1 1 1/4 1 1/4 1 1/4
Cable Size
mm
Drum Capacity ft 161 161 179 179 179 226 226 333 333 333
(2nd Layer) m
Drum Capacity ft 465 465 396 396 396 659 659 950 950 950
(Full Drum) m
lb 1550 1330 1380 1490 1620 1890 2030 2900 3150 3280
Weight
kg
in 26 26 29 29 29 39 39 48 48 48
A
mm
in 30 3/4 30 3/4 33 1/2 33 1/2 33 1/2 40 40 58 58 58
B
mm
in 44 44 51 51 51 62 62 81 81 81
C
mm
in 16 16 18 18 18 24 24 30 30 30
D
mm
in 18 18 20 20 20 30 30 40 40 40
E
mm
in 10 3/4 10 3/4 12 3/4 12 3/4 12 3/4 16 16 24 24 24
F
mm
in 13 1/2 13 1/2 15 1/2 15 1/2 15 1/2 20 20 25 1/2 25 1/2 25 1/2
G
mm

392 BARGE MOVING SYSTEM The Ultimate in Positioning Control
Wintech Barge Moving Systems
provide Safe and Efficient Performance
Starting, moving, and stopping 2,000 ton barges
with control and safety can be a challenge.
Wintech Barge Moving Systems feature the
latest in winching technology. Wintech’s proven
system designs allow for smooth acceleration and
deceleration of barge movement. Line speeds are
infinitely variable from zero to maximum speed.
Ramping up and down of speed reduces shock loading
on the winches and rigging, thus minimizing potential
for winch damage and cable breakages. A unique
mechanical drag brake offers controlled tension on
the tailing winch, reducing slack cable. Winches
are fully electric with no environmentally unfriendly
hydraulic components.
WINCH CONTROLS
Winch controls are simple and easy to understand. Each system comes
standard with a single operator control console. For control station
flexibility systems can be offered with an additional operator console
or with wireless remote controls that can be used by a crane operator
or dock personnel. Both hard-wired and radio controls offer the
identical control features. All controls are rated for NEMA 4 wash-down
proof protection.
WINCHES
Typical winch capacities range from 10,000 lbs through 35,000
lbs continuous linepull, though custom capacities are also
available for unique applications. All winches are constructed
from extra heavy duty materials, utilize a minimum number of
moving parts and are designed for low maintenance and long
service life. Standard winch features include greasable tapered
roller drum bearings, fabricated steel frame and drum, high
efficiency parallel-helical gear reducer, fail-safe spring applied
holding brake, and heavy duty mechanical hold-back tensioning
brake. Winch frames are equipped with base mounting holes,
allowing winches to be either bolted or welded in place.
Similar systems are also available for Rail Car Spotting Applications
BARGE MOVING SYSTEM 393
WINCH SYSTEM OPERATION

The Wintech Barge Moving System is the ultimate in
barge moving controllability. A typical system consists
of two winches, a 36” x 48” NEMA 4 enclosed drive
cabinet, and an operator control console. Electrical
cabinet and control consoles may be mounted and
used indoors or outdoors. Variable Frequency Drive
Technology gives the winch system the ability to slowly
accelerate to desired movement speed and slowly
decelerate to a safe stopping speed. Another feature
of the system is a selector switch for Manual and Auto
Modes. In Manual Mode the operator can control each
winch individually while securing and pre-tensioning
rigging. Once the cables are tightened the opera-
tor can then switch to Auto Mode. In Auto Mode the
operator controls movement of the barge upstream
and downstream via a single joystick. A speed control
knob allows adjustment of system speed from 0 to
the maximum rated system speed via a single control
knob. Maximum speeds can be customized to suit Designed to provide years of reliable operation and dependable
specific customer requirements. Each winch is service for your barge positioning requirements.
equipped with a bronze disc-type drag brake and Wintech Barge Moving Systems offer the ultimate in control, safety, and
manually adjustable caliper for controlled tail tension flexibility. From simple, single barge spotting applications to multiple
during pulling operations. barge, high production loading applications.
SHEAVES, BLOCKS & FAIRLEADS

Wintech offers a wide range of high
quality standard and custom designed
sheaves, blocks, and fairleads for any
barge moving system application.
CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
SPECIAL OPTIONS
Wintech can customize a system to meet your
specific application needs.
• Radio Remote Control Packages
• Automatic Levelwinds
• Wire Rope Pre-Installed
• Load Travel Limit Switches
• Multiple Control Stations
• Custom Voltages
Breasting Winches Breasting Capstans
394 BARGE MOVING SYSTEM
Wintech
Wintech has been designing and manufacturing
Barge Positioning Systems for many years. Com-
panies from all over the United States inland river
system, coastal waterways, and other countries
rely on the efficiency, safety and dependability of our
systems. Chances are there is a system near your.
If you would like additional information on Wintech
Barge Positioning Systems or if you have an interest
in visiting an existing installation to see for yourself
we are eager to assist you.
Sample Barge Positioning System Layout
VERTICAL HYDRAULIC TRACTION WINCH 395
PERFECT FOR
RAIL CAR MOVING,
BARGE POSITIONING,
AND OTHER
PUSH / PULL TYPE
APPLICATIONS
MAX LINEPULL………… 10,000 LBS*

SPEED……….....… 30 Feet Per Minute*
*Performance for Hydraulic Model is based on supply of 10 GPM @ 2500 PSI
Wintech offers the TW10000-30 in Hydraulic,

Pneumatic and Electric Powered Models
Standard Features:
- Planetary Gear Box with Final Spur Gear Reduction
- Multi-Groove Bullwheel Design (Sized for Cable Diameter)
- Designed for Reliable Day to Day Operation
- Heavy-Duty Steel Fabricated Drum and Frame Components
- White Blasted and Coated with Wintech Blue Marine Duty Paint
Other Options Available: WINTECH
- Though the diagrams depict a specific model deign, this general concept can MODEL TW10000
TW10000--30H
be implemented in many different configurations depending on: Cable Size, VERTICAL HYDRAULIC
Cable Type, Space Constraints, Power Supply, Linepull Requirements, TRACTION WINCH
and Speed Requirements.

396 Electric Mooring / Anchor Winch
Model DP20000-22
Taking The Winch Industry By Storm
CABLE CAPACITY ( 30” LONG DRUM )
3/4” Cable 7/8” Cable 1” Cable 1 1/8” Cable
2500 ft 2000 ft 1,600 ft 1,200 ft
Other Drum Lengths / Cable Capacities Are Available
Wintech Mooring Winches are specially designed for Anchor deployment and Marine Mooring Applications. The Model
DP20000-22 shown is a standard model, but Wintech offers other models and can customize a design to suit your needs.
• 20,000 lbs Continuous Linepull @ 22 ft/min on 2nd layer
• 36,000 lbs Starting Linepull @ 1st Layer
• 15 HP Severe Duty TEFC Electric Motor with Holding Brake
• Low Maintenance All Gear Drive Train (No Chains)
• Manually Operated Jaw Clutch allows freewheeling of cable drum
• Adjustable Band Brake prevents cable backlashing during anchor deployment and can hold up to 65,000 lbs of tension.
Diesel Engine Hydraulic Power Pack 397
Model Hpp-30
The MODEL HPP-30 DIESEL ENGINE
DRIVEN HYDRAULIC POWER PACK
is designed to supply hydraulic power to motors
on hydraulic winches at hydraulic output
of 12 GPM @ 2500 PSI.
Features
1. A 31 horsepower Deutz Oil Cooled Four
2. Cycle Diesel Engine. Dry Type Air Filter.
3. 12 Volt Electrical Starting and Alternator System.
4. Control Panel with Safety Shutdowns.
5. Direct Driven Hydraulic Pump Coupled
Engine Flywheel.
6. Hydraulic Output of 12 GPM @ 2500 PSI Pressure.
7. Dual Spool Control Valve to Control 2 Winch Motors.
8. Quick Disconnects for Connection of Hoses to Winches.
9. 20 Gallon Hydraulic Reservoir.
10. Relief Valves for Circuit Protection.
11. 12 Volt Battery for Electric Start.
12. Fuel Tank.
13. Power Pack Components are mounted on a Welded
Skid Frame with Lifting Lugs and Tie Downs.
14. Unit is Sandblasted, Primed and Painted with
Marine Finish Paint.

398 RK Series Winches 500 - 6,000 Lbs. Capacity
PERFECT FOR MANY

INDUSTRIAL,
CONSTRUCTION,
MINING AND OIL
FIELD APPLICATIONS

STANDARD FEATURES OPTIONAL FEATURES:
• Direct drive fully enclosed gear reducer with helical-bevel gearing. • NEMA 1 and NEMA 4 starter panels and
• NEMA design “D” totally enclosed fan cooled control packages
electric motors with high starting torque to overcome • Marine grade motor and gear reducer
initial inertia of pulling load. • Longer or shorter drum lengths
• 230/460/3/60 Voltage. • Adjustable torque limiter disengaging clutch
• Automatic electromagnetic activates in the event • Explosion - proof motors
of power interruption to brake stop and hold load • Rotary limit switch
securely. • Grooved Drums
• Heavy duty welded steel frame and drum construction with bolt • Customs designs available
down provision.
• Ball and roller bearing mounted drum for high efficiency.
• Winch is sandblasted, primed and painted.
Line Pull (LBS) Line Speed Cable Size Drum Capacity (ft)
(FPM) (inch)
Model Starting Running 2nd Layer H.P. 2nd Layer Full Drum
1st Layer 4th Layer 1st Layer 4th Layer
RK500-20 1260 960 550 420 22 1/3 1/4 84 300
RK500-50 1260 960 550 420 49 3/4 1/4 84 300
RK800-20 2150 1650 950 720 19 1/2 1/4 84 300
RK800-80 2150 1650 950 720 78 2 1/4 84 300
RK1000-20 2500 1900 1100 840 25 3/4 1/4 84 300
RK1000-50 2500 1900 1100 840 49 1 1/2 1/4 84 300
RK1000-150 2500 1900 1100 840 162 5 1/4 84 300
RK1500-30 3900 3100 1700 1340 32 1 1/2 3/8 124 446
RK1500-60 3700 2900 1600 1260 67 3 3/8 124 446
RK2000-20 6200 4700 2700 2043 20 1 1/2 3/8 124 446
RK2000-40 6200 4700 2700 2043 41 3 3/8 124 446
RK2000-75 5600 4200 2440 1840 75 5 3/8 124 446
RK3000-30 7350 5750 3200 2500 34 3 7/16 136 388
RK3000-80 7700 6000 3350 2600 81 5 7/16 136 388
RK4500-20 12400 9300 5400 4070 20 3 1/2 121 349
RK4500-50 11600 8800 5050 3820 53 7 1/2 1/2 121 349
RK6000-40 14700 11000 6400 4800 43 7 1/2 5/8 161 465
RK6000-75 16500 12500 7200 5450 75 15 5/8 161 465
RK Series Winches 500 - 6,000 Lbs. Capacity 399
DEMENSIONS (INCHES)
Model
A B C D E F H I J WEIGHT (LBS)
RK500-20 10 1/2 19 3/4 8 11 3/4 4 1/2 8 6 1/2 2 1/2 10 1/4 130
RK500-50 10 1/2 19 3/4 8 11 3/4 4 1/2 8 6 1/2 2 1/2 10 1/4 137
RK800-20 10 1/2 19 3/4 8 11 3/4 4 1/2 8 6 1/2 2 1/2 10 1/4 137
RK800-80 10 1/2 19 3/4 8 11 3/4 4 1/2 8 6 1/2 3 3/4 10 1/4 149
RK1000-20 11 1/2 20 3/4 8 11 3/4 4 1/2 8 7 1/2 2 1/8 10 1/4 150
RK1000-50 11 1/2 20 3/4 8 11 3/4 4 1/2 8 7 1/2 3 1/2 10 1/4 164
RK1000-150 11 1/2 20 3/4 8 11 3/4 4 1/2 8 7 1/2 3 3/4 10 1/4 181
RK1500-30 15 1/8 24 3/4 12 16 1/2 6 7/8 12 9 1/8 2 3/4 14 3/4 234
RK1500-60 15 1/8 24 3/4 12 16 1/2 6 7/8 12 9 1/8 2 7/8 14 3/4 250
RK2000-20 16 3/8 26 1/4 12 16 1/2 6 7/8 12 10 3/8 2 1/8 14 3/4 303
RK2000-40 16 3/8 26 1/4 12 16 1/2 6 7/8 12 10 3/8 2 1/4 14 3/4 322
RK2000-75 16 3/8 26 1/4 12 16 1/2 6 7/8 12 10 3/8 2 1/4 14 3/4 322
RK3000-30 19 3/4 26 3/4 14 19 1/2 8 7/8 12 12 3/4 2 1/2 17 3/4 436
RK3000-80 19 3/4 26 3/4 14 19 1/2 8 7/8 12 12 3/4 3 17 3/4 471
RK4500-20 19 7/8 30 1/4 14 22 3/4 8 7/8 12 12 7/8 1 1/2 17 3/4 662
RK4500-50 19 7/8 30 1/4 14 22 3/4 8 7/8 12 12 7/8 1 1/2 17 3/4 675
RK6000-40 23 1/2 35 3/4 18 23 3/4 10 3/4 16 14 1/2 2 3/4 21 1/4 1061
RK6000-75 23 1/2 35 3/4 18 23 3/4 10 3/4 16 14 1/2 2 2/3 21 1/4 1140

400 BP Series Winches 500 - 6000 Lbs. Capacity
PERFECT
FOR MANY
INDUSTRIAL,
CONSTRUCTION,
MINING AND
OIL FIELD
APPLICATIONS

STANDARD FEATURES OPTIONAL FEATURES:
• Direct drive fully enclosed gear reducer with parallel helical • NEMA 1 and NEMA 4 starter panels and
gearing. control packages
• NEMA design “D” totally enclosed fan cooled • Marine grade motor and gear reducer
electric motors with high starting torque to overcome • Longer or shorter drum lengths
initial inertia of pulling load. • Adjustable torque limiter disengaging clutch
• 230/460/3/60 Voltage. • Explosion - proof motors
• Automatic electromagnetic activates in the event • Rotary limit switch
of power interruption to brake stop and hold load • Grooved Drums
securely. • Customs designs available
• Heavy duty welded steel frame and down provision.
• Ball and roller bearing mounted drum for high
efficiency.
• Winch is sandblasted, primed and painted
Line Pull (LBS) Line Speed Cable Size Drum Capacity (ft)
(FPM) (inch)
Model Starting Running 2nd Layer H.P. 2nd Layer Full Drum
1st Layer 4th Layer 1st Layer 4th Layer
BP500-20 1260 960 550 420 22 1/3 1/4 84 300
BP500-45 1320 990 570 430 48 3/4 1/4 84 300
BP800-30 2070 1590 900 690 30 3/4 1/4 84 300
BP1000-25 2550 1930 1110 840 27 3/4 1/4 84 300
BP1000-50 2620 2000 1140 870 48 1 1/2 5/16 146 620
BP1500-20 4180 3290 1820 1430 20 3/4 3/8 124 446
BP1500-40 4180 3290 1820 1430 40 2 3/8 124 446
BP2000-15 5220 4120 2270 1790 16 1 3/8 124 446
BP2000-45 5450 4280 2370 1860 47 3 3/8 124 446
BP3000-20 7960 6190 3460 2690 21 2 7/16 136 388
BP3000-50 7960 6190 3460 2690 52 5 7/16 136 388
BP3000-80 7960 6190 3460 2690 78 7 1/2 7/16 136 388
BP4500-20 11200 8420 4870 3660 23 3 1/2 121 349
BP4500-50 11340 8530 4930 3710 56 7 1/2 1/2 121 349
BP6000-40 14700 11040 6390 4800 43 7 1/2 5/8 161 465
BP Series Winches 500 - 6000 Lbs. Capacity 401
DEMENSIONS (INCHES)
Model
A B C D E F H I J WEIGHT (LBS)
BP500-20 10 1/2 21 1/2 8 11 3/4 4 1/2 8 6 1/2 10 3/8 10 1/4 122
BP500-45 10 1/2 21 1/2 8 11 3/4 4 1/2 8 6 1/2 12/14 10/14 128
BP800-30 10 1/2 21 1/2 8 11 3/4 4 1/2 8 6 1/2 12/14 10/14 128
BP1000-25 10 1/2 21 1/2 8 11 3/4 4 1/2 8 6 1/2 12/14 10/14 128
BP1000-50 10 1/2 21 1/2 8 11 3/4 4 1/2 8 6 1/2 13 3/4 10 1/4 142
BP1500-20 15 1/8 28 3/4 12 16 1/2 6 7/8 12 9 1/8 12 1/4 14 3/4 256
BP1500-40 15 1/8 28 3/4 12 16 1/2 6 7/8 12 9 1/8 13 14 3/4 269
BP2000-15 15 1/8 28 3/4 12 16 1/2 6 7/8 12 9 1/8 12 1/4 14 3/4 256
BP2000-45 15 1/8 28 3/4 12 16 1/2 6 7/8 12 9 1/8 15 1/8 14 3/4 288
BP3000-20 18 1/8 31 3/8 14 19 1/2 8 7/8 12 11 1/8 13 1/4 17 3/4 461
BP3000-50 18 1/8 31 3/8 14 19 1/2 8 7/8 12 11 1/8 15 1/4 17 3/4 480
BP3000-80 18 1/8 31 3/8 14 19 1/2 8 7/8 12 11 1/8 18 1/4 17 3/4 517
BP4500-20 19 3/8 36 1/4 14 22 3/4 8 7/8 12 12 3/8 14 3/4 20 1/2 651
BP4500-50 19 3/8 36 1/4 14 22 3/4 8 7/8 12 12 3/8 17 3/4 20 1/2 687
BP6000-40 22 1/2 41 3/4 18 23 3/4 10 3/4 16 13 12 14 1/2 20 1/2 1015


402 HEAVY DUTY CAPSTAN WINCHES
DIRECT DRIVE OPTIONS

A direct-drive design increases the efficiency of the CONTROLS
capstan winch and eliminates drive chains or bull Capstans can be supplied with start/stop, foot-operated
gears to maximize power output. controls of the “deadman” variety. If the operator’s foot
moves off the switch, the capstan will stop. This type
ANY ANGLE of control allows the operator to use two hands on the
The rope can leave the drum at any angle, enabling the rope, for optimum control.
operator to stand in the most appropriate, out of line of
sight location. For safety the load line shall be the HYDRAULIC AND AIR-DRIVEN MOTORS
bottom wrap on the drum, and the lead line going to Capstan winches can be supplied with either hydraulic
the operator will be the top wrap on the drum or air motors.
GEAR REDUCERS EXPLOSION PROOF

All Jeamar capstan winches utilize high-efficiency Fully explosion-proof motors and controls are available
worm, helical, helical-worm or helical-bevel reducers for applications in hostile or volatile environments.
plus high-capacity, anti-friction bearings designed for
long life, low noise and higher output torque.
HIGH STARTING LOADS

High-starting-torque, 3-phase motors are available in
all standard voltages at 50 and 60 Hz. These motors are
suited to railcar pulling where momentary overloads
occur when a railcar is started in motion. Single phase
motors at 115/230 volts at 50 or 60 Hz are available as
an option on some models.
HEAVY DUTY CAPSTAN WINCH OPTIONS 403
F
K J
A K
E
C A B
D
Model Number VC 2000-26 VC 5000-30 VC 5000-45 VC 8000-13 VC 8000-30 VC 12000-17 VC 15000-13 VC 18000-17 VC 22000-17
Working Load Limit lb 2000 5000 5000 8000 8000 12000 15000 18000 22000
Starting kg 907 2268 2268 3628 3628 5442 6803 8163 9977
Working Load Limit lb 1000 2500 2500 4000 4000 6000 7500 9000 11000
Running kg 454 1134 1134 1814 1814 2721 3401 4082 4989
ft/min 26 30 45 13 30 17 13 17 17
Rope Speed
m/min 8 9 14 4 9 5 4 5 5
Rope Diameter* in 5/8 1–1/8 1–1/8 1–1/2 1–1/2 1–3/4 2 - -
(Polypropylene) mm 16 29 29 38 38 44 50 - -
Rope Diameter* in 5/8 5/8 5/8 3/4 3/4 7/8 1 1–1/4 1–1/4
(Spect-Set) mm 16 16 16 20 20 22 25 32 32
Hp 1.5 3 5 3 5 5 5 7.5 7.5
Motor
kW 1.1 2.3 3.8 2.3 3.8 3.8 3.8 5.7 5.7
lb 202 330 355 452 474 660 1124 1162 1379
Weight
kg 92 150 161 205 215 299 510 527 625
in 9.00 9.00 9.00 14.50 14.50 14.50 17.00 17.00 17.00
A
mm 229 229 229 368 368 368 432 432 432
in 5.58 6.00 6.00 8.75 8.75 8.75 10.50 10.50 12.40
B
mm 142 152 152 222 222 222 267 267 315
in 14.66 26.39 26.39 27.62 27.62 30.00 32.00 32.66 51.66
C
mm 372 670 670 702 702 762 813 830 1312
in 11.83 14.00 14.00 18.00 18.00 19.77 23.69 23.69 22.90
D
mm 300 356 356 457 457 502 602 602 582
in 8.95 10.05 10.05 11.81 11.81 13.75 16.09 16.09 11.88
E
mm 227 255 255 300 300 349 409 409 302
in 5.25 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50 11.50
F
mm 133 292 292 292 292 292 292 292 292
in 0.75 0.75 0.75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.25 1.25 1.25
G
mm 19 19 19 25 25 25 32 32 32
in 4.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 9.00 11.00 11.00 11.00
H
mm 102 178 178 178 178 229 279 279 279
in 0.81 0.81 0.81 1.06 1.06 1.06 1.31 1.31 1.31
J
mm 21 21 21 27 27 27 33 33 33
in 11.00 11.00 11.00 17.50 17.50 17.50 21.00 21.00 21.00
K
mm 279 279 279 445 445 445 533 533 533
CONTINUED NEXT PAGE

404 HEAVY DUTY CAPSTAN WINCH OPTIONS
HORIZONTAL CAPSTAN
This air-driven, horizontal capstan features an
oversized drum designed to accommodate large
diameter rope. High line speeds as well as variable
speeds can be achieved with standard controls.
Braking systems for maximum load handling are
available as options.
HIGH CAPACITY LOADING

This high-capacity, electric powered capstan has
a working load limit of 22,000 lbs. The
winch is self locking for maximum
load holding. A number of these
winches have been designed and
manufactured by Jeamar for use in
dry-dock applications.
HIGH SPEED AIR POWERED

This high-speed, air-powered winch can
develop line speeds up to 100
feet per minute. Braking
systems for maximum
load handling are
available as
standard.
POWER TO SPARE
This electric-powered capstan, with a
working load limit of 30,000 lbs, is ideal
for those really big jobs. It has a double
braking system for maximum load
handling, a stainless steel control panel
for use in hostile environments and an
extra-large diameter drum for handling
the large ropes.
U-8 Series Utility Air and Electric Winches 405
SUPERIOR VALUE & PERFORMANCE

With full drum linepull of 4,500 to 22,000 lbs
available, these units are perfect for many
industrial, construction, mining and oil field
applications.
AIR MOTORS
Industrial piston type air motors ensure hours
of trouble free operation.
STANDARD FEATURES
The WA Series winches feature automatic disc
type holding brakes and manual band type
holding brakes. They have integral proportional
directional control valves designed for harsh
environments.
HEAVY DUTY STEEL FRAME
These Jeamar winches are constructed with
heavy duty welded steel frames and feature
sandblasted and painted guarding.
OPTIONS
The WA Series options include automatic band
brakes, grooved and divided drums, air
preparation packages, drum guards, remote
pendant controls and mufflers.
Contact our factory or your nearest dealer for any
Valving and Band Brake
customized application you may have.
Omitted for Clarity
E
Model Number WA 45 WA 100 WA 160 WA 220
Linepull Running lb 6,478 13,759 27,600 38,400
(1st Layer) kg
Linepull Running lb 4,872 11,227 21,062 29,100
(4th Layer) kg
fpm 38 36 30 17
Line Speed
F m/min
Hp 10 20 30 30
Motor Power
kw
in 5/8 5/8 7/8 1 1/8
Cable Size
mm
ft 506 589 665 867
Drum Capacity
m
B cfm 446 700 750 800
A Air Consumption
l/s
lb 1,100 3,200 3,800 4,200
G Weight
kg
in 52.00 51.00 70.00 77.75
A
mm
in 36.33 29.75 43.00 52.75
B
mm
in 25.00 30.00 35.00 40.00
C
mm
D in 34.00 31.50 36.00 43.33
D
mm
in 24.00 20.00 30.00 40.00
E
mm
in 10.75 16.00 16.00 20.00
F
mm
in 21.00 29.00 30.00 38.00
C G
mm
CONTINUED NEXT PAGE
406 HEAVY DUTY AIR TUGGER WINCHES
WINCH DRUMS GEAR REDUCERS

Drums are steel fabricated and designed to specific All Jeamar air winches have high-efficiency helical
loading capacity. Drums are sized according to ASME reducers plus high-capacity, anti-friction bearings for
B30.7.2006 to provide a minimum pitch diameter of 15 long life, low noise and high output torque. Totally
times the nominal rope diameter. enclosed reducers make them weatherproof.
DIRECT DRIVE AIR MOTORS

A simple, direct-drive design increases the efficiency of Jeamar air motors are fully reversible vane type.
the winch and eliminates drive chains or bull gears to Positive starting and precise control are central features
maximize power output. of the motors, which have been designed for long life
and low-cost operation. They can be stalled
ANY POSITION indefinitely under load without harm to the motor.
An open-base design permits mounting in horizontal
or vertical positions. Loads can be pulled through the CONTROL VALVE
base itself, which is particularly useful in limited- Control valves feature proportional flow with spring
space installations. return to neutral for “deadman” operation. Valves
control the winch speed by varying air flow to the
BALL & ROLLER BEARINGS THROUGHOUT motor. With the control released, air flow is cut off,
Friction load loss is reduced to a minimum through the stopping the winch. Controls are supplied loose to
use of ball and roller bearings. No bushings means allow for mounting that is appropriate to the
higher efficiency and more power for pulling. application.
POWER IN — POWER OUT LOAD CALCULATIONS

For added safety, all winches are fully reversible. This For detail on pulling railcars or pulling up grades,
gives the operator complete control of the winch load send for our free railcar pulling brochure and technical
in both directions at all times. notes.
HIGH SERVICE FACTORS NOTICE

Jeamar winches are designed and manufactured for When the Air Tugger winch is used to move loads on
continuous, heavy-duty operation with a minimum an incline, it is essential that a brake be used.
service factor of 1 (one).
HEAVY DUTY AIR TUGGER WINCHES 407
F G
ØE
C B D
Model Number NHA 550 NHA 1100 NHA 1900 NHA 2800 NHA 4000 NHA 5800 NHA 7500
Working Load Limit lb 550 1100 1900 2800 4000 5800 7500
(1st Layer) kg 249 499 862 1270 1814 2630 3401
(4th Layer) kg 187 356 615 914 1315 1918 2395
Line Speed fpm 25 28 27 21 22 26 23
(1st Layer) m/min 7.6 8.5 8.2 6.4 6.7 7.9 7.0
Line Speed fpm 33 39 38 29 30 35 32
(4th Layer) m/min 10.1 11.9 11.6 8.8 9.1 10.7 9.8
in 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2
Rope Diameter
mm 3 5 6 8 10 11 13
Rope Capacity ft 125 160 215 215 275 290 250
(4th Layer) m 38 49 66 66 84 88 76
Motor Power Hp 0.42 0.96 1.58 2.40 2.70 4.60 5.40
(at rated line speed) kw 0.3 0.7 1.2 1.8 2.0 3.4 4.0
cfm 58 110 110 160 160 260 260
Air Consumption
l/s 26 50 50 75 75 118 118
Ib 92 130 190 415 438 645 808
Weight
kg 42 59 86 189 199 293 367
in 9.00 13.00 14.00 13.89 20.00 20.36 21.34
A
mm 229 330 356 353 508 517 542
in 18.00 27.50 33.00 32.50 42.50 42.50 45.00
B
mm 457 699 838 826 1080 1080 1143
in 6.00 5.00 5.00 8.00 4.00 9.00 9.00
C
mm 152 127 127 203 102 229 229
in 10.00 14.00 14.00 14.00 18.00 18.00 19.50
D
mm 254 356 356 356 457 457 495
in 1.75 2.62 3.50 4.50 5.56 6.63 6.63
E
mm 44 67 89 114 141 168 168
in 6.00 9.00 12.00 12.00 15.00 15.00 15.00
F
mm 152 229 305 305 381 381 381
in 4.63 6.63 6.63 7.39 7.25 7.00 7.00
G
mm 118 168 168 188 184 178 178
in 5.31 7.94 8.89 8.89 13.36 13.36 14.34
H
mm 135 202 226 226 339 339 364
Note: All performance data are based on 90psi (6 Bar) air supply

408 HEAVY DUTY AIR TUGGER WINCHES
WINCH DRUMS
Drums are steel fabricated and designed to specific
loading capacity. Drums are sized according to ASME
B30.7.2006 to provide a minimum pitch diameter of 18 AIR MOTORS
times the nominal rope diameter. Jeamar air motors are fully reversible vane type.
Positive starting and precise control are central features
DIRECT DRIVE of the motors, which have been designed for long life
A simple, direct-drive design increases the efficiency of and low-cost operation. They can be stalled
the winch and eliminates drive chains or bull gears to indefinitely under load without harm to the motor.
maximize power output.
CONTROL VALVE
ANY POSITION Control valves feature proportional flow with spring
An open-base design permits mounting in horizontal return to neutral for “deadman” operation. Valves
or vertical positions. Loads can be pulled through the control the winch speed by varying air flow to the
base itself, which is particularly useful in limited-space motor. With the control released, air flow is cut off,
installations. stopping the winch. Controls are supplied loose to
allow for mounting that is appropriate to the
BALL & ROLLER BEARINGS THROUGHOUT application.
Friction load loss is reduced to a minimum through the
use of ball and roller bearings. No bushings means HIGH SERVICE FACTORS
higher efficiency and more power for pulling. Jeamar winches are designed and manufactured for
continuous, heavy-duty operation with a minimum
POWER IN — POWER OUT service factor of 1 (one).
For added safety, all winches are fully reversible. This
gives the operator complete control of the winch load AIR BRAKE
in both directions at all times. Standard on all heavy duty lifting winches, the air
brake is a disc type that is activated automatically in
GEAR REDUCERS the event of a power interruption. The brake will stop
All Jeamar air winches have high-efficiency helical the winch and hold the load securely.
reducers plus high-capacity, anti-friction bearings for
long life, low noise and high output torque. Totally
enclosed reducers make them weatherproof.
HEAVY DUTY AIR TUGGER WINCHES 409
F G C
ØE
B D
Model Number NLA 400 NLA 900 NLA 1400 NLA 2000 NLA 2800 NLA 3800 NLA 5000
(1st Layer) kg 181 408 635 907 1270 1723 2268
(4th Layer) kg 136 306 481 687 961 1333 1701
Line Speed fpm 24 24 24 23 25 23 20
(1st Layer) m/min 7.3 7.3 7.3 7.0 7.6 7.0 6.1
Line Speed fpm 32 32 32 30 33 30 27
(4th Layer) m/min 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.1 10.1 9.1 8.2
in 1/8 3/16 1/4 5/16 3/8 7/16 1/2
Rope Diameter
mm 3 5 6 8 10 11 13
Rope Capacity ft 125 187 250 300 300 350 300
(4th Layer) m 38 57 76 91 91 107 91
Motor Power Hp 0.40 1.00 1.48 2.00 2.90 3.80 4.30
(at rated line speed) kw 0.3 0.7 1.1 1.5 2.2 2.8 3.2
cfm 58 110 110 160 160 260 260
Air Consumption
l/s 26 50 50 75 75 118 118
Ib 128 196 289 350 378 445 719
Weight
kg 58 89 131 159 172 202 327
in 9.00 13.00 15.50 15.50 18.50 22.00 28.00
A
mm 229 330 394 394 470 559 711
in 18.44 23.50 33.00 36.00 39.25 37.00 42.00
B
mm 468 597 838 914 997 940 1067
in 13.00 17.50 23.00 24.00 25.00 28.50 30.00
C
mm 330 445 584 610 635 724 762
in 10.00 12.00 14.00 14.00 16.00 17.00 20.00
D
mm 254 305 356 356 406 432 508
in 2.13 3.18 4.50 5.56 6.63 8.63 8.63
E
mm 54 81 114 141 168 219 219
in 6.00 9.00 12.00 15.00 15.00 15.00 15.00
F
mm 152 229 305 381 381 381 381
in 4.63 5.00 7.38 7.38 8.28 7.12 7.12
G
mm 118 127 187 187 210 181 181
in 4.97 6.51 10.46 10.46 12.25 13.40 17.69
H
mm 126 165 266 266 311 340 449
Note: All performance data are based on 90psi (6 Bar) air supply

410 HEAVY DUTY PORTABLE AIR WINCH
800 - 1,500 Lbs. Capacity
The new Model U-8 Portable Utility Winch is a
rugged, economical tugger for use in plant
maintenance, construction, mining, oil field and
marine industries. Engineered using heat treated high
strength aluminum alloy the U-8 is a very lightweight
and portable unit that can be handled by one man.
An oil bath precision machined worm drive gearbox
ensures positive load holding for excellent position
control. The unit is available in two air powered and
two electric powered models in capacities from
800-1,500 lbs.
Features:
• Lightweight aluminum alloy frame and drum construction.
• Fully enclosed worm gearbox with precision machine cut gears.
• Direct mounted fully reversing directional control with metering for single hand operation on air models.
• Direct mounted reversing drum switch on electric models.
• Self locking worm drive provides accurate load positioning and load holding when control handle is released.
• Permanent bolt down and temporary lashing hooks for mounting versatility.
• Cast aluminum carrying handles for easy portability.
• Dual air mufflers standard on all air models for quiet operation.
Options:
• Remote control valves for air powered winches
• In-line lubricator for air powered winches.
• Winch cables
• Extended drum lengths.
Rugged
Portable
Versatile
Economical
HEAVY DUTY PORTABLE WINCH 411
U8A-15 UTILITY WINCH

This portable utility air winch is a rugged,
economical tugger perfect for use in industrial,
construction, mining, oil field & marine
industries. Engineered using heat treated, high
strength aluminum alloy, the U8A is a lightweight
and portable unit that can be handled by one
person. An oil bath, precision-machined, worm
drive gearbox ensures positive load holding for
excellent position control.
STANDARD FEATURES
The U18 features a lightweight aluminum alloy
frame and drum construction. It has a direct
mounted fully reversing directional control with
metering for single hand operation. The U18
features permanent bolt down and temporary
lashing hooks for mounting versatility.
OPTIONS
Options include air preparation packages,
extended drums and guards, and remote pendant
controls.
Contact our factory or your nearest dealer for any D
customized application you may have.
Model Number U8A 15

lb 1,500
Linepull Running
kg
40 E
fpm
Line Speed
m/min
Hp 5
Motor Power
kw B
in 1/4
Cable Size
mm
ft 506
Drum Capacity
m C
cfm 125 A
Air Consumption
l/s
lb 80
Weight
kg
in 12.28
A
mm
in 4.00
B
mm
in 8.625
C
mm
in 16.158
D
mm
in 13.063
E
mm
in 14.900
F
mm
F

412 CUSTOM DESIGN UNITS
In addition to a complete line of standard products,
Jeamar is a leader in the design and manufacture of
specialty winches. In our Custom Design division,
highly trained engineer’s work with customers to
design winches for unique applications.
Double Drum Rail Car Puller
SSW300 Shaft Sinking Winch
Trailer Mounted NLT2800S with levelwind
110,000 lbs Winch w/ Levelwind
Four Rope Lifting Winch NLT350S Plumbline Winches
HEAVY DUTY POWER OPTIONS 413
ELECTROMAGNETIC BRAKE ROTARY LIMIT SWITCHES

Jeamar’s disc-type electromagnetic Connected directly to the winch
brake is automatically activated in the drum, the rotary limit switch
event of a power interruption. The regulates the number of turns
brake will stop the winch and hold of the drum. The switch
the load securely. The brake is allows precise control over
standard on lifting winches; optional the amount of rope to be
on hauling winches. wound and unwound.
This feature is particularly
useful for repetitive
GROOVED DRUMS applications.
In installations where space is restricted, grooved
drums assist with level winding. For critical push-
pull type applications, grooved drums ensure that
equal diameters are maintained during winding and
unwinding operations.
Grooved
drums also
eliminate
excessive
rope PRESSURE ROLLER
friction. With a grooved drum, good spooling must be
maintained and the rope must be seated firmly
in the grooves, a condition normally achieved
by maintaining tension on the rope. When tension
cannot be maintained, Jeamar offers a unique
FREE SPOOLING SYSTEM pressure roller that acts to hold the rope firmly in
A manually operated lever clutch is available to the grooves.
disengage the drum, allowing the rope to be pulled
out freely. The clutch is a jaw type equipped with a
device to lock the clutch in the engaged position
during load-pulling operations. Coupled with each
free-spooling system is a drag brake that is
automatically applied to stop the drum rotating
once the appropriate
amount of wire
rope has been
wound off.
VARIABLE SPEED AND TORQUE LIMITATION

All Jeamar winches can be supplied with a variable
frequency drive package which allows variable-speed
operation when critical load placement is required.
CORROSION RESISTANCE PACKAGE The variable frequency drive controls the amount of
This feature, ideal in hostile environments, protects the current the motor can draw, limiting the amount of
motor, brakes and all moving parts. torque the electric motor can produce, limiting the
line pull as required.
EXPLOSION PROOF
Fully explosion-proof motors, brakes and controls are LARGE DRUMS
available for applications in highly sensitive or volatile Large-capacity drums are available for installations
environments. using greater-than-normal amounts of rope.

414 CUSTOM PRODUCTS
JPH Personnel Hoist
Hauling Winch c/w Free spool Clutch and Guarding
Custom Winches for

every requirement.
Lifting Winch c/w Levelwind and Guarding
CUSTOM DESIGN UNITS 415
60,000 lbs Tensioner
NLT6600S DD Luffing Winch
E30000(S) GD PP Push Pull Winch
NLT6500S GDDD 2 Rope Winch

416 CUSTOM PRODUCTS
CUSTOM ENGINEERED
Jeamar Winches is known as a
premium manufacturer of Heavy
Duty Winches. Industries the world
over rely on our extensive line of rugged,
dependable and precision-engineered
products. A major part of our business is providing
unique solutions to unique situations; solutions that
demand a specifically designed and engineered winch to
meet the needs of that application.
20,000 lbs Traction Winches
Custom Lifting Winch using 8 wire ropes
35,000 lbs Hauling Winch
Air Powered Lifting

Winch c/w Levelwind
ELECTRONIC CONTROLS 417
Jeamar offers a wide range of sophisticated control The use of a Variable Frequency Drive provides:
solutions for all its powered winching products. As Variable speed control for accurate load positioning
with all Jeamar products, emphasis is placed on
quality, reliability and flexibility. All Jeamar controls Soft starts and stops reduce the stress exerted upon
are supplied as standard in a NEMA/EEMAC 4 the rope, providing greater rope life
enclosure, suitable for outdoor use. Current limitation and overload protection, ensure
that the winch in an overload condition will not put
THREE PHASE CONTROLS undue stress on the wire rope, therefore increasing
REVERSING AND NON-REVERSING CONTROLS rope life
Controls consist of a reversing (or non-reversing)
starter, overload with reset, a transformer to reduce SINGLE PHASE CONTROLS
voltage at the push-button station and a safety fuse to WALL MOUNTED
prevent overload on the control circuit. Jeamar Controls consist of a reversing (or non-reversing)
supplies as standard a ‘dead-man-type’ two- button, starter, overload with reset, a transformer to reduce
remote push-button station, for wall mount or hand- voltage at the push-button station and a safety fuse to
held use, (for reversing starters), or a foot-switch prevent overload on the control circuit. Jeamar
control, (for non-reversing starters). Both options are supplies a ‘dead-man-type’ two-button, remote push-
housed in a NEMA/EEMAC rated all-weather button station for wall mount or hand- held use, (for
enclosure. reversing starters), or a foot-switch control, (for non-
reversing starters). Both options are housed in a
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE CONTROLS NEMA/EEMAC rated all-weather enclosure.
Jeamar’s VFD control package is enclosed in a suitable
NEMA/EEMAC enclosure as standard, for protection HAND-HELD
in hostile environments. The package is supplied This control consists of a space-saving NEMA/EEMAC
ready for all of Jeamar Winches’ standard winch 12, hand-held, ‘dead-man-type’ push-button station
options, such as rotary limit switches and brakes. The that contains a reversing starter which requires no
VFD package allows the winch to be controlled locally wall- mounted control panel. The pendant is supplied
from the VFD itself or from the remote push- button as standard with 12 feet of control cable to facilitate
station. Jeamar supplies a ‘dead-man-type’ two-button, remote operation of the winch. This pendant is suitable
remote push-button station for wall mount or hand- for use with 115v (up to 1 HP), and 220v (up to 2 HP),
held use: each push-button station contains a speed pot single-phase supply.
for winch speed control. These push buttons are
housed in a NEMA/EEMAC rated all-weather
enclosure.

418 TECHNICAL NOTES – RAILCAR PULLING DETAIL
WINCH SIZING TRACK CURVATURE

As a general guide to sizing the right winch for the To overcome the effects of wheels binding against rails
job, the following detail may be of help: on curved sections of track, running line pull must be
increased.
LOAD
Calculate the total weight of all the loaded railcars to Track curvature is expressed in terms of radius or
be moved simultaneously. For example, if four loaded degree of curvature. When this information is not
railcars, each weighing 85 tons are to be moved available, the chordal factor can be easily measured.
together, the total load will be four times 85 tons, for a Simply stretch a 50-foot tape along the inside of the
combined weight of 340 tons. curve and measure the distance ‘A’ in Diagram 1.
ROLLING RESISTANCE UNDER IDEAL Select the appropriate additional running line pull
CONDITIONS from Table 2 using either radius, degrees of curvature
Resistance to rolling is influenced by the wheel or chordal factor. (Interpolation for a measure of
journals, type of lubrication used and the ambient curvature is not shown.)
temperature. Assuming the railcars are to be moved
along a straight, level and well-maintained track, TABLE 2
select the running line pull for the lowest anticipated
temperature, using Table 1. Degree of Additional
Chordal
Radius (ft) Curvature Running Line Pull
Factor A (inches)
(degrees) (lbs/ton)
Example: If the lowest anticipated temperature is 32°F,
the required running line pull from Table 1 will be 15 1146 5 3.50 3.75
lbs/ton. Multiply the total weight of the railcars — 340 573 10 6.50 7.50
tons — by 15 lbs/ton and the total running line pull
becomes 5100 lbs. 383 15 9.75 11.25
288 20 13.00 15.00
TABLE 1 231 25 16.50 18.75
More Less Less Less 193 30 20.00 22.50
Temperature
Than 32F Than 32F Than 0F Than –20F
166 35 23.50 26.25
Running Line
Pull (lbs/ton) 12 15 20 25 146 40 27.00 30.00
TRACK GRADIENT Example: Chordal factor A was found to be 6.5 inches.

For each one percent gradient — a rise of one foot for The additional running line pull from Table 2 is 7.50
every 100 feet of track — the running line pull must lbs/ton. Now the running line pull has increased from
be increased by 20 lbs/ton. 45 lbs/ton to 52.5 lbs/ton. Again, multiplied by the
340 tons of railcars,
Example: If the track has a 1.5% grade, the additional the total running line pull is 17,850 lbs.
running line pull is 20, multiplied by 1.5, or 30
lbs/ton. The new running line pull is the original 15 TRACK CONDITIONS
lbs/ton plus the 30 lbs/ton adjustment for grade or 45 If track conditions are substandard — soft ballast,
lbs/ton. The new running line pull is now calculated uneven or deteriorating ties or debris on the track —
by multiplying 45 lbs/ton by the additional running line pull will be needed. Since the
350 tons of railcars for a total of 15,300 lbs. condition of substandard track can vary considerably,
Jeamar recommends that line pull be measured with
DIAGRAM 1 a dynamometer.
A INCHES
50 FEET
1-877-811-DOCK (3625)
WWW.MOTIVATION-INDUSTRIAL.COM THE ONLY CATALOGYOUR
YOUONE
NEED
STOPFOR
DOCKCOMMERCIAL
SHOP DOCK, TERMINAL, PORT EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES
1-877-811-DOCK (3625)
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING FORMULAE 419
POWER AND TORQUE IMPERIAL STAN- METRIC (SI)

DARDS STANDARDS
HORSEPOWER (HP) POWER (P)

Common unit of mechanical power, one HP is the rate The basic unit power measurement in the metric
of work required to raise 33,000 pounds one foot in (SI) system is the Watt.
one minute. 1000 Watts = 1 Kilowatt (kW)
F x π x 2R x RPM
F HP =
(load in 33000 x 12
R pounds) or
d
F x R x RPM (diameter)
HP =
63025
or
HP = torque x RPM
R = Radius (inches) 63025
RPM = Rotational Speed RPM = Rotational Speed W
(revolutions per minute) (revolutions per minute) (weight)
ONE IMPERIAL HORSEPOWER EQUALS Constant g = acceleration of free fall 9.81 m/s2
• 33,000 foot pounds per minute. V = velocity in meters/sec.
• 36 inch pounds torque at 1750 RPM. πd • RPM
V=
60
• .746 Kilowatts.
• 1.014 Metric Horsepower. (PS) TORQUE (M)
• 42.4 BTU per Minute. Torque is a twisting force. Torque
9550 • P
causes rotation of a shaft, or it will set M=
RPM
TORQUE (T) up a twist in a stationary shaft. It is
Torque is a twisting force. Torque causes rotation of a generally expressed in Newton-Meters.
shaft, or it will set up a twist in a
stationary shaft. It is generally T=FxR SI SYMBOLS
expressed in foot pounds or in inch or M = Torque P = Power in Kilowatts
HP x 63025
pounds. Torque is measured by the T=
N = Newton Kgfm = Kilogram force meter
RPM
load or pull and by the distance of
the pull from the center of a shaft. m = Meter N – m = Torque in Newton-Meters
• = Multiplication Symbol
CALCULATION EXAMPLES
A cable wrapped around a 6" dia. drum must lift a CALCULATION EXAMPLES
2500 pound weight. The drum rotates at 30 RPM. A cable wrapped around a .5 meter dia. drum must
lift 5000 kilograms of weight. The drum rotates
TO CALCULATE HP: F x R x RPM 50 RPM.
HP =
63025
HP = 2500 x 3 x 30 W•g•V
TO CALCULATE P: P=
63025 1000
Power in Kilowatts π.5 • 50
HP = 3.57 5000 • 9.81 • 60
P=
1000
P = 64.2 kilowatts
TO CALCULATE T: T=FxR
T = 2500 x 3"
T = 7500 inch pounds TO CALCULATE M: 9550 • 64.2
M=
50
Torque in Newton-Meters
M = 12262 Nm
Conversion Factors
1 kilowatt = 1N–m= 1 kgfm = 1 lb ft = 1 lb in =
1.341 .10197 kgfm 9.807 N – m 1.356 N – m .1129 N – m
Imperial .73756 lb ft 7.233 lb ft .1883 kgfm .0115 kgfm
Horsepower 8.8507 lb in 86.796 lb in 12 lb in .083 lb ft
YOUR ONE STOP DOCK

1-877-811-DOCK SHOP
(3625) WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM
THE ONLY CATALOG YOU NEED FOR COMMERCIAL DOCK, TERMINAL, PORT EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES 1-877-811-DOCK (3625)
WWW.MOTIVATION-INDUSTRIAL.COM
420 CALCULATING HEAD LOADS
Note: Since the rope is continuous, from the winch drum to the attachment point, the load is always 1 ton, no
matter where measured. The head load is the number of line attachments at the head sheave x 1 ton. All loads
shown ignore frictional losses in the system.
One Fall Two Falls

2T 2T 3T 3T
1T 1T 1T 1T 1T
1T Winch 1T Winch
1T 2T
Three Falls Four Falls

4T 4T 5T 5T
1T 1T 1T 1T
1T 1T 1T
1T
1T
1T Winch 1T Winch
3T 4T
Calculations 421
The stress on a sheave or block varies with the degree of angle between the lead and
load lines. When the two lines are parallel, 1000 pounds on the lead line results in a
load of 2000 pounds on the hook. As the angle between the lines increases, the stress
on the hook is reduced as illustrated below.
To determine the stress on a hook, multiply the pull on the lead line by a suitable
factor from the following table. All loads shown ignore frictional losses in the system.
Angle Factor
2000 Pounds 1840 Pounds
180° 2.00
175° 1.998
170° 1.99
165° 1.98
160° 1.97
155° 1.95
150° 1.93
145° 1.90
140° 1.87
135° 1.84
130° 1.81
125° 1.77
135°
120° 1.73
115° 1.69 180°
110° 1.64
105° 1.58 1410 Pounds 760 Pounds
100° 1.53
95° 1.47
90° 1.41
85° 1.35
80° 1.29
75° 1.22
70° 1.15
65° 1.07
60° 1.00
55° 0.92
50° 0.84
45° 0.76
40° 0.68
90° 45°
35° 0.6
30° 0.52
25° 0.43
20° 0.35
15° 0.26
10° 0.17
5° 0.08

422 CALCULATING FLEET ANGLE
Drum Length
Fleet Angle
Minimum Distance from Drum to First Sheave

or Load Connection – Feet
60
50
40
Smooth Drum Grooved Drum

30
1.5 degrees 3 degrees
20
10
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Drum Length – Inches
LIFTING WITH MULTI-PART LINE 423
HOW TO CALCULATE LINE PARTS Number of Parts Ratio for Bronze Ratio for Anti-Friction
of Line Bushed Sheaves Bearing Sheaves
1 .96 .98
1 part of line 2 parts of line 3 parts of line
2 1.87 1.94
3 2.75 2.88
4 3.59 3.81
5 4.39 4.71
6 5.16 5.60
7 5.90 6.47
8 6.60 7.32
9 7.27 8.16
10 7.91 8.98
11 8.52 9.79
12 9.11 10.6
13 9.68 11.4
14 10.2 12.1
15 10.7 12.9
16 11.2 13.6
17 11.7 14.3
18 12.2 15.0
19 12.6 15.7
20 13.0 16.4
4 parts of line 5 parts of line 21 13.4 17.0
22 13.8 17.7
23 14.2 18.3
24 14.5 18.9
Total Load to be Pulled

= RATIO
Single Line Pull in Pounds
EXAMPLE: EXAMPLE:
To find the number of parts of line needed when To find single line pull needed when weight of load
weight of load and single line pull is established. and number of parts of line are established.
Sample Problem: Sample Problem:
72 480 lbs. (load to be lifted) 68 000 lbs. (load to be lifted)
= 9.06 RATIO = 10 300 lbs.
8 000 lbs. (single line pull) 6.60 (ratio of 8 part line)
(single line pull)
Refer to ratio 9.06 in table or number nearest to it, 10 300 lbs. single line pull
then check column under heading “Number of Parts required to lift this load on 8 parts of line.
of Line” ... 12 parts of line to be used for this load.

424 CALCULATIONS
Wire Rope Specifications
Preformed Galvanized Aircraft Cable 7 x 19 Steel I.W.R.C. 6 x 37
Size Diameter in Inches Weight per 100' in lbs. Breaking Strength in lbs. Size Diameter in Inches Weight per 100' in lbs. Breaking Strength in lbs.
1/8" 2.9 lbs. 2,000 lbs. 7/16" 33 lbs. 20,400 lbs.
3/16" 6.5 lbs. 4,200 lbs. 1/2" 43 lbs. 26,600 lbs.
1/4" 11.0 lbs. 7,000 lbs. 9/16" 54 lbs. 33,600 lbs.
5/16" 17.3 lbs. 9,800 lbs. 5/8" 67 lbs. 41,200 lbs.
3/8" 24.3 lbs. 14,400 lbs. 3/4" 96 lbs. 58,800 lbs.
7/8" 131 lbs. 79,600 lbs.
1" 170 lbs. 103,400 lbs.
1-1/8" 216 lbs. 130,000 lbs.
1-1/4" 266 lbs. 159,800 lbs.
1-3/8" 322 lbs. 192,000 lbs.
1-1/2" 384 lbs. 228,000 lbs.
1-5/8" 450 lbs. 264,000 lbs.
1-3/4" 522 lbs. 306,000 lbs.
1-7/8" 600 lbs. 348,000 lbs.
2" 682 lbs. 396,000 lbs.
Decimal and Metric

Equivalent of Common Fractions of an Inch Grades – Slope & Grade Resistance
Dec. mm Dec. mm Grade Slope Grade Resistance
1 33 (Percent per 100 (Degrees and Minutes (Lbs. Pull per Ton to
.015625 – 0.397 .515625 – 13.097 Horizontal Feet) per 100 Horizontal Feet) Overcome Grade Resistance)
1 64 17 64
.03125 – 0.794 .53125 – 13.494 1 0-34 20
32 3 32 35
.046875 – 1.191 .546875 – 13.891 2 1-9 40
1 64 9 64
.0625 – 1.588 .5625 – 14.288 3 1-43 60
16 5 16 37 4 2-17 80
.078125 – 1.984 .578125 – 14.684
3 64 19 64 5 2-52 100
.09375 – 2.381 .59375 – 15.081
32 7 32 39 6 3-26 120
.109375 – 2.778 .609375 – 15.478
1 64 5 64 7 4-0 140
.1250 – 3.175 .6250 – 15.875
8 9 8 41 8 4-34 160
.140625 – 3.572 .640625 – 16.272
5 64 21 64 9 5-9 180
.15625 – 3.969 .65625 – 16.669 10 5-43 199
32 11 32 43
.171875 – 4.366 .671875 – 17.066 11 6-17 219
3 64 11 64
.1875 – 4.762 .6875 – 17.462 12 6-51 238
16 13 16 45
.203125 – 5.159 .703125 – 17.859 13 7-24 258
7 64 23 64 14 7-58 277
.21875 – 5.556 .71875 – 18.256
32 15 32 47 15 8-32 296
.234375 – 5.953 .734375 – 18.653
1 64 3 64 16 9-39 315
.2500 – 6.350 .7500 – 19.050
4 17 4 49 17 9-5 334
.265625 – 6.747 .765625 – 19.447
9 64 25 64 18 10-12 353
.28125 – 7.144 .78125 – 19.844
32 19 32 51 19 10-45 373
.296875 – 7.541 .796875 – 20.241 20 11-19 392
5 64 13 64
.3125 – 7.938 .8125 – 20.638 25 14-2 485
16 21 16 53
.328125 – 8.334 .828125 – 21.034 30 15-17 575
11 64 27 64
.34375 – 8.731 .84375 – 21.431 35 16-42 660
32 23 32 55 40 21-48 743
.359375 – 9.128 .859375 – 21.828
3 64 7 64 45 24-14 822
.3750 – 9.525 .8750 – 22.225
8 25 8 57 50 26-34 895
.390625 – 9.922 .890625 – 22.622
13 64 29 64 55 28-49 965
.40625 – 10.319 .90625 – 23.019
32 27 32 59 60 30-58 1025
.421875 – 10.716 .921875 – 23.416
7 64 15 64 65 33-1 1085
.4375 – 11.112 .9375 – 23.812 70 34-59 1145
16 29 16 61
.453125 – 11.509 .953125 – 24.209 75 36-52 1196
15 64 31 64
.46875 – 11.906 .96875 – 24.606 80 38-40 1248
32 31 32 63
.484375 – 12.303 .984375 – 25.003 85 40-22 1295
1 64 1 64 90 41-59 1338
.5000 – 12.700 1.000 – 25.400
2 95 43-32 1376
1 mm = .03937" 1" = 25.4 mm
100 45-0 1402
INDEX 425
Absorbent Products........ 168-189 Cable Deflector Guide............. 329 Deck Grinders................ 216-217
Access Ladders.............. 332-334 Cable Pullers......................... 234 Dewatering Pumps................. 191
Air Winches................... 405-411 Cable Reels.................... 356-357 Disposable Blanket..................... 4
Amsteel-Blue Rope................ 290 Capstans....................... 402-404 Distress Kit............................ 12
Anchor Shackles............. 242-246 Carabiners.............................. 47 Dock Access.................. 332-333
Anchor Sheave...................... 327 Cargo Control........................ 281 Dock Bumpers........ 328, 335-347
Anchor Winch....................... 396 Cases............................ 140-143 Dock Hand Winch
2 & 5 Ton....................... 378-379
Ball Valves..................... 150-152 Cellular Autodialer................. 129
Dock Lights..... 218-220, 224-229
Barge Access................. 332-333 Chain............................. 230-233
Dock Line.............................. 289
Barge Connector Chain Hoists.......................... 354
Winch........................... 384-385 Dock Roller Deflector............. 328
Chain Slings.................. 262, 277
Barge Light Kit...................... 221 Double Bitt............................ 331
Channel Markers.......... 35-42, 44
Barge Moving System..... 392-394 Double Swivel
Checkerboom Direction Block..................... 314,
Barge Winches............... 380-397 Coil Handling.................. 364-365
Drain Protector Mats............. 171
Battery Boxes....................... 160 Clamps (Lifting)..................... 265
Dredge Winch....................... 396
Below Ground Holding Tank..... 146 Clamps (Plate)....................... 264
Drip Pad............................... 168
Bitts.............................. 330-331 Cleat.................................... 330
Drum Containment
Blocks................... 320-321, 323 Clevises......................... 235-236 .................................. 160, 162,
Blocks Sheaves (Multi-Part).... 323 Coil Hooks...................... 362-365 ............................ 164-165, 167
Bloodborne Pathogen Spill Kit...... 7 Connector Winch............ 384-385 Drum Lifter................... 264, 267
Boat Cushion........................... 18 Container Lifting Sling............ 359 Drum Spill Pads............. 179, 181
Bollard (Mooring)................... 331 Containment Basin................. 148 Ear Plugs................................ 92
Boom Buoys............................ 40 Containment Sump................ 165 Electric Winch................ 386-396
Booms................... 174, 176-189 Corner and Wall Protectors.... 163 Electronic Hoists............ 350-353
Boots............................ 106-118 Cranes.......................... 348-349 Engineering Formulas

and Calculations............. 418-424
Bumpers........................ 335-347 Cruciform Bitt....................... 330
Environmental
Buoy Accessories............... 38-39 Custom Winches............ 412-416 Protection...................... 160-189
Buoy Lights.............. 44, 218-220 D-Ring Assembly................... 330 EPIRB................................ 27-28
Buoyant Apparatus.................. 25 Day Mark Signals..................... 40 Eye Protection.................... 94-95
Cable Cutters................. 282-287 Deck Fittings.................. 330-331 Face Protection.................. 87-90

426 INDEX
Face Shields....................... 88-89 Grab Hooks........................... 249 Knife Sharpener..................... 307
Fairlead Assemblies........ 310-327 Hand Held Radios........... 120-122 Knives....................... 8, 306-307
Fall Protection.................... 45-65 Hand Winches................ 366-385 Ladder Climbing Equipment....... 63
Fall Protection Accessories.. 53-65 Harbor Tug Winch.................. 387 Leaving Line.......................... 289
Fall Protection Kits.................. 57 Hard Hats.......................... 78-91 Lever Puller........................... 355
Fendering....................... 335-347 Hardware....................... 230-265 Life Jacket Case........................ 8
Fire Blankets............................. 6 Harnesses......................... 45-65 Life Jackets........................ 13-19
First Aid................................ 6-9 Hatches................................ 330 Life Raft Accessories............... 23
Flares................................ 10-11 Head Protection................. 78-91 Life Rafts........................... 20-25
Flashlights..................... 222-223 Hearing Protection... 87-88, 91-93 Life Ring........................ 7, 31-34
Flat Bottom Utility Tanks......... 145 High Water Alarm................. 129 Life Ring Cabinet..................... 43
Float Coats/Jackets............ 15-16 Hip Boots....................... 113-116 Life Ring Rack......... 29-30, 33-34
Float-Free Link, Hoists........................... 350-353 Lifting Beams................. 360-361
Painter Cage........................... 40
Honda Generators.......... 203-211 Lifting Equipment............ 359-365
Flood Lights................... 224-227
Honda Pumps................. 190-201 Lighting.......... 218-220, 224-229
Flushed Hatch 18”................. 330
Hooks............................ 247-255 Line Thrower........................... 12
Foot Wear..................... 106-119
Horizontal Directional Links............................. 259-261
Fork Truck Drum Lifter........... 267 Blocks......................... 311, 312,
........................... 316, 317, 323 Load Binders......................... 235
Fork Truck
Hook Attachment................... 364 Horseshoe Buoy...................... 34 Lock Line.............................. 289
Forklift Hook Attachment........ 364 Hose Reels........................... 358 Low Profile Water Tank.......... 147
Four Roller Fairlead................ 322 Hydraulic Cable Cutters... 283-287 Man Overboard Light............... 30
Free Standing Hydraulic Power Pack............. 397 Man Overboard Poles............... 29

Jib Cranes..................... 348-349 Manual Cable Cutters............ 282
Hydraulic Winch.................... 395
Gangways...................... 332-334 Manual Chain Hoist................ 354
Immersion Suit........................ 19
Gas Caddy..................... 156-157 Manual Lever Puller............... 355
Information Placards....... 172-173
Gas Caddy Accessories.......... 159 Marine Knives............ 8, 306-307
Insulated Socks..................... 119
Gas Detectors................ 130-139 Marine
Jib Crane Hoists............. 350-353
Generator Accessories.... 212-215 Lighting.......... 218-220, 224-229
Jib Cranes..................... 348-349
Generators.................... 203-211 Marine Radios................ 120-128
Kevel.................................... 330
Goggles............................. 94-95 Mobile Gas Tanks............ 156-157
INDEX 427
Mobile Tool Chest.................. 143 Portable Storage............ 140-143 Rope Handling................ 302-305
Mooring Bollard..................... 331 Portable Tanks............... 144-149, Rope Hardware.............. 295-299
............................ 156-157, 160
Mooring Ring......................... 330 Rope Knives........ 8, 306-307Rope
Post Protectors..................... 163 Retirement
Mooring Winch...................... 396 & Inspection................... 304-305
Pump Accessories................. 202
Mooring/Drum Buoys.......... 41-42 Rope Usage and Knots........... 301
Pump Hoses......................... 202
Motor Driven Reels......... 356-357 Rust/Scale
Pumps........................... 190-201 Removal Tool.................. 216-217
Multi Gas Detectors........ 130-139
Racks (Ring Buoys)...... 30, 33, 34 S.O.S. Flag.............................. 30
Navigation Lights............ 218-221
Radio Hands Free Headset..... 128 Safety Cabinets
Non Skid Industry Rug............ 168
Radios........................... 120-128 (Flammable Liquid)................. 162
Oil Booms.............. 174, 176-189
Railcar Winch................. 390-391 Safety Cones............................. 9
Oil Containment...... 162, 164-189
Rain Wear....................... 96-105 Safety Glasses................... 94-95
Oil Drain Accessories............. 161
Raised Water Tight Hatch...... 330 Safety Harness
Oil Drains....................... 158-161 Accessories....................... 53-65
Ramps........................... 332-333
Oil Mats................ 175, 178-181 Safety Harnesses............... 45-65
Reflective Wear.............. 9, 96-99
Oil Pads (Mats)..... 175, 179, 181 Safety Lanyards.................. 54-63
Regulation Placards........ 172-173
Oil Spill Kits........... 166, 182-189 Safety Station.......................... 43
Regulatory Buoys.......... 35-42, 44
Oily Waste Can..................... 166 Safety Vest/
Rescue Equipment....... 2-7, 19-33 Safety Wear................. 9, 96-119
Outdoor Lighting............. 224-229
Rescue Rope............................. 8 Self Retracting
Overhead Forklift Beam.......... 364 Lanyards............................ 57-61
Rescue Whistle......................... 8
Panama Chock................ 330-331 Shackle and
Respirators........................ 66-77 Hook Blocks................... 320-321
Personal Location Beacon......... 28
Respirators (Airline)............ 75-77 Shackles......... 237-238, 240-246
PFD Lights........................ 26, 29
Ring Buoy Cabinet.................... 43 Sheaves......................... 308-327
PFDs................................. 13-19
Ring Buoy Rack........ 29-30, 33-34 Sheaves
Pickup Truck Tanks................. 145
Ring Buoys..................... 7, 31-34 (Large Custom).............. 318-319
Pike Poles............................. 288
River Buoys.................. 35-42, 44 Shipping Cases...................... 142
Platforms....................... 332-333
Roller Chock (Self-Aligning)..... 325 Signs............................. 172-173
Polyester Rope...................... 298
Rope............................. 289-305 Single Swivel
Portable Barge Light Kit......... 221 Direction Block...... 315, 317, 327
Rope Blocks.......................... 266
Portable Gas Caddys....... 156-157 Slings............................ 274-280
Rope Fids............................. 299
Portable Lighting............ 222-223 Slip Hooks............................. 250
428 INDEX
Smit Towing Bracket.............. 331 Survival Bag.............................. 8 Winches
Smoke Signal...................... 10-12 Survival Equipment................ 7-33 Air............................ 405-411
Anchor............................. 396
Snatch Block Mount............... 326 Swivel Fairlead (Dual)............. 324
Barge........................ 380-397
Snatch Blocks................. 320-321 Swivels........... 236-237, 247-248
Barge Connector........ 384-385
Socks (Insulated)................... 119 Synthetic Rope............... 290-305 Barge Moving
Solar Marine Light.......... 218-220 Synthetic Rope Roller Chock.... 325 System..................... 392-394
Sombrero Buoy........................ 37 Synthetic Rope Winch............ 388 Capstans................... 402-404
Custom..................... 412-416
Spike Poles........................... 288 Tank Accessories............ 150-155
Dock......................... 378-385
Spill Basin............................. 170 Tank Valves.................... 150-155 Dock Hand 2 & 5 Ton.. 378-379
Spill Control........... 162, 164-189 Tanks...... 144-149, 156-157, 160 Dredge............................. 396
Spill Kits................ 166, 182-189 Thimbles........ 234, 237, 295-296 Electric..................... 386-396
Spill Pallet..................... 164, 167 Throw Bag................................ 8 Engineering Formulas
and Calculations........... 418-42
Spine Board.............................. 5 Throw Cushion......................... 18
Hand......................... 366-385
Spout Winches............... 398-401 Trash Pumps.................. 190-201 Harbor Tug....................... 387
Spreader Beams.................... 361 Truck Mount Spill Kit.............. 166 Hydraulic.......................... 395
Spyderco Knives............. 306-307 Turbo-75 Rope...................... 292 Hydraulic Power Pack........ 397
Mooring........................... 396
Stainless Steel Turnbuckles.................... 256-258
Sheaves . ............. 309, 316, 317 Railcar...................... 390-391
Type 1 Life Jackets........ 8, 13, 18
Stair Crossovers............ 332-333 Spout........................ 398-401
Type 5 Life Jackets....... 14-15, 18 Synthetic Rope.................. 388
Stanchions (Fall Protection)...... 62
Utility Trays........................... 164 Wall Mount............... 366-377
Steel Cable.................... 268-275
Vertical Directional
Steel Coil Hooks............. 362-365 Blocks......................... 310, 313, Wire Rope..................... 268-275
........................... 316, 323, 327 Wire Rope Clips..... 234, 237-239
Steps (Industrial)................... 160
Vertical Storage Tanks............ 144 Wire Rope Cutters......... 282-287
Stokes Basket........................ 2-3
VHF Transceiver............. 120-128 Wire Rope/
Storage Cabinets................... 162
Waders......................... 114-115 Cable Accessories................. 281
Storage
Tanks...... 144-149, 156-157, 160 Walkways...................... 332-334 Work Vests........................ 13-19
Storm Sea Anchor................... 45 Water Tanks.......................... 147 Work Vests Inflatable............... 17
Stretcher Accessories............ 4-5 Web Slings.................... 274-276

Stretchers............................. 2-5 Welding Shields....................... 89
Submersible Water Pumps..... 199 Whistle.................................... 8
We Look Forward to Serving You.
COMMERCIAL DOCK TERMINAL AND PORT SUPPLY

Motivation - Commercial Marine Supply Catalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Motivation - Commercial Marine Supply Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COMMERCIAL DOCK TERMINAL AND PORT SUPPLY

Please give us a call today...

Plastic Stretcher JSA-200 Flat Break-Away Stretcher JSA-900 Wall Mounted

YOUR ONE STOP DOCK SHOP WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM 1-877-811-DOCK (3625)

Softee SPINE BOARD, Model #84

17 1/2” wide x 70 1/2” in height

Half-round wooden skids aid

JIM-BUOY® Model #80

(Model #82 pictured above)

YOUR ONE STOP DOCK SHOP WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM 1-877-811-DOCK (3625)

Fire Blanket Kit JSA-1000-W

Fire Blanket JSA-1002

Fire Blanket Bag JSA-1003-B

Fire Blanket and Bag JSA-1003

Rust Proof Fire Blanket Kit JSA-1006

Wrap Around Fire Blanket Kit JSA-1010

Hard Shell Ring Buoys

First Aid Kits

BBP Protection & Clean-Up Kit

YOUR ONE STOP DOCK SHOP WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM 1-877-811-DOCK (3625)

Hear-Me™ Rescue Whistle

Standard Yoke Vests

Safety Vests, Cones and First Aid

YOUR ONE STOP DOCK SHOP WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM 1-877-811-DOCK (3625)

White Collision Hand Flare – MK8

Red Hand FLare – MK8

Day/Night Signal – MK8

Miniflare Kit – MK8

Para Red Rocket – MK8

White Collision Hand Flare – MK8

Red Hand FLare – MK8

Day/Night Signal – MK8

Miniflare Kit – MK8

YOUR ONE STOP DOCK SHOP WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM 1-877-811-DOCK (3625)

Pyrotechnic Distress Kits

Type I Offshore PFDs

YOUR ONE STOP DOCK SHOP WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM 1-877-811-DOCK (3625)

Rigger Series Type V PFDs

YOUR ONE STOP DOCK SHOP WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM 1-877-811-DOCK (3625)

Marine Safety Terms Flotation Device Classifications

Off-Shore Best for all waters

Inland waters or calm Comfortable

Inland waters or calm Generally the most comfort

Throwable in inland Does not have to be worn

Special use - see Designed for

YOUR ONE STOP DOCK SHOP WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM 1-877-811-DOCK (3625)

U.S. COAST GUARD APPROVED!

Imperial Immersion Suits

YOUR ONE STOP DOCK SHOP WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM 1-877-811-DOCK (3625)

YOUR ONE STOP DOCK SHOP WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM 1-877-811-DOCK (3625)

USCG ShoreMasterTM IBA

YOUR ONE STOP DOCK SHOP WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM 1-877-811-DOCK (3625)

Weights and Dimensions Part Numbers

THE WORLD’S FINEST – U.S. COAST GUARD APPROVED!

Tough resilient vinyl surface–easily boarded, com-

Available with GRS!

IMPORTANT: All rafts are now required to have

PERSON APP. APP. SEC SHIP U.S.C.G

BUOYANT 1612 12 48” 48” 9” 35 160.010/70/2

BUOYANT 1410 10 51” 37” 9” 23 160.010/73/2

OFFICIAL U.S. COAST GUARD REQUIREMENTS

YOUR ONE STOP DOCK SHOP WWW.MOTIVATIONDOCKSUPPLY.COM 1-877-811-DOCK (3625)

See-Me™ Water-Activated Safety Light

WAB-MX8 H20-Activated Vest Light